diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
184 files changed, 22284 insertions, 18707 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index 768e7171..cebb8284 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: +# Cristian Garde Zarza <cristian.garde@gmail.com>, 2015 # Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"ca/)\n" -"Language: ca\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-06 21:30+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cristian Garde Zarza <cristian.garde@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ca/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,11 +27,9 @@ msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,38 +39,31 @@ msgstr "Acord de llicència" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els " -"termes i les condicions de la llicència." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els termes i les condicions de la llicència." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució " -"<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució <application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després " -"cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." +msgstr "Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. " -"Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -84,9 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Notes de la versió" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</" -"application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." +msgstr "Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -99,32 +88,27 @@ msgstr "ca" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selecció dels suports (configura suports d'instal·lació suplementaris)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu " -"afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. " -"La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser " -"seleccionats en els següents passos." +msgstr "Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser seleccionats en els següents passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -144,40 +128,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En " -"seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits " -"gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu " -"designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." +msgstr "Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -189,31 +171,20 @@ msgstr "Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és " -"aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, " -"normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A " -"mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut " -"canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la " -"contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de " -"repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per " -"comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." +msgstr "Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És " -"recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), " -"nombres i altres caràcters." +msgstr "Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), nombres i altres caràcters." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -226,19 +197,14 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari " -"(root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions " -"ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb " -"el seu ordinador." +msgstr "Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari (root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb el seu ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari." +msgstr "<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 @@ -251,13 +217,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari." #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de " -"l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. " -"<emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</" -"emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. <emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -265,30 +227,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al " -"final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu " -"també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la " -"contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les " -"dues caselles." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les dues caselles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un " -"directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." +msgstr "Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -296,20 +250,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris " -"afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</" -"emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." +msgstr "No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és " -"recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop " -"s'hagi arrencat de nou." +msgstr "Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop s'hagi arrencat de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -317,16 +265,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els " -"usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> " -"durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." +msgstr "El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -339,10 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una " -"pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. " -"També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant." +msgstr "Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -350,11 +291,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat " -"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan " -"tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una " -"clau de memòria USB." +msgstr "Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una clau de memòria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -362,11 +299,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o " -"desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un " -"visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit " -"que els usuaris normals." +msgstr "<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit que els usuaris normals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -374,10 +307,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us " -"permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu " -"d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -385,48 +315,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a " -"l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo " -"en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és " -"un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc " -"excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Trieu els punts de muntatge" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -434,63 +358,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no " -"esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, " -"podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." +msgstr "Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició " -"<literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició <literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», " -"«Tipus»)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», «Tipus»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc " -"dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." +msgstr "«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el " -"menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i " -"<literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de " -"muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu " -"emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a " -"la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i <literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del " -"punt de muntatge en blanc." +msgstr "Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del punt de muntatge en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -498,22 +405,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i " -"llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la " -"següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la " -"mida. " +msgstr "Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la mida. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a " -"<guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions " -"suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -523,11 +423,9 @@ msgstr "Selecció d'escriptori" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles " -"per a afinar la tria." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles per a afinar la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -535,19 +433,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la " -"instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives " -"clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>." +msgstr "Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -559,30 +452,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</" -"application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt " -"complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</" -"guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció " -"de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns " -"d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger " -"que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a " -"instal·lació predeterminada." +msgstr "Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a instal·lació predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selecció de grup de paquets" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -591,10 +475,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és " -"força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el " -"ratolí per sobre." +msgstr "Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el ratolí per sobre." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -616,91 +497,74 @@ msgstr "Entorn gràfic." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir " -"o eliminar paquets individualment." +msgstr "Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir o eliminar paquets individualment." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de " -"com fer una instal·lació mínima." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de com fer una instal·lació mínima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Trieu paquets individuals" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la " -"instal·lació." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</" -"guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets " -"(també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest " -"fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu " -"el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets (també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configura els serveis" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega " -"l'ordinador." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup " -"per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -712,8 +576,7 @@ msgstr "Generalment, la tria feta per DrakX és la bona." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior." +msgstr "Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -725,45 +588,36 @@ msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura la zona horària" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix " -"fus horari." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix fus horari." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a " -"l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots " -"estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -773,31 +627,24 @@ msgstr "Tria un servidor X (configura la targeta gràfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment " -"identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo." +msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu " -"quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:" +msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -820,10 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no " -"és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un " -"controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg" +msgstr "Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -831,19 +675,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si " -"tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer " -"servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques." +msgstr "El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser " -"només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres." +msgstr "Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -851,36 +690,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de " -"propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, " -"en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants." +msgstr "Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si " -"encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització." +msgstr "Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -889,30 +722,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat " -"per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat " -"en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X " -"Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o " -"qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents " -"paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</" -"application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha " -"fet bé, corregiu-los." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu " -"la vostra targeta de la llista." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu la vostra targeta de la llista." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -922,12 +744,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor " -"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</" -"guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir " -"manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -939,9 +756,7 @@ msgstr "Freqüències de refresc incorrectes poden fer malbé el monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la " -"resolució i profunditat de color del monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la resolució i profunditat de color del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -949,28 +764,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no " -"sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu " -"controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són " -"correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap " -"pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar " -"tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està " -"disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar " -"activar o desactivar diverses opcions." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar activar o desactivar diverses opcions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -982,9 +788,7 @@ msgstr "Tria del monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment " -"identificarà correctament el vostre." +msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment identificarà correctament el vostre." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -993,22 +797,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer " -"malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar " -"què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la " -"documentació del monitor" +msgstr "<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la documentació del monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1019,15 +816,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalitzat</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de " -"refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència " -"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i " -"la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es " -"mostren les línies." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es mostren les línies." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1036,11 +828,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de " -"monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre " -"monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració " -"conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor." +msgstr "És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1052,9 +840,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Integració automàtica</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a " -"partir de la base de dades." +msgstr "Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a partir de la base de dades." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1066,9 +852,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Proveïdor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el " -"podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:" +msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1089,16 +873,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genèric</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de " -"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les " -"dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas " -"que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat " -"automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1108,64 +887,47 @@ msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-" -"vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que " -"l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</" -"literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, " -"canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, " -"fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." +msgstr "Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge " -"detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si " -"n'hi ha tres." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si n'hi ha tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les " -"particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. " -"Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de " -"muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." +msgstr "Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1188,28 +950,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les " -"propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la " -"disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." +msgstr "Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1221,9 +976,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions " -"compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." +msgstr "Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1233,11 +986,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la " -"instal·lació de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la instal·lació de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1247,11 +998,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que " -"l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1259,10 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, " -"però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet " -"una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." +msgstr "Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1273,14 +1019,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La " -"partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat " -"correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi " -"estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la " -"partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer " -"servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers " -"personals." +msgstr "Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers personals." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1295,8 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" +msgstr "Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1304,9 +1042,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja " -"teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." +msgstr "Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1316,11 +1052,9 @@ msgstr "Personalitzat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació " -"al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1329,18 +1063,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels " -"sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de " -"maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador " -"no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, " -"alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. " -"Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un " -"preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament " -"alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" +msgstr "Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1356,9 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre " -"parell de megabytes." +msgstr "Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre parell de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1373,17 +1097,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Febrer 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documentació oficial de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 @@ -1398,13 +1123,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest " -"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " -"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." +msgstr "No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1415,82 +1137,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota " -"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a " -"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Enhorabona" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara " -"és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar " -"entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se " -"seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." +msgstr "Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1502,53 +1206,43 @@ msgstr "Gaudiu!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." +msgstr "Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatació" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les " -"dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a " -"formatar." +msgstr "Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a formatar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." +msgstr "Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on " -"voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1557,21 +1251,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a " -"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " -"i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla " -"principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les " -"particions." +msgstr "Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les particions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> " -"per a continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1584,19 +1271,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, " -"l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la " -"instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible." +msgstr "Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció " -"predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." +msgstr "La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1611,13 +1293,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aquesta és la pantalla de benvinguda per defecte quan s'utilitza un DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> @@ -1629,7 +1312,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A partir d'aquesta primera pantalla, és possible establir algunes preferències personals:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 @@ -1640,8 +1323,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1653,9 +1335,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1670,8 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1730,8 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1749,8 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1764,8 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1785,8 +1463,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1797,8 +1476,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1809,30 +1488,24 @@ msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden " -"veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir " -"botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys " -"habituals." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys habituals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que " -"dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." +msgstr "La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1842,18 +1515,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar " -"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un " -"cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a " -"instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo " -"podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-" -"lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." +msgstr "Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1865,26 +1530,24 @@ msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la " -"llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. " -"Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la " -"consola." +msgstr "Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la consola." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1900,12 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a " -"un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la " -"detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu " -"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb " -"d'altres." +msgstr "Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu <code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb d'altres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1917,14 +1575,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de " -"maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la " -"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és " -"la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> " -"significaria 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> significaria 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1937,8 +1590,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1946,29 +1600,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> " -"s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets." +msgstr "Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1976,10 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, " -"trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió " -"a Internet" +msgstr "Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1991,72 +1642,55 @@ msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits " -"estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. " -"La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a " -"seleccionar durant els següents passos." +msgstr "Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a seleccionar durant els següents passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la " -"base de la instal·lació." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la base de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant " -"Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom " -"- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a " -"targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes " -"WiFi, etc." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom - Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una " -"llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és " -"que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. " -"Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/" -"vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2067,12 +1701,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de " -"selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2081,21 +1712,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos " -"específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé " -"una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta " -"opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us " -"proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X." +msgstr "Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2103,37 +1727,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2142,11 +1763,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en " -"funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar " -"aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2162,11 +1779,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. " -"Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2178,9 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Regió</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la " -"configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2190,8 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carregador d'arrencada</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada." +msgstr "DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 @@ -2212,11 +1824,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi " -"directori <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi directori <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2228,19 +1838,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serveis</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon " -"pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades " -"tasques." +msgstr "Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades tasques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que " -"l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." +msgstr "Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2262,9 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclat</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la " -"vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." +msgstr "Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2276,9 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratolí</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, " -"ratolins de bola, etc." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, ratolins de bola, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2288,13 +1889,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. " -"L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més " -"d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." +msgstr "L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2303,9 +1901,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfície gràfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2315,11 +1913,10 @@ msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2338,20 +1935,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb " -"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és " -"millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de " -"Control de Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de Control de Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc " -"perquè vigili també aquella interfície." +msgstr "Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc perquè vigili també aquella interfície." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2364,19 +1955,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció " -"us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor " -"intermediari." +msgstr "Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor intermediari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els " -"paràmetres que cal posar aquí" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els paràmetres que cal posar aquí" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2391,12 +1977,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivell de seguretat</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de " -"vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús " -"general." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2413,63 +1996,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tallafoc</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els " -"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-" -"les." +msgstr "Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-les." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions " -"dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador." +msgstr "Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." +msgstr "Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +msgstr "Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar " +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " "<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivell de seguretat" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2487,10 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "Si no sabeu què triar, no toqueu les opcions predeterminades." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de " -"seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control " -"de Mageia." +msgstr "Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2518,8 +2085,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2533,12 +2100,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2549,24 +2118,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2577,26 +2150,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2606,33 +2183,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2642,18 +2224,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2663,7 +2248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2673,7 +2259,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2688,16 +2275,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2710,7 +2300,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2722,7 +2313,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2742,25 +2334,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2790,29 +2382,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2837,8 +2429,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2874,8 +2467,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2883,76 +2476,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2987,15 +2592,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3003,18 +2609,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3022,19 +2625,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de " -"configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si " -"trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres " -"països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3043,11 +2641,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres " -"països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria " -"semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu " -"cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." +msgstr "Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3058,23 +2652,14 @@ msgstr "Mètode d'entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar " -"un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten " -"que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, " -"etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als " -"Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i " -"Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els " -"usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden " -"instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3082,11 +2667,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, " -"hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura " -"l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari " -"primari." +msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari primari." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3096,11 +2677,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·la o actualitza" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3111,9 +2690,7 @@ msgstr "Instal·la" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3126,9 +2703,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el " -"sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." +msgstr "Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3136,48 +2711,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de " -"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de " -"publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués " -"arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor " -"fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar " -"l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una " -"partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador " -"ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo " -"podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu " -"molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu " -"tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de " -"selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3189,61 +2747,43 @@ msgstr "Teclat" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba " -"cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US." +msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició " -"de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les " -"especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al " -"proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que " -"n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Mapes_de_teclats</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a " -"<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-" -"hi el teclat." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a <guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-hi el teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al " -"diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels " -"teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i " -"continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la " -"llista completa." +msgstr "Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3251,10 +2791,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla " -"addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les " -"disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." +msgstr "Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3267,52 +2804,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent " -"al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta " -"selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." +msgstr "Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, " -"tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó " -"<guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil " -"afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó <guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de " -"preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a " -"escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." +msgstr "Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, " -"llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." +msgstr "Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3320,66 +2843,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot " -"deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la " -"vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües " -"instal·lades." +msgstr "Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües instal·lades." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre " -"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del " -"sistema." +msgstr "Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre." +msgstr "Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 " -"i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</" -"guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis " -"botons o més." +msgstr "Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis botons o més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3388,15 +2897,11 @@ msgstr "Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3404,104 +2909,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó " -"adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i " -"editant la pantalla que hi apareix." +msgstr "Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant la pantalla que hi apareix." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una " -"entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." +msgstr "Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la " -"completament." +msgstr "Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la completament." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap " -"selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." +msgstr "L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No " -"proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." +msgstr "L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que " -"ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu " -"de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé " -"permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." +msgstr "Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3520,20 +3005,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a " -"l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu " -"altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou " -"menú d'arrencada de Mageia." +msgstr "Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou menú d'arrencada de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de " -"l'antic GRUB i Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de l'antic GRUB i Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3541,19 +3020,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan " -"admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el " -"carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." +msgstr "Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que " -"està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." +msgstr "Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3564,57 +3038,41 @@ msgstr "Ús d'un carregador d'arrencada existent" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de " -"pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el " -"botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que " -"us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR " -"existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase " -"prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." +msgstr "No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." +msgstr "Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar " -"on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la " -"pantalla d'instal·lació." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la pantalla d'instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja " -"existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment " -"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en " -"qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació " -"del sistema operatiu corresponent." +msgstr "El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació del sistema operatiu corresponent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3625,76 +3083,66 @@ msgstr "Opció avançada del carregador d'arrencada" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté " -"<literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</" -"guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</" -"guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté <literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuració SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns " -"controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els " -"controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." +msgstr "DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." +msgstr "Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament." +msgstr "Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del so" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3702,9 +3150,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha " -"triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." +msgstr "En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3714,25 +3160,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i " -"així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu " -"<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre " -"de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i " -"clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta " -"de la pantalla." +msgstr "El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu <command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu " -"a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de " -"problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el " -"problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3745,57 +3182,47 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la " -"instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha " -"diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un " -"d'equivocat." +msgstr "Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un d'equivocat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic " -"a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." +msgstr "En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmeu el disc dur que es formatarà" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria." +msgstr "Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar " -"totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3819,20 +3246,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3848,6 +3275,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml index e1a9ac3e..562fd7f8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> <revhistory> <revision> - <date>February 2014</date> + <date>Febrer 2014</date> <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> </revision> </revhistory> <cover> - <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <para role="tagline">Documentació oficial de Mageia</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <info> @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> <revhistory> <revision> - <date>February 2014</date> + <date>Febrer 2014</date> <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> </revision> </revhistory> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml index e42e4502..bd0eb092 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació.</para> </note></para> - <para>Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> @@ -132,7 +132,5 @@ documentació</link>.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 979ebf27..fa0aef87 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml b/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml index 9ba8ffe8..fcc8f723 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml @@ -41,13 +41,15 @@ predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal.</pa <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Pantalla de benvinguda de la instal·lació</title> </info> - <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + <para>Aquesta és la pantalla de benvinguda per defecte quan s'utilitza un DVD +Mageia:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + <para>A partir d'aquesta primera pantalla, és possible establir algunes +preferències personals:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 1dfd6655..ef6744c9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,35 +1,40 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant la pantalla que hi apareix.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada.</para> + <para>Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la completament.</para> + <para>L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant.</para> -<warning><para>L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No -proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No +proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/cs/DrakX.xml index f1ee6909..331b8399 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make while installing.</para> </note></para> - <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -131,7 +131,5 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 1d4220fc..d24e6ed3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index a281d2a2..5689330a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up.</para> -<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index ad7f3af9..ebfa49cc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014 +# Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014-2015 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 # psyca, 2014 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 @@ -16,14 +16,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-13 07:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"de/)\n" -"Language: de\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 13:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -34,11 +33,9 @@ msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -48,41 +45,31 @@ msgstr "Lizenzabkommen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte " -"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution " -"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie " -"mit der Installation weitermachen können." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie mit der Installation weitermachen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Weiter</emphasis>." +msgstr "Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Weiter</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, " -"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf " -"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -94,10 +81,7 @@ msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</" -"replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." +msgstr "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -110,32 +94,27 @@ msgstr "de" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (konfigurieren von zusätzlichen Installationsmedien)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere " -"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke " -"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der " -"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -145,9 +124,7 @@ msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht " -"hergestellt ist" +msgstr "Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht hergestellt ist" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -157,40 +134,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch " -"die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, " -"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " -"können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." +msgstr "Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -202,33 +177,20 @@ msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root) Passworts:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> " -"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, " -"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> " -"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich " -"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit " -"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie " -"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden " -"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu " -"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht " -"vertippt haben." +msgstr "Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht vertippt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten " -"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und " -"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." +msgstr "Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -241,41 +203,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der " -"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen " -"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit " -"einem Computer macht." +msgstr "Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit einem Computer macht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert " -"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." +msgstr "<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den " -"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." +msgstr "<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des " -"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" -"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der " -"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -283,32 +233,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für " -"den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie " -"sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort " -"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" -"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den " -"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt " -"ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber " -"schreibgeschützt ist." +msgstr "Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -316,20 +256,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte " -"Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch " -"schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." +msgstr "Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen " -"nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem " -"Neustart einzurichten." +msgstr "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem Neustart einzurichten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -337,17 +271,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle " -"zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - " -"Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie " -"<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." +msgstr "Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." +msgstr "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -360,12 +289,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> " -"geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, " -"die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. " -"Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder " -"deaktivieren." +msgstr "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -373,11 +297,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</" -"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert " -"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine " -"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." +msgstr "Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -385,11 +305,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-" -"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt " -"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser " -"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -397,10 +313,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die " -"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor " -"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -408,49 +321,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID " -"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm " -"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe " -"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID (Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer " -"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den " -"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -458,63 +364,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. " -"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht " -"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." +msgstr "Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</" -"literal> (root)-Partition haben." +msgstr "Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", " -"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", \"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], " -"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], \"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene " -"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</" -"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können " -"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> " -"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/" -"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach " -"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." +msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -522,22 +411,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte " -"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine " -"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte " -"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX " -"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -547,11 +429,9 @@ msgstr "Desktopauswahl" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster " -"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -559,19 +439,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine " -"Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." +msgstr "Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -583,30 +458,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</" -"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen " -"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei " -"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der " -"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen " -"wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger " -"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye " -"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." +msgstr "Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -615,12 +481,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen " -"sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber " -"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die " -"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die " -"Gruppen fahren." +msgstr "Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die Gruppen fahren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -642,160 +503,127 @@ msgstr "Grafische Umgebung" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu " -"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" +msgstr "Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung " -"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation " -"anzupassen." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation anzupassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das " -"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um " -"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen " -"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die " -"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies " -"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann " -"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das <guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht " -"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, " -"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende " -"Einstellungen." +msgstr "Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende Einstellungen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox " -"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine " -"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale " -"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass " -"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." +msgstr "Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -805,32 +633,24 @@ msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist " -"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." +msgstr "DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht " -"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum " -"auswählen:" +msgstr "Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -853,10 +673,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich " -"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte " -"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." +msgstr "Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -864,21 +681,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " -"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte " -"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende " -"Funktionalität bietet." +msgstr "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende Funktionalität bietet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers " -"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine " -"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." +msgstr "Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -886,37 +696,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " -"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über " -"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." +msgstr "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie " -"dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart " -"tun." +msgstr "Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -925,31 +728,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die " -"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren " -"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-" -"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " -"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die " -"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen " -"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass " -"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie " -"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre " -"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -959,14 +750,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren " -"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder " -"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie " -"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die " -"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell " -"einzustellen." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -978,9 +762,7 @@ msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die " -"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -988,31 +770,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während " -"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie " -"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine " -"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie " -"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts " -"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück " -"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test " -"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich " -"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres " -"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie " -"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1024,9 +794,7 @@ msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt " -"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." +msgstr "DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1035,22 +803,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann " -"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, " -"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch " -"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" +msgstr "<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1061,15 +822,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Benutzerdefiniert</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale " -"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. " -"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird " -"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele " -"Scanlinien dargestellt werden." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1078,11 +834,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, " -"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu " -"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine " -"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" +msgstr "Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1094,9 +846,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der " -"Datenbank zu bestimmen" +msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der Datenbank zu bestimmen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1108,10 +858,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hersteller</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und " -"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor " -"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" +msgstr "Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1132,16 +879,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generisch</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ " -"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die " -"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber " -"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. " -"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1151,74 +893,52 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine " -"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/" -"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die " -"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</" -"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." +msgstr "Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " -"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " -"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor " -"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." +msgstr "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie " -"einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> " -"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des " -"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie " -"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an " -"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, " -"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an (falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" -"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " -"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." +msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:51 @@ -1236,28 +956,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die " -"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von " -"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." +msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten " -"Festplatte(n)." +msgstr "Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten Festplatte(n)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" -"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1269,9 +982,7 @@ msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible " -"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." +msgstr "Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1281,11 +992,9 @@ msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, " -"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1295,11 +1004,9 @@ msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-" -"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1307,11 +1014,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-" -"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also " -"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen " -"Datenträger gesichert sind." +msgstr "Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen Datenträger gesichert sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1322,14 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-" -"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" " -"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt " -"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden " -"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem " -"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, " -"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." +msgstr "Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1344,9 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte " -"Vorsicht walten lassen!" +msgstr "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte Vorsicht walten lassen!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1354,10 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen " -"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen " -"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." +msgstr "Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1367,11 +1058,9 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der " -"Installation auf den Festplatten." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der Installation auf den Festplatten." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1380,17 +1069,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle " -"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das " -"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. " -"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. " -"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit " -"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit " -"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" +msgstr "Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1406,9 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl " -"an Megabytes erstellt werden" +msgstr "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1425,7 +1105,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1448,13 +1129,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " -"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " -"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." +msgstr "Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1465,84 +1143,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC " -"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " -"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " -"Anleitung zu verbessern." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</" -"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den " -"Computer neu starten können." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den " -"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden " -"ist)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden ist)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das " -"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." +msgstr "Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1554,57 +1212,43 @@ msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia " -"mitarbeiten wollen." +msgstr "Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia mitarbeiten wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatieren" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). " -"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für " -"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." +msgstr "Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die " -"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." +msgstr "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</" -"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf " -"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen " -"möchten." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1613,23 +1257,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so " -"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, " -"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und " -"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></" -"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm " -"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." +msgstr "Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</" -"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1642,20 +1277,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das " -"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die " -"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." +msgstr "Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene " -"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was " -"Sie tun müssen." +msgstr "Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was Sie tun müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1670,17 +1299,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" +msgstr "Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1691,47 +1318,38 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche " -"Einstellungen vorzunehmen" +msgstr "Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen vorzunehmen" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des " -"Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." +msgstr "Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" -"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die " -"Enter Taste." +msgstr "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1740,10 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1756,11 +1372,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut " -"mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste " -"eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier " -"Einträge enthält:" +msgstr "Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier Einträge enthält:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1772,37 +1384,28 @@ msgstr "- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum " -"Nachteil der Leistung." +msgstr "- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum Nachteil der Leistung." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die " -"Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." +msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es " -"geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt " -"werden." +msgstr "- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen " -"in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1810,18 +1413,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge " -"welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der " -"<guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings " -"trotzdem befolgt." +msgstr "Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der <guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings trotzdem befolgt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1834,18 +1431,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren " -"verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um " -"mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm " -"zurückzukehren." +msgstr "Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm zurückzukehren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1858,39 +1449,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" -"Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." +msgstr "Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine " -"netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet " -"wird." +msgstr "Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen " -"werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die " -"Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1900,11 +1482,9 @@ msgstr "Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1914,30 +1494,24 @@ msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der " -"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen " -"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren " -"zusätzlichen Optionen haben." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren zusätzlichen Optionen haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, " -"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." +msgstr "Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1947,20 +1521,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist " -"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber " -"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert " -"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein " -"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr " -"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher " -"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1972,33 +1536,25 @@ msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei " -"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine " -"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</" -"code> eingeben." +msgstr "Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</code> eingeben." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell " -"nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu " -"probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und " -"bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort " -"\"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die " -"Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort \"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -2013,15 +1569,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise " -"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem " -"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später " -"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " -"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und " -"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese " -"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig " -"ist." +msgstr "Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -2033,15 +1581,9 @@ msgstr "RAM Problem" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware " -"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein " -"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den " -"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den " -"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</" -"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein (siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2054,8 +1596,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2063,29 +1606,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</" -"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder " -"erweitert." +msgstr "Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder erweitert." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2093,91 +1636,67 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu " -"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn " -"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden " -"sind." +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "" -"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der " -"Installation fortzufahren." +msgstr "Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem " -"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die " -"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte " -"zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie " -"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, " -"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source " -"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle " -"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für " -"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien " -"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in " -"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten " -"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum " -"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie " -"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2188,12 +1707,9 @@ msgstr "Minimale Installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine " -"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2202,22 +1718,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. " -"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer " -"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie " -"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe " -"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. <application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine " -"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, " -"X, ...)." +msgstr "Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X, ...)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2225,37 +1733,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2264,12 +1769,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems " -"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX " -"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen " -"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</" -"guibutton> klicken." +msgstr "DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2285,12 +1785,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten " -"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch " -"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2302,9 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie " -"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2314,24 +1809,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des " -"Bootloaders." +msgstr "DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des Bootloaders." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie " -"Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." +msgstr "Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></" -"xref>" +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2341,11 +1830,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils " -"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2357,25 +1844,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund " -"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks " -"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." +msgstr "Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks (Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern " -"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." +msgstr "Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern - ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -2392,9 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von " -"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." +msgstr "Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2406,9 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen " -"oder einstellen." +msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen oder einstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2418,13 +1895,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die " -"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es " -"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." +msgstr "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2433,27 +1907,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige " -"einzustellen." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser" -"\"></xref>." +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2472,20 +1941,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree " -"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media " -"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." +msgstr "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so " -"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2498,16 +1961,13 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem " -"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu " -"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." +msgstr "Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2523,19 +1983,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten " -"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine " -"Zwecke." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine Zwecke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am " -"geeignetsten erscheint." +msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am geeignetsten erscheint." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2547,65 +2002,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den " -"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen " -"wollen." +msgstr "Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. " -"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren " -"Computer verwenden wollen." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren Computer verwenden wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles " -"erlauben (keine Firewall)." +msgstr "Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles erlauben (keine Firewall)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> Partition" +msgstr "Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um " -"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2616,19 +2056,14 @@ msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau " -"wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen " -"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt " -"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." +msgstr "Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt <guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2656,9 +2091,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Sie können diese <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hier</link> finden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2671,85 +2106,80 @@ msgstr "Klassische Installationsmedien" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 -#, fuzzy msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "Sie verwenden den traditionellen Installer, drakx genannt." +msgstr "Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" -"Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer " -"vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." +msgstr "Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für die 32bit oder 64bit Architektur." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" -"Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, " -"Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." +msgstr "Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "" -"Jede DVD enthält alle verfügbaren Arbeitsumgebungen (Desktop Environments) " -"und Sprachen." +msgstr "Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Arbeitsumgebungen und Sprachen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" -"Sie erhalten während der installation die Auswahl, ob unfreie Software " -"installiert werden soll oder nicht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dual Arch DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -"Beide Architekturen sind auf dem selben Medium enthalten. Die Auswahl " -"geschieht automatisch anhand der ermittelten CPU." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "Enthält nur den Xfce Desktop." +msgstr "Verwendet nur den Xfce-Desktop." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." @@ -2759,61 +2189,63 @@ msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live Medien" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" -"Jede DVD enthält alle verfügbaren Arbeitsumgebungen (Desktop Environments) " -"und Sprachen." +msgstr "Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktopumgebung (KDE oder GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 -#, fuzzy msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." -msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für die 32bit oder 64bit Architektur." +msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um frische Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden um vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 -#, fuzzy msgid "They contain non free software." -msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." +msgstr "Sie enthält unfreie Software." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live-CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Nur englische Sprache." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 -#, fuzzy msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Nur 32 Bit." @@ -2822,7 +2254,8 @@ msgstr "Nur 32 Bit." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live-CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung." @@ -2832,7 +2265,8 @@ msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live-DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden." @@ -2847,16 +2281,19 @@ msgstr "Live-DVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2869,29 +2306,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die die Benutzung unfreier Software ablehnen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die diese benötigen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medien herunterladen und überprüfen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 @@ -2901,27 +2340,25 @@ msgstr "Herunterladen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2936,56 +2373,50 @@ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wähle den Auswahlknopf \"Datei speichern\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Überprüfen der integrietät der heruntergeladenen Datei" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ " -"<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf deinem Computer (Sie müssen wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia erhalten. Beispiel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brennen oder übertragen der ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 @@ -2996,23 +2427,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 -#, fuzzy msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" -msgstr "Brennen Sie die ISO auf eine CD/DVD" +msgstr "ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 @@ -3042,93 +2473,100 @@ msgstr "Mageia verwenden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öffnen Sie eine Konsole" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein" +msgstr "Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie nicht das '-' am Ende)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Finde den Gerätenamen des USB Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel /dev/sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB Stick." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entferne den USB Stick, es ist fertig" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 @@ -3137,7 +2575,6 @@ msgstr "Windows verwenden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 -#, fuzzy msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Sie können versuchen:" @@ -3151,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=de_DE\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -3161,15 +2598,16 @@ msgstr "Mageia Installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3177,18 +2615,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3196,21 +2631,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, " -"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des " -"Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion " -"des WLANs führen." +msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre " -"Region." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3219,11 +2647,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, " -"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den " -"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte " -"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." +msgstr "Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3234,24 +2658,14 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethode" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine " -"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem " -"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) " -"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, " -"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und " -"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer " -"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können " -"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium " -"hinzufügen." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium hinzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3259,12 +2673,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, " -"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres " -"Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</" -"emphasis> ausführen." +msgstr "Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</emphasis> ausführen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3274,11 +2683,9 @@ msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3289,9 +2696,7 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</" -"application>-Installation." +msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</application>-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3304,10 +2709,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen " -"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die " -"neueste Version upgraden" +msgstr "Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die neueste Version upgraden" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3315,50 +2717,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der " -"letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich " -"getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das " -"Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation " -"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen " -"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber " -"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder " -"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den " -"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur " -"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart " -"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache " -"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum " -"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das " -"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3370,64 +2753,43 @@ msgstr "Tastatur" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. " -"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-" -"Tastatur verwendet." +msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-Tastatur verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine " -"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre " -"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem " -"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. " -"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, " -"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:" -"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Tastaturbelegung</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und " -"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt " -"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, " -"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt " -"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der " -"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen " -"Liste gewählt wurde." +msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen Liste gewählt wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3435,10 +2797,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so " -"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den " -"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." +msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3451,56 +2810,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für " -"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen " -"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> " -"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte " -"System." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte System." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem " -"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></" -"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas " -"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten " -"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese " -"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." +msgstr "Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte " -"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung " -"zu wählen." +msgstr "Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3508,68 +2849,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " -"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " -"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung " -"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." +msgstr "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " -"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." +msgstr "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Maus auswählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine " -"andere Konfiguration auswählen." +msgstr "Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine andere Konfiguration auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige " -"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen" -"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer " -"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3579,9 +2904,9 @@ msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3590,103 +2915,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem " -"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader " -"Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im " -"Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." +msgstr "Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " -"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." +msgstr "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " -"vollständig umbenennen." +msgstr "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " -"Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." +msgstr "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " -"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch " -"vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier " -"ändern." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so " -"dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits " -"bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt " -"werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." +msgstr "Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3705,18 +3011,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master " -"Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme " -"installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." +msgstr "Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." +msgstr "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3724,18 +3026,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht " -"von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." +msgstr "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der " -"Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." +msgstr "Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3746,62 +3044,41 @@ msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, " -"dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite " -"\"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader " -"einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den " -"Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite \"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden " -"MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der " -"Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." +msgstr "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist " -"eine Partition." +msgstr "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist eine Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu " -"überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum " -"Installationsbildschirm zurück." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum Installationsbildschirm zurück." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden " -"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten " -"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das " -"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen " -"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen " -"offen sind." +msgstr "Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen offen sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3812,57 +3089,48 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten " -"Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken " -"Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das " -"Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. " -"Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei " -"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die " -"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." +msgstr "DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-" -"Laufwerke Sie haben." +msgstr "Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3874,15 +3142,13 @@ msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3890,9 +3156,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre " -"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" +msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3902,23 +3166,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach " -"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder " -"<command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie " -"<guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" +msgstr "Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf " -"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</" -"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3931,65 +3188,52 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</" -"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden " -"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer " -"den Falschen ausgewählt hat" +msgstr "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf " -"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." +msgstr "Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der " -"Auswahl nicht sicher sind." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der Auswahl nicht sicher sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und " -"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen " -"wollen." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" -msgstr "Mageia verwenden" +msgstr "Mageia deinstallieren" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:9 @@ -4008,20 +3252,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4037,6 +3281,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml index 8edf51b9..b235c680 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab.</para> </note></para> - <para>Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> @@ -132,7 +132,5 @@ Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</p <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 9bca8616..c1659c74 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -2,35 +2,37 @@ <info> <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> -<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Auswählen und verwenden der ISOs</title> </info> <section> - <title>Media</title> + <title>Medien</title> <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> - <para>You can find them <link -ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + <para>Sie können diese <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">hier</link> finden.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Classical installation media</title> + <title>Klassische Installationsmedien</title> <section> - <title>Common features</title> + <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + <para>Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer +vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -40,181 +42,182 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für die 32bit oder 64bit Architektur.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, -Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + <para>Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, +Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Arbeitsumgebungen und Sprachen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>DVD dual arch</title> + <title>Dual Arch DVD</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Verwendet nur den Xfce-Desktop.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>It contains non free software.</para> + <para>Es ist unfreie Software enthalten.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Live media</title> + <title>Live Medien</title> <section> - <title>Common features</title> + <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktopumgebung (KDE oder GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean -installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous -releases.</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um frische +Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden um +vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>Sie enthält unfreie Software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Live CD KDE</title> + <title>Live-CD KDE</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + <para>Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>English language only.</para> + <para>Nur englische Sprache.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>Nur 32 Bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + <title>Live-CD GNOME</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + <para>Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>English language only.</para> + <para>Nur englische Sprache.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>Nur 32 Bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + <title>Live-DVD KDE</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + <para>Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>All languages are present.</para> + <para>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + <title>Live-DVD GNOME</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + <para>Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>All languages are present.</para> + <para>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> - <title>Common features</title> + <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>English language only.</para> + <para>Nur englische Sprache.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -224,7 +227,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die die Benutzung unfreier Software +ablehnen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,8 +238,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need -it.</para> + <para>Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die +diese benötigen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -243,46 +247,48 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Medien herunterladen und überprüfen</title> <section> - <title>Downloading</title> + <title>Herunterladen</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + <para>Wähle den Auswahlknopf "Datei speichern".</para> </section> <section> - <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + <title>Überprüfen der integrietät der heruntergeladenen Datei</title> - <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + <para>Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:</para> - <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum -path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + <para>- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>.</para> - <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum -path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + <para>- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ +<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>.</para> - <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a -while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + <para>und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf deinem Computer (Sie müssen +wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia +erhalten. Beispiel:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -293,52 +299,52 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> </section> <section> - <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + <title>Brennen oder übertragen der ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> - <title>Using Mageia</title> + <title>Mageia verwenden</title> - <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link + <para>Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> - <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + <para>Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>Open a console</para> + <para>Öffnen Sie eine Konsole</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> + <para>Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie +nicht das '-' am Ende)</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,12 +352,12 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + <para>Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -359,35 +365,35 @@ or file manager that read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb -in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + <para>Finde den Gerätenamen des USB Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel +/dev/sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB Stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX + <para>Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + <para>Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + <para>Entferne den USB Stick, es ist fertig</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Using Windows</title> + <title>Windows verwenden</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>Sie können versuchen:</para> - <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=de_DE">Rufus</link></para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 Disk Imager</link></para> @@ -403,9 +409,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/de/addUser.xml index 72e92d6b..b8fbec74 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/addUser.xml @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sich das Symbol für den Benutzer.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den + <para><guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein.</para> </listitem> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen.</para> <note> <para>Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt -ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber +ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist.</para> <para>Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte @@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen.</para> <para>Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen -nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach -dem Neustart einzurichten.</para> +nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem +Neustart einzurichten.</para> <para>Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - diff --git a/docs/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml index e766e283..0fd927e2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> <info> - <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)</title> + <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Medienauswahl (konfigurieren von zusätzlichen Installationsmedien)</title> </info> @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ hergestellt ist </para> <listitem> <para>Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch -die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, +die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL -können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation +können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen.</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml index ed5de8bf..549e24c5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Gruppen fahren.</para> können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung + <para>Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend="minimal-install"></xref> .</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml index 0712de2d..000fbd8d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten.</para> welche nur in den "Nonfree"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind.</para> - <para>Die "Nonfree"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie sollten -dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun.</para> + <para>Die "Nonfree"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie +dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart +tun.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml index dd73efa3..c299c632 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors</para> format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <para revision="1" - xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Custom</emphasis></para> + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Benutzerdefiniert</emphasis></para> <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors</para Datenbank zu bestimmen</para> <para revision="1" - xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Vendor</emphasis></para> + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Hersteller</emphasis></para> <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ anhand folgender Optionen auswählen: <itemizedlist> </itemizedlist></para> <para revision="1" - xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generic</emphasis></para> + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generisch</emphasis></para> <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die diff --git a/docs/installer/de/installer.xml b/docs/installer/de/installer.xml index e8dc2c76..141e66a9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/installer.xml @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Sie tun müssen.</para> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Willkommensbildschirm der Installation</title> </info> - <para>Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt</para> + <para>Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ Einstellungen vorzunehmen</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen -language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + <para>Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des +Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste.</para> <para/> @@ -85,30 +85,33 @@ Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + <para>Füge einige Kernel-Optionen durch drücken der F6 Taste ein.</para> - <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one -of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called -<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + <para>Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut +mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste +eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier +Einträge enthält:</para> - <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + <para>- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen.</para> - <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of -performances.</para> + <para>- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum +Nachteil der Leistung.</para> - <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management -isn't taken into account.</para> + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die +Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt.</para> - <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is -about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + <para>- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es +geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt +werden.</para> - <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options -displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + <para>Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen +in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert.</para> <note> - <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the -key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, -however, they are really taken into account.</para> + <para>Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge +welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der +<guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings +trotzdem befolgt.</para> </note> <mediaobject> @@ -116,11 +119,12 @@ however, they are really taken into account.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + <para>Füge weitere Kerneloptionen durch drücken der F1 Taste hinzu.</para> - <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with -the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to -go back to the welcome screen.</para> + <para>Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren +verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um +mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm +zurückzukehren.</para> <para/> @@ -140,22 +144,22 @@ options</guilabel> line.</para> <para/> <note> - <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + <para>Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt.</para> </note> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based -Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + <para>Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine +netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet +wird.</para> - <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are -described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired -Network-based Installation CD, see <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia -Wiki</link></para> + <para>Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen +werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die +Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">im Mageia Wiki</link></para> <warning> - <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + <para>Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische.</para> </warning> <mediaobject> @@ -211,11 +215,12 @@ niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be -possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use -this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be -presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit -ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> + <para revision="2">Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell +nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu +probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und +bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort +"boot:" angezeigt. Gebe "text" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die +Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -250,7 +255,7 @@ RAM.</para> <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> <info> - <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamische Partitionen</title> </info> <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on diff --git a/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml b/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml index 5a26984b..695a291c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> <info> - <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Media Selection (Nonfree)</title> + <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Medienauswahl (Nonfree)</title> </info> @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png" format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem + <para>Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/de/misc-params.xml index 4be5cb26..5e8f77f6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/misc-params.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="misc-params" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> <info> - <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title> + <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter</title> </info> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml index 882e49d1..70c069f0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml @@ -47,10 +47,11 @@ neueste Version upgraden</para> <warning> <para>Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der -letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich +letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation -durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen</para> +durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu +lassen.</para> </warning> </listitem> </itemizedlist> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml index 1d42deac..ec821cec 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen.</para> Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen.</para> - <para revision="3">Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an.</para> + <para revision="3">Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an.</para> <warning> - <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa6">Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht -von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt.</para> + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa6">Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht +von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt.</para> - <para revision="3">Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der + <para revision="3">Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird.</para> </warning> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 1db2fb4c..b36a7a67 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,36 +1,41 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags</title> + </info> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags</title></info> + <para>Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem +Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader +Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im +Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern.</para> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - - <para>Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem -Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader -Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, -welches darüber erscheint, verändern.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und -aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt.</para> +aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt.</para> + <para>Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen.</para> + <para>Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der -Standarteintrag vom System gestartet.</para> -<warning><para>Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte -probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun.</para></warning> +Standardeintrag vom System gestartet.</para> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte +probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 6395cfae..92ff0f01 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-24 10:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ msgstr "el" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -159,19 +159,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -420,17 +420,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -692,8 +692,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -746,8 +746,8 @@ msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλ msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1480,9 +1480,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1543,10 +1543,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -2049,10 +2049,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ενημερώσεις" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2095,9 +2095,9 @@ msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibu msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2220,18 +2220,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2577,8 +2577,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2634,9 +2634,9 @@ msgid "" "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." msgstr "" -"Μέσο αποκαλούμε εδώ ένα αρχείο εικόνας ISO το οποίο επιτρέπει την εγκατάσταση " -"και/ή την ενημέρωση της Mageia και κατ' επέκταση κάθε φυσικό μέσο όπου το " -"αρχείο ISO έχει αντιγραφεί." +"Μέσο αποκαλούμε εδώ ένα αρχείο εικόνας ISO το οποίο επιτρέπει την " +"εγκατάσταση και/ή την ενημέρωση της Mageia και κατ' επέκταση κάθε φυσικό " +"μέσο όπου το αρχείο ISO έχει αντιγραφεί." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 @@ -2837,11 +2837,11 @@ msgid "" "on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" "Κάθε ένα είναι μια μικρή εικόνα η οποία περιέχει τα απαραίτητα για την " -"εκκίνηση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης drakx και την εύρεση του " -"drakx-installer-stage2 και άλλων πακέτων που απαιτούνται για τη συνέχιση και " -"την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης. Αυτά τα πακέτα μπορεί να βρίσκονται στον " -"σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή, σε έναν τοπικό σκληρό δίσκο, στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή " -"στο διαδίκτυο." +"εκκίνηση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης drakx και την εύρεση του drakx-" +"installer-stage2 και άλλων πακέτων που απαιτούνται για τη συνέχιση και την " +"ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης. Αυτά τα πακέτα μπορεί να βρίσκονται στον σκληρό " +"δίσκο του υπολογιστή, σε έναν τοπικό σκληρό δίσκο, στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή στο " +"διαδίκτυο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 @@ -2904,8 +2904,8 @@ msgstr "" "Αφού έχετε επιλέξει το αρχείο ISO, μπορείτε να το λάβετε είτε μέσω http " "πρωτοκόλλου είτε μέσω BitTorrent. Και στις δυο περιπτώσεις, θα ανοίξει ένα " "παράθυρο με μερικές πληροφορίες, όπως ο καθρεφτισμός που χρησιμοποιείται και " -"η δυνατότητα να τον αλλάξετε αν το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό. Αν επιλέξετε " -"http, μπορεί να δείτε επίσης κάτι σαν αυτό" +"η δυνατότητα να τον αλλάξετε αν το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό. Αν " +"επιλέξετε http, μπορεί να δείτε επίσης κάτι σαν αυτό" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 @@ -2932,8 +2932,8 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστεί από έναν αλγόριθμο από το αρχείο λήψης. Όταν ζητάτε από τους " "αλγόριθμους να επανυπολογίσουν τον αριθμό αυτό από το αρχείο λήψης, είτε θα " "έχετε τον ίδιο αριθμό και το αρχείο σας είναι σωστό, είτε ο αριθμός είναι " -"διαφορετικός και έχετε μια αποτυχία και θα πρέπει να προσπαθήσετε την εκ νέου " -"λήψη του αρχείου. Στη συνέχεια θα εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" +"διαφορετικός και έχετε μια αποτυχία και θα πρέπει να προσπαθήσετε την εκ " +"νέου λήψη του αρχείου. Στη συνέχεια θα εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2962,8 +2962,7 @@ msgid "" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" "- Για χρήση του md5sum, πληκτρολογήστε: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 @@ -2972,8 +2971,7 @@ msgid "" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" "- Για χρήση του sha1sum, πληκτρολογήστε: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>mdsum " -"path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 @@ -2981,8 +2979,8 @@ msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" -"και συγκρίνετε τον υπολογισμένο αριθμό στον υπολογιστή σας (ίσως χρειαστεί να " -"περιμένετε λίγο) με τον αριθμό που δίνεται από τη Mageia. Για παράδειγμα:" +"και συγκρίνετε τον υπολογισμένο αριθμό στον υπολογιστή σας (ίσως χρειαστεί " +"να περιμένετε λίγο) με τον αριθμό που δίνεται από τη Mageia. Για παράδειγμα:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 @@ -3022,9 +3020,9 @@ msgid "" "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Χρησιμοποιήστε το πρόγραμμα εγγραφής που επιθυμείτε, αλλά θα πρέπει να " -"σιγουρευτείτε ότι η συσκευή εγγραφής έχει διαμορφωθεί σωστά για την <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">εγγραφή μιας εικόνας</emphasis>· η εγγραφή δεδομένων ή αρχείων " -"δεν είναι σωστή. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link " +"σιγουρευτείτε ότι η συσκευή εγγραφής έχει διαμορφωθεί σωστά για την " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">εγγραφή μιας εικόνας</emphasis>· η εγγραφή δεδομένων " +"ή αρχείων δεν είναι σωστή. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link " "ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia " "wiki</link>." @@ -3052,15 +3050,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Η «αποτύπωση» μιας εικόνας σε έναν οδηγό flash θα έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την " "διαγραφή των αρχείων και την καταστροφή οποιουδήποτε προηγούμενου συστήματος " -"αρχείων στη συσκευή. Η χωρητικότητα του οδηγού θα συρρικνωθεί στο μέγεθος της " -"εικόνας ISO." +"αρχείων στη συσκευή. Η χωρητικότητα του οδηγού θα συρρικνωθεί στο μέγεθος " +"της εικόνας ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" -"Για να ανακτήσετε την προηγούμενη χωρητικότητα, θα πρέπει να μορφοποιήσετε το " -"κλειδί USB." +"Για να ανακτήσετε την προηγούμενη χωρητικότητα, θα πρέπει να μορφοποιήσετε " +"το κλειδί USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -3073,9 +3071,9 @@ msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα εργαλείο γραφικού περιβάλλοντος όπως το <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_stic" -"ks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα εργαλείο γραφικού περιβάλλοντος όπως το " +"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 @@ -3207,8 +3205,8 @@ msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" -"Αυτό το βήμα περιγράφεται αναλυτικά στην <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">τεκμηρίωση της</link>." +"Αυτό το βήμα περιγράφεται αναλυτικά στην <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia." +"org/en/doc/\">τεκμηρίωση της</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 @@ -3216,17 +3214,16 @@ msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki<" -"/link>." +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3573,10 +3570,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3650,11 +3647,11 @@ msgid "" "edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " "instead." msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε επιλέξει <code>Grub 2</code> ως πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, δεν μπορείτε να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία των καταχωρήσεων σε αυτό " -"το στάδιο, πατήστε «Επόμενο». Θα χρειαστείτε να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το " -"<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ή χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>" -"grub-customizer</code>." +"Αν έχετε επιλέξει <code>Grub 2</code> ως πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, δεν μπορείτε " +"να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία των καταχωρήσεων σε " +"αυτό το στάδιο, πατήστε «Επόμενο». Θα χρειαστείτε να επεξεργαστείτε " +"χειροκίνητα το <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ή χρησιμοποιήστε το " +"<code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 @@ -3709,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -3881,14 +3878,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3931,7 +3928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4011,12 +4008,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -4064,8 +4061,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Αν η Mageia δεν σας «έπεισε» ή αν δεν δεν μπορείτε να την απεγκαταστήσετε " "σωστά, με λίγα λόγια αν θέλετε να την «ξεφορτωθείτε». Είναι δικαίωμά σας και " -"η Mageia σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα να το κάνετε εν αντιθέσει άλλων λειτουργικών " -"συστημάτων." +"η Mageia σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα να το κάνετε εν αντιθέσει άλλων " +"λειτουργικών συστημάτων." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 @@ -4092,8 +4089,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Για να ανάκτηση του χώρου που χρησιμοποιούσαν οι κατατμήσεις Mageia στα " "Windows, κάντε κλικ στο <code>Έναρξη -> Πίνακας ελέγχου -> Εργαλεία " -"διαχείρισης -> Διαχείριση του υπολογιστή -> Αποθήκευση -> Διαχείριση δίσκων<" -"/code> για να μεταβείτε στην διαχείριση κατατμήσεων. Θα αναγνωρίσετε την " +"διαχείρισης -> Διαχείριση του υπολογιστή -> Αποθήκευση -> Διαχείριση δίσκων</" +"code> για να μεταβείτε στην διαχείριση κατατμήσεων. Θα αναγνωρίσετε την " "κατάτμηση της Mageia από την ετικέτα <guilabel>Άγνωστο</guilabel>, αλλά και " "από το μέγεθος και την τοποθεσία στον δίσκο. Κάντε κλικ σε κάθε μια από τις " "κατατμήσεις και επιλέξτε <guibutton>Διαγραφή</guibutton>· ο χώρος θα " @@ -4105,8 +4102,9 @@ msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." msgstr "" -"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε Windows XP, μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα κατάτμηση και " -"να την μορφοποιήσετε σε (FAT32 ή NTFS). Θα αποκτήσει ένα γράμμα κατάτμησης." +"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε Windows XP, μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα κατάτμηση " +"και να την μορφοποιήσετε σε (FAT32 ή NTFS). Θα αποκτήσει ένα γράμμα " +"κατάτμησης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -4123,5 +4121,3 @@ msgstr "" "το gparted, διαθέσιμο για windows και linux. Όπως πάντα, κατά την αλλαγή των " "κατατμήσεων, να είστε προσεκτικός-η και σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάρει " "αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία." - - diff --git a/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml index 97694255..c79ed062 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση.</para> </note></para> - <para>Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml index e9a33f1e..df6650b2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado.</para> </note></para> - <para>La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> @@ -130,7 +130,5 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index b9363e41..9110e050 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 8e37f8f9..d23d1040 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up.</para> -<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index ef21adef..63689788 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014 # motitos, 2013-2014 @@ -17,14 +17,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-09 19:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"es/)\n" +"Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -35,9 +36,11 @@ msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -47,31 +50,40 @@ msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea " +"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de <application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de " +"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego " +"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su ordenador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya " +"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -83,7 +95,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de versión" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -94,29 +108,36 @@ msgstr "es" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación suplementarios)" +msgstr "" +"Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación " +"suplementarios)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los siguientes pasos." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar " +"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La " +"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los " +"siguientes pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -136,38 +157,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su propia instalación NFS." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). " +"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los " +"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, " +"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su " +"propia instalación NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -179,20 +203,31 @@ msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." +msgstr "" +"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, " +"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas " +"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya " +"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando " +"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la " +"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita " +"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido " +"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." +msgstr "" +"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una " +"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y " +"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -205,29 +240,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el " +"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones " +"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono del usuario." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono " +"del usuario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del usuario en este recuadro." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del " +"usuario en este recuadro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de " +"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir " +"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a " +"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -235,22 +282,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la " +"contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el " +"nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el recuadro anterior." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña " +"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el " +"recuadro anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." +msgstr "" +"Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio " +"personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -258,14 +314,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en <emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en " +"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá " +"un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar el ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda " +"añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar " +"el ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -273,7 +335,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los " +"usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante " +"la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -291,7 +356,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." +msgstr "" +"Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una " +"pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está " +"añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -299,7 +367,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." +msgstr "" +"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) " +"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado " +"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -307,7 +378,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido que los usuarios normales." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o " +"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un " +"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido " +"que los usuarios normales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -315,7 +390,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por " +"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -323,42 +400,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació " +"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que " +"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -366,46 +449,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su " +"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</" +"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "" +"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de montaje\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de " +"montaje\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro" +"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y <literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje " +"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y " +"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, " +"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde " +"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la " +"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de montaje vacío." +msgstr "" +"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de " +"montaje vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -413,15 +513,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y tamaño." +msgstr "" +"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y " +"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la " +"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y " +"tamaño." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien " +"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -431,9 +538,11 @@ msgstr "Selección de escritorio" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para " +"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -441,14 +550,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la " +"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando " +"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -460,21 +574,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> " +"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de " +"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</" +"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el " +"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio " +"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, " +"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -483,7 +605,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." +msgstr "" +"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de " +"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si " +"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada " +"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -505,74 +631,91 @@ msgstr "Entorno gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes." +msgstr "" +"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o " +"eliminar manualmente los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como hacer una instalación minima." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como " +"hacer una instalación minima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su instalación." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su " +"instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón durante la instalación para cargarlo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</" +"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes " +"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para " +"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón " +"durante la instalación para cargarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configure sus Servicios" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando arranque su sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando " +"arranque su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo y ver todos los servicios que contiene." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo " +"y ver todos los servicios que contiene." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -584,7 +727,9 @@ msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de abajo." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de " +"abajo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -596,36 +741,45 @@ msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure su huso horario" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo huso horario." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo " +"huso horario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora " +"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos " +"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -635,24 +789,31 @@ msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y " +"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted " +"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -675,7 +836,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." +msgstr "" +"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía " +"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar " +"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -683,14 +847,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." +msgstr "" +"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código " +"abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un " +"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador " +"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso " +"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -698,30 +868,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." +msgstr "" +"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios " +"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En " +"algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." +msgstr "" +"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder " +"acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -730,19 +906,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de " +"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de " +"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione " +"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. " +"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> " +"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su " +"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -752,7 +939,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de " +"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. " +"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las " +"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -764,7 +956,9 @@ msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución " +"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -772,19 +966,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está disponible</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no " +"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su " +"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la " +"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se " +"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá " +"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que " +"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está " +"disponible</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el activar o desactivar varias opciones." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el " +"activar o desactivar varias opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -796,7 +1000,9 @@ msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su monitor correctamente." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede " +"identificar su monitor correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -805,15 +1011,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la documentacion de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar " +"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin " +"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la " +"documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -824,10 +1037,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco " +"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical " +"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion " +"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -836,7 +1053,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y consulte la documentacion de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con " +"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que " +"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y " +"consulte la documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -848,7 +1069,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." +msgstr "" +"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor " +"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -860,7 +1083,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe " +"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -881,11 +1106,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como 1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una selección conservadora. " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en " +"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si " +"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no " +"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una " +"selección conservadora. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -895,47 +1126,63 @@ msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." +msgstr "" +"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que " +"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de " +"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de " +"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." +msgstr "" +"Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar " +"particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su " +"tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, " +"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones " +"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." +msgstr "" +"Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición " +"escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de " +"montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -958,21 +1205,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el " +"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del " +"contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -984,7 +1238,9 @@ msgstr "Usar la partición existente" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." +msgstr "" +"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones " +"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -994,9 +1250,11 @@ msgstr "Usar el espacio libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su nueva instalación de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su " +"nueva instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1006,9 +1264,11 @@ msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador puede ofrecer usarlo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador " +"puede ofrecer usarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1016,7 +1276,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" +msgstr "" +"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación " +"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia " +"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1027,7 +1290,14 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad de sus archivos personales." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la " +"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, " +"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. " +"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que " +"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se " +"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad " +"de sus archivos personales." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1042,7 +1312,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!" +msgstr "" +"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. " +"¡Tenga cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1050,7 +1322,9 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." +msgstr "" +"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información " +"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1060,9 +1334,11 @@ msgstr "Particionamiento personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación " +"en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1071,10 +1347,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las siguientes configuraciones:" +msgstr "" +"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez " +"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware " +"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales " +"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB." +"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como " +"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las " +"siguientes configuraciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1090,7 +1373,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de " +"megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1107,8 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febrero 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1131,10 +1415,12 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." +msgstr "" +"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " +"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1145,64 +1431,82 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " +"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " +"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitaciones" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=" +"\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y " +"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los " +"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." +msgstr "" +"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de " +"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1214,43 +1518,54 @@ msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateo" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para formatear." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier " +"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para " +"formatear." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan formatearse." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan " +"formatearse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que " +"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1259,14 +1574,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." +msgstr "" +"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " +"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla " +"principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</" +"guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1279,14 +1600,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil posible." +msgstr "" +"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está " +"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil " +"posible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." +msgstr "" +"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto " +"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1301,15 +1627,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:" +msgstr "" +"Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1320,38 +1648,50 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias personales:" +msgstr "" +"Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias " +"personales:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2" +msgstr "" +"El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma " +"elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter." +msgstr "" +"Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: <guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/" +"DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: " +"<guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</" +"guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1360,8 +1700,10 @@ msgstr "Cambie la resolución de la pantalla pulsando la tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1374,7 +1716,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone cuatro opciones:" +msgstr "" +"Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo " +"usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 " +"muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone " +"cuatro opciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1386,28 +1732,36 @@ msgstr "- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en detrimento del rendimiento." +msgstr "" +"- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en " +"detrimento del rendimiento." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración de energía no se tiene en cuenta." +msgstr "" +"- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración " +"de energía no se tiene en cuenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide." +msgstr "" +"- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se " +"refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por " +"defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1415,12 +1769,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta." +msgstr "" +"En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas " +"con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</" +"guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1433,12 +1792,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior." +msgstr "" +"Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. " +"Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o " +"pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1447,34 +1811,47 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione <guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione " +"<guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la " +"lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de " +"<guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2" +msgstr "" +"Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree.iso)" +msgstr "" +"Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un " +"CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree." +"iso)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la " +"pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de " +"instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1484,9 +1861,11 @@ msgstr "La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1496,24 +1875,29 @@ msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser " +"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones <guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones " +"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> " +"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1523,10 +1907,17 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1538,25 +1929,33 @@ msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</code> en la terminal." +msgstr "" +"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del " +"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas " +"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</" +"code> en la terminal." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación " +"gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para " +"llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de " +"bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la " +"palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la " +"instalación en modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1571,7 +1970,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada con otras si es necesario." +msgstr "" +"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un " +"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática " +"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, " +"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada " +"con otras si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1583,9 +1987,14 @@ msgstr "Problema de RAM" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar " +"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla " +"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la " +"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría " +"256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1598,39 +2007,43 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en " +"Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este " +"disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizaciones" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." +msgstr "" +"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se " +"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1638,7 +2051,9 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" +msgstr "" +"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</" +"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1650,55 +2065,73 @@ msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser elegidos en los próximos pasos." +msgstr "" +"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los " +"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la " +"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser " +"elegidos en los próximos pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que contiene la base de la distribución." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que " +"contiene la base de la distribución." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, " +"es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de " +"código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio " +"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, " +"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo " +"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este " +"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en " +"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para " +"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para " +"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1709,9 +2142,12 @@ msgstr "Instalación mínima." #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de " +"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1720,14 +2156,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos " +"específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o " +"una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto " +"con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá " +"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1735,34 +2178,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1771,7 +2217,10 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo " +"del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y " +"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1787,9 +2236,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede " +"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1801,7 +2253,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref " +"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1832,9 +2286,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio " +"<literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1846,19 +2302,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." +msgstr "" +"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que " +"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta " +"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una " +"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1875,7 +2337,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." +msgstr "" +"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que " +"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1887,7 +2351,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, trackballs, etc." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, " +"trackballs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1897,10 +2363,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto." +msgstr "" +"El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger " +"uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta " +"pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1909,9 +2378,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1921,10 +2390,11 @@ msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1943,14 +2413,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el <application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener activados los repositorios non-free." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores " +"libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el " +"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener " +"activados los repositorios non-free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para que también la controle." +msgstr "" +"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para " +"que también la controle." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1963,14 +2439,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de proxy." +msgstr "" +"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. " +"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de " +"proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los parámetros que debe poner aquí." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los " +"parámetros que debe poner aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1985,9 +2466,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada para un uso general." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en " +"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada " +"para un uso general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2004,50 +2488,64 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." +msgstr "" +"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos " +"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes " +"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su " +"selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy peligroso!" +msgstr "" +"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy " +"peligroso!" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer " +"espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2065,7 +2563,10 @@ msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad " +"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de " +"Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2088,14 +2589,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el archivo ISO sea copiado." +msgstr "" +"Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o " +"actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el " +"archivo ISO sea copiado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aquí</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2108,80 +2614,81 @@ msgstr "Medio de instalación clásico." msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caracterśticas comunes." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Estas ISOs utilizan el instalador tradicional llamado drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de lanzamientos previos." +msgstr "" +"Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de " +"lanzamientos previos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware." +msgstr "" +"Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema " +"de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles." +msgstr "" +"Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no libre." +msgstr "" +"Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no " +"libre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado." +msgstr "" +"Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se " +"realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utiliza sólo de escritorio Xfce." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) PARA REVISAR!" +msgstr "" +"Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, " +"uk) PARA REVISAR!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contiene software no libre" @@ -2191,38 +2698,39 @@ msgstr "Contiene software no libre" msgid "Live media" msgstr "Medio Live" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su disco rígido." +msgstr "" +"Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado " +"previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su " +"disco rígido." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde versiones previas.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas " +"para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde " +"versiones previas.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre." @@ -2232,21 +2740,18 @@ msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Sólo idioma Inglés." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "sólo 32 bit." @@ -2256,8 +2761,7 @@ msgstr "sólo 32 bit." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME." @@ -2267,8 +2771,7 @@ msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todos los idiomas presentes." @@ -2283,51 +2786,58 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar drakx-installer-stage2 y otros paquetes para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos paquetes pueden estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar " +"el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar drakx-installer-stage2 y otros " +"paquetes para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos paquetes pueden " +"estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en " +"Internet." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Estos medios son muy livianos (menos de 100 MB) y son convenientes cuando el ancho de banda es demasiado bajo para descargar un DVD completo, o para PC sin una unidad de DVD o PC que no pueden arrancar desde USB." +msgstr "" +"Estos medios son muy livianos (menos de 100 MB) y son convenientes cuando el " +"ancho de banda es demasiado bajo para descargar un DVD completo, o para PC " +"sin una unidad de DVD o PC que no pueden arrancar desde USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software propietario." +msgstr "" +"Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software " +"propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para aquellos que lo necesiten." +msgstr "" +"Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para " +"aquellos que lo necesiten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 @@ -2342,30 +2852,43 @@ msgstr "Descargando" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Una vez que haya elegido un archivo ISO podrá descargarlo utilizando http o BitTorrent. En ambos casos una ventana le dará información, como el servidor espejo utilizado y la posibilidad de cambiar si el ancho de banda es demasiado bajo. Si elige http, además puede ver algo como" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya elegido un archivo ISO podrá descargarlo utilizando http o " +"BitTorrent. En ambos casos una ventana le dará información, como el servidor " +"espejo utilizado y la posibilidad de cambiar si el ancho de banda es " +"demasiado bajo. Si elige http, además puede ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para verificar la integridad de los archivos ISO. Utilice sólo una de ella. Ambos números hexadecimales han sido calculados por un algoritmo en base al archivo que se descargará. Si usted utiliza este algoritmo para calcular otra vez este número en base al archivo que ha descargado, puede obtener el mismo número y su archivo descargado es correcto, o el número es diferente y ha ocurrido un error. Entonces aparece esta ventana:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para verificar la integridad de los " +"archivos ISO. Utilice sólo una de ella. Ambos números hexadecimales han " +"sido calculados por un algoritmo en base al archivo que se descargará. Si " +"usted utiliza este algoritmo para calcular otra vez este número en base al " +"archivo que ha descargado, puede obtener el mismo número y su archivo " +"descargado es correcto, o el número es diferente y ha ocurrido un error. " +"Entonces aparece esta ventana:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2390,30 +2913,38 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola, no es necesario ser root, y:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Para usar md5sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>md5sum ruta/a/la/imagen/archivo.iso</userinput>" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Para usar md5sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>md5sum ruta/a/la/imagen/" +"archivo.iso</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "-Para usar sha1sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>sha1sum ruta/a/la/imágen/archivo.iso</userinput>" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"-Para usar sha1sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>sha1sum ruta/a/la/imágen/" +"archivo.iso</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "y compare el número obtenido en su computadora (puede tener que esperar un poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"y compare el número obtenido en su computadora (puede tener que esperar un " +"poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2425,7 +2956,10 @@ msgstr "Grabar o volcar el ISO" msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "La ISO ahora se puede grabar en un CD o DVD o descargarse en una memoria USB. Estas operaciones no son una simple copia y tienen como objetivo crear un medio arrancable." +msgstr "" +"La ISO ahora se puede grabar en un CD o DVD o descargarse en una memoria " +"USB. Estas operaciones no son una simple copia y tienen como objetivo crear " +"un medio arrancable." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 @@ -2437,10 +2971,13 @@ msgstr "Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Use cualquier dispositivo de grabación, pero asegúrese que esta correctamente seleccionado, si no la grabación de datos o archivos no será correcta. Más información en <link ns4:href=\\\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\\\">the Mageia wiki</link>" +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Use cualquier dispositivo de grabación, pero asegúrese que esta " +"correctamente seleccionado, si no la grabación de datos o archivos no será " +"correcta. Más información en <link ns4:href=\\\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\\\">the Mageia wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2452,7 +2989,9 @@ msgstr "Volvar el ISO en un USB" msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Todas las ISOs de Mageia son híbridas, lo que significa que se pueden volcar en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema." +msgstr "" +"Todas las ISOs de Mageia son híbridas, lo que significa que se pueden volcar " +"en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2460,12 +2999,16 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "\\\"Montar\\\" una imagen en un dispositivo flash, destruye cualquier sistema de archivos antes de la partición; todos los datos se perderán y la capacidad de la partición se reducirá al tamaño de la imagen." +msgstr "" +"\\\"Montar\\\" una imagen en un dispositivo flash, destruye cualquier " +"sistema de archivos antes de la partición; todos los datos se perderán y la " +"capacidad de la partición se reducirá al tamaño de la imagen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Para recuperar la capacidad original, tiene que formatear la memoria USB." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar la capacidad original, tiene que formatear la memoria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -2475,97 +3018,97 @@ msgstr "Usando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Puede usar una herramienta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Puede usar una herramienta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "También puede utilizar el comando \"dd\" en una consola:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Abrir consola" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "Conviértase en root con el comando su - (no se olvide del - al final)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Conecte su memoria USB (no montar, no habrá cualquier aplicación o gestor de archivos que pueda leerlo)." +msgstr "" +"Conecte su memoria USB (no montar, no habrá cualquier aplicación o gestor de " +"archivos que pueda leerlo)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduzca el comando \"fdisk-l\"." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Encuentre el nombre del dispositivo para su memoria USB (por su tamaño), por ejemplo /dev/sdb en la imagen de arriba, es una memoria USB 8Gb." +msgstr "" +"Encuentre el nombre del dispositivo para su memoria USB (por su tamaño), por " +"ejemplo /dev/sdb en la imagen de arriba, es una memoria USB 8Gb." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "Introduzca el comando: # dd if=/ruta al archivo ISO of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Donde X=nombre de tu dispositivo ej:/dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo" @@ -2590,7 +3133,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disco de Imagenes</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disco de Imagenes</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -2600,32 +3145,38 @@ msgstr "Insatlación de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Este paso se detalla en <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Documentación de Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este paso se detalla en <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">Documentación de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Más información disponible en <link ns4:href=\\\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\\\">Wiki de Mageia</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Más información disponible en <link ns4:href=\\\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\\\">Wiki de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2633,14 +3184,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la " +"moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que " +"no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros " +"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2649,7 +3205,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real." +msgstr "" +"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, " +"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la " +"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX " +"seguirá su elección real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2660,14 +3220,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede " +"seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de " +"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas " +"(Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs " +"de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones " +"asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que " +"los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de " +"entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden " +"instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2675,7 +3244,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." +msgstr "" +"Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede " +"hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su " +"computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2685,9 +3257,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar o actualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2698,7 +3272,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2711,7 +3287,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última versión." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas " +"en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la " +"última versión." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2719,31 +3298,47 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia " +"anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión " +"del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya " +"ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación " +"limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede " +"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de " +"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</" +"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2755,43 +3350,60 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún " +"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del " +"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire " +"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. " +"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También " +"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribución_del_teclado</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la lista completa." +msgstr "" +"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de " +"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar " +"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la " +"lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2799,7 +3411,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas y no latinas." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una " +"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas " +"y no latinas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2812,38 +3427,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. <application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la instalación y para su sistema instalado." +msgstr "" +"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. " +"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la " +"instalación y para su sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la instalación." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, " +"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos " +"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la " +"instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección de múltiples idiomas." +msgstr "" +"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la " +"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección " +"de múltiples idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale también el idioma de su teclado." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale " +"también el idioma de su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2851,52 +3480,65 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." +msgstr "" +"Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en " +"la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. " +"Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su sistema." +msgstr "" +"Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro " +"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su " +"sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Elección del ratón" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." +msgstr "" +"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 " +"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</" +"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o " +"más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2906,10 +3548,14 @@ msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su lugar." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta " +"herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay " +"que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su " +"lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2917,84 +3563,107 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el " +"boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> " +"y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su lugar." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta " +"herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay " +"que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su " +"lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." +msgstr "" +"Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una " +"entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede renombrar completamente." +msgstr "" +"Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede " +"renombrar completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos que seleccione otra." +msgstr "" +"La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos " +"que seleccione otra." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." +msgstr "" +"Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, " +"no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por " +"elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." +msgstr "" +"Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, " +"necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o " +"permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3013,14 +3682,19 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot " +"Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, " +"Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque " +"opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3028,14 +3702,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son " +"soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por " +"defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible en la página de resumen durante la instación." +msgstr "" +"La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible " +"en la página de resumen durante la instación." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3046,18 +3725,25 @@ msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de <guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de " +"PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de " +"<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le " +"permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como por ejemplo sda7." +msgstr "" +"No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe " +"de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como " +"por ejemplo sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3068,19 +3754,27 @@ msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve al instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar " +"donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve " +"al instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del sistema operativo en cuestión." +msgstr "" +"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de " +"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente " +"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que " +"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del " +"sistema operativo en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3091,66 +3785,79 @@ msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio libre." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</" +"literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /" +"tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio " +"libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurando SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco duro." +msgstr "" +"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos " +"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los " +"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco " +"duro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que tenga." +msgstr "" +"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que " +"tenga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurar el sonido" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3158,7 +3865,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido " +"para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3168,16 +3877,25 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en <guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla." +msgstr "" +"El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras " +"la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie " +"esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la " +"etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en " +"<guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la " +"pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en <guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil sobre cómo resolver el problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de " +"draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en " +"<guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil " +"sobre cómo resolver el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3190,47 +3908,56 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado." +msgstr "" +"Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la " +"instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios " +"disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en <guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en " +"<guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar " +"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3248,34 +3975,52 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Si Mageia no le convence a usted o no puede instalar correctamente, en breve desea deshacerse de él. Ese es su derecho y Mageia también te da la posibilidad de desinstalar. Esto no es cierto para todos los sistemas operativos." +msgstr "" +"Si Mageia no le convence a usted o no puede instalar correctamente, en breve " +"desea deshacerse de él. Ese es su derecho y Mageia también te da la " +"posibilidad de desinstalar. Esto no es cierto para todos los sistemas " +"operativos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Después de la copia de seguridad de datos, reiniciar en su Mageia DVD y seleccione Sistema de Rescate, a continuación, en Restaurar el gestor de arranque de Windows. En el siguiente inicio, sólo tendrá Windows sin ningún menú para elegir el sistema operativo." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Después de la copia de seguridad de datos, reiniciar en su Mageia DVD y " +"seleccione Sistema de Rescate, a continuación, en Restaurar el gestor de " +"arranque de Windows. En el siguiente inicio, sólo tendrá Windows sin ningún " +"menú para elegir el sistema operativo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Para recuperar el espacio utilizado por las particiones de Mageia en Windows, haga clic en <code>Inicio -> Panel de control -> Herramientas administrativas -> Administración de equipos -> Almacenamiento -> Administración de discos</code> para acceder a la gestión de particiones. Usted reconocerá la partición Mageia porque está etiquetado <guilabel>Desconocido</guilabel>, y también por el tamaño y el lugar en el disco. Haga clic derecho sobre una de estas particiones y seleccione <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton>." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar el espacio utilizado por las particiones de Mageia en " +"Windows, haga clic en <code>Inicio -> Panel de control -> Herramientas " +"administrativas -> Administración de equipos -> Almacenamiento -> " +"Administración de discos</code> para acceder a la gestión de particiones. " +"Usted reconocerá la partición Mageia porque está etiquetado " +"<guilabel>Desconocido</guilabel>, y también por el tamaño y el lugar en el " +"disco. Haga clic derecho sobre una de estas particiones y seleccione " +"<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Si tienes XP, puedes crear una nueva partición y darle formato (FAT32 o NTFS). Se obtendrá una letra de partición." +msgstr "" +"Si tienes XP, puedes crear una nueva partición y darle formato (FAT32 o " +"NTFS). Se obtendrá una letra de partición." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3283,6 +4028,11 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Si tienes Vista o 7, tienes más de una posibilidad, se puede extender la partición existente que está a la izquierda del espacio libre. Hay otras herramientas de partición que se pueden utilizar, como gparted, disponible para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Si tienes Vista o 7, tienes más de una posibilidad, se puede extender la " +"partición existente que está a la izquierda del espacio libre. Hay otras " +"herramientas de partición que se pueden utilizar, como gparted, disponible " +"para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho " +"cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado." diff --git a/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml index acdcac66..1df42cc5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación.</para> </note></para> - <para>Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml index 39c861f3..45ec66fa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus langetatud valikutest.</para> </note></para> - <para>Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index e217e416..f23e3073 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Määratlus</title> - <para>Me nimetame siinkohal andmekandjaks ISO-tõmmisefaili, mis võimaldab -paigaldada ja/või uuendada Mageiat, ning ühtlasi ka igasugust füüsilist -seadet, millele ISO-tõmmis on kopeeritud.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>ISO-tõmmised leiab <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">siit</link>.</para> @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">siit</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Kasutavad traditsioonilist paigaldusprogrammi drakx</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -50,12 +50,11 @@ riistvara tuvastamise tööriist</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Iga DVD sisaldab kõiki saadaolevaid töökeskkondi ja keeli</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Paigaldamise käigus lastakse valida, kas kasutada mittevaba tarkvara või -mitte</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -65,16 +64,17 @@ mitte</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Ühel ja samal andmekandjal on nii 32- kui ka 64-bitine tarkvara; valik -tehakse automaatselt vastavalt tuvastatud protsessorile</para> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ainult Xfce töökeskkond</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ainult mõned keeled (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ tehakse automaatselt vastavalt tuvastatud protsessorile</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Saab tarvitada distributsiooni tundmaõppimiseks ilma seda kohe kõvakettale -paigaldamata, aga soovi korral siiski ka Mageia paigaldamiseks</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO sisaldab ainult üht töökeskkonda (KDE või GNOME)</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Sisaldavad mittevaba tarkvara</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -128,7 +129,7 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ainult 32-bitine</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ainult 32-bitine</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -182,34 +183,35 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>CD-d ainult alglaadimiseks</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Ühised omadused</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Need on väikesed tõmmised, mis sisaldavad vaid tarkvara, mida on vaja -paigaldusprogrammi drakx käivitamiseks ning ISO-faili leidmiseks, et siis -jätkata paigaldamisega. ISO-failid võivad asuda arvuti kõvakettal, mõnel -muul kohalikul kettas, kohalikus võrgus või internetis.</para> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Need andmekandjad on väga väikesed (alla 100 MB) ja abiks siis, kui -internetiühenduse maht on liiga väike terve DVD allalaadimiseks, arvuti on -ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -223,8 +225,8 @@ ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Sisaldab ainult vaba tarkvara neile, kes ei ole nõus mittevaba tarkvara -kasutama</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,8 +236,8 @@ kasutama</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Sisaldab mittevaba tarkvara (peamiselt draiverid, koodekid jms.) neile, kes -seda vajavad</para> + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -243,26 +245,27 @@ seda vajavad</para> </section> <section> - <title>Andmekandja allalaadimine ja kontrollimine</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Allalaadimine</title> - <para>Kui olete sobiva ISO-faili valinud, saab selle alla laadida kas HTTP või -BitTorrenti vahendusel. Mõlemal juhul annab aken mõningat teavet, näiteks -kasutatava peegelsaidi ja võimaluse kohta seda vahetada, kui ribalaius on -liiga väike. HTTP valimise korral peaks pilt olema umbes selline:</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum ja sha1sum on tööriistad ISO terviklikkuse kontrollimiseks. Kasutada -tuleks ainult üht neist. Mõlemad kuueteistkümnendarvud arvutatakse kindla -algoritmiga allalaaditava faili põhjal. Kui paluda algoritmil arv uuesti -leida allalaaditud faili põhjal, saab tulemuseks kas sama arvu, mis -tähendab, et allalaaditud faili on korras, või siis mõne muu arvu, mis -tähendab, et see ei ole korras. Seejärel ilmub järgmine aken:</para> + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,32 +298,33 @@ allalaadimissaidil näidatuga:</para> <section> <title>ISO kirjutamine</title> - <para>Kontrollitud ISO võib nüüd kirjutada CD-le, DVD-le või USB-pulgale. See ei -ole tavaline kopeerimine, vaid eesmärk on luua käivitatav andmekandja.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>ISO kirjutamine CD-le või DVD-le</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Kasutage soovikohast kirjutamisprogrammi, aga kontrollige kindlasti, et -seade oleks määratud <emphasis role="bold">kirjutama tõmmist</emphasis>, -mitte aga andmeid või faile. Rohkem teavet leiab <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia -wikist</link>.</para> + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. There is more information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>ISO kirjutamine USB-pulgale</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>Kõik Mageia ISO-d on hübriidsed, mis tähendab, et neid saab kirjutada ka -USB-pulgale, mis on käivitatav ja mille pealt saab süsteemi paigaldada.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>Tõmmise kirjutamine USB-pulgale hävitab kõik varasemad failisüsteemid -partitsioonis, kõik andmeid lähevad kaotsi ja partitsiooni suurus väheneb -tõmmise suurusele.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>Algse mahu taastamiseks tuleb USB-pulk vormindada.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Mageia kasutamise korral</title> @@ -336,8 +340,8 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Võtke administratsiooni õigused käsuga <userinput>su -</userinput> (ärge -unustage kriipsukest lõpus)</para> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -345,8 +349,8 @@ unustage kriipsukest lõpus)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ühendage USB-pulk (ärge haakige seda, see tähendab ärge avage ühtegi -rakendust või failihaldurit, mis seda lugeda võiks)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -366,9 +370,9 @@ selleks /dev/sdb, mis on 8 GB suurune USB-pulk.</para> <para>Sisestage käsk # <userinput>dd if=ISO-faili/asukoht of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=Teie seadme nimi, nt: /dev/sdc Näide: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -384,7 +388,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Windowsi kasutamise korral</title> - <para>Võite proovida järgmisi programme:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -402,9 +406,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>Seda sammu kirjeldatakse üksikasjalikult <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/et/doc/">Mageia käsiraamatus</link>.</para> - <para>Rohkem teavet leiab <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia -wikist</link>.</para> + <para>More information is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml index 8d3ed498..2b7ff125 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia"> <!-- --> <info> - <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia eemaldamine</title> + <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstalling Mageia</title> </info> @@ -9,31 +9,29 @@ <section> <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Õpetus</title> - <para>Kui Mageia ei võida teie poolehoidu või paigaldamine ei kulge korralikult, -võib tekkida soov sellest üldse lahti saada. Erinevalt mõnestki -operatsioonisüsteemist Mageia arvestab teie sooviga ja võimaldab soovi -korral ka endale täielikult selja keerata.</para> + <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short +you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the +possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para> - <para>Kui olete oma andmed varundanud, taaskäivitage oma Mageia DVD ja valige -Päästesüsteem ning seejärel käsk Restore Windows boot loader. Järgmisel -arvuti käivitamisel ongi teie käsutuses ainult Windows, mitte enam võimalus -operatsioonisüsteemi valida.</para> + <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select +Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will +only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para> - <para>To get back the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on + <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled -<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by there size and place in the -disk. Right click on one of these partitions and select +<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the +disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para> - <para>Kui teil on XP, saate luua uue partitsiooni ja selle vormindada (kas FAT32 -või NTFS-vormingusse). Uuele partitsioonile antakse oma täht.</para> + <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it +(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para> <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the -existing partition that is at the left hand of the free space. There are -other partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for -both windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very -careful, and make sure all important things have been backed up.</para> +existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other +partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both +windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and +make sure all important things have been backed up.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po index 92b8a48c..fd7cb035 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu.po +++ b/docs/installer/eu.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>, 2014 # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014-2015 @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-09 15:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eu/)\n" +"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"eu/)\n" +"Language: eu\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: eu\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,31 +42,39 @@ msgstr "Lizentzia Kontratua" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz baldintzak eta lizentzia." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz " +"baldintzak eta lizentzia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari " +"aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik " +"<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko " +"dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua " +"berrabiaraziko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -75,7 +86,9 @@ msgstr "Askapen Oharrak" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, " +"egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -88,27 +101,32 @@ msgstr "eu" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek zehazten dute." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete " +"iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. " +"Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek " +"zehazten dute." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -128,38 +146,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Aukeratu ispilu bat, edo URL bat (lehen sarrera) zehaztu. Noiz ispilu zerbitzari bat hautatuta mageia biltegi administratze guztien aukeraketa sarbidea, hala nola nonfree, kutsatu eta eguneraketak biltegiak bezala. URL batekin, biltegi-zehatzak edo zure NFS instalazioa egin dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu ispilu bat, edo URL bat (lehen sarrera) zehaztu. Noiz ispilu " +"zerbitzari bat hautatuta mageia biltegi administratze guztien aukeraketa " +"sarbidea, hala nola nonfree, kutsatu eta eguneraketak biltegiak bezala. URL " +"batekin, biltegi-zehatzak edo zure NFS instalazioa egin dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -171,20 +191,31 @@ msgstr "Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Administratzaile / supererabiltzaile pasahitza bat konfiguratzea gomendagarria da, Linux-en <emphasis>root pasahitza</emphasis> bezala ezagutzen den <application>Mageia</application> instalazio guztietarako . Pasahitz bat idazten duzun bitartean koadroan kolorez aldatuko den armarria gorria berdea horia agertuko da, pasahitzaren segurtasun mailaren arabera. Ezkutu berde bat erakusten seguridad.Necesita maila altua bera errepikatu koadroan azpian ha dela akatsen bat konpromisoa ez da lehen pasahitza, alderatuz egiaztatzeko. Beheko koadroan errepikatu behar duzu, lehengo pasahitzean akatsik ez duzula egin egiaztatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Administratzaile / supererabiltzaile pasahitza bat konfiguratzea " +"gomendagarria da, Linux-en <emphasis>root pasahitza</emphasis> bezala " +"ezagutzen den <application>Mageia</application> instalazio guztietarako . " +"Pasahitz bat idazten duzun bitartean koadroan kolorez aldatuko den armarria " +"gorria berdea horia agertuko da, pasahitzaren segurtasun mailaren arabera. " +"Ezkutu berde bat erakusten seguridad.Necesita maila altua bera errepikatu " +"koadroan azpian ha dela akatsen bat konpromisoa ez da lehen pasahitza, " +"alderatuz egiaztatzeko. Beheko koadroan errepikatu behar duzu, lehengo " +"pasahitzean akatsik ez duzula egin egiaztatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean." +msgstr "" +"Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta " +"minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -197,29 +228,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Hemen erabiltzaile bat gehi daiteke. Erabiltzaile batek administratzaileak baino baimen gutxiago ditu, baina nahikoak Interneten nabigatzeko, aplikazio ofimatikoak erabiltzeko, jokatzeko eta erabiltzaile ertainak bere ordenagailuarekin edozer egiteko." +msgstr "" +"Hemen erabiltzaile bat gehi daiteke. Erabiltzaile batek administratzaileak " +"baino baimen gutxiago ditu, baina nahikoak Interneten nabigatzeko, aplikazio " +"ofimatikoak erabiltzeko, jokatzeko eta erabiltzaile ertainak bere " +"ordenagailuarekin edozer egiteko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, " +"erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu ezazu testu-kutxa honetan." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu " +"ezazu testu-kutxa honetan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako " +"izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen " +"benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da " +"maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -227,22 +270,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza " +"idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra " +"adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko " +"duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen " +"pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan." +msgstr "" +"Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu " +"bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -250,14 +302,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile <emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis> gehitu home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena." +msgstr "" +"Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile " +"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis> gehitu " +"home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da." +msgstr "" +"Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi " +"baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren " +"benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -265,7 +323,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Mundu guztiak irakur ditzakeen direktorioak nahigao badituzu, instalazioan zehar <emphasis>Ezarpen - Laburpen</emphasis> beharrezko erabiltzaile guztiak gehi ditzakezu. Aukeratu <emphasis>Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Mundu guztiak irakur ditzakeen direktorioak nahigao badituzu, instalazioan " +"zehar <emphasis>Ezarpen - Laburpen</emphasis> beharrezko erabiltzaile " +"guztiak gehi ditzakezu. Aukeratu <emphasis>Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -283,7 +344,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua." +msgstr "" +"Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa " +"gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila " +"eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -291,7 +355,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu." +msgstr "" +"gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</" +"emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. " +"Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -299,7 +366,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino murritzagoak izaten dira." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat " +"gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta " +"erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino " +"murritzagoak izaten dira." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -307,7 +378,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio " +"erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-" +"a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -315,42 +389,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu " +"aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik " +"utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki " +"bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez " +"badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -358,46 +438,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze puntu alda ditzake." +msgstr "" +"Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. " +"Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze " +"puntu alda ditzake." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa duzual." +msgstr "" +"Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) " +"partizioa duzual." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " "point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia" +"\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Partizio batuz badituzu, muntai puntu ezberdinak aukera ditzakezu zerrenda zabaltzen, <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> eta <literal>/var</literal> bezala. Zure muntatze puntuak ere egin ditzakezu, adibidez <literal>/video</literal> zure pelikulak gordetzeko partizio bezala, edo <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> <literal>/home</literal> Cauldron instalazioko home partiziorako." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Partizio batuz badituzu, muntai puntu ezberdinak aukera ditzakezu zerrenda " +"zabaltzen, <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> eta <literal>/var</" +"literal> bezala. Zure muntatze puntuak ere egin ditzakezu, adibidez " +"<literal>/video</literal> zure pelikulak gordetzeko partizio bezala, edo " +"<literal>/cauldron-home </literal> <literal>/home</literal> Cauldron " +"instalazioko home partiziorako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi " +"dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -405,15 +502,21 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Aukeratu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> zer aukeratu ziur ez zaudenean, eta ondoren markatu <guilabel>Partizio pertsonalizatua</guilabel>. Hurrengo pantailan, partizio batean klik egin dezakezu bere tamaina eta mota ikusteko." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> zer aukeratu ziur ez zaudenean, eta " +"ondoren markatu <guilabel>Partizio pertsonalizatua</guilabel>. Hurrengo " +"pantailan, partizio batean klik egin dezakezu bere tamaina eta mota ikusteko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Muntatze puntu zuzenak direla ziur bazaude, egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>, eta aukeratu soilik Drakx iradokitutako partizioa(k) edo gehiago formateatu nahi dituzun edo ez." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Muntatze puntu zuzenak direla ziur bazaude, egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</" +"guibutton>, eta aukeratu soilik Drakx iradokitutako partizioa(k) edo gehiago " +"formateatu nahi dituzun edo ez." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -423,9 +526,11 @@ msgstr "Idaztegi hautaketa" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure aukera doitzeko." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure " +"aukera doitzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -433,14 +538,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Aukeraketa pusuen ondoren, paketeen instalazioan zehar aurkezpen bat ikusiko duzu. Aurkezpen hau <guilabel>Xehetasunak</guilabel> sakatuz desaktiba daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Aukeraketa pusuen ondoren, paketeen instalazioan zehar aurkezpen bat ikusiko " +"duzu. Aurkezpen hau <guilabel>Xehetasunak</guilabel> sakatuz desaktiba " +"daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -452,21 +562,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Nahiago duzun idazmahaiko ingurunea, <application>KDE</application> edo <application>Gnome</application> aukera itzazu. Biek aplikazio erabilgarri eta tresna joko osoa dute. Pertsonalizatuta marka ezazu haietako bat edo biak erabili nahi ez badituzu, edo lehenetsi idazmahai ingurune bakoitzerako aukeratutako softwarea baino gehiago nahi baduzu. <application>LXDE</application> idazmahaia, gutxiago deitzen duen itxurakoa eta lehenetsi instalatutako pakete gutxiagorekin, aurreko beste biak baino arinagoa da." +msgstr "" +"Nahiago duzun idazmahaiko ingurunea, <application>KDE</application> edo " +"<application>Gnome</application> aukera itzazu. Biek aplikazio erabilgarri " +"eta tresna joko osoa dute. Pertsonalizatuta marka ezazu haietako bat edo " +"biak erabili nahi ez badituzu, edo lehenetsi idazmahai ingurune bakoitzerako " +"aukeratutako softwarea baino gehiago nahi baduzu. <application>LXDE</" +"application> idazmahaia, gutxiago deitzen duen itxurakoa eta lehenetsi " +"instalatutako pakete gutxiagorekin, aurreko beste biak baino arinagoa da." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Pakete-taldearen hautapena" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -475,7 +593,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Paketeak batera jarri dira zure beharren araberako aukeraketa asko errazteko. Taldeak intuizioz definitzen dira. Hala ere, informazio gehiago behar baduzu, besterik gabe, haiei buruzko informazio gehiago bistaratzen da talde bakoitzaren gainetik sagua pasatzean." +msgstr "" +"Paketeak batera jarri dira zure beharren araberako aukeraketa asko " +"errazteko. Taldeak intuizioz definitzen dira. Hala ere, informazio gehiago " +"behar baduzu, besterik gabe, haiei buruzko informazio gehiago bistaratzen da " +"talde bakoitzaren gainetik sagua pasatzean." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -497,74 +619,90 @@ msgstr "Ingurumen Grafikoa." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu edo kentzeko paketeak." +msgstr "" +"Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu " +"edo kentzeko paketeak." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat egiteko argibideak." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat " +"egiteko argibideak." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa pertsonalizatzeko." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa " +"pertsonalizatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Aukeratu ondoren, orrialde amaierako <guibutton>diskete ikono</guibutton>an klikatu dezakezu zure pakete aukera gordetzeko (baita USB unitate batean gorde ditzake). Artxibo hau erabil dezakezu beste sistema batean pakete berak instalatzeko, kargatzeko instalazioan zehar botoi bera sakatuz." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu ondoren, orrialde amaierako <guibutton>diskete ikono</guibutton>an " +"klikatu dezakezu zure pakete aukera gordetzeko (baita USB unitate batean " +"gorde ditzake). Artxibo hau erabil dezakezu beste sistema batean pakete " +"berak instalatzeko, kargatzeko instalazioan zehar botoi bera sakatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Serbitzuak" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan ezar dezakezu." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan " +"ezar dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta " +"zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -576,7 +714,9 @@ msgstr "Aukeratutako DrakX ezarpenak onak izaten dira." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info koadroan erakusten da." +msgstr "" +"Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info " +"koadroan erakusten da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -588,36 +728,45 @@ msgstr "Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu zona berekoa aukeratuz." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu " +"zona berekoa aukeratuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa " +"ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu " +"guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -627,24 +776,31 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu X zerbitzari bat (Konfiguratu Txartel Grafikoa)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua behar bezala identifikatuko du." +msgstr "" +"DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua " +"behar bezala identifikatuko du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:" +msgstr "" +"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein " +"duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -667,7 +823,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Zure txartela ezin baduzu fabrikatzaile zerrendan aurkitu (oraindik datu-basean ez delako sartu edo txartela zaharra delako) kontrolatzaile egokia aurki dezakezu Xorg-en kategorian." +msgstr "" +"Zure txartela ezin baduzu fabrikatzaile zerrendan aurkitu (oraindik datu-" +"basean ez delako sartu edo txartela zaharra delako) kontrolatzaile egokia " +"aurki dezakezu Xorg-en kategorian." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -675,14 +834,21 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Xorg-eko zerrendak generiko eta kode irekiko 40 kontrolatzaile baino gehiago hornitzen ditu bideo-txartelerako. Oraindik zure txartelerako kontrolatzaile egokia ez baduzu aurkitu, vesa kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko aukera duzu. Kontrolatzaile honek zure bideo-txartelerako oinarrizko ahalmena hornitzen du." +msgstr "" +"Xorg-eko zerrendak generiko eta kode irekiko 40 kontrolatzaile baino gehiago " +"hornitzen ditu bideo-txartelerako. Oraindik zure txartelerako kontrolatzaile " +"egokia ez baduzu aurkitu, vesa kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko aukera duzu. " +"Kontrolatzaile honek zure bideo-txartelerako oinarrizko ahalmena hornitzen " +"du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula." +msgstr "" +"Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte " +"Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -690,30 +856,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Bideo-txartel fabrikatzaile batzuek Nonfree biltegietan soilik aurkitzen diren jabedun kontrolatzaileak hornitzen dituzte Linux-erako. Kasu batzuetan, fabrikatzailearen webgunean aurkitzen dira soilik." +msgstr "" +"Bideo-txartel fabrikatzaile batzuek Nonfree biltegietan soilik aurkitzen " +"diren jabedun kontrolatzaileak hornitzen dituzte Linux-erako. Kasu " +"batzuetan, fabrikatzailearen webgunean aurkitzen dira soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz." +msgstr "" +"Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura " +"aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -722,19 +894,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Zuk Mageia-ren instalazio honetarako aukeratu duzun ingurune grafikokoarekiko (idazmahai-ingurune bezala ere ezagututa) independenteki, guztiak erabiltzaile interfaze-sistema grafikoan oinarrituta daude<acronym>X Window Sistema</acronym> , edo <acronym>X</acronym> soilik deitutakoa. Horrela, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> edo beste edozein ingurune grafiko ondo funtzionatzeko, <acronym>X</acronym>-en hurrengo ezarpena egokia izan behar da. Aukeratu ezarpen egokia <application>DrakX</application>-ek ez duela ezer aukeratzen edo ez duela egoki aukeratu ikusten baduzu." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Zuk Mageia-ren instalazio honetarako aukeratu duzun ingurune " +"grafikokoarekiko (idazmahai-ingurune bezala ere ezagututa) independenteki, " +"guztiak erabiltzaile interfaze-sistema grafikoan oinarrituta daude<acronym>X " +"Window Sistema</acronym> , edo <acronym>X</acronym> soilik deitutakoa. " +"Horrela, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</" +"acronym> edo beste edozein ingurune grafiko ondo funtzionatzeko, <acronym>X</" +"acronym>-en hurrengo ezarpena egokia izan behar da. Aukeratu ezarpen egokia " +"<application>DrakX</application>-ek ez duela ezer aukeratzen edo ez duela " +"egoki aukeratu ikusten baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure " +"txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -744,7 +927,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Pantaila</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukera dezakezu <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> posible denean, edo <guilabel>Hornitzaile</guilabel> edo <guilabel>Generiko</guilabel> zerrendako zure pantaila aukeratu. Aukeratu <guilabel>pertsonalizatua</guilabel> pantailaren freskatze horizontaleko eta bertikaleko tasak eskuz jartzea nahiago baduzu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Pantaila</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukera dezakezu " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> posible denean, edo <guilabel>Hornitzaile</" +"guilabel> edo <guilabel>Generiko</guilabel> zerrendako zure pantaila " +"aukeratu. Aukeratu <guilabel>pertsonalizatua</guilabel> pantailaren " +"freskatze horizontaleko eta bertikaleko tasak eskuz jartzea nahiago baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -756,7 +944,9 @@ msgstr "Freskatze tasa okerra pure pantaila kaltetu dezake" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan " +"ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -764,19 +954,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Froga</guibutton></emphasis>: Froga botoia ez da beti agertzen instalazioan zehar. Botoia baldin badago, bere ezarpenak kontrolaz ditzakezu hura sakatzen. Ezarpena egokia den galdera agertzen bada, \"bai\" erantzun dezakezu, eta ezarpenak gordeko dira. Ezer ikusten ez baduzu, ezarpenetako pantailara itzuli eta dena berriz konfiguratu ahal izango duzu proba baliozkoa izan arte. <emphasis>Ziurta ezazu konfigurazioa toki seguruan dagoela froga botoia eskuragarri ez badago</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Froga</guibutton></emphasis>: Froga botoia ez da beti " +"agertzen instalazioan zehar. Botoia baldin badago, bere ezarpenak kontrolaz " +"ditzakezu hura sakatzen. Ezarpena egokia den galdera agertzen bada, \"bai\" " +"erantzun dezakezu, eta ezarpenak gordeko dira. Ezer ikusten ez baduzu, " +"ezarpenetako pantailara itzuli eta dena berriz konfiguratu ahal izango duzu " +"proba baliozkoa izan arte. <emphasis>Ziurta ezazu konfigurazioa toki " +"seguruan dagoela froga botoia eskuragarri ez badago</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera " +"aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -788,7 +987,9 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu zure Pantaila" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala identifika dezake." +msgstr "" +"DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala " +"identifika dezake." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -797,15 +998,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Pantaila ezaugarri ezberdinak dituen bat aukeratzea zure pantaila edo bideo osagaiak kaltetu dezakete. Mesedez, ez zaitez saiatu ezer egiten zer egiten duzun jakin gabe.</emphasis> Zalantzarik izanez gero, kontsultatu zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Pantaila ezaugarri ezberdinak dituen bat aukeratzea zure pantaila " +"edo bideo osagaiak kaltetu dezakete. Mesedez, ez zaitez saiatu ezer egiten " +"zer egiten duzun jakin gabe.</emphasis> Zalantzarik izanez gero, kontsultatu " +"zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -816,10 +1024,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Pertsonalizatua</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta " +"sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala " +"nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo " +"horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -828,7 +1040,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure " +"benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu " +"baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta " +"ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -840,7 +1056,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten saiatzen da." +msgstr "" +"Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten " +"saiatzen da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -852,7 +1070,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hornitzailea</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:" +msgstr "" +"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun " +"baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -873,11 +1093,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generikoa</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa kontserbadorea izan behar da." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak " +"eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila " +"aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den " +"bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa " +"kontserbadorea izan behar da." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -887,47 +1112,63 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Zure <literal>/</literal> partizioa enkriptatu nahi badituzu, bereiztutako <literal>/boot</literal> partizio bat duzula ziurtatu behar duzu. <literal>/boot</literal> partizioaren enkriptatzea ez da erabili behar, bestela, zure sistemak ez izango da abiarazi." +msgstr "" +"Zure <literal>/</literal> partizioa enkriptatu nahi badituzu, bereiztutako " +"<literal>/boot</literal> partizio bat duzula ziurtatu behar duzu. <literal>/" +"boot</literal> partizioaren enkriptatzea ez da erabili behar, bestela, zure " +"sistemak ez izango da abiarazi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Hemen zure disko gogor(ren) egitura estutu. Partizioak gehitu eta kendu daitezke, partizio bateko sistema edo tamaina alda daiteke, eta arren hasi baino lehen ikusketa bat egin." +msgstr "" +"Hemen zure disko gogor(ren) egitura estutu. Partizioak gehitu eta kendu " +"daitezke, partizio bateko sistema edo tamaina alda daiteke, eta arren hasi " +"baino lehen ikusketa bat egin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Erlaitz bat dago disko gogor bakoitzerako edo antzemandako biltegiratze-sistemarako, USB unitatea bezala. Adibidez, sda, sdb eta sdc hiru aurkitzen badira." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Erlaitz bat dago disko gogor bakoitzerako edo antzemandako biltegiratze-" +"sistemarako, USB unitatea bezala. Adibidez, sda, sdb eta sdc hiru aurkitzen " +"badira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu partizio guztiak garbitzeko" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu " +"partizio guztiak garbitzeko" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu." +msgstr "" +"Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo " +"aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -950,21 +1191,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan zure disko gogor(ren) edukia ikus dezakezu eta DrakX partizio morroiak <application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko aurkitu duen tokia ikusi." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan zure disko gogor(ren) edukia ikus dezakezu eta DrakX " +"partizio morroiak <application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko aurkitu " +"duen tokia ikusi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Beheko zerrendatik erabilgarri dauden aukerak bereziki aldatuko dira zure disko gogor(rren) diseinu eta edukien arabera." +msgstr "" +"Beheko zerrendatik erabilgarri dauden aukerak bereziki aldatuko dira zure " +"disko gogor(rren) diseinu eta edukien arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -976,7 +1224,9 @@ msgstr "Lehendik dauden Partizioak" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du." +msgstr "" +"Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu " +"egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -986,9 +1236,11 @@ msgstr "Erabili Espazio Hutsa" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau " +"erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -998,9 +1250,11 @@ msgstr "Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, " +"instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1008,7 +1262,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Hau zure Mageia-ren instalazio berrirarentzako lekua uzteko modu erabilgarria izan daiteke, baina eragiketa arriskutsua da, beraz, fitxategi garrantzitsuen babeskopia egin behar duzu!" +msgstr "" +"Hau zure Mageia-ren instalazio berrirarentzako lekua uzteko modu " +"erabilgarria izan daiteke, baina eragiketa arriskutsua da, beraz, fitxategi " +"garrantzitsuen babeskopia egin behar duzu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1019,7 +1276,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Kontutan prozedura hori dakar Windows partizioaren tamaina murrizteko. Partizio honek \"garbi \" egon beharko du, hau da, Windows azken aldiz erabili denean ondo itxita egon behar du. Halaber desfragmentatuta egon behar du, baina horrek ez du bermatzen partizioko fitxategi guztiak mugitu egin direla erabiliko den eremutik kanpo. Hori dela eta, Guztiz gomendagarria da zure fitxategi pertsonalaren babeskopia bat egitea." +msgstr "" +"Kontutan prozedura hori dakar Windows partizioaren tamaina murrizteko. " +"Partizio honek \"garbi \" egon beharko du, hau da, Windows azken aldiz " +"erabili denean ondo itxita egon behar du. Halaber desfragmentatuta egon " +"behar du, baina horrek ez du bermatzen partizioko fitxategi guztiak mugitu " +"egin direla erabiliko den eremutik kanpo. Hori dela eta, Guztiz " +"gomendagarria da zure fitxategi pertsonalaren babeskopia bat egitea." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1034,7 +1297,9 @@ msgstr "Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz ibili!" +msgstr "" +"Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz " +"ibili!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1042,7 +1307,9 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Diskoko zati bat beste zerbaitetan erabili edo jada galdu nahi ez duzun informazioa baduzu,, ez ezazu aukera hau erabili." +msgstr "" +"Diskoko zati bat beste zerbaitetan erabili edo jada galdu nahi ez duzun " +"informazioa baduzu,, ez ezazu aukera hau erabili." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1052,9 +1319,11 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko gogorrean." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko " +"gogorrean." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1063,10 +1332,16 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Zenbait disko gogor berri 4096-byteko sektore logikoak erabilitzen dituzte, 512 byte estandarraren ordez. Hardware librerik ezagatik partizio tresna ez da egiztatu halako diskoetan. Gainera, SSD disko batzuek 1MB baino gehiagoko ezabatze bloke bat darabilte. Iradokitzen dugu aurrez partiziorako beste tresna mota bart erabiltzea gparted bezala, mota honetako disko bat izanez gero, eta hurrengo konfigurazioak erabil ditzala:" +msgstr "" +"Zenbait disko gogor berri 4096-byteko sektore logikoak erabilitzen dituzte, " +"512 byte estandarraren ordez. Hardware librerik ezagatik partizio tresna ez " +"da egiztatu halako diskoetan. Gainera, SSD disko batzuek 1MB baino gehiagoko " +"ezabatze bloke bat darabilte. Iradokitzen dugu aurrez partiziorako beste " +"tresna mota bart erabiltzea gparted bezala, mota honetako disko bat izanez " +"gero, eta hurrengo konfigurazioak erabil ditzala:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1099,8 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "2014ko Otsaila" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1123,10 +1397,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien araberakoa izango da." +msgstr "" +"Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko " +"dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien " +"araberakoa izango da." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1137,64 +1414,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "<link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>-ren laguntzarekin egin da eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>-ren " +"laguntzarekin egin da eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>-ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal duzu." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>-ra bada " +"eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Zorionak" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> instalatzen eta konfiguratzen amaitu duzu eta orain segurua da instalazio baliabidea kentzea, eta zure ordenagailua berrabiaraztea." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> instalatzen eta konfiguratzen amaitu duzu " +"eta orain segurua da instalazio baliabidea kentzea, eta zure ordenagailua " +"berrabiaraztea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Berrezarri ondoren, abioko kargatzailea, zure ordenagailuko sistema eragileen artean aukera dezakezu (bat baino gehiago izanez gero)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Berrezarri ondoren, abioko kargatzailea, zure ordenagailuko sistema " +"eragileen artean aukera dezakezu (bat baino gehiago izanez gero)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da." +msgstr "" +"Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa " +"automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1206,43 +1502,55 @@ msgstr "Gozatu!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi izanez" +msgstr "" +"Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi " +"izanez" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateatzen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Hemen bertan zer partizio formateatu nahi duzun hauta dezakezu. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> formateatzeko markaturik dauden partizioetan gordeko da edozein informazio." +msgstr "" +"Hemen bertan zer partizio formateatu nahi duzun hauta dezakezu. " +"<emphasis>Ez</emphasis> formateatzeko markaturik dauden partizioetan " +"gordeko da edozein informazio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten dira" +msgstr "" +"Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten " +"dira" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> hautatzeko partizioko <emphasis>Bloke okerrak</emphasis> egiaztatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> hautatzeko partizioko " +"<emphasis>Bloke okerrak</emphasis> egiaztatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1251,14 +1559,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Ez bazaude ziur aukeraketa egokia egin duzula, <guibutton>Atzera</guibutton>, eta berriro <guibutton>Atzera</guibutton> eta gero <guibutton>Pertsonalizatuan</guibutton> klik egin dezakezu hasierako pantailara itzultzeko. Pantaila honetan zure partizioek dutena ikus dezakzu." +msgstr "" +"Ez bazaude ziur aukeraketa egokia egin duzula, <guibutton>Atzera</" +"guibutton>, eta berriro <guibutton>Atzera</guibutton> eta gero " +"<guibutton>Pertsonalizatuan</guibutton> klik egin dezakezu hasierako " +"pantailara itzultzeko. Pantaila honetan zure partizioek dutena ikus dezakzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Zure aukeretaz ziur zaudenean, <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia klikatu jarraitzeko." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Zure aukeretaz ziur zaudenean, <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia " +"klikatu jarraitzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1271,14 +1585,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "GNU-Linux-eko erabiltzaile berri edo aurreratu bat bazara, Mageia-ren instalatzailea diseinatuta dago zure instalazioa edo eguneratzea posible bezain erraz egiten laguntzeko." +msgstr "" +"GNU-Linux-eko erabiltzaile berri edo aurreratu bat bazara, Mageia-ren " +"instalatzailea diseinatuta dago zure instalazioa edo eguneratzea posible " +"bezain erraz egiten laguntzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Hasierako menuak hainbat aukera ditu, baina aukera lehenetsia instalatzailea da, normalean, behar duzun guztia dela." +msgstr "" +"Hasierako menuak hainbat aukera ditu, baina aukera lehenetsia instalatzailea " +"da, normalean, behar duzun guztia dela." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1298,10 +1617,11 @@ msgstr "Hona hemen Mageia DVDko lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1312,19 +1632,24 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:" +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu" +msgstr "" +"Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, " +"aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1335,15 +1660,21 @@ msgstr "Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Hemen adibide bat dago, CD/DVD Live mota erabiltzean agertutako Frantsesezko ongietorri pantaila. Nabaritu aipaturiko CD/DVDaren menuak ez duela proposatzen: <guilabel>Berreskuratze Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memoriaren Frogapena</guilabel> ezta <guilabel>Hardwarea antzemateko tresnarik</guilabel> ere." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Hemen adibide bat dago, CD/DVD Live mota erabiltzean agertutako Frantsesezko " +"ongietorri pantaila. Nabaritu aipaturiko CD/DVDaren menuak ez duela " +"proposatzen: <guilabel>Berreskuratze Sistema</guilabel>, " +"<guilabel>Memoriaren Frogapena</guilabel> ezta <guilabel>Hardwarea " +"antzemateko tresnarik</guilabel> ere." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1352,8 +1683,10 @@ msgstr "Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla sakatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1366,7 +1699,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Instalazioak huts egiten badu, orduan berriro beste aukera osagarri batzuekin saiatzea beharrezkoa izan daiteke. F6 sakatzen duzunean agertzen den menuak lerro <guilabel>Abio aukarak</guilabel> berri bat erakusten du eta lau aukera proposatzen ditu:" +msgstr "" +"Instalazioak huts egiten badu, orduan berriro beste aukera osagarri " +"batzuekin saiatzea beharrezkoa izan daiteke. F6 sakatzen duzunean agertzen " +"den menuak lerro <guilabel>Abio aukarak</guilabel> berri bat erakusten du " +"eta lau aukera proposatzen ditu:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1378,28 +1715,36 @@ msgstr "- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren kalterako." +msgstr "" +"- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren " +"kalterako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- ACPI-rik gabe (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), energia-administrazioa ez da kontuan hartzen." +msgstr "" +"- ACPI-rik gabe (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), energia-" +"administrazioa ez da kontuan hartzen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- APIC-a Lokalik (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) gabe, CPU-aren etenez dihardu. Aukera hau aukeratu ezazu eskatzen bazaizu." +msgstr "" +"- APIC-a Lokalik (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) gabe, " +"CPU-aren etenez dihardu. Aukera hau aukeratu ezazu eskatzen bazaizu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Sarrera horietako bat hautatzean, <guilabel>Abio aukera</guilabel> lerroan erakutsitako jatorrizko aukerak aldatzen dira." +msgstr "" +"Sarrera horietako bat hautatzean, <guilabel>Abio aukera</guilabel> lerroan " +"erakutsitako jatorrizko aukerak aldatzen dira." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1407,12 +1752,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Maegia bertsio batzuetan, hautatutako F6 gakoarekin hautatutako aukerak ez direla <guilabel>Abio aukerak</guilabel> lerroan agertzen gerta daiteke. Hala ere, kontuan izango dira." +msgstr "" +"Maegia bertsio batzuetan, hautatutako F6 gakoarekin hautatutako aukerak ez " +"direla <guilabel>Abio aukerak</guilabel> lerroan agertzen gerta daiteke. " +"Hala ere, kontuan izango dira." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1425,12 +1775,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko." +msgstr "" +"F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-" +"teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka " +"ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1439,12 +1794,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Aukeren pantailaren ikuspegi zehatza. Sakatu Esc edo hautatu <guilabel>Abioko aukeretara Itzultzea</guilabel> aukeren zerrendara itzultzeko. Aukera hauek eskuz gehitu daitezke <guilabel>Abioko Aukera</guilabel> lerroan." +msgstr "" +"Aukeren pantailaren ikuspegi zehatza. Sakatu Esc edo hautatu " +"<guilabel>Abioko aukeretara Itzultzea</guilabel> aukeren zerrendara " +"itzultzeko. Aukera hauek eskuz gehitu daitezke <guilabel>Abioko Aukera</" +"guilabel> lerroan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1456,17 +1817,22 @@ msgstr "Laguntzak F2 teklaz aukeratutako hizkuntza emaitza du." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Hona hemen hasierako pantaila kable sare instalazioan oinarritzen CD bat erabiltzen denean (Boot.iso edo Boot-Nonfree.iso imajinak)" +msgstr "" +"Hona hemen hasierako pantaila kable sare instalazioan oinarritzen CD bat " +"erabiltzen denean (Boot.iso edo Boot-Nonfree.iso imajinak)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Ezin duzu hizkuntza aldatu, aukerak pantailan azaltzen dira. Haridun Sarean oinarritutako instalazio CDa nola erabiltzeari buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, bisitatu <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageiaren Wiki-a</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ezin duzu hizkuntza aldatu, aukerak pantailan azaltzen dira. Haridun Sarean " +"oinarritutako instalazio CDa nola erabiltzeari buruzko informazio gehiago " +"lortzeko, bisitatu <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">Mageiaren Wiki-a</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1476,9 +1842,11 @@ msgstr "Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1488,24 +1856,30 @@ msgstr "Instalazio urratsak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Instalazio prozesuko hainbat urrats pantailaren alboko panelean jarraitu daitezke." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Instalazio prozesuko hainbat urrats pantailaren alboko panelean jarraitu " +"daitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Urrats bakoitzak pantailetan bat edo gehiago ditu aukera osagarrietarako botoiak <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> izan dezakeena, normalean gutxi erabiltzen dira ." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Urrats bakoitzak pantailetan bat edo gehiago ditu aukera osagarrietarako " +"botoiak <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> izan dezakeena, normalean gutxi " +"erabiltzen dira ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Pantailak gehienek <guibutton>Laguntza</guibutton> botoiak dituzte, zienek pausuei buruzko azalpenak emango dizute." +msgstr "" +"Pantailak gehienek <guibutton>Laguntza</guibutton> botoiak dituzte, zienek " +"pausuei buruzko azalpenak emango dizute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1515,10 +1889,17 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Instalazioan zehar nonbait instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, berrastea posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat formateatu denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure ordenagailua ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema erabilezinarekin utz dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." +msgstr "" +"Instalazioan zehar nonbait instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, " +"berrastea posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat " +"formateatu denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure " +"ordenagailua ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema " +"erabilezinarekin utz dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, " +"terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. " +"Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1530,25 +1911,33 @@ msgstr "Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Interfaze Grafikorik gabe" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Hasierako pantailaren ondoren, ez du hizkuntzako aukeraketa pantaila kargatzen. Hau gerta daiteke txartel grafiko batzuekin eta sistema zaharrekin. Saiatu bereizmen bajuago bat erabiltzea, <code>vgalo</code> terminalean idatziz." +msgstr "" +"Hasierako pantailaren ondoren, ez du hizkuntzako aukeraketa pantaila " +"kargatzen. Hau gerta daiteke txartel grafiko batzuekin eta sistema " +"zaharrekin. Saiatu bereizmen bajuago bat erabiltzea, <code>vgalo</code> " +"terminalean idatziz." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Hardwarea zaharra bada, Beharbada ez da posible instalazio grafikoa egitea. Aipaturiko kasuan, testu modu instalazio bat saia liteke. Aipaturiko modua burutzeko, ESC sakatu ezazu lehen ongietorri-pantailan zehar eta ENTER sakatuz egiazta ezazu. Pantaila beltza agertuko da \"boot\" hitzarekin. \"text\" idatz ezazu eta ENTER sakatu ezazu. Orain testu moduko instalazioarekin jarrai ezazu." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Hardwarea zaharra bada, Beharbada ez da posible instalazio grafikoa egitea. " +"Aipaturiko kasuan, testu modu instalazio bat saia liteke. Aipaturiko modua " +"burutzeko, ESC sakatu ezazu lehen ongietorri-pantailan zehar eta ENTER " +"sakatuz egiazta ezazu. Pantaila beltza agertuko da \"boot\" hitzarekin. " +"\"text\" idatz ezazu eta ENTER sakatu ezazu. Orain testu moduko " +"instalazioarekin jarrai ezazu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1563,7 +1952,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Sistemak instalazioan zehar izoztu egiten dela badirudi, hardware detekzioekin arazoa izan daiteke. Kasu honetan, hardwareko detekzio automatikoa desaktiba daiteke eta gero ezarri daiteke. Hau probatzeko, <code>noauto</code> idatz ezazu terminalean. Beharrezkoa bada aukera hau beste batzuekin konbina daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Sistemak instalazioan zehar izoztu egiten dela badirudi, hardware " +"detekzioekin arazoa izan daiteke. Kasu honetan, hardwareko detekzio " +"automatikoa desaktiba daiteke eta gero ezarri daiteke. Hau probatzeko, " +"<code>noauto</code> idatz ezazu terminalean. Beharrezkoa bada aukera hau " +"beste batzuekin konbina daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1575,9 +1969,14 @@ msgstr "RAM arazoak" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Hura behar izatea arraroa da, baina kasu batzuetan, hardwareak RAM-aren kantitate libreari buruz oker informa dezake. Hura eskuz zehazteko, <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametroa erabil dezake, xxx RAM-aren kantitate zuzena den, adibidez: <code>mem=256M</code>-ak RAM 256MB esan nahi izango lituzke." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Hura behar izatea arraroa da, baina kasu batzuetan, hardwareak RAM-aren " +"kantitate libreari buruz oker informa dezake. Hura eskuz zehazteko, " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametroa erabil dezake, xxx RAM-aren kantitate " +"zuzena den, adibidez: <code>mem=256M</code>-ak RAM 256MB esan nahi izango " +"lituzke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1590,39 +1989,44 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Zuk \"oinarrizko\" formatutik zure disko gogorra \"dinamiko\"-ra bihurtu bazenuen Microsoft Windows-en, Mageia disko honetan jartzea ezinezkoa izango dela jakin behar duzu. Oinarrizko diskora itzultzeko Microsoft-eko dokumentazioa ikus ezazu: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Zuk \"oinarrizko\" formatutik zure disko gogorra \"dinamiko\"-ra bihurtu " +"bazenuen Microsoft Windows-en, Mageia disko honetan jartzea ezinezkoa izango " +"dela jakin behar duzu. Oinarrizko diskora itzultzeko Microsoft-eko " +"dokumentazioa ikus ezazu: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/" +"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315." +"aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Eguneraketak" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>-ko bertsio hau askatu zenetik, pakete batzuk eguneratu edo hobetu dira." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application>-ko bertsio hau askatu zenetik, pakete " +"batzuk eguneratu edo hobetu dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1630,7 +2034,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "<guilabel>Bai</guilabel> aukeratu instalatu nahi baduzu, <guilabel>Ez</guilabel> aukeratu orain egin nahi ez baduzu, edo Internetera konektaturik ez bazaude" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Bai</guilabel> aukeratu instalatu nahi baduzu, <guilabel>Ez</" +"guilabel> aukeratu orain egin nahi ez baduzu, edo Internetera konektaturik " +"ez bazaude" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1642,55 +2049,72 @@ msgstr "Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Hemen eskuragarri dauden biltegien zerrenda bat. Biltegi guztiak ez daude eskuragarri, instalaziorako erabilitako baliabidearen arabera. Biltegien aukeraketa hurrengo urratsetan hautagai izagon diren paketeak zehaztuko ditu." +msgstr "" +"Hemen eskuragarri dauden biltegien zerrenda bat. Biltegi guztiak ez daude " +"eskuragarri, instalaziorako erabilitako baliabidearen arabera. Biltegien " +"aukeraketa hurrengo urratsetan hautagai izagon diren paketeak zehaztuko ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren oinarria daukanez gero." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren " +"oinarria daukanez gero." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> biltegiak doakoak diren paketeak ditu, hau da, mageia birbana ditzake, baina softwarea kode itxiko paketeak, eta hortik datorkio nonfree izena. Adibidez, biltegiak barnean nVidia eta ATI txartel grafiko, hainbat WiFi txartelentzako firmware, gidariak jabedun, ea hartzen ditu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> biltegiak doakoak diren paketeak ditu, hau da, " +"mageia birbana ditzake, baina softwarea kode itxiko paketeak, eta hortik " +"datorkio nonfree izena. Adibidez, biltegiak barnean nVidia eta ATI txartel " +"grafiko, hainbat WiFi txartelentzako firmware, gidariak jabedun, ea hartzen " +"ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> biltegiak barne hartzen ditu doako lizentziapean argitaratutako paketeak. Paketeak biltegi honetan jartzeko irizpide nagusia patenteak eta copyright herri batzuetako legeak hauts daitezkeela da, hala nola, zenbait audio/bideo, DVD komertzial bideo, etab erreproduzitzeko beharrezkoak diren multimedia codec batzuk bezalako paketeak, etab." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> biltegiak barne hartzen ditu doako " +"lizentziapean argitaratutako paketeak. Paketeak biltegi honetan jartzeko " +"irizpide nagusia patenteak eta copyright herri batzuetako legeak hauts " +"daitezkeela da, hala nola, zenbait audio/bideo, DVD komertzial bideo, etab " +"erreproduzitzeko beharrezkoak diren multimedia codec batzuk bezalako " +"paketeak, etab." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1701,9 +2125,11 @@ msgstr "Instalazio Minimoa" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Instalazio txikiena aukeratu dezakezu pakete taldeen pantailan dena desautatuz, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Instalazio txikiena aukeratu dezakezu pakete taldeen pantailan dena " +"desautatuz, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1712,14 +2138,20 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "<application>Mageiaren</application> erabilera espezifikoak buruan dutenentzat dago zuzenduta instalazio minimoa, zerbitzari edo lanpostu espezialitatua bezala. Beharbada aukera hau erabiliko duzu paketeen eskuzko aukeraketarekin batera, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageiaren</application> erabilera espezifikoak buruan " +"dutenentzat dago zuzenduta instalazio minimoa, zerbitzari edo lanpostu " +"espezialitatua bezala. Beharbada aukera hau erabiliko duzu paketeen eskuzko " +"aukeraketarekin batera, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Instalazio mota hau aukeratuz gero, ondoko pantailan osagarri erabilgarri batzuk eskainiko ditu, hala nola, dokumentazioa eta X." +msgstr "" +"Instalazio mota hau aukeratuz gero, ondoko pantailan osagarri erabilgarri " +"batzuk eskainiko ditu, hala nola, dokumentazioa eta X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1727,34 +2159,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Hainbat parametroen laburpena" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1763,7 +2198,10 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX adimentasunez hautatzen ditu ezarpenak zure sistemaren detektatutako hardwarearen arabera. Ezarpenak egiaztatu ahal izango dituzu hemen eta <guibutton>Ezarri</guibutton> sakatu aldatu nahi baduzu." +msgstr "" +"DrakX adimentasunez hautatzen ditu ezarpenak zure sistemaren detektatutako " +"hardwarearen arabera. Ezarpenak egiaztatu ahal izango dituzu hemen eta " +"<guibutton>Ezarri</guibutton> sakatu aldatu nahi baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1779,9 +2217,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Denbora-Eremua</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX ordu eremua hautatutako hizkuntzaren araber aukeratzen duzua. Aldatu nahi baduzu, behar izanez gero, Ikusi ere <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX ordu eremua hautatutako hizkuntzaren araber aukeratzen duzua. Aldatu " +"nahi baduzu, behar izanez gero, Ikusi ere <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1793,7 +2234,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Herrialde/Eskualde</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Aukeratutako herrian ez bazaude, zuk hura zuzentzea garrantzitsua da. Ikus <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Aukeratutako herrian ez bazaude, zuk hura zuzentzea garrantzitsua da. Ikus " +"<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1824,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile kudeaketa</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</literal> direktorioa izango du." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</" +"literal> direktorioa izango du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1838,14 +2283,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serbitzuak</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Sistema Zerbitzuak atzeko aldean abian dauden programa txikiak aipatzeko (deabru) bezala ezagutzen da. Tresna honek horietako batzuk gaitu edo desgaitzeko aukera ematen dizu." +msgstr "" +"Sistema Zerbitzuak atzeko aldean abian dauden programa txikiak aipatzeko " +"(deabru) bezala ezagutzen da. Tresna honek horietako batzuk gaitu edo " +"desgaitzeko aukera ematen dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Arretaz pentsatu behar duzu hemen ezer aldatu aurretik, hutsegite batek ordenagailuak gaizki funtzionatzea eragin dezake." +msgstr "" +"Arretaz pentsatu behar duzu hemen ezer aldatu aurretik, hutsegite batek " +"ordenagailuak gaizki funtzionatzea eragin dezake." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1867,7 +2317,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teklatua</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Hemen da non teklatuaren antolamendua ezarri edo aldatu ditzakezu, zure kokapena, hizkuntza edo teklatu motaren arabera." +msgstr "" +"Hemen da non teklatuaren antolamendua ezarri edo aldatu ditzakezu, zure " +"kokapena, hizkuntza edo teklatu motaren arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1879,7 +2331,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sagua</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, trackballs, etab " +msgstr "" +"Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, " +"trackballs, etab " #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1889,10 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soinu txartela</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Instalatzaileak gidari lehenetsia erabiltzen du, baldin badago. gidari bat baino gehiago dagoenean agertzen da beste bat aukeratzeko aukera soilik, baina bat ere ez dator lehenetsita." +msgstr "" +"Instalatzaileak gidari lehenetsia erabiltzen du, baldin badago. gidari bat " +"baino gehiago dagoenean agertzen da beste bat aukeratzeko aukera soilik, " +"baina bat ere ez dator lehenetsita." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1901,9 +2358,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaze grafikoa</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura dezakezu." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura " +"dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1913,10 +2371,11 @@ msgstr "Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1935,14 +2394,19 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Zure sarea hemen ezarri ditzakezu, baina gidari libre gabeko txartelentzat (nonfree), berrabiarazi ostean egite hobea da, <application>Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean</application>, non-free biltegiak gaituta eduki ondoren." +msgstr "" +"Zure sarea hemen ezarri ditzakezu, baina gidari libre gabeko txartelentzat " +"(nonfree), berrabiarazi ostean egite hobea da, <application>Mageiaren " +"Kontrol Gunean</application>, non-free biltegiak gaituta eduki ondoren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena ezartzen, ikusteko ere." +msgstr "" +"Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena " +"ezartzen, ikusteko ere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1955,14 +2419,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Proxy-zerbitzari batek zure ordenagailuaren eta Interneten arteko bitartekari bat bezala jokatzen du. Sail honek proxy-zerbitzua zure ordenagailuak erabiltzeko ezarpenak jartzeko baimentzen dizu." +msgstr "" +"Proxy-zerbitzari batek zure ordenagailuaren eta Interneten arteko " +"bitartekari bat bezala jokatzen du. Sail honek proxy-zerbitzua zure " +"ordenagailuak erabiltzeko ezarpenak jartzeko baimentzen dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen sartu beharreko parametroak" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen " +"sartu beharreko parametroak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1977,9 +2446,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Segurtasun Maila</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Hemen ezarri daiteke zure ordenagailurako desiratzen duzun segurtasun maila, gehienetan, lehenetsitako ezarpena (Estandarra) egokitzen du erabilera orokorrerako." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Hemen ezarri daiteke zure ordenagailurako desiratzen duzun segurtasun maila, " +"gehienetan, lehenetsitako ezarpena (Estandarra) egokitzen du erabilera " +"orokorrerako." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1996,50 +2468,64 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Suebakia</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Suebaki baten asmoa, zure artxibo garrantzitsuen eta Internetetik dabiltzan asmo txarreko jende ugariren, lapurtzen saia daitezkeen edo zure artxiboak arriskuan jarri dezaketenen artean hesi bat jartzea da." +msgstr "" +"Suebaki baten asmoa, zure artxibo garrantzitsuen eta Internetetik dabiltzan " +"asmo txarreko jende ugariren, lapurtzen saia daitezkeen edo zure artxiboak " +"arriskuan jarri dezaketenen artean hesi bat jartzea da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Aukera itzazu zure sisteman sartu nahi dituzun zerbitzuak. Zure aukeraketa zure ordenagailuan egiten duzun erabileraren mende egongo da." +msgstr "" +"Aukera itzazu zure sisteman sartu nahi dituzun zerbitzuak. Zure aukeraketa " +"zure ordenagailuan egiten duzun erabileraren mende egongo da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan daitekeela." +msgstr "" +"Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan " +"daitekeela." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partizioaren tamaina aldatu" +msgstr "" +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partizioaren " +"tamaina aldatu" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "<application>Windows-en<superscript>®</superscript> </application> partizio bat baino gehiago baduzu, aukeratu zein txikiago egin nahi duzun <application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko tokia egiteko." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"<application>Windows-en<superscript>®</superscript> </application> partizio " +"bat baino gehiago baduzu, aukeratu zein txikiago egin nahi duzun " +"<application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko tokia egiteko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Segurtasun-maila" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2057,7 +2543,9 @@ msgstr "Zuk zer aukeratu ez badakizu, lehenetsitako konfigurazioa utz ezazu." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Instalatu ondoren, beti posible da <guilabel>Segurtasuna</guilabel> Mageia Kontrol Gunean segurtasun ezarpenak aldatzea." +msgstr "" +"Instalatu ondoren, beti posible da <guilabel>Segurtasuna</guilabel> Mageia " +"Kontrol Gunean segurtasun ezarpenak aldatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2080,14 +2568,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Hemen, baliabide bat (plurala: baliabideak) da ISO fitxategi bat Mageia instalatzeko eta/edo eguneratzeko eta hedaduratik onartzen da ISO fitxategia kopiatzen den edozein fisiko sostengatzen du." +msgstr "" +"Hemen, baliabide bat (plurala: baliabideak) da ISO fitxategi bat Mageia " +"instalatzeko eta/edo eguneratzeko eta hedaduratik onartzen da ISO fitxategia " +"kopiatzen den edozein fisiko sostengatzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hemen</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">hemen</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2100,46 +2593,45 @@ msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte." +msgstr "" +"ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio batetatik." +msgstr "" +"Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio " +"batetatik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Tresna batzuk Ongi etorri pantailan eskuragarri daude: Berreskuratze Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna." +msgstr "" +"Tresna batzuk Ongi etorri pantailan eskuragarri daude: Berreskuratze " +"Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "DVD bakoitzak mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntza asko dauka." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2150,30 +2642,30 @@ msgstr "Instalazioa zehar software ez librea gehitzeko aukera izango duzue." msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Arkitektura biak baliabide berean agertzen dira, aukera automatikoki egiten da atzemandako CPU-aren arabera." +msgstr "" +"Arkitektura biak baliabide berean agertzen dira, aukera automatikoki egiten " +"da atzemandako CPU-aren arabera." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Xfce mahaigaina soilik erabiltzen du." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak ez daude eskuragarri. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) EGIAZTAPENAREN ZAIN!" +msgstr "" +"Hizkuntza guztiak ez daude eskuragarri. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, " +"pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) EGIAZTAPENAREN ZAIN!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." @@ -2183,38 +2675,38 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live baliabidea" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Distribuzioa aurreikusteko HDD baten instalatu gabe, eta aukeran Mageia zure HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Distribuzioa aurreikusteko HDD baten instalatu gabe, eta aukeran Mageia zure " +"HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "ISO bakoitzak mahaigain ingurune bakarra (KDE edo GNOME) dauka." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOak instalazio garbiak sortzeko soilik erabiliko dira, ezin dira aurreko bertsioetatik eguneratzeko erabili.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOak instalazio garbiak sortzeko soilik " +"erabiliko dira, ezin dira aurreko bertsioetatik eguneratzeko erabili.</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dute." @@ -2224,21 +2716,18 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dute." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live CDa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "32 bit soilik." @@ -2248,8 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "32 bit soilik." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME-ren Live CD-a" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." @@ -2259,8 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live DVD-a" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude." @@ -2275,51 +2762,58 @@ msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Bakoitza irudi txiki bat da eta hori drakx instalatzailea abiarazteko beharrezkoa dena baino ez dauke eta drakx-installer-Stage2 eta beharrezkoak diren beste pakete batzuk instalazioa jarraitu eta burutzeko. Pakete hauek PC disko gogorrean egon daiteke, tokiko drive baten, sare lokalean zein Interneten." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Bakoitza irudi txiki bat da eta hori drakx instalatzailea abiarazteko " +"beharrezkoa dena baino ez dauke eta drakx-installer-Stage2 eta beharrezkoak " +"diren beste pakete batzuk instalazioa jarraitu eta burutzeko. Pakete hauek " +"PC disko gogorrean egon daiteke, tokiko drive baten, sare lokalean zein " +"Interneten." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Media hauek oso arinak dira (100 MB baino gutxiago), eta komenigarria denean banda zabalera oso baxua denean DVD oso bat jaisteko, PC bat DVD unitate gabea edo USB batetik ezin abiarazi dezakeen PC bat." +msgstr "" +"Media hauek oso arinak dira (100 MB baino gutxiago), eta komenigarria denean " +"banda zabalera oso baxua denean DVD oso bat jaisteko, PC bat DVD unitate " +"gabea edo USB batetik ezin abiarazi dezakeen PC bat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Software librea dauka soilik, software ez-librea erabiltzeari uko egiten dutenentzat." +msgstr "" +"Software librea dauka soilik, software ez-librea erabiltzeari uko egiten " +"dutenentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Software ez-librea (batez gidariak, kodek...) behar duten pertsonentzat dauzka." +msgstr "" +"Software ez-librea (batez gidariak, kodek...) behar duten pertsonentzat " +"dauzka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 @@ -2334,30 +2828,44 @@ msgstr "Deskargatzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Behin zuk zure ISO fitxategia aukeratuta, deskargatu dezakezu http edo BitTorrent-a erabiliz. Bi kasuetan, leiho batek informazioren bat ematen dizu zuri, erbilitako ispilua adibidez eta banda-zabalera bada aldatzeko aukera baxu bada. Http aukeratzen baduzu, zuk onen antzeko zerbait ikusi ahal izango duzu" +msgstr "" +"Behin zuk zure ISO fitxategia aukeratuta, deskargatu dezakezu http edo " +"BitTorrent-a erabiliz. Bi kasuetan, leiho batek informazioren bat ematen " +"dizu zuri, erbilitako ispilua adibidez eta banda-zabalera bada aldatzeko " +"aukera baxu bada. Http aukeratzen baduzu, zuk onen antzeko zerbait ikusi " +"ahal izango duzu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Haietako bat soilik erabili. Hamaseitar zenbaki biak algoritmo batek kalkulatzen ditu deskargatutako fitxategitik. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki hau deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta porrota duzu. Porrot batek deskarga birprobatu behar izango zenukeela ondorioztatzen du. Orduan leiho hau agertzen da:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Haietako bat " +"soilik erabili. Hamaseitar zenbaki biak algoritmo batek kalkulatzen ditu " +"deskargatutako fitxategitik. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki hau " +"deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta " +"deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta " +"porrota duzu. Porrot batek deskarga birprobatu behar izango zenukeela " +"ondorioztatzen du. Orduan leiho hau agertzen da:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2382,30 +2890,38 @@ msgstr "Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/" +"the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako " +"zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2417,7 +2933,10 @@ msgstr "Grabatu edo irauli ISOa" msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Hautatutako ISOa orain CD edo DVD batean erre daiteke edo USB baten irauli. Eragiketa hauek ez dira kopia sinple bat eta helburua abiatzeko gai den baliabide bat egitea da." +msgstr "" +"Hautatutako ISOa orain CD edo DVD batean erre daiteke edo USB baten irauli. " +"Eragiketa hauek ez dira kopia sinple bat eta helburua abiatzeko gai den " +"baliabide bat egitea da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 @@ -2429,10 +2948,14 @@ msgstr "ISOa CD/DVDan grabatzen" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Erabili edozein erregailu baina ziurtatu nahi duzun grabatzeko gailua ondo dabilela <emphasis role=\"bold\">irudia grabatzeko</emphasis>, grabatutako datuak edo fitxategiak ez dira zuzenak. Informazio gehiago dago<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wikian</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Erabili edozein erregailu baina ziurtatu nahi duzun grabatzeko gailua ondo " +"dabilela <emphasis role=\"bold\">irudia grabatzeko</emphasis>, grabatutako " +"datuak edo fitxategiak ez dira zuzenak. Informazio gehiago dago<link ns4:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wikian</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2444,7 +2967,10 @@ msgstr "Irauli ISOa USB baten" msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Mageia ISO guztiak hibridoak dira, horrek esan dezake horiekn USB baten \"isuri\" ditzakezula eta, ondoren, erabili sistema abiarazi eta instalatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ISO guztiak hibridoak dira, horrek esan dezake horiekn USB baten " +"\"isuri\" ditzakezula eta, ondoren, erabili sistema abiarazi eta " +"instalatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2452,12 +2978,17 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "Irudi \"isurketa\" bat flash gailu baten gainean aldez aurreko partizio fitxategi-sistema suntsitzen du; edozein datu galduko dira eta partizio ahalmena irudiaren tamainara murriztuko da." +msgstr "" +"Irudi \"isurketa\" bat flash gailu baten gainean aldez aurreko partizio " +"fitxategi-sistema suntsitzen du; edozein datu galduko dira eta partizio " +"ahalmena irudiaren tamainara murriztuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu behar duzu USB makila." +msgstr "" +"Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu behar duzu USB " +"makila." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -2467,97 +2998,101 @@ msgstr "Mageia erabiliz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> bezalako tresna grafiko bat erabil dezakezu" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> bezalako " +"tresna grafiko bat erabil dezakezu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')" +msgstr "" +"Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Entxufatu zure USBa (ez muntatu, hau ere esan dezake edozein aplikazio edo fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)" +msgstr "" +"Entxufatu zure USBa (ez muntatu, hau ere esan dezake edozein aplikazio edo " +"fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez /dev/sdb goiko irudian, 8Go USB-makila." +msgstr "" +"Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez /dev/" +"sdb goiko irudian, 8Go USB-makila." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</" +"userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Non X=zure dispositiboaren izena adibidez: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Adibidez: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Adibidez: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago" @@ -2582,7 +3117,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -2592,32 +3129,38 @@ msgstr "MAgeia Instalazioa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren " +"dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Informazio gehiago dago <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wikian eskuragarri</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Informazio gehiago dago <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:" +"Documentation\">Mageia wikian eskuragarri</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2625,14 +3168,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Aukeratu herrialdea edo lurraldea. Ezarpen guztientzako garrantzitzua da, hala nola moneta eta haririk gabeko erregulazioa. Okerreko herrialdea ezartzen baduzu, hari gabeko konexioa ezingo duzu erabili." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu herrialdea edo lurraldea. Ezarpen guztientzako garrantzitzua da, " +"hala nola moneta eta haririk gabeko erregulazioa. Okerreko herrialdea " +"ezartzen baduzu, hari gabeko konexioa ezingo duzu erabili." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Zure herrialdea zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guilabel>Beste Herrialdeak</guilabel> eta aukeratu zure herrialde / eskualdea han." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Zure herrialdea zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guilabel>Beste Herrialdeak</" +"guilabel> eta aukeratu zure herrialde / eskualdea han." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2641,7 +3189,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Zure herrialdea <guilabel>Beste Herrialde</guilabel> zerrendan soilik badago, <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren lehen zerrendako beste bat hautatuta bezala agertu daiteke. Mesedez, ez egin jaramonik honi, DrakX zure benetako aukera jarraituko du." +msgstr "" +"Zure herrialdea <guilabel>Beste Herrialde</guilabel> zerrendan soilik " +"badago, <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren lehen zerrendako beste " +"bat hautatuta bezala agertu daiteke. Mesedez, ez egin jaramonik honi, DrakX " +"zure benetako aukera jarraituko du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2652,14 +3204,24 @@ msgstr "Sarrera metodoa" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "<guilabel>Beste herrialde</guilabel> pantailan metodoa aukera dezakezu lehenik (zerrendaren amaieran) ere. Sarrera-metodoek erabiltzaileei baimentzen diete hizkuntza anizkuneko karaktereak (Txinatar, Japoniar, Korearra, etab.) sartzea. IBus metodoa lehenetsita dago Mageiaren DVD-etan, Afrika/India eta Asia/ez-India Live-CDa. Asiar eta Afrikar kokapenetarako, IBus metodoa sarrera bezala ezarriko da lehenik, erabiltzaileek ez dute eskuz itxuratu behar izango. Beste sarrera metodo batzuk lehenik (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etab.) antzeko funtzioak ere hornitzen dute eta HTTP/FTP baliabideak pakete-aukeraketa baino lehen gehitu bazenituen instalatu daitezke." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Beste herrialde</guilabel> pantailan metodoa aukera dezakezu " +"lehenik (zerrendaren amaieran) ere. Sarrera-metodoek erabiltzaileei " +"baimentzen diete hizkuntza anizkuneko karaktereak (Txinatar, Japoniar, " +"Korearra, etab.) sartzea. IBus metodoa lehenetsita dago Mageiaren DVD-etan, " +"Afrika/India eta Asia/ez-India Live-CDa. Asiar eta Afrikar kokapenetarako, " +"IBus metodoa sarrera bezala ezarriko da lehenik, erabiltzaileek ez dute " +"eskuz itxuratu behar izango. Beste sarrera metodo batzuk lehenik (SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etab.) antzeko funtzioak ere hornitzen dute eta HTTP/FTP " +"baliabideak pakete-aukeraketa baino lehen gehitu bazenituen instalatu " +"daitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2667,7 +3229,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Ahaztu duzu instalazioan zehar sarrera metodoa konfiguratzea, zure sistema instalatutakoan egin dezakezu, sartu \"Zure ordenagailua konfiguratu\" -> \"Sistema\" edo localdrake root gisa exekutatuz." +msgstr "" +"Ahaztu duzu instalazioan zehar sarrera metodoa konfiguratzea, zure sistema " +"instalatutakoan egin dezakezu, sartu \"Zure ordenagailua konfiguratu\" -> " +"\"Sistema\" edo localdrake root gisa exekutatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2677,9 +3242,11 @@ msgstr "Instalatu edo Berritu" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2690,7 +3257,9 @@ msgstr "Instalatu" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko baterako." +msgstr "" +"Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko " +"baterako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2703,7 +3272,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> bertsio bat edo gehiago instalaturik baduzu zure siteman, instalatzaileak haietako bat azken bertiora eguneratzea utziko dizu." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> bertsio bat edo gehiago instalaturik " +"baduzu zure siteman, instalatzaileak haietako bat azken bertiora eguneratzea " +"utziko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2711,31 +3283,47 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Gaurkotzearen testatzea soilik egin da oraindik instalatzailearen bertsio hau bota <emphasis>zenean jasanda zegoen</emphasis> Mageia-ko aurreko bertsiotik. Mageia-ko euskarri-amaierara jada heldu den bertsioa eguneratu nahi baduzu, zure <literal>/home</literal> partizioa babestuz instalazio garbia egitea hobea da." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Gaurkotzearen testatzea soilik egin da oraindik instalatzailearen bertsio " +"hau bota <emphasis>zenean jasanda zegoen</emphasis> Mageia-ko aurreko " +"bertsiotik. Mageia-ko euskarri-amaierara jada heldu den bertsioa eguneratu " +"nahi baduzu, zure <literal>/home</literal> partizioa babestuz instalazio " +"garbia egitea hobea da." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Instalazioan zehar instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, berrastea posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat formateatu denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure ordenagailua ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema erabilezinarekin utz dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Instalazioan zehar instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, berrastea " +"posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat formateatu " +"denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure ordenagailua " +"ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema erabilezinarekin utz " +"dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, terminalera sar zaitez " +"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt " +"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Zuk konturatu bazara hizkuntza gehigarri bat aukeratzea ahaztu duzula, \"Instalatu edo Eguneratu\" pantailatik itzuli zaitezke hizkuntza aukeretara <guilabel>Ctrl Alt Hasi</guilabel> sakatuz. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> egin hau instalazioan zehar." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Zuk konturatu bazara hizkuntza gehigarri bat aukeratzea ahaztu duzula, " +"\"Instalatu edo Eguneratu\" pantailatik itzuli zaitezke hizkuntza aukeretara " +"<guilabel>Ctrl Alt Hasi</guilabel> sakatuz. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> egin hau " +"instalazioan zehar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2747,43 +3335,59 @@ msgstr "Teklatua" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX zure hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia hautatuko du. Teklatu bateragarria ez bada aurkitzen, Amerikar teklatua aukeratuko da." +msgstr "" +"DrakX zure hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia hautatuko du. Teklatu bateragarria " +"ez bada aurkitzen, Amerikar teklatua aukeratuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Ziurtatu aukeraketa zuzena edo hautatu beste teklatu diseinu bat. Ez badakizu zein den zure teklatuaren diseinu zuzena, zure sistemarekin batera datozen zehaztapenak begiratu edo zure saltokian galdetu. Bada, beharbada, zure teklatua identifikatzen duen etiketa bat izango du. Hemen ere begiratu dezakezu: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ziurtatu aukeraketa zuzena edo hautatu beste teklatu diseinu bat. Ez " +"badakizu zein den zure teklatuaren diseinu zuzena, zure sistemarekin batera " +"datozen zehaztapenak begiratu edo zure saltokian galdetu. Bada, beharbada, " +"zure teklatua identifikatzen duen etiketa bat izango du. Hemen ere begiratu " +"dezakezu: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci" +"%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Zure teklatua zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> zerrenda bat bistaratzeko, eta ondoren hautatu zure teklatua." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Zure teklatua zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> " +"zerrenda bat bistaratzeko, eta ondoren hautatu zure teklatua." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "<guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> Leihotik teklatu bat hautatu ondoren, instalatzailea lehenengo teklatu hautapen leihora itzuliko da, eta zerrendatik teklatu bat aukeratu duzula irudituko da. Anomalia hau alde batera utzi dezakezu, eta instalazioarekin jarraitu, zure teklatua zerrenda osotik aukeratutakoa da." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> Leihotik teklatu bat hautatu ondoren, " +"instalatzailea lehenengo teklatu hautapen leihora itzuliko da, eta " +"zerrendatik teklatu bat aukeratu duzula irudituko da. Anomalia hau alde " +"batera utzi dezakezu, eta instalazioarekin jarraitu, zure teklatua zerrenda " +"osotik aukeratutakoa da." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2791,7 +3395,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Ez-Latin karakteretan oinarritutako teklatua hautatzen baduzu, pantaila gehigarri bat agertuko da eskatuz nola nahiago duzu Latin eta Latin ez diren xedapen artean aldatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Ez-Latin karakteretan oinarritutako teklatua hautatzen baduzu, pantaila " +"gehigarri bat agertuko da eskatuz nola nahiago duzu Latin eta Latin ez diren " +"xedapen artean aldatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2804,38 +3411,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Zure hizkuntza gogokoena aukeratu zure kontinenteko zerrenda luzatzen. <application>Mageia</application> aukeraketa hori erabiliko da instalazioan zehar eta instalatutako sisteman." +msgstr "" +"Zure hizkuntza gogokoena aukeratu zure kontinenteko zerrenda luzatzen. " +"<application>Mageia</application> aukeraketa hori erabiliko da instalazioan " +"zehar eta instalatutako sisteman." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Zuretzat edo beste erabiltzaile batzuentzat hainbat hizkuntza instalaturik behar izanez gero <guibutton>Hizkuntza anitzeko</guibutton> botoia erabili orain gehitzeko. Instalakuntza amaitutakoan hizkuntzak gehitzea zailagoa izan daiteke." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Zuretzat edo beste erabiltzaile batzuentzat hainbat hizkuntza instalaturik " +"behar izanez gero <guibutton>Hizkuntza anitzeko</guibutton> botoia erabili " +"orain gehitzeko. Instalakuntza amaitutakoan hizkuntzak gehitzea zailagoa " +"izan daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Hizkuntza bat baino gehiago aukeratzen bada ere, lehen pantailan nahiago izandako zure hizkuntza lehena aukeratu behar duzu. Gainera, hainbat hizkuntzatako aukera pantailan markatuta egongo da." +msgstr "" +"Hizkuntza bat baino gehiago aukeratzen bada ere, lehen pantailan nahiago " +"izandako zure hizkuntza lehena aukeratu behar duzu. Gainera, hainbat " +"hizkuntzatako aukera pantailan markatuta egongo da." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea." +msgstr "" +"Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, " +"komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2843,52 +3464,68 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia UTF-8 euskarri (Unicode) lehenetsia darabil. \"hainbat hizkuntza\" pantailan ezgaitu daiteke zure hizkuntzarekin funtzionatzen ez duela baldin badakizu. Ezgaitzen baduzu, ez da eskuragarri egongo instalatutako inongo hizkuntzatarako." +msgstr "" +"Mageia UTF-8 euskarri (Unicode) lehenetsia darabil. \"hainbat hizkuntza\" " +"pantailan ezgaitu daiteke zure hizkuntzarekin funtzionatzen ez duela baldin " +"badakizu. Ezgaitzen baduzu, ez da eskuragarri egongo instalatutako inongo " +"hizkuntzatarako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Zure sistemako hizkuntza alda dezakezu Mageia Kontrol Gunean instalazioa egin ondoren --> Sistema --> kudeatu zure sistemaren kokalekua." +msgstr "" +"Zure sistemako hizkuntza alda dezakezu Mageia Kontrol Gunean instalazioa " +"egin ondoren --> Sistema --> kudeatu zure sistemaren kokalekua." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Aukeratu sagua" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Ez bazaude pozik zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu ahal izango duzu." +msgstr "" +"Ez bazaude pozik zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu " +"ahal izango duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB " +"sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Aukeratu <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Behartu evdev</guilabel> lan egiten ez duten sei botoi edo gehiagoko saguaren botoiak konfiguratzen.Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Behartu evdev</" +"guilabel> lan egiten ez duten sei botoi edo gehiagoko saguaren botoiak " +"konfiguratzen.Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar " +"evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de " +"seis o más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2898,10 +3535,13 @@ msgstr "Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2909,84 +3549,106 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Sarrera lehen aukera gehitu edo alda dezakezu, beharrezko botoia sakatuz <emphasis>Abioko Ezarpen</emphasis>etan eta goian agertzen den leihoan aukerak aldatzen." +msgstr "" +"Sarrera lehen aukera gehitu edo alda dezakezu, beharrezko botoia sakatuz " +"<emphasis>Abioko Ezarpen</emphasis>etan eta goian agertzen den leihoan " +"aukerak aldatzen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "<code>Grub 2</code> zure abioko kargatzaile bezala aukeratu baduzu, tresna hau ezin duzu erabili sarrerak aldatzeko urrats honetan, sakatu 'Hurrengoa'. <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> eskuz editatu edo ordez <code>grub-customizer</code> erabili behar duzu." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"<code>Grub 2</code> zure abioko kargatzaile bezala aukeratu baduzu, tresna " +"hau ezin duzu erabili sarrerak aldatzeko urrats honetan, sakatu 'Hurrengoa'. " +"<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> eskuz editatu edo ordez <code>grub-" +"customizer</code> erabili behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Segurtasunez egin daitezkeen gauza batzuk sarrera bati etiketa aldatza eta lehenetsi gisa markatzea." +msgstr "" +"Segurtasunez egin daitezkeen gauza batzuk sarrera bati etiketa aldatza eta " +"lehenetsi gisa markatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu." +msgstr "" +"Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da." +msgstr "" +"Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten " +"abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Beste gauza batzuk aldatzeak zure sistema ez abiaraztea egin dezake. Mesedez ez egin ezer ere ez, zertan ari zaren jakin gabe." +msgstr "" +"Beste gauza batzuk aldatzeak zure sistema ez abiaraztea egin dezake. Mesedez " +"ez egin ezer ere ez, zertan ari zaren jakin gabe." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Abio zamatzailearen aukera nagusiak" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen " +"ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat sortzea erabaki behar duzu." +msgstr "" +"Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan " +"Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat " +"sortzea erabaki behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3005,14 +3667,19 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen." +msgstr "" +"Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot " +"Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago " +"badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko kargatzailea gisa." +msgstr "" +"Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko " +"kargatzailea gisa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3020,14 +3687,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Linux sistemek Grub2 abioko kargatzailea erabiltzerakoan ez daude onartutsa GRUB gaitik eta ez du aitortzen lehenetsitako GRUB kargatzailea erabiltzen badu." +msgstr "" +"Linux sistemek Grub2 abioko kargatzailea erabiltzerakoan ez daude onartutsa " +"GRUB gaitik eta ez du aitortzen lehenetsitako GRUB kargatzailea erabiltzen " +"badu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena." +msgstr "" +"Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio " +"kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3038,18 +3710,25 @@ msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabili nahi baduzu, instalazioan zehar gogoratu beharko duzu de laburpen orrian GERATZEA eta sakatu Abio Kargatzailearen <guibutton>Ezarpen</guibutton> botoia, abio kargatzailearen instalazio tokia aldatzen utziko dizu." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabili nahi baduzu, instalazioan zehar " +"gogoratu beharko duzu de laburpen orrian GERATZEA eta sakatu Abio " +"Kargatzailearen <guibutton>Ezarpen</guibutton> botoia, abio kargatzailearen " +"instalazio tokia aldatzen utziko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Ez ezazu aukeratu \"sda\" bezalako gailu bat, edo MBR existentea gainidatziko du. Zatiketa fasean zehar aukeratutako root partizioa aukeratu behar duzu, adibidez sda7 bezala." +msgstr "" +"Ez ezazu aukeratu \"sda\" bezalako gailu bat, edo MBR existentea " +"gainidatziko du. Zatiketa fasean zehar aukeratutako root partizioa aukeratu " +"behar duzu, adibidez sda7 bezala." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3060,19 +3739,26 @@ msgstr "Argi izan, sda gailu bat, sda7 gailuaren partizio bat da." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "tty2-ra joan Ctrl+Alt+F2 sakatus eta idatzi <literal>df</literal> zure <literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa non dagoen egiaztatzeko. Ctrl+Alt+F7 instalatzailera itzuliarazten dizu." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"tty2-ra joan Ctrl+Alt+F2 sakatus eta idatzi <literal>df</literal> zure " +"<literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa non dagoen egiaztatzeko. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " +"instalatzailera itzuliarazten dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Zure Mageia sistema erabilea existitzen den abiarazlera gehitzeko prozedura zehatza eskuliburu honen esparrutik kanpo dago, baina normalean abio kargatzaile instalazioak antzeman eta gehitu beharko luke. Ikusi kasuko sistema eragilearen dokumentazioa." +msgstr "" +"Zure Mageia sistema erabilea existitzen den abiarazlera gehitzeko prozedura " +"zehatza eskuliburu honen esparrutik kanpo dago, baina normalean abio " +"kargatzaile instalazioak antzeman eta gehitu beharko luke. Ikusi kasuko " +"sistema eragilearen dokumentazioa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3083,66 +3769,77 @@ msgstr "Abioko kargatzailearen aukera aurreratuak" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "<literal>/tmp</literal> duen <literal>/</literal> partizioarentzat toki gutxi baldin baduzu, klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guilabel>/tmp abio bakoitzean garbitu</guilabel> laukia marka ezazu. Honek toki libre apur bat mantentzen laguntzen du." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"<literal>/tmp</literal> duen <literal>/</literal> partizioarentzat toki " +"gutxi baldin baduzu, klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta " +"<guilabel>/tmp abio bakoitzean garbitu</guilabel> laukia marka ezazu. Honek " +"toki libre apur bat mantentzen laguntzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI konfiguratu" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX normalean zuzentasunez atzematen ditu disko gogorrak. SCSI kontrolagailu zahar batzuekin ezin izango du gidari zuzenak erabiltzeko detektatu eta huts egin dezake disko gogorra aitortu nahian." +msgstr "" +"DrakX normalean zuzentasunez atzematen ditu disko gogorrak. SCSI " +"kontrolagailu zahar batzuekin ezin izango du gidari zuzenak erabiltzeko " +"detektatu eta huts egin dezake disko gogorra aitortu nahian." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI disko(ak)." +msgstr "" +"Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI " +"disko(ak)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke." +msgstr "" +"Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3150,7 +3847,10 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen bat baduzu." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen " +"izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen " +"bat baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3160,16 +3860,23 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Gidari lehenetsia ongi ibili beharko luke. Hala ere, instalazioa egin ondoren arazoak badaude, exekutatu <command>draksound</command> edo tresna hau abiarazi MCC-tik (Mageia Kontrol Gunea), <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> etiketea auketatzzen eta <guilabel>Soinua Konfiguratu</guilabel>n klik egiten pantailaren goiko eskuineko izkinan." +msgstr "" +"Gidari lehenetsia ongi ibili beharko luke. Hala ere, instalazioa egin " +"ondoren arazoak badaude, exekutatu <command>draksound</command> edo tresna " +"hau abiarazi MCC-tik (Mageia Kontrol Gunea), <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " +"etiketea auketatzzen eta <guilabel>Soinua Konfiguratu</guilabel>n klik " +"egiten pantailaren goiko eskuineko izkinan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Orduan, draksound-en \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Orduan, draksound-en \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik " +"<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</" +"guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3182,33 +3889,40 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste baduzu." +msgstr "" +"Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan " +"zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri " +"badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste " +"baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</" +"guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3220,9 +3934,12 @@ msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton>ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu guztiak." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak " +"ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu " +"guztiak." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3240,34 +3957,50 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Mageia konbentzituko ez balizu edo ezin baduzu behar bezala instalatu, azken finean kenu nahi duzu. Hori zure eskubidea da eta Mageiak ere aukera ematen dizu ezabatzeko. Hau ez da egia sistema eragile guztietan." +msgstr "" +"Mageia konbentzituko ez balizu edo ezin baduzu behar bezala instalatu, azken " +"finean kenu nahi duzu. Hori zure eskubidea da eta Mageiak ere aukera ematen " +"dizu ezabatzeko. Hau ez da egia sistema eragile guztietan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Datuaen babeskopiaren ondoren, berrabiatu zure Mageia DVD instalazioa eta hautatu Erreskate sistema, orduan, Leheneratu Windows abioko kargatzailea. Hurrengo abioan, zuk soilik Windows aukerarik gabe izango duzu zure sistema eragilea aukeratzeko." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Datuaen babeskopiaren ondoren, berrabiatu zure Mageia DVD instalazioa eta " +"hautatu Erreskate sistema, orduan, Leheneratu Windows abioko kargatzailea. " +"Hurrengo abioan, zuk soilik Windows aukerarik gabe izango duzu zure sistema " +"eragilea aukeratzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Windows-en Mageiak erabilitako partizio espazioa berreskuratzeko, sakatu <code>Hasi -> Kontrol-panela -> Administrazio-tresnak -> Ordenagailu Kudeaketa -> Biltegiratzea -> Disko Kudeaketa</code> partizio kudeaketan sartzeko. Mageiaren partizioa ezagutu egingo duzu <guilabel>ezezaguna</guilabel> etiketatu delako , eta, gainera, bere tamaina eta diskoan duen lekuaren arabera. Eskuinez klikatu partizio horietako bakoitzaren gainean eta hautatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton>. Espazioa libratuko da." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Windows-en Mageiak erabilitako partizio espazioa berreskuratzeko, sakatu " +"<code>Hasi -> Kontrol-panela -> Administrazio-tresnak -> Ordenagailu " +"Kudeaketa -> Biltegiratzea -> Disko Kudeaketa</code> partizio kudeaketan " +"sartzeko. Mageiaren partizioa ezagutu egingo duzu <guilabel>ezezaguna</" +"guilabel> etiketatu delako , eta, gainera, bere tamaina eta diskoan duen " +"lekuaren arabera. Eskuinez klikatu partizio horietako bakoitzaren gainean " +"eta hautatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton>. Espazioa libratuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Windows XP erabiltzen ari bazara, partizio berri bat sor dezakezu eta (FAT32 edo NTFS) formatua eman. Partizioa letra bat jasoko du." +msgstr "" +"Windows XP erabiltzen ari bazara, partizio berri bat sor dezakezu eta (FAT32 " +"edo NTFS) formatua eman. Partizioa letra bat jasoko du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3275,6 +4008,11 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Vista edo 7 badaukazu, aukera bat gehiago duzu, liberatutako espazioaren ezkerretara dagoen partizio existentea heda dezake. Beste partizio tresnak erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Vista edo 7 badaukazu, aukera bat gehiago duzu, liberatutako espazioaren " +"ezkerretara dagoen partizio existentea heda dezake. Beste partizio tresnak " +"erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en " +"eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz " +"ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea." diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml index dfd5450f..0b642e41 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien araberakoa izango da.</para> </note></para> - <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index a50e355c..6649e7be 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014 +# Antoine Dumondel, 2015 # Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013 -# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013-2014 +# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013-2015 +# Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2015 # Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013 # Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013 # papoteur, 2013 @@ -17,14 +19,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-16 04:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"fr/)\n" -"Language: fr\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-18 21:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>\n" +"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -35,12 +36,9 @@ msgstr "Licence et Notes de version" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -50,40 +48,31 @@ msgstr "Accord de Licence" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les " -"termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution " -"<application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir " -"continuer." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution <application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis " -"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." +msgstr "Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous " -"remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> " -"redémarrera votre ordinateur." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> redémarrera votre ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -95,10 +84,7 @@ msgstr "Notes de version" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de " -"<application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de " -"version.</guibutton>" +msgstr "Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de version.</guibutton>" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -109,35 +95,29 @@ msgstr "fr" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" -"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" +msgstr "Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-" -"im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible " -"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique " -"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages " -"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." +msgstr "Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -157,39 +137,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). " -"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les " -"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec " -"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." +msgstr "Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -201,31 +180,20 @@ msgstr "Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de " -"passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de " -"passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, " -"le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en " -"fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de " -"passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-" -"dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez " -"fait une erreur de saisie." +msgstr "Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez fait une erreur de saisie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé " -"d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et " -"autres caractères." +msgstr "Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et autres caractères." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -238,40 +206,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur " -"(root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser " -"les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses " -"habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." +msgstr "Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur (root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez " -"l'icône de l'utilisateur." +msgstr "<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez l'icône de l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de " -"l'utilisateur." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant " -"de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. " -"<emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. <emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -279,32 +236,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot " -"de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui " -"indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/" -">)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: inscrire à nouveau le mot " -"de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi " -"dans les deux champs." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: inscrire à nouveau le mot de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi dans les deux champs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire " -"personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais " -"protégé en écriture." +msgstr "Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais protégé en écriture." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -312,20 +259,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de " -"Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en " -"lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." +msgstr "Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de " -"créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel " -"utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -333,16 +274,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez " -"les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de " -"l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." +msgstr "Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -355,10 +292,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet " -"écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De " -"plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." +msgstr "En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -366,11 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</" -"emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la " -"déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé " -"USB." +msgstr "Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -378,11 +308,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: il est possible ici " -"d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un " -"invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus " -"restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." +msgstr "<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: il est possible ici d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -390,10 +316,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de " -"choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les " -"choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -401,48 +324,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de " -"l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien " -"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe. Il s'agit " -"encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien " -"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe. Il s'agit encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Choix des points de montage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -450,64 +367,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre " -"ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de " -"<application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de " -"montage." +msgstr "Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de <application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de montage." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Quoi que vous changiez, assurez-vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE " -"partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine)." +msgstr "Quoi que vous changiez, assurez-vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", " -"\"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", \"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du " -"disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points " -"de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/" -"home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses " -"propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une " -"partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour " -"la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le " -"champ point de montage en blanc." +msgstr "Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le champ point de montage en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -515,22 +414,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</" -"guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</" -"guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son " -"type et sa taille." +msgstr "Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son type et sa taille." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur " -"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement " -"formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -540,11 +432,9 @@ msgstr "Sélection du bureau" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent " -"apparaître pour préciser les choix." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent apparaître pour préciser les choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -552,19 +442,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant " -"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton " -"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" +msgstr "Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton <guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -576,30 +461,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou " -"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent " -"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher " -"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les " -"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut " -"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger " -"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de " -"paquetages installés par défaut." +msgstr "Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher <guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de paquetages installés par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -608,11 +484,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est " -"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, " -"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans " -"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." +msgstr "Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -634,92 +506,74 @@ msgstr "Environnement graphique" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter " -"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." +msgstr "Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications " -"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour " -"personnaliser l'installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour personnaliser l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</" -"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il " -"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce " -"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre " -"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en " -"choisissant de charger le fichier." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en choisissant de charger le fichier." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurer les Services" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage " -"du système." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le " -"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -731,9 +585,7 @@ msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont " -"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." +msgstr "Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -745,45 +597,36 @@ msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche " -"dans le même fuseau." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche dans le même fuseau." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure " -"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent " -"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." +msgstr "En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -793,31 +636,24 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes " -"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." +msgstr "L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si " -"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" +msgstr "Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -840,10 +676,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle " -"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez " -"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -851,20 +684,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes " -"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à " -"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> " -"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." +msgstr "La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le " -"pilote sélectionné est inadapté." +msgstr "Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le pilote sélectionné est inadapté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -872,36 +699,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte " -"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"." -"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites " -"Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." +msgstr "Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\".Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y " -"accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." +msgstr "Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -910,30 +731,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) " -"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est " -"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</" -"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le " -"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, " -"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les " -"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir " -"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine " -"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, " -"choisir la carte dans la liste." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, choisir la carte dans la liste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -943,28 +753,19 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le " -"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des " -"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> " -"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de " -"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des <guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" -"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." +msgstr "Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la " -"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -972,29 +773,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît " -"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de " -"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question " -"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils " -"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va " -"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le " -"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, " -"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider " -"ou d'invalider différentes options." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider ou d'invalider différentes options." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1006,9 +797,7 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, " -"votre matériel est bien identifié." +msgstr "DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, votre matériel est bien identifié." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1017,22 +806,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au " -"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier " -"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En " -"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." +msgstr "<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1043,15 +825,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la " -"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation " -"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle " -"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation " -"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1060,12 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les " -"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre " -"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous " -"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation " -"de votre matériel." +msgstr "Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1077,9 +849,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de " -"moniteur à partir de la base de données." +msgstr "C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de moniteur à partir de la base de données." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1091,10 +861,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous " -"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence " -"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" +msgstr "Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1115,17 +882,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations " -"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels " -"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous " -"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique " -"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être " -"prudent dans vos choix." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être prudent dans vos choix." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1135,65 +896,47 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord " -"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. " -"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le " -"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de " -"supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une " -"partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant " -"de démarrer." +msgstr "Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant de démarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre " -"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc " -"s'ils sont trois." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc s'ils sont trois." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour " -"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. " -"Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, " -"la redimensionner ou la supprimer." +msgstr "Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, la redimensionner ou la supprimer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1216,28 +959,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions " -"faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où " -"installer <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du " -"contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." +msgstr "Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1249,9 +985,7 @@ msgstr "Utiliser les partitions existantes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux " -"ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." +msgstr "Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1261,11 +995,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option " -"l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1275,11 +1007,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, " -"l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1287,10 +1017,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation " -"de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous " -"assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." +msgstr "Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1301,14 +1028,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit " -"être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté " -"lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée " -"également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la " -"partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est " -"fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au " -"préalable." +msgstr "Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au préalable." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1323,9 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. " -"Faites attention !" +msgstr "Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. Faites attention !" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1333,10 +1051,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, " -"ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être " -"perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." +msgstr "Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1346,11 +1061,9 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre " -"installation sur le(s) disque(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre installation sur le(s) disque(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1359,18 +1072,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 " -"octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets. En raison d'un manque de " -"matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur " -"n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques. Des disques SSD utilisent aussi " -"maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo. Nous vous suggérons de " -"partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de " -"partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration " -"suivante :" +msgstr "Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets. En raison d'un manque de matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques. Des disques SSD utilisent aussi maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo. Nous vous suggérons de partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration suivante :" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1386,9 +1091,7 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair " -"de Mo." +msgstr "Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair de Mo." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1405,7 +1108,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Février 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1428,13 +1132,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après " -"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " -"vous faites." +msgstr "Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que vous faites." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1445,84 +1146,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la " -"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider " -"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Félicitations" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont " -"terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation " -"et de redémarrer l'ordinateur." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation et de redémarrer l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation " -"présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans " -"l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, " -"l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée." +msgstr "Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1534,56 +1215,43 @@ msgstr "Prenez plaisir !" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à " -"Mageia." +msgstr "Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Choisir ici quelle(s) partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données " -"présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront " -"préservées." +msgstr "Choisir ici quelle(s) partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront préservées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être " -"formatées." +msgstr "Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être formatées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où " -"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</" -"emphasis>" +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1592,21 +1260,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</" -"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à " -"l'écran principal. Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu " -"des partitions." +msgstr "Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à l'écran principal. Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu des partitions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1619,20 +1280,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, " -"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la " -"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." +msgstr "Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par " -"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la " -"plupart du temps ." +msgstr "L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la plupart du temps ." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1647,17 +1302,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" +msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1668,51 +1321,38 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences " -"personnelles :" +msgstr "A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences personnelles :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être " -"différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" +msgstr "Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur " -"la touche Entrée." +msgstr "Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur la touche Entrée." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD " -"\"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le " -"<guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</" -"guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD \"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le <guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1721,10 +1361,8 @@ msgstr "Modifiez la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1737,11 +1375,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en " -"utilisant l'une des options spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 " -"affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée <guilabel>Options de démarrage</" -"guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" +msgstr "Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en utilisant l'une des options spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1753,37 +1387,28 @@ msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au " -"détriment performances." +msgstr "- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au détriment performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de " -"l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." +msgstr "- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne " -"concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez " -"cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." +msgstr "- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par " -"défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." +msgstr "Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1791,18 +1416,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées " -"sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne " -"<guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises " -"en compte." +msgstr "Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1815,18 +1434,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options " -"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis " -"pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement " -"Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." +msgstr "Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1835,46 +1448,34 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou " -"sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> " -"pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées " -"manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." +msgstr "La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" -"L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." +msgstr "L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par " -"le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" +msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont " -"décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD " -"d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1884,11 +1485,9 @@ msgstr "Le clavier est Américain." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1898,30 +1497,24 @@ msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être " -"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour " -"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options " -"supplémentaires moins communes." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options supplémentaires moins communes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui " -"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." +msgstr "La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1931,19 +1524,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " -"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " -"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " -"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " -"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " -"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " -"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " -"pour redémarrer." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1955,33 +1539,25 @@ msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. " -"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. " -"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à " -"l'invite." +msgstr "Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à l'invite." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être " -"impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode " -"texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier " -"écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le " -"mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez " -"l'installation en mode texte." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez l'installation en mode texte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1996,12 +1572,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir " -"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection " -"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter " -"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée " -"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." +msgstr "Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -2013,14 +1584,9 @@ msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut " -"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la " -"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx " -"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour " -"spécifier 256Mo de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour spécifier 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2033,44 +1599,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un " -"format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est " -"impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format " -"primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/" -"en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Mises à jour" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, " -"un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés." +msgstr "Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2078,10 +1639,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les " -"installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez " -"pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet" +msgstr "Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2093,73 +1651,55 @@ msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du " -"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine " -"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes " -"suivantes." +msgstr "Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base " -"de la distribution." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base de la distribution." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont " -"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel " -"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par " -"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes " -"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous " -"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce " -"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans " -"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution " -"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour " -"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2170,12 +1710,9 @@ msgstr "Installation minimale" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant " -"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2184,21 +1721,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations " -"spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un " -"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette " -"option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des " -"Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose " -"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." +msgstr "Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2206,37 +1736,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2245,11 +1772,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant " -"compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible " -"ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur " -"<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2265,11 +1788,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuseau horaire :</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le " -"modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2281,9 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pays / Région :</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de " -"rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2293,15 +1812,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Chargeur de démarrage : </guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage." +msgstr "DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo." +msgstr "Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -2316,11 +1833,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestion de l'utilisateur :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se " -"verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2332,19 +1847,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Services :</guilabel>" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond " -"(démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines " -"tâches." +msgstr "Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond (démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines tâches." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une " -"erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2366,9 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Clavier </guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du " -"pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier." +msgstr "C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2380,9 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Souris :</guilabel>" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, " -"trackballs etc." +msgstr "Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, trackballs etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2392,13 +1898,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option " -"de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un " -"pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut." +msgstr "L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2407,10 +1910,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface graphique : </guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de " -"l'affichage." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de l'affichage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2420,12 +1922,10 @@ msgstr "Pour plus d'informations voir <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2444,21 +1944,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau " -"exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le " -"redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</" -"application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non " -"libres (nonfree)." +msgstr "Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non libres (nonfree)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu " -"pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface." +msgstr "Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2471,19 +1964,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en " -"intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de " -"configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy." +msgstr "Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir " -"les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2498,17 +1986,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveau de sécurité</guilabel> :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent " -"les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2520,63 +2005,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pare-feu</guilabel> :" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes " -"sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui " -"cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler." +msgstr "Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix " -"dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." +msgstr "Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +msgstr "Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la " -"taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2594,10 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de " -"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de " -"Contrôle de Mageia." +msgstr "Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2616,24 +2085,18 @@ msgstr "Définition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "" -"Nous nommons ici \"média\" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/" -"ou de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur " -"lequel l'image ISO est copiée." +msgstr "Ici, un médium (pluriel : média) est un fichier image ISO qui vous permet d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia, et par extension tout support physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/" -"\">ici</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/\">ici</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2644,88 +2107,82 @@ msgstr "Média d'installation classique" #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 msgid "Common features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités habituelles" +msgstr "Caractéristiques communes" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 -#, fuzzy msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "Ils utilisent l'installeur traditionnel appelé drakx." +msgstr "Ces images ISOs utilisent l'installeur classique appelé Drakx." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" -"Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir " -"de versions précédentes." +msgstr "Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir de versions précédentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" -"Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de " -"secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel." +msgstr "Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et langues." +msgstr "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "" -"Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels " -"non-libres." +msgstr "Vous aurez la possibilité durant l'installation d'ajouter des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "" -"Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est " -"réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté." +msgstr "Toutes les architectures sont présentes sur le même médium, le choix de l'une d'entre elle est réalisé automatiquement selon le CPU détecté." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "Bureau Xfce uniquement." +msgstr "Utilise le bureau Xfce uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" -"Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, " -"sv, uk) sont à cocher !" +msgstr "Toutes les langues ne sont pas disponibles. Seules les suivantes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) peuvent être sélectionnées !" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres." @@ -2735,75 +2192,73 @@ msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Média \"Live\"" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "" -"Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement " -"sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement." +msgstr "Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution Mageia sans l'installer sur le disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" -"L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)." +msgstr "Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 -#, fuzzy msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." -msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." +msgstr "Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour " -"des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à " -"niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 -#, fuzzy msgid "They contain non free software." -msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres." +msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "CD live KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "En anglais uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 -#, fuzzy msgid "32 bit only." -msgstr "En 32 bits uniquement." +msgstr "32 bits seulement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "CD live GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement." @@ -2813,7 +2268,8 @@ msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "DVD live KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Toutes les langues sont présentes." @@ -2825,71 +2281,59 @@ msgstr "DVD Live GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot-only CD media" -msgstr "Média CD de démarrage uniquement" +msgstr "Démarre uniquement les média de type CD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour " -"démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et " -"terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de " -"l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." +msgstr "Chacune d'elle est une petite image ne contenant que ce qui est nécessaire pour démarrer l'installeur drakx, trouver drakx-installer-stage2 et d'autres paquets indispensables pour continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces paquets peuvent se trouver sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "" -"Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le " -"débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas " -"de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB." +msgstr "Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, si l'ordinateur n'a pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "" -"Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent " -"les logiciels non-libres." +msgstr "Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent d'utiliser des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" -"Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) " -"pour les personnes qui en ont besoin." +msgstr "Contient des logiciels non-libres (essentiellement des pilotes, des codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 -#, fuzzy msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" -msgstr "Téléchargement et vérification du média" +msgstr "Télécharger et vérifier les média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 @@ -2898,47 +2342,31 @@ msgstr "Téléchargement" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "" -"Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant " -"soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira " -"quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le " -"modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez " -"également voir quelque chose comme" +msgstr "Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant un lien direct (HTTP) soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira des informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez le lien direct (HTTP), vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "" -"md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. " -"Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été " -"calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous " -"demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du " -"fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est " -"correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette " -"fenêtre apparaît alors :" +msgstr "md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un des deux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et votre fichier est correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette fenêtre apparaît alors :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2963,38 +2391,30 @@ msgstr "Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/" -"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/" -"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" -"et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un " -"certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -3003,70 +2423,50 @@ msgstr "Graver ou copier l'ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "" -"L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé " -"USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer " -"un média de démarrage." +msgstr "L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD, un DVD ou copiée sur une clé USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas de simples copies et sont destinées à créer un moyen de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 -#, fuzzy msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" -msgstr "Graver l'ISO sur un CD/DVD" +msgstr "Graver l'image ISO sur un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le " -"graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</" -"emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct. Pour " -"plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." +msgstr "Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct. Pour plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 -#, fuzzy msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" -msgstr "Copier l'ISO sur une clé USB" +msgstr "Copier l'image ISO sur une clé USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les " -"copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système " -"d'exploitation." +msgstr "Toutes les images ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les copier sur une clé USB puis utiliser celle-ci pour démarrer et installer le système." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "" -"\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système " -"de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront " -"perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image." +msgstr "\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 -#, fuzzy msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Pour récupérer la capacité d'origine, vous devez formater la clé USB." +msgstr "Pour retrouver la capacité originelle, vous devez reformater la clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -3076,106 +2476,97 @@ msgstr "En utilisant Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" -"link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Ouvrir une console" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "" -"Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> " -"(n'oubliez pas le - final)" +msgstr "Devenir administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (ne pas oublier le '-' final)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "" -"Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une " -"application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)" +msgstr "Brancher votre clé USB (ne pas la monter, ce qui veut également dire ne pas ouvrir une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui pourrait y accéder ou la lire)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" -"Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; " -"par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé " -"USB de 8 Go." +msgstr "Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé USB de 8 Go." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" -"Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " -"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Où X=le nom de votre périphérique, par exemple : /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" -"(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd " -"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé." @@ -3187,7 +2578,6 @@ msgstr "En utilisant Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 -#, fuzzy msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer :" @@ -3201,9 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -3213,39 +2601,32 @@ msgstr "Installation de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/" -"\">la documentation Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/\">la documentation Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Plus d'information est disponible dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki Mageia</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3253,19 +2634,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des " -"paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un " -"pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." +msgstr "Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton " -"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3274,11 +2650,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</" -"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler " -"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, " -"DrakX respectera votre choix." +msgstr "Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, DrakX respectera votre choix." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3289,25 +2661,14 @@ msgstr "Méthode de saisie" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des " -"caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de " -"saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques " -"(chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD " -"Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les " -"localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie " -"paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la " -"paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, " -"etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées " -"lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet " -"avant la sélection des paquetages." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques (chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet avant la sélection des paquetages." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3315,11 +2676,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase " -"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par " -"\"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant " -"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." +msgstr "Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par \"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant \"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3329,11 +2686,9 @@ msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3344,9 +2699,7 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3359,10 +2712,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</" -"application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à " -"niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia." +msgstr "Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3370,51 +2720,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore " -"supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à " -"niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de " -"réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition " -"<literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " -"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " -"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " -"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " -"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " -"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " -"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " -"pour redémarrer." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de " -"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix " -"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou " -"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</" -"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou <guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3426,63 +2756,43 @@ msgstr "Clavier" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si " -"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le " -"clavier US." +msgstr "DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le clavier US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" -"> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre " -"disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se " -"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au " -"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier " -"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y " -"sélectionner le bon clavier." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y sélectionner le bon clavier." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur " -"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à " -"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette " -"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé " -"sera bien celui de la liste complète." +msgstr "Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé sera bien celui de la liste complète." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3490,10 +2800,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran " -"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le " -"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." +msgstr "En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3506,53 +2813,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. " -"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant " -"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." +msgstr "Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le " -"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable " -"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les " -"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de " -"langues supplémentaires après l'installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de langues supplémentaires après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en " -"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera " -"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." +msgstr "Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est " -"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." +msgstr "Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3560,68 +2852,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela " -"est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver " -"dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 " -"s'applique à toutes les langues installées." +msgstr "Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 s'applique à toutes les langues installées." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le " -"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux " -"de votre système." +msgstr "Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Sélection de la souris" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre " -"ici." +msgstr "Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe " -"quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</" -"guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris " -"à six boutons ou plus." +msgstr "Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris à six boutons ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3631,13 +2907,10 @@ msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3645,111 +2918,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir " -"sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de " -"<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de " -"la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." +msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de <emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage, vous ne " -"pouvez pas utliser cet outil pour modifier les entrées à cette étape, " -"appuyez sur 'Suivant'. Vous devez modifier manuellement le fichier <code>/" -"boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou utiliser <code>grub-customizer</code> à la " -"place." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." +msgstr "Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage, vous ne pouvez pas utliser cet outil pour modifier les entrées à cette étape, appuyez sur 'Suivant'. Vous devez modifier manuellement le fichier <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou utiliser <code>grub-customizer</code> à la place." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour " -"définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de " -"risques." +msgstr "Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de risques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la " -"renommer complètement." +msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la renommer complètement." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait " -"pendant la phase de démarrage du système." +msgstr "L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait pendant la phase de démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité " -"de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des " -"modifications dans ce domaine." +msgstr "L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des modifications dans ce domaine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents " -"de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel " -"cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant " -"ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " +msgstr "Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3768,20 +3014,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans " -"le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà " -"d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au " -"nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." +msgstr "Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en " -"plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3789,19 +3029,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas " -"actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le " -"chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." +msgstr "Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui " -"est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." +msgstr "La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3812,58 +3047,41 @@ msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant. " #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez " -"alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du " -"résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel " -"permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera " -"effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la " -"phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." +msgstr "Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce " -"périphérique." +msgstr "Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce périphérique." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où " -"est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans " -"l'écran de l'installateur." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans l'écran de l'installateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de " -"démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du " -"temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de " -"démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. " -"Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." +msgstr "La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3874,58 +3092,48 @@ msgstr "Option avancée du chargeur de démarrage " #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</" -"literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /" -"tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place " -"libre." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur <guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuration du SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut " -"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et " -"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." +msgstr "DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) " -"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." +msgstr "Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3937,15 +3145,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du son" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3953,9 +3159,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre " -"carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." +msgstr "Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3965,24 +3169,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après " -"l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande " -"<command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre " -"de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</" -"guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en " -"haut à droite de l'écran." +msgstr "Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande <command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en haut à droite de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</" -"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des " -"conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3995,65 +3191,52 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de " -"l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun " -"par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais " -"pilote." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais pilote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué " -"sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>." +msgstr "Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la " -"sélection du bon disque dur." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la sélection du bon disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la " -"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et " -"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" -msgstr "Désinstaller le média" +msgstr "Désinstaller Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:9 @@ -4062,75 +3245,45 @@ msgstr "Guide" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "" -"Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, " -"en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous " -"donne la possibilité d'être désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les " -"systèmes d'exploitation." +msgstr "Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous donne la possibilité de le désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les systèmes d'exploitation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "" -"Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD " -"Mageia et sléectionnez \"Système de secours\", puis restaurez le chargeur " -"d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows " -"sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD de Mageia et sélectionnez \"Système de secours\", puis restaurez le chargeur d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "" -"Pour récupérer l'espace utilisé par les partitions Mageia avec Windows, " -"cliquez sur <code>Démarrer -> Panneau de configuration -> Outils " -"administratifs -> Gestion de l'ordinateur -> Stockage -> Gestion des " -"disques</code> pour accéder à la gestion des partitions. Vous reconnaîtrez " -"les partitions Mageia par leur appellation <guilabel>Inconnu</guilabel>, " -"mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-" -"droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</" -"guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "Pour récupérer l'espace utilisé par les partitions Mageia avec Windows, cliquez sur <code>Démarrer -> Panneau de configuration -> Outils administratifs -> Gestion de l'ordinateur -> Stockage -> Gestion des disques</code> pour accéder à la gestion des partitions. Vous reconnaîtrez les partitions Mageia par leur appellation <guilabel>Inconnu</guilabel>, mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez de Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et " -"la formater (en FAT32 ou NTFS). Cela vous fournira une lettre pour désigner " -"la partition." +msgstr "Si vous utilisez Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et la formater (en FAT32 ou en NTFS). Vous obtiendrez alors une lettre de partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité " -"supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de " -"l'espace libre. D'autres outils de partitionnement peuvent être utilisés, " -"tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque " -"vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes " -"vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de l'espace libre. D'autres outils de partitionnement peuvent être utilisés, tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées." diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml index 554b1cb8..fae29a6f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que vous faites.</para> </note></para> - <para>Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 689338a0..0572c1d4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Définition</title> - <para>Nous nommons ici "média" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/ou -de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur -lequel l'image ISO est copiée.</para> + <para>Ici, un médium (pluriel : média) est un fichier image ISO qui vous permet +d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia, et par extension tout support +physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié.</para> <para>Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/">ici</link>.</para> @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/">ici</link>.</para> <title>Média d'installation classique</title> <section> - <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + <title>Caractéristiques communes</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Ils utilisent l'installeur traditionnel appelé drakx.</para> + <para>Ces images ISOs utilisent l'installeur classique appelé Drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et langues.</para> + <para>Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels + <para>Vous aurez la possibilité durant l'installation d'ajouter des logiciels non-libres.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -66,17 +66,17 @@ non-libres.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est -réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté.</para> + <para>Toutes les architectures sont présentes sur le même médium, le choix de +l'une d'entre elle est réalisé automatiquement selon le CPU détecté.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Bureau Xfce uniquement.</para> + <para>Utilise le bureau Xfce uniquement.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, -sv, uk) sont à cocher !</para> + <para>Toutes les langues ne sont pas disponibles. Seules les suivantes (be, bg, +ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) peuvent être sélectionnées !</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -90,20 +90,21 @@ sv, uk) sont à cocher !</para> <title>Média "Live"</title> <section> - <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + <title>Caractéristiques communes</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement -sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement.</para> + <para>Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution Mageia sans l'installer sur le +disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME).</para> + <para>Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres.</para> + <para>Ils contiennent des logiciels non-libres.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>En 32 bits uniquement.</para> + <para>32 bits seulement.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>En 32 bits uniquement.</para> + <para>32 bits seulement.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -185,35 +186,35 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Média CD de démarrage uniquement</title> + <title>Démarre uniquement les média de type CD</title> <section> - <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + <title>Caractéristiques communes</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour -démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et -terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de -l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur -Internet.</para> + <para>Chacune d'elle est une petite image ne contenant que ce qui est nécessaire +pour démarrer l'installeur drakx, trouver drakx-installer-stage2 et d'autres +paquets indispensables pour continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces +paquets peuvent se trouver sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un +périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le -débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas -de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB.</para> +débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, si l'ordinateur n'a +pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -228,7 +229,7 @@ de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent -les logiciels non-libres.</para> +d'utiliser des logiciels non-libres.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -238,8 +239,8 @@ les logiciels non-libres.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) -pour les personnes qui en ont besoin.</para> + <para>Contient des logiciels non-libres (essentiellement des pilotes, des +codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -247,26 +248,26 @@ pour les personnes qui en ont besoin.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Téléchargement et vérification du média</title> + <title>Télécharger et vérifier les média</title> <section> <title>Téléchargement</title> <para>Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant -soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira -quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le -modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez -également voir quelque chose comme</para> +un lien direct (HTTP) soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous +fournira des informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le +modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez le lien direct +(HTTP), vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <para>md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre -ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont -été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous +ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un des deux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été +calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du -fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est +fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et votre fichier est correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette fenêtre apparaît alors :</para> @@ -301,12 +302,12 @@ certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :</para> <section> <title>Graver ou copier l'ISO</title> - <para>L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé -USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer -un média de démarrage.</para> + <para>L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD, un DVD ou copiée sur une clé +USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas de simples copies et sont destinées à créer +un moyen de démarrage.</para> <section> - <title>Graver l'ISO sur un CD/DVD</title> + <title>Graver l'image ISO sur un CD/DVD</title> <para>Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role="bold">graver une @@ -317,11 +318,11 @@ Mageia</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Copier l'ISO sur une clé USB</title> + <title>Copier l'image ISO sur une clé USB</title> - <para>Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les -copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système -d'exploitation.</para> + <para>Toutes les images ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez +les copier sur une clé USB puis utiliser celle-ci pour démarrer et installer +le système.</para> <warning> <para>"Copier" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système @@ -329,7 +330,7 @@ de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image.</para> </warning> - <para>Pour récupérer la capacité d'origine, vous devez formater la clé USB.</para> + <para>Pour retrouver la capacité originelle, vous devez reformater la clé USB.</para> <section> <title>En utilisant Mageia</title> @@ -345,8 +346,8 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> -(n'oubliez pas le - final)</para> + <para>Devenir administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (ne pas +oublier le '-' final)</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -354,8 +355,9 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une -application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)</para> + <para>Brancher votre clé USB (ne pas la monter, ce qui veut également dire ne pas +ouvrir une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui pourrait y accéder +ou la lire).</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -376,9 +378,9 @@ USB de 8 Go.</para> <para>Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Où X=le nom de votre périphérique, par exemple : /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -412,9 +414,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/">la documentation Mageia</link>.</para> - <para>Plus d'information est disponible dans <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">le wiki + <para>Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">le wiki de Mageia</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml index a1ef94a6..549caf9f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia"> <!-- --> <info> - <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Désinstaller le média</title> + <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Désinstaller Mageia</title> </info> @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ <para>Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous -donne la possibilité d'être désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les +donne la possibilité de le désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les systèmes d'exploitation.</para> - <para>Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD -Mageia et sléectionnez "Système de secours", puis restaurez le chargeur + <para>Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD de +Mageia et sélectionnez "Système de secours", puis restaurez le chargeur d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation.</para> @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré.</para> - <para>Si vous disposez de Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et -la formater (en FAT32 ou NTFS). Cela vous fournira une lettre pour désigner -la partition.</para> + <para>Si vous utilisez Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et la +formater (en FAT32 ou en NTFS). Vous obtiendrez alors une lettre de +partition.</para> <para>Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index e97c60c7..89ef57f4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" diff --git a/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml index f1032fc9..3dbdfcb2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall.</para> </note></para> - <para>Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> <para>Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">CMS @@ -130,7 +130,5 @@ Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 1e29db84..9cf7d965 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 1a793282..5c630672 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="id"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan.</para> + <para>Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya.</para> + <para>Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan.</para> -<warning><para>Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan -apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan +apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml index c5e3b9ca..3e013a3b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die u tijdens het installeren maakt.</para> </note></para> - <para>De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index 50f24822..51f4ab54 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: +# Daniel Krawczyk <daniekonepl@gmail.com>, 2014 # Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013 # mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014 +# mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"pl/)\n" -"Language: pl\n" +"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " -"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -29,11 +29,9 @@ msgstr "Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -43,40 +41,31 @@ msgstr "Umowa licencyjna" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać " -"uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji " -"<application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed " -"kontynuacją instalacji." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji <application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed kontynuacją instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij " -"<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." +msgstr "Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za " -"zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne " -"uruchomienie komputera." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne uruchomienie komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -88,9 +77,7 @@ msgstr "Informacje o wydaniu" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, " -"Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." +msgstr "Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -103,32 +90,27 @@ msgstr "pl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki " -"instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł " -"(nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas " -"następnych kroków." +msgstr "Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł (nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas następnych kroków." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -138,9 +120,7 @@ msgstr "Dla nośników sieciowych, wymagane są dwa kroki:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" -"Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało " -"ustanowione." +msgstr "Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało ustanowione." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -150,40 +130,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do " -"wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted " -"oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub " -"swój własny mirror np. NFS." +msgstr "Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub swój własny mirror np. NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -195,8 +173,8 @@ msgstr "Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -228,29 +206,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego " -"pola tekstowego" +msgstr "<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego pola tekstowego" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - " -"będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator " -"wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter " -"ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -258,30 +229,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w " -"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=" -"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w " -"tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli " -"katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla " -"danego użytkownika)" +msgstr "Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla danego użytkownika)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -314,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "Ustawienia dostępu mogą być również zmienione po instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 msgid "Advanced User Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:119 @@ -360,8 +323,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -369,27 +332,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -409,8 +372,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -423,12 +386,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -449,9 +412,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -462,8 +425,8 @@ msgstr "Wybór pulpitu" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -479,9 +442,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -500,15 +461,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Wybór grup pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -544,8 +504,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -553,30 +513,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Samodzielny wybór pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -584,30 +544,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguracja usług" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -632,33 +590,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w " -"pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -676,13 +629,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -742,37 +692,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki " -"dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w " -"niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta." +msgstr "Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie " -"włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym " -"uruchomieniu komputera." +msgstr "Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym uruchomieniu komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -781,11 +724,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -793,9 +736,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją " -"kartę graficzną z listy." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją kartę graficzną z listy." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -825,11 +766,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -863,13 +804,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -880,9 +818,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Własny</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -937,10 +875,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -951,41 +889,39 @@ msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1028,11 +964,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1054,8 +988,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1066,8 +1000,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1120,8 +1054,8 @@ msgstr "Własne" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1131,8 +1065,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1167,7 +1101,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1190,8 +1125,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1204,24 +1139,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1229,37 +1164,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Gratulacje" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została " -"zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić " -"komputer ponownie." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić komputer ponownie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1279,39 +1208,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - " -"odwiedź www.mageia.org" +msgstr "Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - odwiedź www.mageia.org" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatowanie" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na " -"partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną " -"zachowane." +msgstr "Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną zachowane." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1337,8 +1258,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1352,20 +1273,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-" -"Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub " -"aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " +msgstr "Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona " -"domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego " -"potrzebujesz." +msgstr "Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego potrzebujesz." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1385,8 +1300,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> @@ -1409,8 +1325,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1422,9 +1337,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1439,8 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1499,8 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1518,8 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1533,8 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1554,8 +1465,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1566,8 +1478,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1578,31 +1490,24 @@ msgstr "Etapy instalacji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po " -"lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk " -"<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej " -"używanych opcji." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej używanych opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który " -"pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu " -"instalacji." +msgstr "Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1612,19 +1517,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje " -"możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie " -"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła " -"się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak " -"wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, " -"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz " -"ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego " -"wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie " -"zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." +msgstr "Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1636,25 +1532,24 @@ msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się " -"zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj " -"użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." +msgstr "Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1670,11 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z " -"detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać " -"pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być " -"łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." +msgstr "Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1686,13 +1577,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza " -"niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz " -"parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej " -"pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1705,8 +1592,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1714,29 +1602,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualizacje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została " -"udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione." +msgstr "Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1744,10 +1632,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, " -"wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli " -"nie masz połączenia z Internetem" +msgstr "Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli nie masz połączenia z Internetem" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1759,72 +1644,55 @@ msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są " -"dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór " -"repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w " -"następnych krokach." +msgstr "Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w następnych krokach." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ " -"zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, " -"które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do " -"którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium " -"zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, " -"firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych " -"licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium " -"jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. " -"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt " -"DVD, itp." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt DVD, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1835,8 +1703,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna instalacja" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1861,37 +1729,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1916,8 +1781,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Strefa czasowa</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1961,8 +1826,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2026,8 +1891,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -2038,7 +1903,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2049,11 +1915,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2097,8 +1962,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2114,8 +1979,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2157,9 +2022,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2167,18 +2033,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Poziom bezpieczeństwa" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2224,8 +2087,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2239,12 +2102,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2255,24 +2120,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2283,26 +2152,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2312,33 +2185,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2348,18 +2226,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2369,7 +2250,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2379,7 +2261,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2394,16 +2277,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2416,7 +2302,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2428,7 +2315,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2448,25 +2336,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2496,29 +2384,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2543,8 +2431,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2580,8 +2469,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2589,76 +2478,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2693,15 +2594,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2709,18 +2611,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2733,8 +2632,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2755,13 +2654,13 @@ msgstr "" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2780,11 +2679,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2816,30 +2713,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2857,36 +2754,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2910,52 +2806,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. " -"<application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno " -"podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." +msgstr "Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. <application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie " -"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</" -"guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw " -"wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on " -"również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." +msgstr "Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz " -"jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej " -"klawiatury." +msgstr "Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej klawiatury." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2963,38 +2845,31 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to " -"kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie " -"dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich " -"zainstalowanych języków." +msgstr "Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich zainstalowanych języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą " -"Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" +msgstr "Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Wybierz mysz" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -3006,8 +2881,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3024,15 +2899,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3047,21 +2918,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 @@ -3095,31 +2962,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3173,16 +3040,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3195,8 +3062,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3204,8 +3071,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3218,9 +3085,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3228,28 +3095,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3270,15 +3138,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3302,8 +3168,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3331,20 +3198,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3356,8 +3222,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3382,20 +3248,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3411,6 +3277,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml index 99debe8e..721c8d25 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make while installing.</para> </note></para> - <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -131,7 +131,5 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 2fa97c59..cc2cb084 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml index 64cacdb1..81b4d889 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>.</para> <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced"> <info> - <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Advanced User Management</title> + <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami</title> </info> <para>If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index d9e6e83b..fc089920 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up.</para> -<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 9bb17cc6..9f39a15d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: +# Andre Arruda dos Santos Silva <kazzttor@gmail.com>, 2015 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 -# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 +# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2015 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-22 01:20+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-18 00:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" -"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,12 +29,9 @@ msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -44,38 +41,31 @@ msgstr "Acordo de Licença" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os " -"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</" -"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, " -"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. " -"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -87,9 +77,7 @@ msgstr "Notas de Lançamento" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, " -"clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." +msgstr "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -102,32 +90,27 @@ msgstr "pt_BR" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode " -"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A " -"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção " -"durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -147,41 +130,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando " -"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, " -"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você " -"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento " -"NFS de instalação." +msgstr "selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento NFS de instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -193,31 +173,20 @@ msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> " -"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a " -"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma " -"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para " -"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que " -"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na " -"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver " -"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." +msgstr "É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a <emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas " -"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e " -"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." +msgstr "Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -230,40 +199,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o " -"superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar " -"aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o " -"usuário médio faz com o seu computador." +msgstr "Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o usuário médio faz com o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone " -"de usuários." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone de usuários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de " -"texto." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do " -"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de " -"login é \"case sensitive\"." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de login é \"case sensitive\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -271,30 +229,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha " -"do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força " -"da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa " -"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das " -"caixas de texto de senha do usuário." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das caixas de texto de senha do usuário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo " -"legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." +msgstr "Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -302,20 +252,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário " -"adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </" -"emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." +msgstr "No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-" -"se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a " -"reinicialização." +msgstr "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a reinicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -323,17 +267,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer " -"acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - " -"Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador " -"de Usuário </emphasis>." +msgstr "Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador de Usuário </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." +msgstr "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -346,11 +285,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma " -"tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está " -"adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de " -"convidado." +msgstr "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -358,11 +293,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão " -"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> " -"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos " -"importantes em um pendrive USB." +msgstr "Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos importantes em um pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -370,11 +301,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou " -"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um " -"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os " -"usuários normais." +msgstr "<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os usuários normais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -382,10 +309,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o " -"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as " -"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -393,48 +317,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário " -"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. " -"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do " -"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em " -"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -442,64 +360,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se " -"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você " -"pode alterar os pontos de montagem." +msgstr "Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você pode alterar os pontos de montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição " -"<literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição <literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", " -"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", \"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido" -"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem " -"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</" -"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo " -"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</" -"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou " -"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> " -"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do " -"ponto de montagem em branco." +msgstr "Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do ponto de montagem em branco." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -507,22 +407,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do " -"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do " -"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em " -"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." +msgstr "Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em " -"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) " -"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -532,11 +425,9 @@ msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais " -"para ajustar as suas escolhas." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais para ajustar as suas escolhas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -544,19 +435,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides " -"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser " -"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." +msgstr "Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -568,29 +454,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</" -"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto " -"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</" -"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do " -"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O " -"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, " -"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." +msgstr "Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -599,12 +477,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você " -"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante " -"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um " -"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o " -"mouse é passado sobre eles." +msgstr "Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o mouse é passado sobre eles." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -626,91 +499,74 @@ msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou " -"remover pacotes manualmente." +msgstr "Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou remover pacotes manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para " -"personalizar a instalação." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para personalizar a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do " -"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a " -"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então " -"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, " -"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do <guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você " -"inicializar seu sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você inicializar seu sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e " -"ver todos os serviços nele." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e ver todos os serviços nele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -722,61 +578,48 @@ msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas " -"na caixa de informações abaixo." +msgstr "Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas na caixa de informações abaixo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." +msgstr "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você " -"no mesmo fuso horário." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você no mesmo fuso horário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local " -"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-" -"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/" -"GMT." +msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -786,31 +629,24 @@ msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente " -"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." +msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe " -"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -833,10 +669,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque " -"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar " -"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" +msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -844,19 +677,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " -"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua " -"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." +msgstr "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode " -"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." +msgstr "Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -864,37 +692,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " -"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns " -"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." +msgstr "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. " -"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os " -"seus primeiros reiniciam." +msgstr "O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -903,31 +724,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de " -"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</" -"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de " -"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente " -"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" -"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico " -"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam " -"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o " -"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que " -"a escolha é incorreta." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que a escolha é incorreta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua " -"placa da lista, se necessário.." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua placa da lista, se necessário.." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -937,13 +746,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor " -"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou " -"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se " -"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e " -"vertical do seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e vertical do seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -955,9 +758,7 @@ msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a " -"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -965,29 +766,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem " -"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar " -"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se " -"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as " -"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a " -"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. " -"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais " -"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por " -"ativar ou desativar várias opções." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por ativar ou desativar várias opções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -999,9 +790,7 @@ msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente " -"identificará corretamente o seu." +msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente identificará corretamente o seu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1010,22 +799,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode " -"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem " -"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, " -"consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1036,14 +818,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de " -"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização " -"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização " -"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1052,11 +830,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de " -"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu " -"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma " -"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1068,8 +842,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." +msgstr "É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1081,9 +854,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe " -"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1104,17 +875,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é " -"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o " -"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado " -"automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas " -"seleções." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como 1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas seleções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1124,64 +889,47 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> " -"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</" -"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</" -"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." +msgstr "Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " -"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " -"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." +msgstr "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento " -"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três " -"deles." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três deles." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições " -"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em " -"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de " -"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." +msgstr "Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1204,28 +952,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as " -"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde " -"instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do " -"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +msgstr "As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" -"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1237,9 +978,7 @@ msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com " -"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." +msgstr "Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1249,11 +988,9 @@ msgstr "Usar o espaço livre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá " -"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1263,11 +1000,9 @@ msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o " -"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1275,10 +1010,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da " -"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de " -"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" +msgstr "Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1289,13 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A " -"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado " -"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido " -"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos " -"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É " -"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." +msgstr "Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1310,9 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. " -"Tenha cuidado!" +msgstr "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. Tenha cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1320,10 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já " -"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta " -"opção." +msgstr "Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta opção." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1333,11 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "Personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) " -"rígido(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1346,17 +1065,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao " -"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de " -"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi " -"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um " -"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos " -"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento " -"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" +msgstr "Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1372,9 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um " -"número par de megabytes." +msgstr "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1391,7 +1101,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1414,13 +1125,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As " -"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " -"durante a instalação." +msgstr "Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1431,83 +1139,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " -"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." -"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " -"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Parabéns" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e " -"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de " -"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador " -"(se você tiver mais de um)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador (se você tiver mais de um)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua " -"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." +msgstr "Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1519,55 +1208,43 @@ msgstr "Divirta-se!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para " -"a Mageia." +msgstr "Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatação" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer " -"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão " -"salvos." +msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão salvos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser " -"formatadas." +msgstr "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser formatadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que " -"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1576,21 +1253,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em " -"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</" -"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à " -"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas " -"partições." +msgstr "Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em " -"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1603,19 +1273,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia " -"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando " -"possível." +msgstr "Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando possível." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o " -"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." +msgstr "A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1635,11 +1300,10 @@ msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1650,25 +1314,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências " -"pessoais:" +msgstr "A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua " -"escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" +msgstr "A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1679,20 +1337,15 @@ msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/" -"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de " -"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> " -"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1701,10 +1354,8 @@ msgstr "Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1717,11 +1368,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando " -"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha " -"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro " -"entradas:" +msgstr "Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro entradas:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1733,36 +1380,28 @@ msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em " -"detrimento de performances." +msgstr "- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em detrimento de performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de " -"energia não é levado em conta." +msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de energia não é levado em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), " -"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." +msgstr "- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão " -"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1770,17 +1409,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas " -"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</" -"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." +msgstr "Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1793,17 +1427,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um " -"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione " -"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." +msgstr "Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1812,18 +1441,12 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione " -"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista " -"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de " -"inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione <guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1835,22 +1458,17 @@ msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em " -"rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" +msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos " -"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em " -"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1860,11 +1478,9 @@ msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1874,30 +1490,24 @@ msgstr "As etapas de instalação" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser " -"seguido no painel lateral da tela." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser seguido no painel lateral da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões " -"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente " -"necessárias." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões <guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente necessárias." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém " -"explicações sobre a etapa atual." +msgstr "A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém explicações sobre a etapa atual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1907,19 +1517,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a " -"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de " -"fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações " -"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e " -"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, " -"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um " -"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </" -"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt " -"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." +msgstr "Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1931,32 +1532,25 @@ msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto " -"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar " -"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-" -"texto)." +msgstr "Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-texto)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. " -"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar " -"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você " -"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto" -"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1971,12 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema " -"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware " -"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle " -"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser " -"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." +msgstr "Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle <code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1988,14 +1577,9 @@ msgstr "problema RAM" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode " -"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso " -"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o " -"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá " -"especificar 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2008,44 +1592,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" -"Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para " -"formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível " -"instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a " -"documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/" -"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315." -"aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Atualizações" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, " -"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." +msgstr "Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2053,10 +1632,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-" -"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, " -"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." +msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2068,73 +1644,55 @@ msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os " -"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você " -"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais " -"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez " -"que ele contém a base da distribuição." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez que ele contém a base da distribuição." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são " -"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software " -"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório " -"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware " -"de vários cartões WiFi, etc." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware de vários cartões WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob " -"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é " -"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns " -"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários " -"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo " -"comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2145,12 +1703,9 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na " -"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" -"\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2159,22 +1714,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente " -"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de " -"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, " -"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá " -"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a " -"documentação e o X." +msgstr "Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a documentação e o X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2182,37 +1729,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2221,11 +1765,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, " -"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo " -"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você " -"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2241,12 +1781,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma " -"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=" -"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2258,9 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a " -"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2270,21 +1805,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." +msgstr "DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" +msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2294,11 +1826,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus " -"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2310,19 +1840,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no " -"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar " -"certas tarefas." +msgstr "Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar certas tarefas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um " -"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." +msgstr "Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2344,9 +1869,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender " -"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." +msgstr "Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2358,9 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, " -"tablets, trackballs, etc" +msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, tablets, trackballs, etc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2370,13 +1891,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar " -"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, " -"mas nenhum deles é o padrão." +msgstr "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, mas nenhum deles é o padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2385,25 +1903,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2422,20 +1937,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias " -"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de " -"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os " -"repositórios de mídia Nonfree." +msgstr "Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os repositórios de mídia Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu " -"firewall para ver aquela interface também." +msgstr "Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu firewall para ver aquela interface também." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2448,19 +1957,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a " -"Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um " -"serviço proxy." +msgstr "Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um serviço proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os " -"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2475,11 +1979,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos " -"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2496,62 +1998,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os " -"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." +msgstr "Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas " -"opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." +msgstr "Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." +msgstr "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partição" +msgstr "Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar " -"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nível de Segurança" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2562,17 +2052,14 @@ msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." +msgstr "Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de " -"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." +msgstr "Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2591,24 +2078,18 @@ msgstr "definição" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "" -"Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou " -"atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO " -"é copiado." +msgstr "Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" -"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">aqui</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aqui</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2621,74 +2102,80 @@ msgstr "Classical installation media" msgid "Common features" msgstr "características comuns" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões anteriores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diferentes meios para arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambas as arquitecturas estão presentes na mesma forma, a escolha é feita automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "Desktop XFCE." +msgstr "Usa apenas a área de trabalho Xfce." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" -"Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, " -"ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!" +msgstr "Nem todos os idiomas estão disponíveis. (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contém software non free." @@ -2698,73 +2185,73 @@ msgstr "Contém software non free." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mídia Live" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um " -"disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido." +msgstr "Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalá-lo em um disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "Contém ISO apenas para um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)." +msgstr "Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações " -"limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões " -"anteriores.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões anteriores.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 -#, fuzzy msgid "They contain non free software." -msgstr "Contém software non free." +msgstr "Contém software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Idioma Inglês apenas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 -#, fuzzy msgid "32 bit only." -msgstr "32 bits apenas." +msgstr "Apenas 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." @@ -2774,7 +2261,8 @@ msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presente." @@ -2786,174 +2274,179 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot-only CD media" -msgstr "Boot-somente, mídia CDs" +msgstr "Mídia em CD apenas para boot." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." -msgstr "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." +msgstr "Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar DrakX-installer-stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e concluir a instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma unidade local, em uma rede local ou na Internet." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baixando e verificando mídia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 msgid "Downloading" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Downloading" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depois de ter escolhido o seu arquivo ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela dá-lhe algumas informações, como o espelho em uso e a possibilidade de mudar, se a largura de banda é baixa. Se http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta janela será exibida:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png \" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marque Salvar arquivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verificando a integridade de mídia baixada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Queimar ou despejar a ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio de inicialização-poder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." +msgstr "Use o queimador que você deseja, mas assegurar o dispositivo de gravação está definido corretamente para <emphasis role=\"bold\">gravar uma imagem</emphasis>, gravar arquivos de dados ou não está correto. Há mais informações em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2961,165 +2454,172 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "o \"dumping\" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra um console" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a final '-')" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onde X= nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desplugue o seu pendrive USB, depois de feito" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "usando o Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Você poderia tentar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalação Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">a documentação Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">aqui</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecione seu país / região" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3127,19 +2627,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de " -"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país " -"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." +msgstr "Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</" -"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3148,11 +2643,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, " -"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma " -"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua " -"escolha real." +msgstr "Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua escolha real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3163,23 +2654,14 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um " -"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem " -"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é " -"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/" -"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será " -"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem " -"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) " -"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou " -"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3187,11 +2669,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, " -"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando " -"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake " -"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." +msgstr "Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando \"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake (gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3201,11 +2679,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3216,9 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</" -"application>. ." +msgstr "Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</application>. ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3231,10 +2705,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em " -"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a " -"versão mais recente." +msgstr "Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a versão mais recente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3242,50 +2713,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda " -"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi " -"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já " -"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor " -"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</" -"literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível " -"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que " -"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, " -"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito " -"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito " -"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as " -"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, " -"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para " -"reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você " -"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de " -"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3297,59 +2749,43 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado " -"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." +msgstr "DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. " -"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas " -"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. " -"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também " -"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</" -"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</" -"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do " -"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode " -"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você " -"escolheu da lista completa." +msgstr "Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3357,10 +2793,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma " -"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os " -"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." +msgstr "Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3373,52 +2806,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o " -"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa " -"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." +msgstr "Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, " -"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão " -"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser " -"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão <guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um " -"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será " -"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." +msgstr "Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é " -"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." +msgstr "Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3426,66 +2845,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " -"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " -"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." +msgstr "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " -"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." +msgstr "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selecione o mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode " -"selecionar um diferente aqui." +msgstr "Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode selecionar um diferente aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 " -"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> " -"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais " -"botões." +msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais botões." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3494,15 +2899,11 @@ msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3510,104 +2911,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, " -"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " -"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." -msgstr "" +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." +msgstr "Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, pressione 'Next'. Você precisa editar manualmente <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em seu lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " -"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." +msgstr "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " -"completamente." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " -"durante a inicialização." +msgstr "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " -"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." +msgstr "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização " -"(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo " -"instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização (bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você " -"precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de " -"inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." +msgstr "Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3626,20 +3007,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) " -"GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já " -"tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los " -"ao seu novo menu de inicialização." +msgstr "Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização " -"opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." +msgstr "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3647,19 +3022,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, " -"atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos " -"se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." +msgstr "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 " -"que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." +msgstr "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3670,26 +3040,18 @@ msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você " -"precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e " -"clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de " -"Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do " -"Gerenciador de Inicialização." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir " -"sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante " -"a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." +msgstr "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3700,28 +3062,19 @@ msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar " -"onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de " -"volta para a tela do instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de volta para a tela do instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de " -"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na " -"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de " -"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-" -"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em " -"questão." +msgstr "O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em questão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3732,78 +3085,66 @@ msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</" -"literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em " -"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a " -"cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre " -"adicional." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre adicional." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não " -"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de " -"instalar os drivers necessários." +msgstr "O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de instalar os drivers necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o " -"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." +msgstr "Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." +msgstr "O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Som" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3811,9 +3152,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som " -"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." +msgstr "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3823,25 +3162,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a " -"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar " -"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de " -"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar " -"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da " -"tela." +msgstr "O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar <command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em " -"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de " -"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como " -"resolver o problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como resolver o problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3854,68 +3184,57 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é " -"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers " -"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." +msgstr "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no " -"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" +msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no <guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua " -"escolha." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar " -"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco " -"rígido." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco rígido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desinstalando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:9 msgid "Howto" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Howto" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:11 @@ -3923,34 +3242,34 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se Mageia não convencê-lo ou você não pode instalá-lo corretamente, em suma, você quer se livrar dele. Esse é o seu direito e Mageia também lhe dá a possibilidade de desinstalar. Isso não é verdade para cada sistema operacional." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "" +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "Após o backup de dados, reinicie sua instalação Mageia DVD e selecione sistema de Resgate, então, a restauração do gerenciador de inicialização. Na próxima inicialização, você só vai ter o Windows sem opção de escolher o seu sistema operacional." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "" +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "Para recuperar o espaço usado por divisórias Mageia no Windows, clique em <code>Iniciar -> Painel de Controle -> Ferramentas Administrativas -> Gerenciamento do Computador -> Armazenamento -> Gerenciamento de disco</code> para aceder à gestão partição. Você vai reconhecer a partição Mageia, porque eles são rotulados <guilabel>Desconhecido</guilabel>, e também pelo seu tamanho e lugar no disco. Botão direito do mouse sobre cada uma dessas partições e selecione <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton>. O espaço será liberado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se você estiver usando o Windows XP, você pode criar uma nova partição e formatá-lo (FAT32 ou NTFS). Ele vai receber uma carta de partição." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3958,15 +3277,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "Se você tiver Vista ou 7, você tem mais uma possibilidade, você pode estender a partição existente que está à esquerda do espaço libertado. Há outras ferramentas de particionamento que podem ser usados, como o GParted, disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram incluídos no backup." diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml index 1af000ae..0f9b2023 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação.</para> </note></para> - <para>Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -131,7 +131,5 @@ Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 2c5aff10..4aa0f4a0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>definição</title> - <para>Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou -atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO -é copiado.</para> + <para>Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que +você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte +físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para.</para> <para>Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href="http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aqui</link>.</para> @@ -27,11 +27,12 @@ atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + <para>Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões +anteriores.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -41,21 +42,21 @@ atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Diferentes meios para arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, -Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + <para>Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar +Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non +free.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -65,17 +66,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made -automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + <para>Ambas as arquitecturas estão presentes na mesma forma, a escolha é feita +automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Desktop XFCE.</para> + <para>Usa apenas a área de trabalho Xfce.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, -ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!</para> + <para>Nem todos os idiomas estão disponíveis. (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, +PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -93,16 +94,17 @@ ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um -disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido.</para> + <para>Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalá-lo em um disco +rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Contém ISO apenas para um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME).</para> + <para>Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -112,7 +114,7 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Contém software non free.</para> + <para>Contém software não-livre.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -130,7 +132,7 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits apenas.</para> + <para>Apenas 32 bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -148,7 +150,7 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits apenas.</para> + <para>Apenas 32 bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -184,34 +186,35 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-somente, mídia CDs</title> + <title>Mídia em CD apenas para boot.</title> <section> <title>características comuns</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> + <para>Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é +necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar +DrakX-installer-stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e +concluir a instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma +unidade local, em uma rede local ou na Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a +largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um +drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -225,7 +228,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -235,8 +238,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need -it.</para> + <para>Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem +precisa.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -244,46 +247,47 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Baixando e verificando mídia.</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Depois de ter escolhido o seu arquivo ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou +BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela dá-lhe algumas informações, como o +espelho em uso e a possibilidade de mudar, se a largura de banda é baixa. Se +http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of -them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this -number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> + <para>md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar +apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um +algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos +para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo +número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você +tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta +janela será exibida:</para> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png " /> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + <para>Marque Salvar arquivo.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + <title>Verificando a integridade de mídia baixada</title> - <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + <para>Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:</para> - <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum -path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + <para>- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum +caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> - <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum -path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + <para>- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> - <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a -while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + <para>e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por +um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -294,52 +298,53 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> </section> <section> - <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + <title>Queimar ou despejar a ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um +stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio +de inicialização-poder.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> - - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly -to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia -wiki</link>.</para> + <title>Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use o queimador que você deseja, mas assegurar o dispositivo de gravação +está definido corretamente para <emphasis role="bold">gravar uma +imagem</emphasis>, gravar arquivos de dados ou não está correto. Há mais +informações em <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">wiki +Mageia</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB </title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' +los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>o "dumping" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de +arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a +capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB.</para> <section> - <title>Using Mageia</title> + <title>Usando Mageia</title> - <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link + <para>Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> - <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + <para>Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>Open a console</para> + <para>Abra um console</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> + <para>Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a +final '-')</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -347,12 +352,12 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir +qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + <para>Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -360,33 +365,33 @@ or file manager that read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb -in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + <para>Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), +por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX + <para>Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Onde X= nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + <para>Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + <para>Desplugue o seu pendrive USB, depois de feito</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Using Windows</title> + <title>usando o Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>Você poderia tentar:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -399,14 +404,14 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> </section> <section> - <title>Mageia Installation</title> + <title>Instalação Mageia</title> - <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the -Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + <para>Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">a +documentação Mageia</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia + <para>Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index fd5321db..a52731f2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,35 +1,41 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, +você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, +pressione 'Next'. Você precisa editar manualmente +<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em +seu lugar.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão.</para> + <para>Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente.</para> + <para>A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização.</para> -<warning><para>Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não -tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não +tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index 61606503..19aea4a9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013 # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013 @@ -12,15 +12,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-08 11:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"ro/)\n" +"Language: ro\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" +"2:1));\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -30,9 +32,11 @@ msgstr "Licența și Notele ediției" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -42,31 +46,39 @@ msgstr "Contract de licență" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți cu atenție contractul de licență." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți " +"cu atenție contractul de licență." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</" +"application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va reporni." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o " +"privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va " +"reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -78,7 +90,9 @@ msgstr "Nota ediției" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -91,27 +105,32 @@ msgstr "ro" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selectare medii (configurați mediile de instalare suplimentare)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat în etapele următoare." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți " +"adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. " +"Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru " +"selectat în etapele următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -131,38 +150,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). " +"Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele " +"gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL " +"puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -174,20 +195,30 @@ msgstr "Definiți parola administratorului (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca <emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." +msgstr "" +"Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă " +"să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca " +"<emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în " +"căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în " +"funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va " +"trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele " +"două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și caractere speciale." +msgstr "" +"Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să " +"utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și " +"caractere speciale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -200,29 +231,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține " +"drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga " +"pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva " +"ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba pictograma utilizatorului." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba " +"pictograma utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al utilizatorului." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al " +"utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la majuscule.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului " +"utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al " +"utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la " +"majuscule.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -230,22 +273,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul " +"căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și " +"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului " +"și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă protejat la scriere)." +msgstr "" +"Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor " +"avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă " +"protejat la scriere)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -253,14 +304,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." +msgstr "" +"Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - " +"Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal " +"protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe cei adevărați după repornire." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este " +"recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe " +"cei adevărați după repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -268,7 +325,11 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa <emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare utilizatori</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, " +"va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa " +"<emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare " +"utilizatori</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -286,7 +347,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." +msgstr "" +"Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un " +"ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care " +"îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -294,7 +358,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele importante pe o cheie USB." +msgstr "" +"Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit " +"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi " +"șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele " +"importante pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -302,7 +370,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai restrînse decît un utilizator normal." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau " +"dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se " +"conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai " +"restrînse decît un utilizator normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -310,7 +382,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să " +"schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, " +"iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -318,42 +393,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul " +"adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți " +"despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot " +"un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu " +"știți despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Alegeți punctele de montare" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -361,46 +442,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. " +"Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</" +"application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</" +"literal> (rădăcină)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, „Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, " +"„Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." +msgstr "" +"„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului " +"dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite " +"din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de " +"montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți " +"filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/" +"home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți nevoie să le accesați." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți " +"nevoie să le accesați." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -408,15 +506,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și mărimea." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și " +"apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În " +"ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și " +"mărimea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile " +"sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -426,9 +531,11 @@ msgstr "Selectarea biroului" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru a vă afina alegerea." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru " +"a vă afina alegerea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -436,14 +543,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul <guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării " +"pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul " +"<guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -455,21 +567,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete instalate implicit." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</" +"application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție " +"de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe <guilabel>Personalizat</" +"guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau " +"dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii " +"grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît " +"celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete " +"instalate implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selectarea grupurilor de pachete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -478,7 +599,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul." +msgstr "" +"Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce " +"este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, " +"totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt " +"disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -500,74 +625,91 @@ msgstr "Mediu grafic de lucru" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele." +msgstr "" +"Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a " +"adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile " +"despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Selectare individuală a pachetelor" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza instalarea." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza " +"instalarea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același buton și alegeți să o încărcați." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu " +"dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele " +"alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă " +"pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același " +"buton și alegeți să o încărcați." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurați serviciile" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea sistemului." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea " +"sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l " +"destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -579,48 +721,60 @@ msgstr "Configurările alese de DrakX sînt de obicei bune." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în infobula de dedesubt." +msgstr "" +"Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în " +"infobula de dedesubt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." +msgstr "" +"Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurați fusul orar" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus orar." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus " +"orar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe " +"GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, " +"asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -630,24 +784,31 @@ msgstr "Alegeți un server X (configurați placa grafică)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. " +msgstr "" +"DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va " +"identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model " +"aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -670,7 +831,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de " +"date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot " +"potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -678,14 +842,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază." +msgstr "" +"Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți " +"generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot " +"corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul " +"<emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la interfața în linie de comandă." +msgstr "" +"Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la " +"interfața în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -693,30 +863,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului." +msgstr "" +"Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt " +"disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt " +"disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima repornire." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. " +"Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima " +"repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configurare placă grafică și ecran" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -725,19 +902,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe o interfață grafică sistem numită <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că <application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că alegarea este incorectă. " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru " +"această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe " +"o interfață grafică sistem numită <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau " +"mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " +"sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</" +"acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că " +"<application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că " +"alegarea este incorectă. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa grafică din listă dacă este necesar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa " +"grafică din listă dacă este necesar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -747,7 +935,13 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale monitorului." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista " +"de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</" +"guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să " +"specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale " +"monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -759,7 +953,9 @@ msgstr "Ratele de împrospătare incorecte pot distruge monitorul." msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici " +"rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -767,19 +963,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare " +"mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii " +"aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii " +"aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă " +"nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea " +"reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este " +"disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și dezactiva diverse opțiuni." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și " +"dezactiva diverse opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -791,7 +996,9 @@ msgstr "Alegeți monitorul" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în general va identifica în mod corect monitorul." +msgstr "" +"DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în " +"general va identifica în mod corect monitorul." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -800,15 +1007,21 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge " +"monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce " +"faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -819,10 +1032,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizat</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de " +"împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de " +"împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar " +"rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -831,7 +1048,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația monitorului." +msgstr "" +"Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați " +"să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă " +"aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația " +"monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -843,7 +1064,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului din baza de date cu monitoare." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului " +"din baza de date cu monitoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -855,7 +1078,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricant</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în ordine:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți " +"referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în " +"ordine:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -876,11 +1102,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații " +"de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele " +"utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de " +"monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> " +"cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se " +"recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -890,47 +1122,63 @@ msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai putea demara." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă " +"asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați " +"criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai " +"putea demara." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." +msgstr "" +"Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura " +"partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea " +"și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv " +"de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge " +"toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, redimensiona sau chiar șterge." +msgstr "" +"Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. " +"Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, " +"redimensiona sau chiar șterge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -953,21 +1201,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de " +"partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de partiționare și conținutul discurilor." +msgstr "" +"Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de " +"partiționare și conținutul discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -979,7 +1234,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizează partițiile existente" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente " +"compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -989,9 +1246,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va " +"utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1001,9 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul " +"vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1011,7 +1272,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" +msgstr "" +"Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua " +"instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine " +"că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1022,7 +1286,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." +msgstr "" +"Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. " +"Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima " +"dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și " +"defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele " +"de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. " +"Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1037,7 +1307,9 @@ msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți grijă!" +msgstr "" +"ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți " +"grijă!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1045,7 +1317,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați această opțiune." +msgstr "" +"Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți " +"deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați " +"această opțiune." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1055,9 +1330,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile dure." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile " +"dure." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1066,10 +1343,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" +msgstr "" +"Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul " +"standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel " +"de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată " +"în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de " +"ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l " +"partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum " +"gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1085,7 +1369,9 @@ msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de megaocteți." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de " +"megaocteți." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1102,8 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februarie 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1126,10 +1411,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul instalării." +msgstr "" +"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție " +"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul " +"instalării." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1140,64 +1428,85 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la " +"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitări" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și redemara calculatorul." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</" +"application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și " +"redemara calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "După redemarare, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"După redemarare, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege " +"dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult " +"de unul)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va fi selectată și pornită automat." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va " +"fi selectată și pornită automat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1209,31 +1518,38 @@ msgstr "Profitați!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți la Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți " +"la Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatare în curs" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe " +"partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1245,7 +1561,9 @@ msgstr "În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de Dral msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care " +"doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1254,14 +1572,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe " +"<guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și " +"apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul " +"principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton> pentru a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1274,14 +1598,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît se poate de ușor." +msgstr "" +"Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul " +"Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît " +"se poate de ușor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie." +msgstr "" +"Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea " +"care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1296,15 +1625,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:" +msgstr "" +"Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1322,31 +1653,41 @@ msgstr "Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:" msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru sistem) apăsînd tasta F2" +msgstr "" +"Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru " +"sistem) apăsînd tasta F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: <guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se " +"utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: " +"<guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> " +"și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1355,8 +1696,10 @@ msgstr "Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1369,7 +1712,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel> și propune patru intrări:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou " +"utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o " +"linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel> și propune " +"patru intrări:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1381,28 +1728,37 @@ msgstr "- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în detrimentul performanțelor. " +msgstr "" +"- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în " +"detrimentul performanțelor. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea energiei nu este luată în considerare." +msgstr "" +"- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea " +"energiei nu este luată în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă sînteți întrebat." +msgstr "" +"- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este " +"vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă " +"sînteți întrebat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite " +"afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1410,12 +1766,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>, însă acestea sînt luate în considerare." +msgstr "" +"În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu " +"tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>, însă " +"acestea sînt luate în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1428,12 +1789,18 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de întîmpinare." +msgstr "" +"Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni " +"disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea " +"mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de " +"întîmpinare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1442,12 +1809,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați <guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demaraj</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați " +"<guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demaraj</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista " +"cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni " +"de demaraj</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1459,17 +1832,22 @@ msgstr "Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):" +msgstr "" +"Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de " +"instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>." +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe " +"ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare " +"prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1479,9 +1857,11 @@ msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1491,24 +1871,30 @@ msgstr "Etapele instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot " +"fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei mai puțin necesare." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor " +"butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei " +"mai puțin necesare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai " +"multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1518,10 +1904,18 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." +msgstr "" +"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm " +"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție " +"a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, " +"calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu " +"un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că " +"doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1533,25 +1927,32 @@ msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Fără interfață grafică" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." +msgstr "" +"După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru " +"se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să " +"utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod text." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie " +"posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru " +"aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. " +"Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. " +"Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod " +"text." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1566,7 +1967,13 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte opțiuni." +msgstr "" +"Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate " +"însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz " +"detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai " +"tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la " +"prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte " +"opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1578,9 +1985,13 @@ msgstr "Problemă de memorie" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea " +"de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica " +"manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea " +"corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1593,39 +2004,44 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul „dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul " +"„dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea " +"instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, " +"consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft." +"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/" +"cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizări" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite." +msgstr "" +"De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1633,7 +2049,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le " +"instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest " +"lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1645,55 +2064,72 @@ msgstr "Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selectare medii (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare." +msgstr "" +"Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt " +"disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. " +"Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru " +"selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține baza distribuției." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține " +"baza distribuției." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care " +"Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de " +"unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest " +"depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și " +"ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o " +"licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest " +"depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de " +"exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere " +"audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1704,9 +2140,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare minimală" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția " +"grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1715,14 +2153,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze <application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze " +"<application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau " +"o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune " +"combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva " +"opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1730,34 +2175,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Rezumatul parametrilor diverși" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1766,7 +2214,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție " +"de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. " +"Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd " +"<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1782,9 +2234,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fus orar</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl " +"puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1796,7 +2251,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Țară / Regiune</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara " +"selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1806,7 +2263,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem." +msgstr "" +"DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 @@ -1817,7 +2275,8 @@ msgstr "Nu schimbați nimic dacă nu știți cum să configurați Grub și/sau L #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1827,9 +2286,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestionare utilizatori</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său director <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său " +"director <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1841,19 +2302,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal (demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite sarcini." +msgstr "" +"Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal " +"(demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite " +"sarcini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului." +msgstr "" +"Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală " +"poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1870,7 +2337,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatură</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de " +"locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1882,7 +2351,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum tablete, trackball-uri, etc." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum " +"tablete, trackball-uri, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1892,10 +2363,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placă de sunet</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit." +msgstr "" +"Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a " +"selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți " +"pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1904,22 +2378,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfață grafică</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/" +">." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1938,14 +2415,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după redemarare, din <application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non " +"liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după redemarare, din " +"<application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat " +"încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să supravegheze și acea interfață." +msgstr "" +"Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să " +"supravegheze și acea interfață." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1958,14 +2441,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un serviciu de proxy." +msgstr "" +"Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. " +"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un " +"serviciu de proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a " +"obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1980,14 +2468,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de securitate</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită pentru o utilizare o obișnuită." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în " +"majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită " +"pentru o utilizare o obișnuită." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare." +msgstr "" +"Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -1999,50 +2491,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Parafoc</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura." +msgstr "" +"Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și " +"escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul." +msgstr "" +"Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor " +"depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." +msgstr "" +"Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru a instala <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru " +"a instala <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de securitate" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2060,7 +2564,10 @@ msgstr "Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să al msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia." +msgstr "" +"După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de " +"securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de " +"Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2083,14 +2590,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Aici, un mediu (plural: medii) este o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic pe care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO." +msgstr "" +"Aici, un mediu (plural: medii) este o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/" +"sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic pe " +"care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2103,80 +2615,80 @@ msgstr "Mediile de instalare clasice" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caracteristici comune" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Aceste imagini ISO utilizează instalatorul tradițional numit drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la o versiune precedentă." +msgstr "" +"Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la " +"o versiune precedentă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială" +msgstr "" +"Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, " +"Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Fiecare DVD conține multe medii de birou și limbi disponibile." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați aplicațiile proprietare." +msgstr "" +"Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați aplicațiile " +"proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD arhitectură duală" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat." +msgstr "" +"Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută " +"automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utilizează doar mediul de birou Xfce." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Nu sînt disponibile toate limbile. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!" +msgstr "" +"Nu sînt disponibile toate limbile. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " +"pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare." @@ -2186,38 +2698,38 @@ msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mediile Live" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur." +msgstr "" +"Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala " +"și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Fiecare imagine ISO conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la versiunile precedente.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a " +"efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la " +"versiunile precedente.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare." @@ -2227,21 +2739,18 @@ msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "LiveCD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Doar limba engleză." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Doar 32 de biți." @@ -2251,8 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "Doar 32 de biți." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "LiveCD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME." @@ -2262,8 +2770,7 @@ msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "LiveDVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Toate limbile sînt prezente." @@ -2278,51 +2785,59 @@ msgstr "LiveDVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "CD-uri doar pentru demarat" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi drakx-installer-stage2 sau alte pachete necesare pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste pachete se pot afla pe discul calculatorului, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul " +"pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi drakx-installer-stage2 sau alte " +"pachete necesare pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste pachete se " +"pot afla pe discul calculatorului, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau " +"pe Internet." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB." +msgstr "" +"Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile " +"pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un " +"DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un " +"calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile proprietare." +msgstr "" +"Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile " +"proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru persoanele care au nevoie de ele." +msgstr "" +"Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru " +"persoanele care au nevoie de ele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 @@ -2337,30 +2852,43 @@ msgstr "Descărcare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul" +msgstr "" +"Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau " +"BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, " +"precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă " +"este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele. Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să încercați să-l mai descărcați odată. Apoi va apărea această fereastră:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului " +"ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele. Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost " +"calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din " +"nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați " +"descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, " +"ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să " +"încercați să-l mai descărcați odată. Apoi va apărea această fereastră:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2385,30 +2913,38 @@ msgstr "Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/" +"to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) " +"cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2420,7 +2956,10 @@ msgstr "Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO" msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau pusă pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să producă medie de pe care se poate demara." +msgstr "" +"Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau pusă " +"pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să " +"producă medie de pe care se poate demara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 @@ -2432,10 +2971,14 @@ msgstr "Inscripționarea imaginii ISO pe un CD/DVD" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că " +"este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</" +"emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai " +"multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2447,7 +2990,9 @@ msgstr "Puneți imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB" msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „puse” pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul." +msgstr "" +"Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „puse” pe o " +"cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2455,12 +3000,16 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "„punerea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acel dispozitiv; toate datele vor fi pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO." +msgstr "" +"„punerea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice " +"sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acel dispozitiv; toate datele vor fi " +"pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să reformatați cheia USB." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să reformatați cheia USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -2470,97 +3019,101 @@ msgstr "Utilizînd Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Deschideți o consolă" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de la final '-' )" +msgstr "" +"Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de " +"la final '-' )" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)" +msgstr "" +"Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau " +"gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go." +msgstr "" +"Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de " +"mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Unde X=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat." @@ -2585,7 +3138,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -2595,32 +3150,38 @@ msgstr "Instalarea Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" +"doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selectați țara / regiunea" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2628,14 +3189,20 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza rețelele fără fir." +msgstr "" +"Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri " +"de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. " +"Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza " +"rețelele fără fir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte " +"țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2644,7 +3211,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe care ați făcut-o." +msgstr "" +"Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după " +"ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima " +"listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe " +"care ați făcut-o." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2655,14 +3226,23 @@ msgstr "Metodă de intrare" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de " +"intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie " +"cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este " +"metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/" +"India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi " +"definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai " +"trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, " +"HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat " +"mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2670,7 +3250,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți accesa după redemararea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți " +"accesa după redemararea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -" +"> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2680,9 +3263,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare sau actualizare" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2693,7 +3278,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2706,7 +3293,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima versiune." +msgstr "" +"Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe " +"calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima " +"versiune." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2714,31 +3304,48 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era <emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era " +"<emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a " +"fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care " +"și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai " +"bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm " +"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție " +"a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul " +"nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem " +"inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să " +"reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți " +"întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a " +"limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> " +"faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2750,43 +3357,61 @@ msgstr "Tastatură" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură US." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a " +"găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură " +"US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. " +"Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile " +"sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că " +"există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și " +"aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și selectați-o de acolo." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe " +"<guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și " +"selectați-o de acolo." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</" +"guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea " +"tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți " +"ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura " +"selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2794,7 +3419,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între dispunerea latină și non-latină." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de " +"dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între " +"dispunerea latină și non-latină." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2807,38 +3435,53 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. <application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." +msgstr "" +"Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. " +"<application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul " +"instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după instalare." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, " +"pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să " +"utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le " +"adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după " +"instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." +msgstr "" +"Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din " +"ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea " +"indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." +msgstr "" +"Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este " +"recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2846,52 +3489,66 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor instalate." +msgstr "" +"Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi " +"dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii " +"dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor " +"instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." +msgstr "" +"Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control " +"Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selectați mausul" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul aici." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul " +"aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și " +"USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu șase sau mai multe butoane." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</" +"guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu " +"șase sau mai multe butoane." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2901,10 +3558,13 @@ msgstr "Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2912,84 +3572,108 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în acel moment." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe " +"butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de " +"sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în " +"acel moment." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Dacă ați ales <code>Grub 2</code> ca încărcător de sistem, nu puteți utiliza această unealtă pentru a edita intrările în această etapă, apăsați „Înainte”. Va trebui să editați manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> sau să utilizați <code>grub-customizer</code>." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați ales <code>Grub 2</code> ca încărcător de sistem, nu puteți utiliza " +"această unealtă pentru a edita intrările în această etapă, apăsați " +"„Înainte”. Va trebui să editați manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> " +"sau să utilizați <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." +msgstr "" +"Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca " +"intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o puteți redenumi în întregime." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o " +"puteți redenumi în întregime." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici o alegere la pornire." +msgstr "" +"Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici " +"o alegere la pornire." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." +msgstr "" +"Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu " +"încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor " +"aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest " +"caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem " +"existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3008,14 +3692,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR („Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." +msgstr "" +"Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR " +"(„Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. " +"Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le " +"adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus " +"de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3023,14 +3713,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." +msgstr "" +"Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt " +"suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute " +"dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." +msgstr "" +"Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 " +"care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3041,41 +3736,60 @@ msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a încărcătorului de sistem. " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va " +"trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și " +"să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă " +"încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a " +"încărcătorului de sistem. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de exemplu: sda7)." +msgstr "" +"Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie " +"sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția " +"rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de " +"exemplu: sda7)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel dispozitiv." +msgstr "" +"Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel " +"dispozitiv." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> " +"ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl" +"+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." +msgstr "" +"Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de " +"sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea " +"cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui " +"încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul " +"sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3086,48 +3800,56 @@ msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar " +"aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</" +"guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</" +"guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurare SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor." +msgstr "" +"În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai " +"vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin " +"urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce discuri SCSI aveți." +msgstr "" +"Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce " +"discuri SCSI aveți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3139,13 +3861,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX va putea atunci să le configureze corect." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurare sunet" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3153,7 +3877,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul." +msgstr "" +"Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru " +"placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3163,16 +3889,24 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci executați <command>draksound</command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a ecranului." +msgstr "" +"Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă " +"întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci executați <command>draksound</" +"command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), " +"alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic " +"pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a " +"ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați " +"pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> " +"pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3185,47 +3919,57 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. " +msgstr "" +"Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul " +"instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva " +"disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe " +"<guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmați formatarea discului dur" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de alegere." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de " +"alegere." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți " +"toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3243,34 +3987,51 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Dacă Mageia nu v-a convins sau nu ați putut să o instalați corect, pe scurt doriți să vă debarasați de ea. Aveți tot dreptul, iar Mageia vă oferă posibilitatea de a o dezinstala. Acest lucru nu este valabil pentru toate sistemele de operare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă Mageia nu v-a convins sau nu ați putut să o instalați corect, pe scurt " +"doriți să vă debarasați de ea. Aveți tot dreptul, iar Mageia vă oferă " +"posibilitatea de a o dezinstala. Acest lucru nu este valabil pentru toate " +"sistemele de operare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "După ce v-ați salvat datele, redemarați de pe DVD-ul Mageia și selectați „Recuperare sistem”, iar apoi „Restaurare încărcător de sistem Windows”. La următoarea redemarare veți avea numai Windows fără niciun alt meniu ca să vă alegeți sistemul de operare." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"După ce v-ați salvat datele, redemarați de pe DVD-ul Mageia și selectați " +"„Recuperare sistem”, iar apoi „Restaurare încărcător de sistem Windows”. La " +"următoarea redemarare veți avea numai Windows fără niciun alt meniu ca să vă " +"alegeți sistemul de operare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Pentru a recupera în Windows spațiul ocupat de partițiile Mageia, faceți clic pe <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> pentru a accesa gestionarea partițiilor. Veți recunoaște partițiile Mageia după eticheta <guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, dar și după mărimea și amplasamentul lor pe disc. Faceți clic pe una din aceste partiții și selectați <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. Spațiul va fi eliberat." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a recupera în Windows spațiul ocupat de partițiile Mageia, faceți " +"clic pe <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer " +"Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> pentru a accesa gestionarea " +"partițiilor. Veți recunoaște partițiile Mageia după eticheta " +"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, dar și după mărimea și amplasamentul lor pe " +"disc. Faceți clic pe una din aceste partiții și selectați <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. Spațiul va fi eliberat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Dacă utilizați Windows XP, puteți crea o partiție nouă și s-o formatați (FAT32 sau NTFS). Aceasta va primi o literă de partiție." +msgstr "" +"Dacă utilizați Windows XP, puteți crea o partiție nouă și s-o formatați " +"(FAT32 sau NTFS). Aceasta va primi o literă de partiție." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3278,6 +4039,12 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Dacă aveți Vista sau 7, mai aveți o posibilitate în plus, puteți extinde partiția existentă care se află în partea stîngă a spațiului liber. Mai sînt și alte unelte de partiționare care pot fi utilizate, precum gparted, disponibil pentru Windows și Linux. Ca de obicei, fiți foarte atenți cînd modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță pentru lucrurile importante." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți Vista sau 7, mai aveți o posibilitate în plus, puteți extinde " +"partiția existentă care se află în partea stîngă a spațiului liber. Mai sînt " +"și alte unelte de partiționare care pot fi utilizate, precum gparted, " +"disponibil pentru Windows și Linux. Ca de obicei, fiți foarte atenți cînd " +"modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță " +"pentru lucrurile importante." diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml index d76e5118..8cf6dd10 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul instalării.</para> </note></para> - <para>Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index e75048a4..ca1816aa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-15 00:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" "Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -167,19 +167,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous -#. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -428,17 +428,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Выберете точки монтированния" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -698,8 +698,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Настройка ваших служб" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -753,8 +753,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -1500,10 +1500,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Поздравляем" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text -#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" @@ -1563,10 +1563,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматирование" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -2070,10 +2070,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Обновления" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2117,9 +2117,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2243,18 +2243,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2605,8 +2605,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Уровень безопасности" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -3248,8 +3248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Выбор страны и региона" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3592,10 +3592,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3728,8 +3728,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3900,14 +3900,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Настройка SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3949,7 +3949,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Настройка звука" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4027,12 +4027,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml index 8abbbdb2..99ee0a81 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ выбранного вами варианта установки.</para> </note></para> - <para>Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -132,7 +132,5 @@ ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команды <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 87509507..6731cd9b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/">здесь</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Они используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx.</para> + <para>Эти ISO используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/">здесь</link>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Каждый DVD содержит любые доступные рабочие среды и языки.</para> + <para>Каждый DVD содержит многие доступные рабочие среды и языки.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на -жёсткий диск. Впрочем, если хочется, с помощью этого носителя можно -установить Mageia на ваш компьютер.</para> +жёсткий диск и опционально установить Mageia на ваш жёсткий диск. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME).</para> + <para>Каждый ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -200,16 +200,17 @@ uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Каждый из таких малых образов содержит данные, необходимые для работы -инсталлятора drakx и поиска файла ISO, с помощью которого можно продолжить и -завершить установку. Такие файлы образов ISO могут храниться на жёстком -диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети или в интернете.</para> + <para>Каждый из таких малых образов содержит минимум данных, необходимых для +работы инсталлятора drakx и поиска drakx-installer-stage2, и другие пакеты, +которые нужны для продолжения и завершения установки. Такие пакеты могут +находиться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети +или в интернете.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если -канал связи в сети слишком узкий для получения полноценного образа DVD, на -компьютерах без дисковода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать +канал связи в сети слишком узкий для загрузки полноценного образа DVD, на +компьютерах без привода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать систему с флэш-диска USB.</para> </listitem> @@ -270,7 +271,8 @@ uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!</para> вы попросите соответствующую программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное число на основе загруженного файла, то будет получено то же число (это означает что данные были загружены должным образом) или другое число -(следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). Вы увидите нечто:</para> +(следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). При несовпадении чисел +вам следует заново скачать образ. Вы увидите нечто:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -321,7 +323,7 @@ Mageia</link>.</para> <title>Запись образа ISO на USB флешку</title> <para>Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на -USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки или установки системы.</para> +USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки и установки системы.</para> <warning> <para>В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой @@ -378,9 +380,9 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <para>Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=имя Вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc Пример команды: # -<userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Где X=имя вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Например: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -419,4 +421,4 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">вики Mageia</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 03b75a44..7fad666e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,36 +1,43 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>Если вами был выбран загрузчик <code>Grub 2</code>, то вы не сможете +воспользоваться этим инструментом для редактирования записей на следующем +шаге после нажатия кнопки «Далее». Вам следует воспользоваться другим +графическим инструментом для редактирования, в частности +<code>kcm-grub2</code>, <code>grub-customizer</code>, или внести изменения в +<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> вручную.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке.</para> + <para>Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить название записи.</para> + <para>Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки.</para> -<warning><para>Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки -системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам -достоверно неизвестно их назначение.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки +системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам +достоверно неизвестно их назначение.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index 0ed901df..b090622d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# filip.komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Rok Kepa <rokkepa@gmail.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:12+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" -"language/sl/)\n" -"Language: sl\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n" -"%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Language: sl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -28,11 +28,9 @@ msgstr "Licenčna pogodba in opombe ob izdaji" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -42,39 +40,31 @@ msgstr "Licenčna pogodba" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite " -"licenčne pogoje." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite licenčne pogoje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo <application>Mageia</" -"application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo <application>Mageia</application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Za sprejem preprosto označite <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite " -"gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>." +msgstr "Za sprejem preprosto označite <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste " -"sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik " -"ponovno zagnal." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik ponovno zagnal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -86,9 +76,7 @@ msgstr "Opombe ob izdaji" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Za ogled novosti te izdaje <application>Mageje</application> kliknite gumb " -"<guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." +msgstr "Za ogled novosti te izdaje <application>Mageje</application> kliknite gumb <guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -101,26 +89,25 @@ msgstr "sl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Izbira virov (nastavitev dodatnih virov namestitve)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -149,29 +136,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -183,8 +172,8 @@ msgstr "Nastavite geslo skrbnika (uporabnika root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -229,8 +218,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -245,8 +234,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -282,7 +271,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dovoljenje dostopa lahko spremenite tudi po namestitvi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -333,8 +322,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -342,27 +331,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Izberite priklopne točke" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -382,8 +371,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -396,12 +385,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -422,9 +411,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -435,8 +424,8 @@ msgstr "Izbira namizja" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -452,9 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -473,15 +460,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Izbira skupin paketov" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -517,8 +503,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -526,61 +512,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Izbira posamičnih paketov" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavite vaše storitve" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -605,31 +589,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Nastavite vaš časovni pas" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -647,13 +628,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -677,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr "Proizvajalec" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ime vaše kartice" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 @@ -725,19 +703,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavitev grafične kartice in monitorja" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -746,11 +723,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -773,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Napačna frekvenca osveževanja lahko poškoduje vaš monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 @@ -788,11 +765,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -826,13 +803,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -843,9 +817,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -900,10 +874,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -914,41 +888,39 @@ msgstr "Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -991,11 +963,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1017,8 +987,8 @@ msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1029,8 +999,8 @@ msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor v razdelku za Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1083,8 +1053,8 @@ msgstr "Po meri" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1094,8 +1064,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1128,12 +1098,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 @@ -1142,11 +1113,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1156,8 +1124,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1170,24 +1138,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1195,34 +1163,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Čestitke" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1235,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 msgid "Enjoy!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uživajte" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:33 @@ -1249,20 +1214,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatiranje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1295,8 +1257,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1326,11 +1288,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 @@ -1339,21 +1298,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 @@ -1370,12 +1324,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1386,18 +1336,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1406,12 +1353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1469,12 +1412,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1491,12 +1430,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1509,12 +1444,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1533,42 +1464,41 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Postavitev tipkovnice je sedaj Ameriška" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Namestitveni koraki" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1586,8 +1516,8 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" @@ -1601,7 +1531,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " @@ -1609,14 +1540,15 @@ msgid "" "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1644,8 +1576,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1659,8 +1591,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1668,20 +1601,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Posodobitve" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 @@ -1708,27 +1643,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1743,8 +1677,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1752,11 +1686,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1768,8 +1702,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna namestitev" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1794,37 +1728,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1849,8 +1780,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Časovni pas</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1894,8 +1825,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1959,8 +1890,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1971,7 +1902,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1982,11 +1914,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2030,8 +1961,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2047,8 +1978,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2090,9 +2021,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2100,18 +2032,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Stopnja varnosti" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2157,8 +2086,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2172,12 +2101,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2186,26 +2117,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2216,26 +2151,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2245,33 +2184,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2281,18 +2225,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2302,7 +2249,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2312,7 +2260,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2327,16 +2276,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2349,7 +2301,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2361,7 +2314,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2381,28 +2335,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2411,11 +2362,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 @@ -2435,33 +2383,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2485,8 +2430,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2522,8 +2468,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2531,82 +2477,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2635,22 +2587,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Minimalna namestitev" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2658,18 +2610,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2682,8 +2631,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2704,13 +2653,13 @@ msgstr "Način vnosa" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2729,11 +2678,9 @@ msgstr "Namestitev ali nadgradnja" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2765,30 +2712,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2806,36 +2753,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2866,24 +2812,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2914,18 +2858,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2937,8 +2880,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2955,15 +2898,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2978,20 +2917,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 @@ -3025,31 +2961,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3103,16 +3039,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3125,8 +3061,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3134,8 +3070,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3148,9 +3084,9 @@ msgstr "Napredne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3158,28 +3094,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3198,9 +3135,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavitve zvoka" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3230,14 +3167,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Napredno" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:44 @@ -3259,20 +3197,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3284,8 +3221,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3310,20 +3247,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3339,39 +3276,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Možnosti namestitve" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Možnosti jedra" +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index ae0812fb..59ac5ab6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 @@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"sq/)\n" -"Language: sq\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sq/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: sq\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -28,53 +27,43 @@ msgstr "Licenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Licenca e pajtueshmërisë" +msgstr "Licenca e Pajtueshmërisë" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e " -"licencës me kujdes." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e licencës me kujdes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia </" -"application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të vazhdojë." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë shpërndarjet <application>Mageia</application> dhe duhet të pranohen para se mund të vazhdohet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj " -"klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>." +msgstr "Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel>Prano</guilabel> dhe pastaj klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për " -"kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin " -"tuaj." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -86,9 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Shënime lëshimi" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</" -"application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button." +msgstr "Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -101,32 +88,27 @@ msgstr "sq" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime " -"të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja " -"burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje " -"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." +msgstr "Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -146,40 +128,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me " -"zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të " -"menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me " -"URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS." +msgstr "Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin " -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -191,32 +171,20 @@ msgstr "Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</" -"application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim " -"administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> " -"në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës " -"së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të " -"fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një " -"fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në " -"kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni " -"shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato." +msgstr "Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një " -"përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera " -"në një fjalëkalim." +msgstr "Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera në një fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -229,40 +197,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-" -"përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, " -"përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër " -"përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij" +msgstr "Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë " -"ikonën e përdoruesve." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë ikonën e përdoruesve." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në " -"këtë kuti teksti." +msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në këtë kuti teksti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës " -"ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. " -"<emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. <emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -270,31 +227,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të " -"shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë " -"të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=" -"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e " -"përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të " -"njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të " -"lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi." +msgstr "Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -302,20 +250,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni " -"në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të " -"ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj." +msgstr "Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të " -"gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme " -"tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes." +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -323,11 +265,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të " -"dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në " -"<emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. " -"Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>." +msgstr "Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në <emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -345,11 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një " -"ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke " -"shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari " -"vizitor." +msgstr "Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari vizitor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -365,11 +299,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni " -"ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për " -"të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se " -"përdoruesit normal." +msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se përdoruesit normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -391,8 +321,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -400,27 +330,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Zgjidhni pikat montuese" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -435,53 +365,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</" -"literal> ndarje (root)." +msgstr "Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</literal> ndarje (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë " -"montimi\", \"Tipi\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë montimi\", \"Tipi\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut" -"\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të " -"ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/" -"shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë " -"pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju " -"doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për " -"<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për <literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës " -"montuese bosh." +msgstr "Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës montuese bosh." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -489,22 +405,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt " -"çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</" -"guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë " -"llojin e saj dhe madhësinë." +msgstr "Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë llojin e saj dhe madhësinë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi " -"<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të " -"formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -514,11 +423,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme " -"për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -526,19 +433,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të " -"paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin " -"<guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>" +msgstr "Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin <guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -550,30 +452,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose " -"<application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri " -"të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë " -"<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose " -"të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të " -"paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> " -"desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak " -"dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja." +msgstr "Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose <application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -582,12 +475,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet " -"në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, " -"megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në " -"dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi " -"ta." +msgstr "Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi ta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -609,50 +497,44 @@ msgstr "Mjedis Grafike." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar " -"manualisht ose hequr paketa." +msgstr "Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar manualisht ose hequr paketa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni " -"një instalim minimal." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni një instalim minimal." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Zgjidhni paketat individuale" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar " -"instalimin tuaj." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar instalimin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -660,35 +542,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju " -"ndezni sistemin tuaj." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju ndezni sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë " -"dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -700,9 +576,7 @@ msgstr "Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur " -"në kutinë info më poshtë." +msgstr "Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur në kutinë info më poshtë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -714,45 +588,36 @@ msgstr "Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt " -"me ju në të njëjtën kohë." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt me ju në të njëjtën kohë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike " -"për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni " -"se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -762,13 +627,10 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -782,9 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini " -"cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:" +msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -807,10 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo " -"nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund " -"të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg" +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -818,20 +675,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur " -"kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e " -"kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron " -"aftësitë themelore." +msgstr "Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron aftësitë themelore." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju " -"vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave." +msgstr "Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -839,37 +690,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të " -"jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet " -"e internetit të prodhuesit kartës." +msgstr "Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet e internetit të prodhuesit kartës." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të " -"hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas " -"rinisjes tuaj të parë." +msgstr "Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas rinisjes tuaj të parë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -878,31 +722,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) " -"ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë " -"të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të " -"quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</" -"acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" -"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë " -"mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. " -"Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</" -"application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja " -"është e gabuar." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja është e gabuar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën " -"tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -912,13 +744,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni " -"monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</" -"guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni " -"për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit " -"tuaj." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -930,9 +756,7 @@ msgstr "Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin " -"dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -940,29 +764,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë " -"duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë " -"parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse " -"parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet " -"do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin " -"e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa " -"testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e " -"sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të " -"zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -974,9 +788,7 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do " -"të identifikojë saktë tuajat." +msgstr "DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do të identifikojë saktë tuajat." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -985,22 +797,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të " -"dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni " -"diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të " -"konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit" +msgstr "<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1011,14 +816,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale " -"rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se " -"sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është " -"shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1039,9 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin " -"monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve." +msgstr "Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1053,9 +852,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Shitës</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini " -"cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:" +msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1076,17 +873,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo " -"është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të " -"përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të " -"përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë " -"konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si 1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1096,41 +887,39 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1138,10 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. " -"Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë " -"montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." +msgstr "Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1171,18 +957,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të " -"veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." +msgstr "Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1194,9 +976,7 @@ msgstr "Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në " -"përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin." +msgstr "Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1206,11 +986,9 @@ msgstr "Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do " -"të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1220,11 +998,9 @@ msgstr "Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, " -"instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1232,10 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj " -"të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të " -"jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!" +msgstr "Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1246,13 +1019,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet " -"të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në " -"mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-" -"fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në " -"ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë " -"e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." +msgstr "Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1267,9 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. " -"Kujdes!" +msgstr "Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. Kujdes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1277,10 +1042,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju " -"tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, " -"atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." +msgstr "Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1290,11 +1052,9 @@ msgstr "Personalizuar" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) " -"tuaja." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) tuaja." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1303,8 +1063,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1337,9 +1097,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shkurt 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1347,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 @@ -1362,13 +1123,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë " -"manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe " -"zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." +msgstr "Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1379,27 +1137,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1407,49 +1162,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Urime" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</" -"application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe " -"të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të " -"sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi " -"juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi." +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1461,29 +1206,24 @@ msgstr "Kënaquni!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni " -"në Mageia" +msgstr "Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni në Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Ndarjet" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1511,19 +1251,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të " -"klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në " -"<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</" -"guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni " -"për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj." +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Kur ju jeni të sigurt në lidhje me zgjedhjen, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1536,14 +1271,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse jeni të ri në GNU-Linux apo një përdorues me përvojë, instaluesi Mageia është projektuar për të ndihmuar të bëjë instalimin tuaj ose përditsimin sa më lehtë të jetë e mundur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meny ekranit fillestar ka opsione të ndryshme, gjithsesi i paracaktuaro do të fillojë instaluesin, i cili normalisht do të jetë gjithçka që ju do të keni nevojë." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1558,51 +1293,51 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ky është ekrani fillestar parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nga ky ekran i parë, është e mundur për të vendosur disa nga preferencat personale:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1617,8 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1677,8 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1696,8 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1711,8 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1732,8 +1463,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1744,8 +1476,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1756,30 +1488,24 @@ msgstr "Hapat e instalimit" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të " -"ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton " -"<guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, " -"opsionet." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton <guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, opsionet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin " -"shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm." +msgstr "Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1789,19 +1515,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e " -"mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. " -"Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, " -"kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë " -"mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me " -"gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju " -"doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl " -"Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar." +msgstr "Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1813,25 +1530,24 @@ msgstr "Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo " -"mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të " -"përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë." +msgstr "Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1847,12 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem " -"me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të " -"pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar " -"këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me " -"opsione të tjera të nevojshme." +msgstr "Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me opsione të tjera të nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1864,8 +1575,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1879,8 +1590,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1888,29 +1600,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Azhurnime" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa " -"duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar." +msgstr "Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1918,10 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të " -"instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni " -"këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet" +msgstr "Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1933,33 +1642,28 @@ msgstr "Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në " -"dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja " -"depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje " -"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." +msgstr "Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 @@ -1972,8 +1676,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1981,11 +1685,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1997,8 +1701,8 @@ msgstr "Instalim Minimal" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2023,37 +1727,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2078,8 +1779,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2123,8 +1824,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2166,9 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e " -"cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës." +msgstr "Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2190,8 +1889,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -2202,23 +1901,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2244,9 +1942,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës " -"tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu." +msgstr "Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2264,11 +1960,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit " -"për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2283,8 +1977,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2314,9 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të " -"jetë shumë e rrezikshme." +msgstr "Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të jetë shumë e rrezikshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 @@ -2328,9 +2020,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2338,18 +2031,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Niveli Sigurisë" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2395,8 +2085,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2410,12 +2100,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2426,24 +2118,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2454,26 +2150,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2483,33 +2183,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2519,18 +2224,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2540,7 +2248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2550,7 +2259,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2565,16 +2275,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2587,7 +2300,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2599,7 +2313,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2619,25 +2334,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2667,29 +2382,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2714,8 +2429,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2751,8 +2467,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2760,76 +2476,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2864,15 +2592,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2880,18 +2609,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2899,17 +2625,13 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha " -"llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në " -"vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet " -"Wireless." +msgstr "Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet Wireless." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2930,13 +2652,13 @@ msgstr "Metodë hyrëse" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2955,11 +2677,9 @@ msgstr "Instalo ose Azhurno" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2970,9 +2690,7 @@ msgstr "Instalo" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2993,30 +2711,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3034,36 +2752,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -3087,38 +2804,29 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për " -"kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë " -"përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj." +msgstr "Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin " -"tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni " -"butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të " -"jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -3149,18 +2857,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Zgjidh miun" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -3172,8 +2879,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3190,15 +2897,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3213,21 +2916,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 @@ -3261,31 +2960,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3339,16 +3038,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3361,8 +3060,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3370,8 +3069,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3384,9 +3083,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3394,28 +3093,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3436,15 +3136,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurimi zërit" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3468,8 +3166,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3497,20 +3196,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3522,8 +3220,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3548,20 +3246,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3577,6 +3275,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml index c12521fb..2853aec9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> <revhistory> <revision> - <date>February 2014</date> + <date>Shkurt 2014</date> <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> </revision> </revhistory> <cover> - <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <para role="tagline">Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <info> @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> <revhistory> <revision> - <date>February 2014</date> + <date>Shkurt 2014</date> <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> </revision> </revhistory> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml index 254b8eed..95e09abe 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit.</para> </note></para> - <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -131,7 +131,5 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index a76d11d6..06d0ee58 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml index 746d4293..fc87c980 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml @@ -47,18 +47,18 @@ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobje <section xml:id="license"> <info> - <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenca e pajtueshmërisë</title> + <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenca e Pajtueshmërisë</title> </info> <para>Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e licencës me kujdes.</para> - <para>Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia -</application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të -vazhdojë.</para> + <para>Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë shpërndarjet +<application>Mageia</application> dhe duhet të pranohen para se mund të +vazhdohet.</para> - <para>Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj -klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>.</para> + <para>Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel>Prano</guilabel> dhe pastaj +klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>.</para> <para>Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml index bc83df03..fdd76e9c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml @@ -39,6 +39,6 @@ klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj.</para> </tip> - <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">When you are confident about the selection, click on -<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Kur ju jeni të sigurt në lidhje me zgjedhjen, klikoni mbi +<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml b/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml index e2c5fe56..11308ace 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ <title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, instaluesi Mageia</title> </info> - <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia -Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as -possible.</para> + <para>Nëse jeni të ri në GNU-Linux apo një përdorues me përvojë, instaluesi Mageia +është projektuar për të ndihmuar të bëjë instalimin tuaj ose përditsimin sa +më lehtë të jetë e mundur.</para> @@ -33,33 +33,35 @@ possible.</para> If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These will be automatically detected and configured.</para> --> -<para>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will -start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need.</para> +<para>Meny ekranit fillestar ka opsione të ndryshme, gjithsesi i paracaktuaro do +të fillojë instaluesin, i cili normalisht do të jetë gjithçka që ju do të +keni nevojë.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Pamja Fillestare Instalimit</title> </info> - <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + <para>Ky është ekrani fillestar parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + <para>Nga ky ekran i parë, është e mundur për të vendosur disa nga preferencat +personale:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen -language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + <para>Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur +për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2</para> <para/> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + <para>Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter.</para> <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index f39ee3df..08e1f5a9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up.</para> -<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index df6629e2..6c67f7bc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-12 21:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"sv/)\n" +"Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Anteckningar för Licens och Utgåva" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +44,39 @@ msgstr "Licensavtal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar <application>Mageia</application>." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-" +"distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din dator att startas om." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du " +"tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din " +"dator att startas om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Noteringar för utgåva" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se " +"vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -90,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "sv" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Val av medier (konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." +msgstr "" +"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan " +"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en " +"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras " +"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -130,38 +148,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-installation." +msgstr "" +"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att " +"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser " +"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna " +"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller " +"din egen NFS-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -173,20 +194,29 @@ msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs (root) -lösenord:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla <application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat <emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem." +msgstr "" +"Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla " +"<application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat " +"<emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet " +"i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende " +"på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du " +"måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du " +"inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." +msgstr "" +"Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning " +"av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -199,29 +229,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella användaren gör med sin dator" +msgstr "" +"Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en " +"administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda " +"kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella " +"användaren gör med sin dator" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det att ändra användarens ikon." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det " +"att ändra användarens ikon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta fält." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta " +"fält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens " +"inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga " +"namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -229,22 +270,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för " +"din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar " +"styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i varje textfält." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i " +"detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i " +"varje textfält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." +msgstr "" +"Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att " +"ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -252,14 +301,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." +msgstr "" +"Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare " +"som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</" +"emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till en eller flera riktiga användare." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga " +"till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till " +"en eller flera riktiga användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -267,7 +322,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till " +"alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i " +"slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -285,7 +343,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto." +msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra " +"inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller " +"inaktivera ett gästkonto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -293,7 +354,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" +msgstr "" +"Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar " +"till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde " +"spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -301,7 +365,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller " +"inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och " +"använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -309,7 +376,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, Dash och Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra " +"skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, " +"Dash och Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -317,42 +387,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du " +"lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad " +"du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också " +"ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet " +"vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Välj monteringspunkterna" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -360,46 +436,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra monteringspunkterna." +msgstr "" +"Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte " +"håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra " +"monteringspunkterna." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</literal> (root)-partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</" +"literal> (root)-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", " +"\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], \"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], " +"\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och <literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din Cauldron-installation<literal/>." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i " +"rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och " +"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, " +"exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina " +"filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din " +"Cauldron-installation<literal/>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för monteringspunkten blank." +msgstr "" +"För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för " +"monteringspunkten blank." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -407,15 +500,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och storlek." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, " +"och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I " +"skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och " +"storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera " +"partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -425,9 +525,11 @@ msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera ditt val." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera " +"ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -435,14 +537,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på <guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" +msgstr "" +"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket " +"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på " +"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -454,21 +561,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." +msgstr "" +"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med " +"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> " +"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än " +"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre " +"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Val av paketgrupp" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -477,7 +592,10 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem." +msgstr "" +"Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver " +"för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information " +"för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -499,74 +617,91 @@ msgstr "Grafisk miljö." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt lägga till eller ta bort paket." +msgstr "" +"Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt " +"lägga till eller ta bort paket." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man gör en minimal installation." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man " +"gör en minimal installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Välj individuella paket" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din " "installation." -msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-" +"ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att " +"spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för " +"att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma " +"knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt " "system." -msgstr "Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att " +"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -590,36 +725,45 @@ msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma tidszon." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma " +"tidszon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal " +"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är " +"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -629,24 +773,31 @@ msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet " +"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -669,7 +820,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu " +"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en " +"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -677,14 +831,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande kapaciteter." +msgstr "" +"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen " +"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt " +"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller " +"grundläggande kapaciteter." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." +msgstr "" +"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du " +"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -692,30 +852,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida." +msgstr "" +"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket " +"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från " +"kortets tillverkares hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart." +msgstr "" +"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du " +"borde göra detta efter din första omstart." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -724,19 +890,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att <application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att valet är inkorrekt." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du " +"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så " +"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-" +"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</" +"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan " +"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-" +"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att " +"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att " +"valet är inkorrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från listan om det behövs." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från " +"listan om det behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -746,7 +923,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från " +"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</" +"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt " +"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -758,7 +940,9 @@ msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad " +"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -766,19 +950,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte " +"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina " +"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina " +"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer " +"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till " +"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills " +"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra " +"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att " +"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -790,7 +984,9 @@ msgstr "Att välja din skärm" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -799,15 +995,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som följde med din bildskärm." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din " +"bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet " +"vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som " +"följde med din bildskärm." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -818,10 +1021,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer visas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den " +"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den " +"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras " +"och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer " +"visas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -830,7 +1038,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm." +msgstr "" +"Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp " +"med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, " +"då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning " +"och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -842,7 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från databasen över skärmar." +msgstr "" +"Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från " +"databasen över skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -854,7 +1068,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket " +"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -875,11 +1091,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som 1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara " +"datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-" +"drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en " +"gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -889,47 +1110,64 @@ msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste " +"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. " +"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE " +"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." +msgstr "" +"Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa " +"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och " +"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det är tre stycken." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan " +"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det " +"är tre stycken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på den valda lagringsenheten" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på " +"den valda lagringsenheten" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den eller töm den." +msgstr "" +"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan " +"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den " +"eller töm den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -952,21 +1190,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." +msgstr "" +"På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur " +"partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</" +"application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." +msgstr "" +"Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på " +"layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -978,7 +1223,9 @@ msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner blivit hittade och får användas för installation." +msgstr "" +"Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner " +"blivit hittade och får användas för installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -988,9 +1235,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymme" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda det till din nya installation av Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda " +"det till din nya installation av Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1000,9 +1249,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymmer på en Windows-partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan " +"installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1010,7 +1261,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" +msgstr "" +"Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-" +"installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du " +"har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1021,7 +1275,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer." +msgstr "" +"Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. " +"Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt " +"när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte " +"är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att " +"användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga " +"filer." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1036,7 +1296,9 @@ msgstr "Detta alternativ kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta försiktighet!" +msgstr "" +"Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta " +"försiktighet!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1044,7 +1306,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så ska du inte använda detta alternativ." +msgstr "" +"Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat " +"eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så " +"ska du inte använda detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1054,9 +1319,11 @@ msgstr "Anpassad" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/a disk/ar." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/" +"a disk/ar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1065,10 +1332,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med följande inställningar:" +msgstr "" +"En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den " +"föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig " +"hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del " +"SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår " +"att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt " +"partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med " +"följande inställningar:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1084,7 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1101,8 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1125,10 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen." +msgstr "" +"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna " +"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val " +"du gör under installationen." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1139,64 +1416,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " +"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Grattis" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att starta om din dator." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</" +"application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att " +"starta om din dator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan " +"operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din " +"Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1208,43 +1504,54 @@ msgstr "Njut!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till " +"Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formaterar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering kommer att sparas." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på " +"partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering " +"kommer att sparas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner " +"som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1253,14 +1560,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." +msgstr "" +"Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på " +"<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> " +"och sedan på <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till " +"huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att " +"fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1273,14 +1586,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så enkel som möjligt." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias " +"installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så " +"enkel som möjligt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver." +msgstr "" +"Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att " +"starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1295,15 +1613,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" +msgstr "" +"Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1314,19 +1634,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga inställningar." +msgstr "" +"Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga " +"inställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" +msgstr "" +"Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket " +"för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1337,15 +1663,20 @@ msgstr "Använd pil-tangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Retur." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en " +"Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: " +"<guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och " +"<guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1354,8 +1685,10 @@ msgstr "Ändra upplösning genom att trycka på F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1368,7 +1701,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra poster:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom " +"att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som " +"visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra " +"poster:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1380,28 +1717,36 @@ msgstr "- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på bekostnad av prestanda." +msgstr "" +"- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på " +"bekostnad av prestanda." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering beaktas." +msgstr "" +"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering " +"beaktas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." +msgstr "" +"- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det " +"handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." +msgstr "" +"När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra " +"standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1409,12 +1754,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas dock ändå." +msgstr "" +"I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med " +"F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas " +"dock ändå." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1427,12 +1777,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." +msgstr "" +"Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj " +"något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller " +"tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1441,12 +1796,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja <guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja " +"<guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till " +"listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden " +"med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1458,17 +1819,22 @@ msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med F2-tangenten." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." +msgstr "" +"Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen " +"nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns " +"beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen " +"nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1478,9 +1844,11 @@ msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1490,24 +1858,29 @@ msgstr "Installationsstegen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i sidopanelen på skärmen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i " +"sidopanelen på skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha <guibutton>Avancerat</" +"guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare information om det nuvarande steget." +msgstr "" +"De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare " +"information om det nuvarande steget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1517,10 +1890,18 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." +msgstr "" +"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa " +"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en " +"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli " +"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan " +"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på " +"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner " +"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " +"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1532,25 +1913,32 @@ msgstr "Problem vid installation och möjliga lösningar" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." +msgstr "" +"Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända " +"med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att " +"skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: \"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter installationen i textläge." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt " +"gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad " +"installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och " +"bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: " +"\"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter " +"installationen i textläge." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1565,7 +1953,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra alternativ om nödvändigt." +msgstr "" +"Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem " +"med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska " +"hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, " +"skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra " +"alternativ om nödvändigt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1577,9 +1970,13 @@ msgstr "RAM-problem" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera " +"tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. " +"ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1592,39 +1989,43 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format " +"i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. " +"Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande " +"disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uppdateringar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." +msgstr "" +"Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har " +"några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1632,7 +2033,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj <guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är ansluten till internet" +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj " +"<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är " +"ansluten till internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1644,55 +2048,71 @@ msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i nästkommande steg." +msgstr "" +"Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga " +"beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv " +"bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i " +"nästkommande steg." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att det innehåller basen för distributionen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att " +"det innehåller basen för distributionen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även firmware till olika WiFi-kort." +msgstr "" +"Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. " +"Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd " +"källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv " +"patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även " +"firmware till olika WiFi-kort." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är " +"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i " +"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar " +"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1703,9 +2123,11 @@ msgstr "Minimal installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för " +"paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1714,14 +2136,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för " +"sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en " +"specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta " +"tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig " +"ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1729,34 +2158,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1765,7 +2197,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de " +"val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla " +"inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka " +"Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1781,9 +2217,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan " +"ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></" +"xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1795,7 +2234,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar " +"till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1826,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-mapp</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-" +"mapp</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1840,14 +2283,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa arbetsuppgifter." +msgstr "" +"Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. " +"Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa " +"arbetsuppgifter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." +msgstr "" +"Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan " +"förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1869,7 +2317,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." +msgstr "" +"Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras " +"på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1881,7 +2331,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor etc." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor " +"etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1891,10 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. " +"Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin " +"för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1903,9 +2358,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1915,10 +2370,11 @@ msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>. #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1937,14 +2393,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat Nonfree-medierna." +msgstr "" +"Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner " +"som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i " +"<application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat " +"Nonfree-medierna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att kolla detta gränssnitt också." +msgstr "" +"När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg " +"att kolla detta gränssnitt också." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1957,14 +2419,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst." +msgstr "" +"En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna " +"sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en " +"proxytjänst." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som du behöver ange här" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som " +"du behöver ange här" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1979,9 +2446,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är " +"standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1998,50 +2467,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." +msgstr "" +"En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och " +"rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är beroende på vad du använder din dator till." +msgstr "" +"Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är " +"beroende på vad du använder din dator till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." +msgstr "" +"Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partitionen" +msgstr "" +"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>-partitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra " +"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2052,14 +2533,18 @@ msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" +"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera " +"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia " +"Control Center." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2082,14 +2567,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Här är ett medium (plural: media) en ISO-avbild som du kan använda för att installera och/eller uppgradera Mageia till den fysiska hårdvaran som ISO-filen kopieras till." +msgstr "" +"Här är ett medium (plural: media) en ISO-avbild som du kan använda för att " +"installera och/eller uppgradera Mageia till den fysiska hårdvaran som ISO-" +"filen kopieras till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2102,80 +2592,79 @@ msgstr "Klassiska installtionsmedier" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Vanliga funktioner" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "De här ISO-filerna använder den traditionella installeraren, drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version." +msgstr "" +"De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "Dvd" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara." +msgstr "" +"Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, " +"minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Varje DVD innehåller många skrivbordsmiljöer och srpåk" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Du kommer under installationen att få välja att lägga till icke-fri programvara." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer under installationen att få välja att lägga till icke-fri " +"programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD för multiarkitektur" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma medium, valet görs automatiskt enligt identifierad processor." +msgstr "" +"Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma medium, valet görs automatiskt enligt " +"identifierad processor." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Använder endast Xfce-skrivbordsmiljö." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Alla språk är inte tillgängliga. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) SKA KONTROLLERAS!" +msgstr "" +"Alla språk är inte tillgängliga. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " +"pt, ru, sv, uk) SKA KONTROLLERAS!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara." @@ -2185,38 +2674,38 @@ msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live media" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den." +msgstr "" +"Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den " +"på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Varje ISO innehåller enbart en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare version.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren " +"installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare " +"version.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara." @@ -2226,21 +2715,18 @@ msgstr "De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Enbart det engelska språket." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars." @@ -2250,8 +2736,7 @@ msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." @@ -2261,8 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alla språk finns med." @@ -2277,51 +2761,56 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Endast bootbar CD-media" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Var och en är en liten avbild som endast innehåller det som behövs för att starta drakx-installeraren och att hitta drakx-installer-stage2, och andra paket som behövs för att fortsätta och slutföra installationen. Dessa paket kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Var och en är en liten avbild som endast innehåller det som behövs för att " +"starta drakx-installeraren och att hitta drakx-installer-stage2, och andra " +"paket som behövs för att fortsätta och slutföra installationen. Dessa paket " +"kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara när bandbredden är för låg för att ladda ner en hel DVD, en PC utan DVD-spelare eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne." +msgstr "" +"Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara när " +"bandbredden är för låg för att ladda ner en hel DVD, en PC utan DVD-spelare " +"eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Innehåller endast gratis mjukvara, för de som inte vill använda icke-fri." +msgstr "" +"Innehåller endast gratis mjukvara, för de som inte vill använda icke-fri." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Innehåller icke-fri mjukvara (för det mesta drivrutiner och codecs) för de som behöver det." +msgstr "" +"Innehåller icke-fri mjukvara (för det mesta drivrutiner och codecs) för de " +"som behöver det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 @@ -2336,30 +2825,43 @@ msgstr "Hämtar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "När du har valt ISO-fil kan du ladda ner den genom antingen http eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen visas ett fönster med information om vilken spegel som används och möjligheten att ändra om hastigheten är låg. Om http är vald så kan du även se något av följande" +msgstr "" +"När du har valt ISO-fil kan du ladda ner den genom antingen http eller " +"BitTorrent. I båda fallen visas ett fönster med information om vilken spegel " +"som används och möjligheten att ändra om hastigheten är låg. Om http är vald " +"så kan du även se något av följande" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten av en ISO-fil. Använd bara en av dem. Bådas hexadecimala värden har beräknats av en algoritm från filen som laddats ner. När du ber algoritmen att räkna om dessa värden gentemot din nerladdade fil så kommer du antingen att ha samma värde vilket innebär att din fil är korrekt, eller så skiljer sig värdena och då är din fil felaktig. Ett misslyckande innebär att du måste ladda ner filen igen och då visas det här fönstret:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten " +"av en ISO-fil. Använd bara en av dem. Bådas hexadecimala värden har " +"beräknats av en algoritm från filen som laddats ner. När du ber algoritmen " +"att räkna om dessa värden gentemot din nerladdade fil så kommer du antingen " +"att ha samma värde vilket innebär att din fil är korrekt, eller så skiljer " +"sig värdena och då är din fil felaktig. Ett misslyckande innebär att du " +"måste ladda ner filen igen och då visas det här fönstret:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2384,30 +2886,38 @@ msgstr "Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/" +"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/" +"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) " +"med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2419,7 +2929,10 @@ msgstr "Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen." msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Den kontrollerade ISOn kan nu brännas på en CD eller DVD, eller dumpas på ett USB-minne. Det är inte en enkel kopiering utan ämnar att skapa ett startbart media." +msgstr "" +"Den kontrollerade ISOn kan nu brännas på en CD eller DVD, eller dumpas på " +"ett USB-minne. Det är inte en enkel kopiering utan ämnar att skapa ett " +"startbart media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 @@ -2431,10 +2944,13 @@ msgstr "Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är korrekt inställd för att <emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller filer är inte rätt. Det finns mer information <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">på Mageias wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är korrekt inställd " +"för att <emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data " +"eller filer är inte rätt. Det finns mer information <link ns4:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">på Mageias wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2446,7 +2962,9 @@ msgstr "Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne" msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Alla Mageias ISO-filer är hybrider, dvs. du kan \"dumpa\" dem på ett USB-minne och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet." +msgstr "" +"Alla Mageias ISO-filer är hybrider, dvs. du kan \"dumpa\" dem på ett USB-" +"minne och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2454,7 +2972,10 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "Att \"dumpa\" en avbild på ett USB-minne förstör det filsystem som finns på enheten. All data kommer att gå förlorad och partitionens storlek blir reducerad till avbildens storlek." +msgstr "" +"Att \"dumpa\" en avbild på ett USB-minne förstör det filsystem som finns på " +"enheten. All data kommer att gå förlorad och partitionens storlek blir " +"reducerad till avbildens storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 @@ -2469,97 +2990,101 @@ msgstr "Använda Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öppna en konsol" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Bli root med följande kommando: <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte '-' i slutet)" +msgstr "" +"Bli root med följande kommando: <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte '-' i " +"slutet)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller filhanterare som kan läsa det)" +msgstr "" +"Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller " +"filhanterare som kan läsa det)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB." +msgstr "" +"Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/" +"sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Där X=ditt enhetsnamn t. ex. /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Exempl: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Exempl: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart." @@ -2584,7 +3109,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -2594,32 +3121,38 @@ msgstr "Installera Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" +"doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Mer information finns på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageias wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Mer information finns på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">Mageias wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Välj ditt land / region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2627,14 +3160,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." +msgstr "" +"Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av " +"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel " +"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</" +"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2643,7 +3181,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt riktiga val så ignorera detta.." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> " +"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som " +"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt " +"riktiga val så ignorera detta.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2654,14 +3196,24 @@ msgstr "Inmatningsmetod" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av paket." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en " +"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare " +"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). " +"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien " +"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska " +"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så " +"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra " +"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander " +"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av " +"paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2669,7 +3221,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via \"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake som root." +msgstr "" +"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du " +"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via " +"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake " +"som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2679,9 +3235,11 @@ msgstr "Installation eller Uppgradering" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2692,7 +3250,9 @@ msgstr "Installera" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-" +"installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2705,7 +3265,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av dem till den senaste utgåvan." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på " +"ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av " +"dem till den senaste utgåvan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2713,31 +3276,48 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som <emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som " +"<emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes " +"har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som " +"har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren " +"installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa " +"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en " +"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli " +"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan " +"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på " +"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner " +"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " +"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från \"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta senare i installationen." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från " +"\"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka " +"ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta " +"senare i installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2749,43 +3329,62 @@ msgstr "Tangentbord" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout." +msgstr "" +"DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande " +"tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk " +"layout." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. " +"Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera " +"specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en " +"datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar " +"om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på <guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt tangentbord där." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt " +"tangentbord där." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</" +"guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och " +"det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan " +"säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt " +"tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2793,7 +3392,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer " +"du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan " +"Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2806,38 +3408,53 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val under installationen och för ditt installerade system." +msgstr "" +"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din " +"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val " +"under installationen och för ditt installerade system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter installationen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i " +"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du " +"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem " +"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter " +"installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." +msgstr "" +"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som " +"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt " +"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det " +"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2845,52 +3462,64 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." +msgstr "" +"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i " +"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. " +"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -" +"> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Välj mus" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-möss</guilabel> ett bra val." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-" +"möss</guilabel> ett bra val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler knappar." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> " +"för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler " +"knappar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2900,10 +3529,13 @@ msgstr "Lägg till eller modifiera en post för uppstartsmenyn" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2911,84 +3543,107 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att " +"klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av " +"starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Om du har du valt <code>Grub 2</code> som din starthanterare så kan du inte använda det här verktyget för att ändra poster i detta steg, klick på 'Nästa'. Du behöver manuellt redigera <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> eller istället använda <code>grub-customizer</code>." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Om du har du valt <code>Grub 2</code> som din starthanterare så kan du inte " +"använda det här verktyget för att ändra poster i detta steg, klick på " +"'Nästa'. Du behöver manuellt redigera <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> " +"eller istället använda <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard." +msgstr "" +"Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och " +"markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det helt." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det " +"helt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett val vid uppstart." +msgstr "" +"Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett " +"val vid uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." +msgstr "" +"Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var " +"snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är " +"automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." +msgstr "" +"Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du " +"välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller " +"tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3007,14 +3662,19 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." +msgstr "" +"Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master " +"Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem " +"installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med GRUB legacy och Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med " +"GRUB legacy och Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3022,14 +3682,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB (legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare används." +msgstr "" +"Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB " +"(legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare " +"används." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." +msgstr "" +"Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är " +"tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3040,41 +3705,56 @@ msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du " +"komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på " +"knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig " +"att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen tidigare, t. ex. sda7." +msgstr "" +"Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga " +"MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen " +"tidigare, t. ex. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." +msgstr "" +"För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 tar dig tillbaka till installationen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att " +"kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " +"tar dig tillbaka till installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." +msgstr "" +"Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig " +"starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det " +"att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga " +"till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3085,48 +3765,57 @@ msgstr "Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd fritt utrymme." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> " +"partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid " +"varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd " +"fritt utrymme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Ställ in SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda och kan därför inte känna igen disken." +msgstr "" +"DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre " +"SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda " +"och kan därför inte känna igen disken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du har." +msgstr "" +"Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du " +"har." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3138,13 +3827,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX bör då kunna konfigurera disken korrekt." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3152,7 +3843,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan." +msgstr "" +"På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde " +"för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3162,16 +3855,22 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan." +msgstr "" +"Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen " +"stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta " +"verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken " +"<guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</" +"guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3184,47 +3883,57 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har valt en felaktig drivrutin." +msgstr "" +"Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under " +"installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där " +"är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har " +"valt en felaktig drivrutin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på <guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på " +"<guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken " +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla " +"partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3242,34 +3951,51 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Om Mageia inte lyckats övertyga dig eller om du inte kan installera det ordentligt, kort och gott så vill du ta bort det. Det är så klart din rätt och Mageia ger dig även möjlighet att avinstallera. Något som inte kan sägas för alla operativsystem." +msgstr "" +"Om Mageia inte lyckats övertyga dig eller om du inte kan installera det " +"ordentligt, kort och gott så vill du ta bort det. Det är så klart din rätt " +"och Mageia ger dig även möjlighet att avinstallera. Något som inte kan sägas " +"för alla operativsystem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Efter att du säkerhetskopierat din data, starta med Mageias DVD och välj Rescue system, välj sedan att återställa Windows boot loader. Vid nästa uppstart kommer du bara att ha Windows utan möjlighet att välja ditt operativsystem." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du säkerhetskopierat din data, starta med Mageias DVD och välj " +"Rescue system, välj sedan att återställa Windows boot loader. Vid nästa " +"uppstart kommer du bara att ha Windows utan möjlighet att välja ditt " +"operativsystem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "För att återfå utrymme som användes av Mageia i Windows, klicka på <code>Start -> Kontrollpanelen -> Administrationsverktyg -> Datorhantering -> Lagring -> Diskhantering</code> för att komma åt partitionshanteringen. Du känner igen Mageias partitioner eftersom de är märkta som <guilabel>Okänd</guilabel>, samt dess storlek och placering på disken. Högerklicka på varje en av dessa partitioner och välj <guibutton>Ta bort volym</guibutton>. Utrymmet kommer att frigöras." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"För att återfå utrymme som användes av Mageia i Windows, klicka på " +"<code>Start -> Kontrollpanelen -> Administrationsverktyg -> Datorhantering -" +"> Lagring -> Diskhantering</code> för att komma åt partitionshanteringen. Du " +"känner igen Mageias partitioner eftersom de är märkta som <guilabel>Okänd</" +"guilabel>, samt dess storlek och placering på disken. Högerklicka på varje " +"en av dessa partitioner och välj <guibutton>Ta bort volym</guibutton>. " +"Utrymmet kommer att frigöras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Om du använder Windows XP kan du skapa en ny partition och formatera den (FAT32 eller NTFS). Den blir tilldelad en enhetsbokstav." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder Windows XP kan du skapa en ny partition och formatera den " +"(FAT32 eller NTFS). Den blir tilldelad en enhetsbokstav." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3277,6 +4003,11 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Om du har Vista eller 7 har du ytterligare ett val, du kan utvidga existerande partition som finns till vänster om det lediga utrymmet. Det finns andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted som finns för både Windows och Linus. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har säkerhetskopierats." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Om du har Vista eller 7 har du ytterligare ett val, du kan utvidga " +"existerande partition som finns till vänster om det lediga utrymmet. Det " +"finns andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted som finns för både " +"Windows och Linus. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara " +"väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har säkerhetskopierats." diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml index a1fe0ae3..cc780184 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen.</para> </note></para> - <para>Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml index adeeecfa..0af2fba7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize bağlıdır.</para> </note></para> - <para>Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index aaed94ce..f873b0bc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Açıklama</title> - <para>Mageia kurmaya ve/veya yükseltmeye olanak sağlayan bir ISO imaj dosyası ve -buna bağlı olarak ISO dosyasının kopyalandığı herhangi bir fiziksel desteğe -ortam diyoruz.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>Ortamları <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">burada</link> bulabilirsiniz.</para> @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ bulabilirsiniz.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Drakx olarak adlandırılan geleneksel yükleyiciyi kullanırlar.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -50,12 +50,11 @@ araçları mevcuttur.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Her DVD, masaüstü ortamlarından ve dillerden her birini içermektedir.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Kurulum sırasında özgür olmayan yazılım ekleme veya eklememe seçeneği -verilecektir.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -65,17 +64,17 @@ verilecektir.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Her iki mimari de aynı ortam üzerindedir ve mimari seçimi CPU saptamasına -göre otomatik olarak yapılmaktadır.</para> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız Xfce masaüstü.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız bir kaç dil (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -KONTROL EDİLECEKTİR!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -93,16 +92,17 @@ KONTROL EDİLECEKTİR!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Sabit disk üzerine kurmadan önizleme için kullanılabilir ve isteğe bağlı -olarak sabit diskiniz üzerine kurulabilir. </para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO, sadece tek bir masaüstü ortamını içerir (KDE veya GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Özgür olmayan yazılım içerirler.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız 32 bit.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız 32 bit.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -184,34 +184,35 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Sadece kurulum CD'leri</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Ortak özellikler</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Her biri, kurulumu başlatmak ve tamamlamak için ISO dosyasını bulma ve drakx -yükleyiciyi başlatma dışında başka bir şey içermeyen küçük bir imaj -dosyasıdır. Bu ISO dosyaları PC üzerindeki sabit diskte, yerel sürücüde, -yerel ağ'da veya internet üzerine olabilir.</para> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Bu ortamlar çok küçüktür (100 Mb'dan daha az) ve bant genişliği tam bir -DVD'yi indirmek için çok küçük olduğunda, ayrıca DVD sürücü içermeyen veya -USB bellekten önyükleme yapılamayan PC'lerde kullanmak için çok uygundur.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -225,8 +226,8 @@ USB bellekten önyükleme yapılamayan PC'lerde kullanmak için çok uygundur.</ <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız özgür yazılım içerir ve özgür olmayan yazılımları kullanmayı rededen -kişiler içindir.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -236,8 +237,8 @@ kişiler içindir.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Özgür olmayan yazılımları içerir (çoğunlukla sürücüler, kodekler...) ve bu -yazılımlara ihtiyacı olan kişiler içindir.</para> + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -245,27 +246,27 @@ yazılımlara ihtiyacı olan kişiler içindir.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Ortam indirme ve kontrol etme</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>İndirme</title> - <para>ISO dosyanızı seçtiğinizde, http veya BitTorrent kullanarak dosyanızı -indirebilirsiniz. Her iki durumda da, kullanılan yansı ve eğer bant -genişliği düşükse onu değiştirme imkanı gibi bazı bilgiler içeren bir -pencere açılır. Eğer http seçilirse, şöyle birşey görebilirsiniz</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum ve sha1sum ISO bütünlüğünü kontrol edecek araçlardır. ISO bütünlüğünü -kontrol için bu araçlardan yalnız birini kullanmanız yeterlidir. Her iki -onaltılı numara da indirilen dosyadan bir algoritma ile -hesaplanır. İndirdiğiniz dosya için bir sorgulama yaptığınızda verilen -numara ile indirdiğiniz dosya numarası aynı ise indirdiğiniz dosya -doğrudur. Aynı değilse indirdiğiniz dosya hatalıdır. Bu durumda pencere -şöyle görünür:</para> + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -299,33 +300,33 @@ imaj/dosyasının/bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>.</para> <section> <title>ISO yakma veya atma</title> - <para>Kontrol edilmiş ISO artık CD ve DVD üzerine yakılabilir veya bir USB bellek -üzerine atılabilir. Bu işlemler basit bir kopyalama değildir, -çalıştırılabilir bir ortam amaçlanmaktadır.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>CD/DVD üzerine ISO yazma</title> - - <para>İstediğiniz bir yakma programını kullanabilirsiniz fakat yakma aygıtınızı -<emphasis role="bold">kalıbı yaz</emphasis> olarak ayarladığınıza emin -olun. Aksi halde veri veya dosya olarak yazmak doğru sonucu -vermeyecektir. Daha fazla bilgi için <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia -wiki'ye bakınız</link>.</para> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. There is more information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>USB bellek üzerine ISO atma</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>Tüm Mageia ISO'ları hibrittir dolayısıyla USB bellek üzerine atıp, sistemi -kurmak için kullanabilirsiniz. </para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>Flash aygıt üzerine imaj "atma" işlemi bölümlemedeki önceki dosya sistemini -tahrip eder; veriler kaybolur ve bölümleme kapasitesi imaj boyutuna iner.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>Orjinal kapasiteye dönmek için USB belleği biçimlendirmek zorundasınız.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Mageia kullanarak</title> @@ -342,7 +343,8 @@ gibi grafiksel bir araç kullanabilirsiniz.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><userinput>su -</userinput> komutu ile root olun (- işaretini unutmayın)</para> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -350,8 +352,8 @@ gibi grafiksel bir araç kullanabilirsiniz.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>USB belleğinizi takın ( ama bağlamayın, yani bellek üzerindeki herhangi bir -uygulamayı veya dosyayı açmayın, hatta içine bile bakmayın)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -371,9 +373,9 @@ görüntüsündeki 8 Gb USB belleğin aygıt adı /dev/sdb olarak görünüyor.< <para>Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>dd if=/iso/dosyasının/yolu of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)= aygıtınızın adı örn: /dev/sdc Örnek: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/kullanıcıadı/İndirmeler/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdc -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -389,7 +391,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Windows kullanarak</title> - <para>Şu programları deneyebilirsiniz:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -407,9 +409,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>Bu adım <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">Mageia belgelerinde</link> ayrıntısıyla anlatılmıştır.</para> - <para>Daha fazla bilgiyi <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia -wiki'de</link> bulabilirsiniz.</para> + <para>More information is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml index 3cfccf1f..a0f14180 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia"> <!-- --> <info> - <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Veri Kaynağını Kaldır</title> + <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstalling Mageia</title> </info> @@ -9,32 +9,29 @@ <section> <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Nasıl</title> - <para>Mageia ihtiyaçlarınıza cevap vermediyse veya düzgün kurulamıyorsa yahut da -sadece ondan kurtulmak istiyorsanız. Bu sizin hakkınız olup Mageia -bilgisayardan kaldırılma olanağını da size sunar. Böyle bir şey her işletim -sistemi için geçerli değildir.</para> + <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short +you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the +possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para> - <para>Veri yedeklemenizden sonra Mageia DVD' nizi yeniden başlatmada kullanın ve -Sistemi Kurtar seçeneği üzerinden Windows önyükleyiciyi geri yükle -seçeneğini kullanın. Bir sonraki yeniden başlatmada, işletim sistemi seçmek -üzere bir menü sunulmadan sadece Windows açılacaktır.</para> + <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select +Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will +only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para> - <para>Windows üzerindeki Mageia disk bölümlerini geri getirmek için <code> Başlat --> Denetim Masası -> Yönetimsel Araçlar -> Bilgisayar Yönetimi -> Depolama --> Disk Yönetimi</code> üzerine tıklayarak disk bölümü yönetimine -erişin. Mageia disk bölümünü <guilabel>Bilinmiyor</guilabel> olarak görerek -ve diskteki konumu ile boyutundan tanırsınız. Bu disk bölümlerinden birinin -üzerinde sağ tıklayın ve <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> seçeneğini seçin. Disk -alanı boşaltılacaktır.</para> + <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on +<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management +-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition +management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled +<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the +disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select +<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para> - <para>XP kullanıyorsanız, yeni bir disk bölümü oluşturarak (FAT32 veya NTFS -biçiminde) biçimlendirebilirsiniz. Disk bölümü harfini daha sonra alacaktır.</para> + <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it +(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para> - <para>Vista veya 7 kullanıyorsanız, bir yükümlülüğünüz daha var. Boş disk alanının -solunda bulunan mevcut disk bölümünü uzatabilirsiniz. Daha başka disk -bölümlendirme araçları, mesela hem windows hem de linux altında -kullanılabilen gparted gibi, mevcuttur. Her zamanki gibi, disk bölümlerini -değiştirirken çok dikkatli olun ve önemli her şeyi yedeklediğinizden emin -olun.</para> + <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the +existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other +partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both +windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and +make sure all important things have been backed up.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index a1cd32f3..9e7c0b8b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 14:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" "Вибір носія (налаштовування додаткових носіїв пакунків для встановлення)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -158,19 +158,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Керування обліковими записами користувача і адміністратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -421,17 +421,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Виберіть точки монтування" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -697,8 +697,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Налаштування ваших служб" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -751,8 +751,8 @@ msgstr "Вносьте зміни, лише якщо вам добре відо msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Налаштування часового поясу" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1498,9 +1498,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Вітаємо" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1561,10 +1561,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматування" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -2070,10 +2070,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Поновлення" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2117,9 +2117,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Вибір носія (з пакунками, які не є вільними)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2242,18 +2242,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме щодо інших параметрів" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2602,8 +2602,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Рівень безпеки" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2688,8 +2688,8 @@ msgstr "Типові можливості" #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -"На цих образах ISO використовується традиційний засіб встановлення під назвою " -"drakx." +"На цих образах ISO використовується традиційний засіб встановлення під " +"назвою drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 @@ -2867,10 +2867,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Кожен з таких малих образів містить лише дані, потрібні для запуску засобу " "встановлення drakx та пошуку drakx-installer-stage2 та інших пакунків, за " -"допомогою яких можна продовжити " -"і завершити встановлення. Такі пакунки можуть зберігатися на " -"жорсткому диску комп’ютера, локальному диску, у локальній мережі або у " -"інтернеті." +"допомогою яких можна продовжити і завершити встановлення. Такі пакунки " +"можуть зберігатися на жорсткому диску комп’ютера, локальному диску, у " +"локальній мережі або у інтернеті." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 @@ -3184,9 +3183,8 @@ msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -"Приклад команди: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.i" -"so of=/dev/sdb " -"bs=1M</userinput>" +"Приклад команди: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD." +"iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 @@ -3250,8 +3248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Вибір країни і регіону" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3593,10 +3591,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Вибір драйвера миші" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3728,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -3900,14 +3898,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Налаштування SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3949,7 +3947,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування звуку" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4028,12 +4026,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Підтвердження форматування жорсткого диска" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/uk/DrakX.xml index bad4269c..e0e611a1 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ вибраного вами варіанта встановлення.</para> </note></para> - <para>Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml index 90f9a2dd..ebabae29 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Centre de Control Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml index fef1fde1..4fd6e44f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml @@ -7,26 +7,36 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/> + <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para> - </footnote> is present in the Mageia + </footnote>is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks usually done by the administrator.</para> + <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down: + </para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a -drop down list gives the choice between:</para> +drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para> + <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the +same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -34,10 +44,11 @@ drop down list gives the choice between:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching</para> + <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para> </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC -tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> + <listitem> + <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po index 81614f9a..e55c14fd 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po @@ -5,21 +5,22 @@ # Translators: # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014 # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014 +# Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014 # jonas2790, 2014 # jonas2790, 2014 # jonmie <jonasmiehe@gmail.com>, 2014 # jonmie <jonasmiehe@gmail.com>, 2014 # latte, 2013 -# psyca <linux@psyca.de>, 2014 +# psyca, 2014-2015 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 15:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: psyca <linux@psyca.de>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-24 12:00+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: psyca\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" "de/)\n" "Language: de\n" @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." msgstr "" "Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im " -"Mageia Control Center im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt " +"Mageia Kontrollzentrum im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt " "<guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " "<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " "it, if needed." -msgstr "Dann bekommen sie einen Auswahlbildschirm, wo sie " +msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 @@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "Der" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 @@ -621,6 +622,9 @@ msgid "" "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." msgstr "" +"Um dieses Werkzeug zu verwenden, muss das glxinfo Paket installiert sein. " +"Falls das Paket nicht installiert ist, werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun, " +"bevor drak3d gestartet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 @@ -673,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr "Problembehebung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:62 msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der Desktop wird nach dem anmelden nicht angezeigt" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:64 @@ -710,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 @@ -893,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 @@ -950,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr "Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakboot.xml:6 msgid "drakboot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakboot" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 @@ -1036,6 +1040,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die " +"Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 @@ -1056,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der Befehl sammelt die folgenden Informationen von Ihrem System:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:29 @@ -1292,6 +1298,10 @@ msgid "" "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." msgstr "" +"Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die " +"Fehlermeldung die drakbug gibt wird dann die selbe sein), ist es nützlich " +"ein Kommentar zu dem bestehenden Report zu geben, das Sie den Fehler auch " +"bemerkt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1471,6 +1481,8 @@ msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." msgstr "" +"Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus, " +"das eingerichtet werden soll." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 @@ -1478,6 +1490,8 @@ msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." msgstr "" +"An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder " +"manuell eingegebenen IP Adresse wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 @@ -1692,7 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wählen Sie eins der verfügbaren Protokolle aus:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 @@ -1747,7 +1761,7 @@ msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Circuit-ID (VCI):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:357 @@ -1784,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokoll für Europa (EDSS1)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 @@ -1929,6 +1943,8 @@ msgstr "WPA/WPA2" #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "" +"Dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren wird empfohlen, wenn es Ihre Hardware " +"unterstützt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 @@ -1938,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "WEP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einige alte Hardware unterstützt nur dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 @@ -2178,7 +2194,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 msgid "Metric (10 by default)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Metrisch (standardmäßig 10)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:824 @@ -2281,6 +2297,9 @@ msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" +"Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des " +"jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, das sie " +"bearbeiten möchten." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 @@ -2376,6 +2395,9 @@ msgid "" "manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " "on your system will be shown." msgstr "" +"Hier<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie auswählen welcher " +"Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihre Bildschirmumgebung " +"anzumelden. Nur die auf dem System verfügbaren werden angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2384,6 +2406,10 @@ msgid "" "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." msgstr "" +"Die meisten Nutzer werden nur bemerken, das die mitgelieferten " +"Anmeldebildschirme anders aussehen. Es gibt allerdings auch Unterschiede in " +"den unterstützten Eigenschaften. LXDM ist ein leichtgewichtiger Display-" +"Manager, KDM und GDM haben einige Extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2559,7 +2585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:26 msgid "a preview of the selected font." -msgstr "" +msgstr "eine Vorschau der ausgewählten Schriftart." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:30 @@ -2593,7 +2619,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Deinstallieren:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:48 @@ -2829,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 msgid "Gateway wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gateway-Assistent" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 @@ -3182,12 +3208,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 msgid "The Configure button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Konfigurationsschaltfläche" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Für ein drahtgebundenes Netzwerk</emphasis>" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 @@ -3231,7 +3258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>Die Schaltfläche Erweitert:</guibutton>" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 @@ -3241,7 +3268,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Für ein drahtloses Netzwerk</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 @@ -3256,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Betriebsmodus:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 @@ -3272,6 +3299,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Verschlüsselungsmodus und -schlüssel:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3307,7 +3335,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 msgid "The Advanced Settings button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Erweiterte Einstellungen-Schaltfläche" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 @@ -3711,7 +3739,7 @@ msgid "" "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzenturm verfügbar, unter dem Tab " +"Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar, unter dem Tab " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=" "\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -3961,7 +3989,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 @@ -4379,9 +4407,8 @@ msgstr "draksec" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "draksec0.png" -msgstr "draksec.png" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 @@ -4394,14 +4421,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> " -"verfügbar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 @@ -4579,8 +4602,8 @@ msgid "" "driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." msgstr "" "Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber " -"auszuwählen, von allen auf dem Computer verfügbaren, die mit der Soundkarte " -"übereinstimmen." +"auszuwählen, von denen die auf dem Computer verfügbar sind und zur " +"Soundkarte passen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4823,7 +4846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 msgid "What is a web server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Was ist ein Webserver?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 @@ -4845,7 +4868,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 @@ -4862,7 +4885,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 @@ -4879,7 +4902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56 @@ -4894,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 @@ -4911,7 +4934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 @@ -4928,7 +4951,7 @@ msgstr "Übersicht" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 @@ -4947,7 +4970,7 @@ msgstr "Assistent beenden" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 @@ -5021,7 +5044,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Was ist DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 @@ -5055,7 +5078,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 @@ -5068,12 +5091,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP-Bereich auswählen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 @@ -5087,7 +5110,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 @@ -5097,7 +5120,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 @@ -5109,12 +5132,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stunden später..." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 @@ -5132,6 +5155,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;" +"</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 @@ -5144,57 +5169,57 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>hname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dns</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "net" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ip" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>mask</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 @@ -5206,7 +5231,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dhcpd</code> wird neu gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10 @@ -5240,11 +5265,15 @@ msgid "" "by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist dafür da, um " +"die Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist " +"nicht standardmäßig installiert und Sie müssen zusätzlich die drakwizard und " +"drakwizard-base Pakete installieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einen NTP Server mit drakwizard ntp einrichten" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 @@ -5374,7 +5403,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Was ist <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 @@ -5397,12 +5426,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 @@ -5414,12 +5443,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serverinformation" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 @@ -5431,12 +5460,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveroptionen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 @@ -5448,12 +5477,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10 @@ -5490,7 +5519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 msgid "What is a proxy server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Was ist ein Proxy-Server?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 @@ -5516,7 +5545,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 @@ -5526,7 +5555,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 @@ -5543,7 +5572,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 @@ -5559,7 +5588,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 @@ -5576,7 +5605,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 @@ -5591,7 +5620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 @@ -5606,7 +5635,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 @@ -5618,7 +5647,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 @@ -5628,7 +5657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 @@ -5640,7 +5669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 @@ -5653,6 +5682,8 @@ msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." "orig;</code>" msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/squid/" +"squid.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 @@ -5664,22 +5695,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cache_mem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http_port" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 @@ -5690,12 +5721,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 @@ -5736,7 +5767,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Was ist <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 @@ -5757,7 +5788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Willkommen beim OpenSSH-Assistenten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28 @@ -5767,7 +5798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 @@ -5784,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 @@ -5796,12 +5827,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authentifizierungsverfahren" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 @@ -5830,12 +5861,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anmeldeoptionen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 @@ -5845,12 +5876,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzeranmeldeoptionen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 @@ -5861,12 +5892,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Komprimierung und Weiterleitung" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 @@ -5878,12 +5909,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 @@ -6369,7 +6400,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deine PCI, USB und PCMCIA Informationen anzeigen lassen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:6 @@ -6403,6 +6434,9 @@ msgid "" "PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" +"lspcidrake zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von allen verbundenen Geräten zu ihrem " +"Computer (USB, PCI und PCMCIA) und die verwendeten Treiber. Es benötigt die " +"ldetect und ldetect-lst Pakete damit es funktioniert." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 @@ -6414,6 +6448,8 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." msgstr "" +"Mit der -v Option fügt lspcidrake die Hersteller- und Geräteidentifikationen " +"hinzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 @@ -6468,6 +6504,9 @@ msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" msgstr "" +"Es gibt ein weiteres Werkzeug, welches Ihnen Informationen über die Hardware " +"gibt, es heißt <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (als root " +"auszuführen)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6491,6 +6530,9 @@ msgid "" "\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" "emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 @@ -6549,10 +6591,10 @@ msgid "" "displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" "> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" -"Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert dich eine Anwendung in " -"der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" -"\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicke einfach darauf und gebe dein Benutzerpasswort ein, um " -"das System zu aktualisieren." +"Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert Sie eine Anwendung in der " +"Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" " +"id=\"0\"/>. Klicken Sie einfach darauf und geben Sie ihr Benutzerpasswort " +"ein, um das System zu aktualisieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 @@ -6652,7 +6694,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" -msgstr "Konfigurieren der Maus und des Keyboards" +msgstr "Konfigurieren der Maus und der Tastatur" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 @@ -6763,6 +6805,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" +"In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen, zur " +"Verwaltung oder Freigabe der lokalen Laufwerke, wählen. Klicke auf einen " +"Link weiter unten um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6811,7 +6856,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31 @@ -7216,6 +7261,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 @@ -7246,7 +7293,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" -msgstr "MSEC: System Sicherheit und Prüfung" +msgstr "MSEC: Systemsicherheit und Prüfung" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/msecgui.xml:5 @@ -7264,6 +7311,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 @@ -7299,7 +7348,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 msgid "Overview tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Übersichtsregisterkarte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:47 @@ -7332,7 +7381,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aktiviert oder nicht" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 @@ -7361,7 +7410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:100 @@ -7453,7 +7502,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitswarnungen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 @@ -7479,7 +7528,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitsoptionen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:190 @@ -7508,7 +7557,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:211 @@ -7523,7 +7572,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui11.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:224 @@ -7537,7 +7586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui10.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:238 @@ -7553,7 +7602,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:251 @@ -7578,7 +7627,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:270 @@ -7598,7 +7647,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 @@ -7609,7 +7658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:293 @@ -7651,7 +7700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:321 @@ -7696,7 +7745,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:348 @@ -7749,6 +7798,9 @@ msgid "" "Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " "next pages." msgstr "" +"Es gibt mehr Mageia Werkzeuge, als diese, welche über das Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum gestartet werden können. Klicke auf einen Link unten, um " +"mehr darüber zu erfahren oder lese auf der nächsten Seite weiter." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7768,7 +7820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29 @@ -7801,6 +7853,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7843,7 +7897,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 @@ -7856,6 +7910,15 @@ msgid "" "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" +"Während der Installation, ist das konfigurierte Repository, das Medium, " +"welches für die Installation verwendet wird, generell die DVD oder CD. Falls " +"Sie das Medium eingestellt lassen, wird rpmdrake jedesmal danach fragen, " +"wenn Sie ein Paket installieren möchten mit der Pop-Up Meldung: <placeholder " +"type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Wenn die oben gezeigte Nachricht Sie stört " +"und Sie eine gute Internetverbindung haben mit einem nicht zu stark " +"eingrenzenden Download Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen und es " +"mit den online repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-" +"media\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 @@ -7863,11 +7926,13 @@ msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." msgstr "" +"Zudem sind die online repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete " +"und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Hauptbestandteile des Bildschirms" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 @@ -7925,7 +7990,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Suchmodus:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 @@ -7958,7 +8023,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alles löschen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 @@ -7972,7 +8037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorienliste:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 @@ -8037,7 +8102,7 @@ msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" -msgstr "Dies Paket ist bereits installiert" +msgstr "Dieses Paket ist bereits installiert" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 @@ -8047,7 +8112,7 @@ msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" -msgstr "Dies Paket wird installiert" +msgstr "Dieses Paket wird installiert" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 @@ -8057,7 +8122,7 @@ msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" -msgstr "Dies Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden" +msgstr "Dieses Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 @@ -8067,7 +8132,7 @@ msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" -msgstr "Diese Paket ist eine Aktualisierung." +msgstr "Dieses Paket ist eine Aktualisierung" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 @@ -8164,6 +8229,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8450,7 +8517,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 msgid "Extra installation steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zusätzliche Installationsschritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 @@ -8565,6 +8632,13 @@ msgid "" "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." msgstr "" +"Drucken unter Mageia wird von einem Server namens CUPS verwaltet. Es besitzt " +"eine eigene <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://" +"localhost:631\">Konfigurationsoberfläche</link> welche über den " +"Internetbrowser verfügbar ist, allerdings bietet Mageia ein eigenes Werkzeug " +"um Drucker zu installieren, welches system-config-printer genannt wird und " +"auch in anderen Distributionen wie Fedora, Madriva, Ubuntu und openSUSE " +"verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 @@ -8663,12 +8737,12 @@ msgstr "Einen Drucker aus der Datenbank auswählen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 msgid "provide PPD file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eine PPD Datei bereitstellen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 msgid "search for a driver to download" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nach einem herunterladbaren Treiber suchen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 @@ -8683,7 +8757,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 msgid "Complete the installation process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installationsvorgang abschließen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 @@ -9259,7 +9333,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>1 Benutzer hinzufügen</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:37 @@ -9327,7 +9401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Gruppe hinzufügen</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:75 @@ -9340,6 +9414,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (einen ausgewählten Benutzer)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 @@ -9351,7 +9426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 @@ -9427,7 +9502,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Löschen</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 @@ -9446,7 +9521,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:136 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Aktualisieren</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 @@ -9458,7 +9533,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Gastkonto</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:143 @@ -9579,6 +9654,8 @@ msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" +"Dieser Knopf erlaubt die Auswahl der Auflösung (Anzahl an Pixel) und die " +"Farbtiefe (Anzahl an Farben). Es wird dieser Bildschirm angezeigt:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 @@ -9601,6 +9678,12 @@ msgid "" "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." msgstr "" +"Der erste Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Auflösung, klicke darauf um eine andere " +"auszuwählen. Die Liste zeigt alle verfügbaren auswahlen abhängig von der " +"Grafikkarte und des Monitors. Es ist möglich auf <guilabel>Andere</guilabel> " +"zu klicken um eine andere Auflösung einzustellen, aber behalte in " +"Erinnerung, das Sie den Monitor beschädigen oder eine unbrauchbare " +"Einstellung durchführen können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 @@ -9608,6 +9691,8 @@ msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." msgstr "" +"Der zweite Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Farbtiefe, klicke darauf um diese auf " +"eine andere umzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 @@ -9615,6 +9700,9 @@ msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" +"Abhängig von der gewählten Auflösung, ist es eventuell notwendig das SIe " +"sich abmelden und die grafische Benutzeroberfläche neu starten, damit die " +"Einstellungen übernommen werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml index ce3eb91e..ec574f75 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Mageia-Kontrollzentrum</title> <cover> - <para>Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht. diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml index 337ea673..c7e8b034 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis -role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> ist im Mageia + <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von +<emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> oder <emphasis +role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> als root.</para></footnote> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Software verwalten.</emphasis></para> @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role="bold"> um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen. </para> <para><note> - <para>Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert dich eine Anwendung in -der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <inlinemediaobject> + <para>Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert Sie eine Anwendung in der +Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>. Klicke einfach darauf und gebe dein Benutzerpasswort ein, um das -System zu aktualisieren. </para> + </inlinemediaobject>. Klicken Sie einfach darauf und geben Sie ihr Benutzerpasswort ein, +um das System zu aktualisieren. </para> </note></para> <para/> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/XFdrake.xml index 1c533682..d6d24ac6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/XFdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/XFdrake.xml @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the <para><emphasis role="bold">Auflösung:</emphasis></para> - <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the -colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para> + <para>Dieser Knopf erlaubt die Auswahl der Auflösung (Anzahl an Pixel) und die +Farbtiefe (Anzahl an Farben). Es wird dieser Bildschirm angezeigt:</para> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -68,18 +68,20 @@ colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para> </mediaobject>The image of the monitor in the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration. </para> - <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another -one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card -and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to -set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or -select an uncomfortable setting.</para> + <para>Der erste Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Auflösung, klicke darauf um eine andere +auszuwählen. Die Liste zeigt alle verfügbaren auswahlen abhängig von der +Grafikkarte und des Monitors. Es ist möglich auf <guilabel>Andere</guilabel> +zu klicken um eine andere Auflösung einzustellen, aber behalte in +Erinnerung, das Sie den Monitor beschädigen oder eine unbrauchbare +Einstellung durchführen können.</para> - <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for -another one.</para> + <para>Der zweite Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Farbtiefe, klicke darauf um diese auf +eine andere umzustellen.</para> <para><note> - <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and -restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect. + <para>Abhängig von der gewählten Auflösung, ist es eventuell notwendig das SIe +sich abmelden und die grafische Benutzeroberfläche neu starten, damit die +Einstellungen übernommen werden. </para> </note></para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml index 333452b0..dcf02045 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ <para>Das Werkzeug <footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia -Control Center im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt <guilabel>Configure +Kontrollzentrum im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>.</para> <section> @@ -44,7 +44,11 @@ an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein.</para> - <para>Dann bekommen sie einen Auswahlbildschirm, wo sie </para> + <para>Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue +with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking +<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the +<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct +it, if needed.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -52,7 +56,8 @@ von dem neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Der</para> + <para>The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount +point.</para> <para>Geben sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml index 10863e85..7cfcabb2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ default.</para> <section annotations="center"> <title>Erste Schritte</title> - <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the -package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can -start.</para> + <para>Um dieses Werkzeug zu verwenden, muss das glxinfo Paket installiert +sein. Falls das Paket nicht installiert ist, werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu +tun, bevor drak3d gestartet werden kann.</para> <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool.</para> <title>Problembehebung</title> <section> - <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title> + <title>Der Desktop wird nach dem anmelden nicht angezeigt</title> <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml index c543524f..4883f3de 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml @@ -27,8 +27,9 @@ xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor sie auf 'Bericht' klicken</para> - <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message -that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to -that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para> + <para>Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die +Fehlermeldung die drakbug gibt wird dann die selbe sein), ist es nützlich +ein Kommentar zu dem bestehenden Report zu geben, das Sie den Fehler auch +bemerkt haben.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml index 66e74b8b..ce8e2835 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle> </info> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis -role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> can only be started and used -on the command line.</para> + <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis +role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> kann nur über die +Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden.</para> <para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be several GBs large.</para> <note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing the unneeded parts.</para></note> - <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para> + <para>Der Befehl sammelt die folgenden Informationen von Ihrem System:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml index 71bb8dfc..8af4c4d0 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ and provider you have.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one -to configure.</para> + <para>Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus, +das eingerichtet werden soll.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP -address.</para> + <para>An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder +manuell eingegebenen IP Adresse wählen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -151,13 +151,13 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one -to configure.</para> + <para>Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus, +das eingerichtet werden soll.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP -address.</para> + <para>An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder +manuell eingegebenen IP Adresse wählen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para> + <para>Wählen Sie eins der verfügbaren Protokolle aus:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ manufacturer. Select your card.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para> + <para>Wählen Sie eins der verfügbaren Protokolle aus:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ manufacturer. Select your card.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para> + <para>Protokoll für Europa (EDSS1)</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> @@ -499,7 +499,8 @@ the card has detected.</para> <term>WPA/WPA2</term> <listitem> - <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para> + <para>Dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren wird empfohlen, wenn es Ihre Hardware +unterstützt.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -507,7 +508,7 @@ the card has detected.</para> <term>WEP</term> <listitem> - <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para> + <para>Einige alte Hardware unterstützt nur dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -780,7 +781,7 @@ automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Metric (10 by default)</para> + <para>Metrisch (standardmäßig 10)</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml index 909a64f3..796ba891 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml @@ -30,8 +30,9 @@ see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para> </warning> - <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you -want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para> + <para>Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des +jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, das sie +bearbeiten möchten.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml index 0a56f4c8..8b63596a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml @@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Here<footnote> + <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Hier<footnote> <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> - </footnote> you can choose which display -manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available -on your system will be shown.</para> + </footnote> können Sie auswählen welcher +Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihre Bildschirmumgebung +anzumelden. Nur die auf dem System verfügbaren werden angezeigt.</para> - <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look -different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM -is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Die meisten Nutzer werden nur bemerken, das die mitgelieferten +Anmeldebildschirme anders aussehen. Es gibt allerdings auch Unterschiede in +den unterstützten Eigenschaften. LXDM ist ein leichtgewichtiger +Display-Manager, KDM und GDM haben einige Extras.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml index e5b46772..7cd8fd4d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ above shows:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>a preview of the selected font.</para> + <para>eine Vorschau der ausgewählten Schriftart.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para> <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able to use the fonts.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Deinstallieren:</emphasis></para> <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml index f67c5f3d..8a1448e2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para> </section> <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard"> - <title>Gateway wizard</title> + <title>Gateway-Assistent</title> <para>The wizard<footnote> <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml index ba4de250..acab6d5e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para> </section> <section> - <title>The Configure button</title> + <title>Die Konfigurationsschaltfläche</title> - <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Für ein drahtgebundenes Netzwerk</emphasis></para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> - <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para> + <para><guibutton>Die Schaltfläche Erweitert:</guibutton></para> <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">B - Für ein drahtloses Netzwerk</emphasis></para> <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Betriebsmodus:</emphasis></para> <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected. Select @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected. Select <emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Verschlüsselungsmodus und -schlüssel:</emphasis></para> <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ in private networks.</para> <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access point while remaining connected to the network.</para> - <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para> + <para><guibutton>Die Schaltfläche Erweitert:</guibutton></para> <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> </section> <section> - <title>The Advanced Settings button</title> + <title>Die Erweiterte Einstellungen-Schaltfläche</title> <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml index a844cc1a..6adc2af6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Spiegelservern, befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien.</para> </note></para> - <para>Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzenturm verfügbar, unter dem Tab + <para>Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar, unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Software verwalten.</emphasis><footnote> <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml index 55f7fcae..78ac37a6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml @@ -7,26 +7,36 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/> + <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> - </footnote> is present in the Mageia + </footnote>is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks usually done by the administrator.</para> + <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down: + </para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a -drop down list gives the choice between:</para> +drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para> + <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the +same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -34,10 +44,11 @@ drop down list gives the choice between:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching</para> + <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para> </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC -tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> + <listitem> + <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml index 5c31c5d4..ef0a0b08 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird ihnen helfen, wenn sie Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn sie die Soundkarte wechseln.</para> <para>Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber -auszuwählen, von allen auf dem Computer verfügbaren, die mit der Soundkarte -übereinstimmen.</para> +auszuwählen, von denen die auf dem Computer verfügbar sind und zur +Soundkarte passen.</para> <note> <para>Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml index 23ccf1a8..cc9fa3b5 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> ca server. </para> <section> - <title>What is a web server?</title> + <title>Was ist ein Webserver?</title> <para> Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia) diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml index f9649264..03974d6d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> be installed before you can access to it.</para> <section> - <title>What is DHCP?</title> + <title>Was ist DHCP?</title> <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click </step> <step> - <title>Select IP range</title> + <title>IP-Bereich auswählen</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ change things around.</para> </step> <step> - <title>Hours later...</title> + <title>Stunden später...</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -126,7 +126,8 @@ change things around.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para> + <para><code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> wird gespeichert in +<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -187,7 +188,7 @@ adding the new parameters:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para> + <para><code>dhcpd</code> wird neu gestartet.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml index d53091a4..e5f6f098 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote> <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> - </footnote> purpose is to set the time of -your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by -default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base -packages.</para> + </footnote> ist dafür da, um die +Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist +nicht standardmäßig installiert und Sie müssen zusätzlich die drakwizard und +drakwizard-base Pakete installieren.</para> <section> - <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title> + <title>Einen NTP Server mit drakwizard ntp einrichten</title> <procedure> <step> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml index fd8d28f2..65c7547d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> ca <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. </para> <section> - <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title> + <title>Was ist <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title> <para> File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ things. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Server Information</title> + <title>Serverinformation</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ complaints too and whether to allow root login access. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Server Options</title> + <title>Serveroptionen</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml index 9ee1f7fc..7d8d9356 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it.</para> <section> - <title>What is a proxy server?</title> + <title>Was ist ein Proxy-Server?</title> <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in + <para><code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para> </listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml index 7bbc2f34..c18d312f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> can h <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon. </para> <section> - <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title> + <title>Was ist <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title> <para> Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ respectively). (From Wikipedia) <section> <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title> <para> - Welcome to the Open SSH wizard. + Willkommen beim OpenSSH-Assistenten. </para> <procedure> <step> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ respectively). (From Wikipedia) </para> </step> <step> - <title>Authentication Methods</title> + <title>Authentifizierungsverfahren</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Login Options</title> + <title>Anmeldeoptionen</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> - <title>User Login Options</title> + <title>Benutzeranmeldeoptionen</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Compression and Forwarding</title> + <title>Komprimierung und Weiterleitung</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml index 3a8b0586..296789e1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="lspcidrake"> <info> - <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title> + <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Deine PCI, USB und PCMCIA Informationen anzeigen lassen</title> <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle> </info> @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn es als root benutzt wird.</para> - <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, -PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst -packages to work.</para> + <para>lspcidrake zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von allen verbundenen Geräten zu ihrem +Computer (USB, PCI und PCMCIA) und die verwendeten Treiber. Es benötigt die +ldetect und ldetect-lst Pakete damit es funktioniert.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ packages to work.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para> + <para>Mit der -v Option fügt lspcidrake die Hersteller- und Geräteidentifikationen +hinzu.</para> <para>lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, @@ -47,6 +48,7 @@ lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is -called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para> + <para>Es gibt ein weiteres Werkzeug, welches Ihnen Informationen über die Hardware +gibt, es heißt <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (als root +auszuführen)</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml index 71f5fa5f..bb8a5150 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Effekte</emphasis></para> <listitem> - <orderedlist><title>Konfigurieren der Maus und des Keyboards</title> + <orderedlist><title>Konfigurieren der Maus und der Tastatur</title> <listitem> <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para> </listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-localdisks.xml index db310882..c9ceb08b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-localdisks.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-localdisks.xml @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your -local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + <para>In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen, zur +Verwaltung oder Freigabe der lokalen Laufwerke, wählen. Klicke auf einen +Link weiter unten um mehr zu erfahren.</para> <orderedlist><title>Lokale Festplatten</title> <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml index 0a6082cc..ac091c85 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> ist im Mageia + <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von +<emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> als root.</para></footnote> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml index 779eca8b..701dbb1f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="msecgui"> <info> - <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: System Sicherheit und Prüfung</title> + <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Systemsicherheit und Prüfung</title> <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle> </info> @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ <section> <title>Präsentation</title> - <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von +<emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> als root.</para> </footnote> is a graphic user interface for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two approaches:</para> @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ own customised security levels.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Overview tab</title> + <title>Übersichtsregisterkarte</title> <para>See the screenshot above</para> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ button on the right side to configure them:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>enabled or not</para> + <para>aktiviert oder nicht</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ level settings.</para> </caution> <para> - <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis> + <emphasis role="underline">Sicherheitswarnungen:</emphasis> </para> <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important> - <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="underline">Sicherheitsoptionen:</emphasis></para> <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/otherMageiaTools.xml index 88956840..2b0cc252 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/otherMageiaTools.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/otherMageiaTools.xml @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Weitere Mageia Werkzeuge</title> </info> - <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia -Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the -next pages.</para> + <para>Es gibt mehr Mageia Werkzeuge, als diese, welche über das Mageia +Kontrollzentrum gestartet werden können. Klicke auf einen Link unten, um +mehr darüber zu erfahren oder lese auf der nächsten Seite weiter.</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml index a76abad5..e5a3b2c6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Einführung in rpmdrake</title> <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von +<emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> als root.</para> </footnote>, auch drakrpm genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem @@ -38,25 +38,26 @@ suchen.</para> sein, siehe <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para> <important> - <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for -the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake -will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window -: <mediaobject> + <para>Während der Installation, ist das konfigurierte Repository, das Medium, +welches für die Installation verwendet wird, generell die DVD oder CD. Falls +Sie das Medium eingestellt lassen, wird rpmdrake jedesmal danach fragen, +wenn Sie ein Paket installieren möchten mit der Pop-Up Meldung: <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/> </imageobject> - </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you -and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit, -it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories -thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para> - - <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more -packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para> + </mediaobject> Wenn die oben gezeigte Nachricht Sie stört und +Sie eine gute Internetverbindung haben mit einem nicht zu stark +eingrenzenden Download Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen und es +mit den online repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe <xref +linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para> + + <para>Zudem sind die online repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete +und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete.</para> </important> </section> <section> - <title>The main parts of the screen</title> + <title>Die Hauptbestandteile des Bildschirms</title> <screenshot> <mediaobject> @@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ installierten, anzeigen zu lassen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Suchmodus:</emphasis></para> <para>Klicke auf dieses Icon, um nach dem Paketnamen, ihre zusammengefasste Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den @@ -111,14 +112,14 @@ möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Alles löschen:</emphasis></para> <para>Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der "Finden" Box löschen, die eingegeben wurden.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Kategorienliste:</emphasis></para> <para>Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien und Unterkategorien.</para> @@ -169,7 +170,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">Dies Paket ist bereits installiert</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket ist bereits installiert</entry> </row> <row> @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">Dies Paket wird installiert</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket wird installiert</entry> </row> <row> @@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">Dies Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden</entry> </row> <row> @@ -199,7 +200,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </imageobject> </mediaobject></entry> - <entry valign="middle">Diese Paket ist eine Aktualisierung.</entry> + <entry valign="middle">Dieses Paket ist eine Aktualisierung</entry> </row> <row> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml index 067802ce..14855411 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ </info> <para>This tool <footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing -<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von +<emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> als root.</para> </footnote> allows you to configure a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ ignored.</para> <section xml:id="scannerextrasteps"> <info> - <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title> + <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Zusätzliche Installationsschritte</title> </info> <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/system-config-printer.xml index cd696958..2e94b1ac 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/system-config-printer.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/system-config-printer.xml @@ -21,12 +21,13 @@ <section xml:id="introduction"> <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Einleitung</title> - <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link -ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration -interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia -offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer -which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu -and openSUSE.</para> + <para>Drucken unter Mageia wird von einem Server namens CUPS verwaltet. Es besitzt +eine eigene <link ns2:title="CUPS" +ns2:href="http://localhost:631">Konfigurationsoberfläche</link> welche über +den Internetbrowser verfügbar ist, allerdings bietet Mageia ein eigenes +Werkzeug um Drucker zu installieren, welches system-config-printer genannt +wird und auch in anderen Distributionen wie Fedora, Madriva, Ubuntu und +openSUSE verwendet wird.</para> <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para> @@ -89,13 +90,13 @@ options.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>provide PPD file</para> + <para>eine PPD Datei bereitstellen</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>search for a driver to download</para> + <para>nach einem herunterladbaren Treiber suchen</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ which know to work.</para> </section> <section xml:id="terminate"> - <title>Complete the installation process</title> + <title>Installationsvorgang abschließen</title> <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/userdrake.xml index 1633fa42..33b58455 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/userdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/userdrake.xml @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the <guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para> - <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para> + <para><guibutton>1 Benutzer hinzufügen</guibutton></para> <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para> @@ -74,17 +74,17 @@ user as the only member (this may be edited).</para> <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Gruppe hinzufügen</emphasis></para> <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific group ID.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (einen ausgewählten Benutzer)</para> <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ name.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users who are members of the group</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Löschen</emphasis></para> <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to @@ -138,12 +138,12 @@ has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para> <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para> </warning> - <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Aktualisieren</emphasis></para> <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to refresh the display.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Gastkonto</emphasis></para> <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml index 2a8ad93b..bee5ed42 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Κέντρο ελέγχου της Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link> </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po index 6f9ef027..5af167b1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po @@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. # # Translators: -# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fito@libreoffice.org>, 2014 -# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fito@libreoffice.org>, 2014 -# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fito@libreoffice.org>, 2014 +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 # motitos, 2013 # Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013 # Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013 # Eduardo Vidal <evidal86@gmail.com>, 2014 # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014 -# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014-2015 # Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 # Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 # fraescaya10 <fraescaya10@gmail.com>, 2014 @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-19 17:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-28 14:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" "es/)\n" @@ -1850,8 +1850,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que " "servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede " "especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre " -"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma " -"predeterminada." +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 @@ -3462,6 +3461,11 @@ msgid "" "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." msgstr "" +"especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En " +"caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y " +"se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador " +"(admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el " +"puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 @@ -3556,6 +3560,11 @@ msgid "" "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." msgstr "" +"Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen " +"fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más " +"fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la " +"dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -3611,6 +3620,10 @@ msgid "" "can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" +"Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " +"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</" +"link> Gracias por adelantado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 @@ -3652,6 +3665,9 @@ msgid "" "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " +"pestaña Red & Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta \"Centro de redes\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 @@ -3664,6 +3680,13 @@ msgid "" "network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " "ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" +"Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista " +"todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por " +"cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres " +"o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la " +"red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no " +"está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva " +"interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 @@ -3698,6 +3721,15 @@ msgid "" "the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " "connected." msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la " +"primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (éste no está conectado <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) y la segunda sección muestra las " +"redes inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> y éste <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de " +"red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo " +"si no está conectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 @@ -3712,6 +3744,15 @@ msgid "" "(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " "particular)." msgstr "" +"En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes " +"detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la " +"señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el " +"<guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego " +"en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o " +"<guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si " +"se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más " +"adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en " +"particular)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 @@ -3741,6 +3782,10 @@ msgid "" "available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " "-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" +"Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en " +"rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se " +"encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de " +"Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3759,6 +3804,8 @@ msgid "" "At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" "guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" +"En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de " +"tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3784,6 +3831,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " "configuration may give better results." msgstr "" +"Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La " +"mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> " +"para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)>/guibutton>, pero en el caso de " +"problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3961,6 +4012,8 @@ msgid "" "When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " "first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" +"Cuando el<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> asistente se lanza por " +"primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 @@ -3986,6 +4039,9 @@ msgid "" "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." msgstr "" +"Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, " +"la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una " +"herramienta de configuración." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3999,6 +4055,9 @@ msgid "" "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." msgstr "" +"La herramienta de configuración se denomina \"Modificar los datos\". Puede " +"también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los " +"siguientes parámetros están disponibles." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 @@ -4017,6 +4076,9 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." msgstr "" +"Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón " +"<guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para " +"seleccionarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -4043,11 +4105,14 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" msgstr "" +"<emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre " +"abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una " +"dirección IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: grupos NIS se pueden dar como @group." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 @@ -4334,6 +4399,9 @@ msgid "" "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Administración de software.</" +"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -4789,6 +4857,8 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" msgstr "" +"<guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al " +"recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 @@ -4796,6 +4866,8 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" msgstr "" +"<guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder " +"al recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 @@ -5015,6 +5087,9 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Seguridad</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 @@ -5108,6 +5183,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" "guilabel> section." msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponible " +"en la pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección " +"<guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -5138,6 +5216,16 @@ msgid "" "directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " "in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." msgstr "" +"Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a " +"continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una " +"pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones <guibutton>Añadir</" +"guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a <guilabel>la lista de " +"copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir directorios y archivos " +"de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones junto a la lista " +"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los subdirectorios y/o archivos " +"de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis role = \"bold\">no</" +"emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de seguridad. Haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 @@ -5183,6 +5271,9 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Hardware</emphasis> .¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -5209,6 +5300,9 @@ msgid "" "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." msgstr "" +"La mayor parte del tiempo, es posible elegir un controlador utilizando el " +"API OSS o ALSA. OSS es la más antigua y muy básico, se recomienda elegir " +"ALSA cuando sea posible por sus características mejoradas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 @@ -5256,6 +5350,9 @@ msgid "" "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." msgstr "" +"El primer botón le da total libertad de elección. Usted tiene que saber lo " +"que está haciendo. Este botón no está disponible cuando el sistema ha " +"encontrado un controlador para su dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -5264,6 +5361,9 @@ msgid "" "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." msgstr "" +"El segundo es obvio y el último da asistencia solucionado cualquier problema " +"que pueda tener. Usted encontrará que es útil para tratar antes de pedir " +"ayuda a la comunidad." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -5323,6 +5423,12 @@ msgid "" "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " +"configurar un acceso seguro a una red remota, se establece un túnel entre " +"la estación de trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la " +"configuración en el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota " +"ya está en funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del " +"administrador de red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -5444,6 +5550,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a " +"configurar un servidor web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -5462,7 +5570,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de un servidor web con drakwizard apache2" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23 @@ -5480,11 +5588,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionando servidor exposicion: Red Local y/o Mundial" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 @@ -5497,6 +5607,8 @@ msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" +"Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para " +"cosas malas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 @@ -5529,6 +5641,8 @@ msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." msgstr "" +"El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo " +"mostrará." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 @@ -5544,6 +5658,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" +"Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de " +"servidores web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 @@ -5564,6 +5680,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgid "" "Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -5580,7 +5698,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "¡Ya está! Haga clic en <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 @@ -5627,6 +5745,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura " +"para las interfaces Red" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 @@ -5666,7 +5786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de un servidor DHCP con drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 @@ -5756,13 +5876,14 @@ msgstr "Qué se hace" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalando el paquete servidor-dhcp si es necesario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" +"Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 @@ -5875,7 +5996,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de un servidor NTP con drakwizard ntp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 @@ -5884,6 +6005,10 @@ msgid "" "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" +"Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide " +"que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere " +"utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los " +"servidores de tiempo disponibles." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 @@ -5934,7 +6059,7 @@ msgstr "Esta herramienta ejecuta los siguientes pasos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93 msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalando el paquete <code>ntp</code> si es necesario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 @@ -6003,6 +6128,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " "<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placewholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " +"configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -6043,6 +6170,8 @@ msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" +"Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para " +"cosas malas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 @@ -6135,6 +6264,13 @@ msgid "" "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" +"Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) " +"que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de " +"recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, " +"solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u " +"otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa " +"la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De " +"Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -6183,6 +6319,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 @@ -6200,6 +6338,8 @@ msgid "" "Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 @@ -6232,6 +6372,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." msgstr "" +"En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 @@ -6249,6 +6390,8 @@ msgid "" "Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 @@ -6271,6 +6414,8 @@ msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 @@ -6288,6 +6433,8 @@ msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." "orig;</code>" msgstr "" +"Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 @@ -6295,6 +6442,8 @@ msgid "" "Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." "default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" +"Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 @@ -6367,6 +6516,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placewholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " +"configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -6387,7 +6538,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym> con sshd drakwizard" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 @@ -6410,6 +6561,9 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" "guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o " +"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 @@ -6427,6 +6581,8 @@ msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." msgstr "" +"Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el " +"puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 @@ -6444,6 +6600,8 @@ msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden " +"usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 @@ -6478,6 +6636,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 @@ -6494,6 +6654,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic " +"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 @@ -6511,6 +6673,8 @@ msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 @@ -6612,6 +6776,8 @@ msgid "" "According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " "available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" +"De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones " +"están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -6831,6 +6997,9 @@ msgid "" "Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" "guilabel>\"." msgstr "" +"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " +"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " +"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -7038,6 +7207,8 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." msgstr "" +"Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del " +"dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 @@ -7045,6 +7216,9 @@ msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" msgstr "" +"lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una " +"información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en " +"estos ejemplos:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -7127,6 +7301,9 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Administración de software.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -7830,6 +8007,9 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Hardware</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 @@ -7837,6 +8017,9 @@ msgid "" "As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " "Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" +"Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está " +"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro " +"ratón." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7885,6 +8068,8 @@ msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." msgstr "" +"Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el " +"sistema para que sea más seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 @@ -7892,6 +8077,8 @@ msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." msgstr "" +"Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con " +"el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 @@ -7901,6 +8088,10 @@ msgid "" "enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " "own customised security levels." msgstr "" +"msec utiliza el concepto de \"niveles de seguridad\", que tiene la intención " +"de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados " +"para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero " +"usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7918,22 +8109,28 @@ msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" msgstr "" +"La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de " +"seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" msgstr "" +"Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor " +"de seguridad personal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" msgstr "" +"Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / " +"Actualizar su sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msec alguna información de si misma:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 @@ -7951,6 +8148,8 @@ msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." msgstr "" +"la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un " +"informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7977,7 +8176,7 @@ msgstr "Pestaña seguridad básica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:103 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Niveles de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 @@ -8055,11 +8254,13 @@ msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen " +"prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alertas de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 @@ -8110,6 +8311,9 @@ msgid "" "description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " "column." msgstr "" +"Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la " +"izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en " +"la columna de la derecha." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 @@ -8172,6 +8376,9 @@ msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." msgstr "" +"Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de " +"seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que " +"msec cree potencialmente peligrosas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -8200,6 +8407,11 @@ msgid "" "messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" +"A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y buscadas. " +"En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el administrador. " +"Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere evitar los " +"mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el primer " +"arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro excepciones." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 @@ -8240,6 +8452,8 @@ msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." msgstr "" +"Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de " +"comprobación y la observancia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -8269,6 +8483,10 @@ msgid "" "owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " "given rule:" msgstr "" +"Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla " +"por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que " +"se trate por la regla, el dueño, el grupo y luego los permisos dados por " +"la regla. Si, por una regla dada:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 @@ -8486,6 +8704,11 @@ msgid "" "dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " "updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" +"Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera " +"vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz " +"gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y " +"bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, " +"actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 @@ -8495,6 +8718,11 @@ msgid "" "this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " "of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" +"El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, " +"que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas " +"especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente " +"estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es " +"configurar este filtro para \"todos\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 @@ -8510,6 +8738,9 @@ msgid "" "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." msgstr "" +"Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes " +"que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no " +"instaladas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -8523,6 +8754,9 @@ msgid "" "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, " +"a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de " +"los archivos incluidos en los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -8548,6 +8782,8 @@ msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." msgstr "" +"Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en " +"el cuadro \"Buscar\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -8560,6 +8796,8 @@ msgid "" "This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " "sub categories." msgstr "" +"Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y " +"subcategorías claras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -8574,6 +8812,11 @@ msgid "" "can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" +"Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción completa. " +"Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete seleccionado. También puede " +"mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los archivos incluidos en el " +"paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios realizados por el " +"mantenedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -8703,6 +8946,14 @@ msgid "" "button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " "install." msgstr "" +"Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin " +"de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este " +"caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si " +"acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más " +"información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden " +"proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista " +"de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para " +"elegir qué paquetes instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8900,6 +9151,9 @@ msgid "" "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." msgstr "" +"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede " +"ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al " +"dispositivo(s) local en este equipo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 @@ -8907,6 +9161,8 @@ msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" +"Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o " +"eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 @@ -8929,6 +9185,8 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." msgstr "" +"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o " +"permitir todas las máquinas remotas." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 @@ -9039,6 +9297,11 @@ msgid "" "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." msgstr "" +"En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar " +"cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el " +"dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se " +"puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o " +"instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 @@ -9137,6 +9400,12 @@ msgid "" "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." msgstr "" +"La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su " +"propio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfaz " +"de configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de " +"Internet, pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de " +"impresoras llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras " +"distribuciones como Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 @@ -9144,6 +9413,9 @@ msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." msgstr "" +"sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la " +"instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar " +"disponibles en este modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 @@ -9194,6 +9466,12 @@ msgid "" "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." msgstr "" +"Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de \"Agregar\" la impresora. " +"El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos disponibles. La " +"captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un puerto paralelo. Si " +"se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un puerto USB, que se " +"mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también intentará configurar una " +"impresora de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -9228,6 +9506,9 @@ msgid "" "to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores " +"y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse " +"a través de una de las siguientes opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -9253,6 +9534,11 @@ msgid "" "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." msgstr "" +"Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un " +"fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador " +"asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se " +"recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en " +"este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -9269,6 +9555,13 @@ msgid "" "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." msgstr "" +"Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna " +"información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la impresora. " +"La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo en las " +"aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de " +"instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después " +"de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras " +"disponibles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -9282,6 +9575,10 @@ msgid "" "wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " "another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" +"Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una " +"red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión " +"o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de " +"impresión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 @@ -9291,6 +9588,10 @@ msgid "" "as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " "one." msgstr "" +"A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una " +"dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe " +"ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si " +"tiene uno fijo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 @@ -9322,6 +9623,10 @@ msgid "" "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." msgstr "" +"Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, " +"propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado " +"de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la " +"lista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 @@ -9329,6 +9634,9 @@ msgid "" "Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " "which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" +"Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de " +"impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de " +"cola específicos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -9414,6 +9722,8 @@ msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" msgstr "" +"El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de " +"cómo formar el URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -9433,22 +9743,22 @@ msgstr "Protocolo de Impresion por Internet (IPP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:241 msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:245 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:247 msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 @@ -9525,6 +9835,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." msgstr "" +"Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de " +"configuración." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 @@ -9558,6 +9870,14 @@ msgid "" "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." msgstr "" +"Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y " +"se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la " +"interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación " +"deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, " +"utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de " +"memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software " +"de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la " +"carpeta /media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -9594,6 +9914,8 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" +"Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto " +"con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -9628,6 +9950,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -9754,6 +10078,9 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet Explorer</" +"emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores de la " +"instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 @@ -9761,6 +10088,8 @@ msgid "" "Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " "button." msgstr "" +"Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 @@ -9777,6 +10106,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" msgid "" "Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "" +"Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 @@ -9784,6 +10115,8 @@ msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" +"La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo " +"tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 @@ -9811,6 +10144,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9819,6 +10154,9 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " +"pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control " +"de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Administrar usuarios en el sistema\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 @@ -9838,6 +10176,10 @@ msgid "" "the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" +"Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se " +"enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los " +"grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan " +"de la misma manera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9861,6 +10203,9 @@ msgid "" "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" msgstr "" +"El campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la " +"entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o " +"nada, así!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 @@ -9877,6 +10222,12 @@ msgid "" "and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" +"El establecimiento de una <emphasis role=\"bold\">Contraseña</emphasis> es " +"muy recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es " +"débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de sesión. " +"Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de " +"puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de " +"la contraseña mejora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 @@ -9884,6 +10235,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " "you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para " +"asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9892,6 +10245,9 @@ msgid "" "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que " +"le permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las " +"opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9900,6 +10256,9 @@ msgid "" "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, " +"si esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el " +"nuevo usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 @@ -9907,6 +10266,9 @@ msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" +"Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea " +"inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9934,6 +10296,8 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos " +"facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 @@ -9977,6 +10341,9 @@ msgid "" "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite " +"establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario " +"a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 @@ -9989,6 +10356,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos " +"del que el usuario es miembro." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 @@ -10011,6 +10380,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el " +"nombre del grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 @@ -10074,6 +10445,13 @@ msgid "" "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su " +"objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total seguridad. " +"Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es imposible de " +"realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los directorios " +"personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está activada por " +"defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú <guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta " +"de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -10097,6 +10475,9 @@ msgid "" "emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " "capital letters." msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o " +"<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 @@ -10106,6 +10487,10 @@ msgid "" "graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione " +"<guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel> </ emphasis>. " +"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 @@ -10202,6 +10587,8 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>La imagen del monitor en el " +"medio da una vista previa de la configuración elegida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 @@ -10278,6 +10665,9 @@ msgid "" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar Ctrl-Alt-" +"Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el servidor " +"X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 @@ -10285,6 +10675,8 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o " +"desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml index 025c74dd..96f774d2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Centro de Control de Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml index e8f85710..df4e1e23 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, + <para>Esta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis -role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis>.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software -management.</emphasis></para> +role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis>.</para></footnote> está presente en el +Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis +role="bold">Administración de software.</emphasis></para> <para><note> <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml index 571213c1..0804e5a7 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis -role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the -graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing -<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> -as root. Mind the capital letters.</para> + <para>Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la +etiqueta <emphasis role = "bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione +<guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel> </ +emphasis>. <footnote> + <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, +escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o +<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas.</para> </footnote></para> <para/> @@ -65,8 +66,8 @@ profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:</pa <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png" /> </imageobject> - </mediaobject>The image of the monitor in the -middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration. </para> + </mediaobject>La imagen del monitor en el medio da +una vista previa de la configuración elegida. </para> <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card @@ -101,13 +102,13 @@ right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para> <orderedlist><title>Opciones:</title> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable -Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to -restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para> + <para><guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar +Ctrl-Alt-Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el +servidor X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable -three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para> + <para><guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o +desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml index 4c15d568..1769de01 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml @@ -80,10 +80,11 @@ ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP.</p </listitem> <listitem> - <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard -will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, -with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the -proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para> + <para>especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En +caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y +se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador +(admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el +puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb).</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml index 7dc94ad9..f7752861 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed -IP-addresses, this tool<footnote> + <para>Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen +fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<footnote> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis>.</para> - </footnote> allows to -specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name -instead of the IP-address.</para> + </footnote> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más +fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la +dirección IP.</para> <para><guibutton>Añadir</guibutton></para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml index cd447c53..dc02f4eb 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa +que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de +Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis>.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml index 3a387f8a..9df18e64 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml @@ -20,56 +20,58 @@ What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) lik </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Esta herramienta<footnote> <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root.</para> - </footnote> is found under the Network -& Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para> + </footnote> se encuentra en la +pestaña Red & Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la +etiqueta "Centro de redes"</para> <para/> <section> <title>Introducción</title> - <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks -configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, -etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending -on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its -settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a -network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, -ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para> + <para>Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista +todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por +cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres +o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la +red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no +está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva +interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC.</para> - <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the -first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject> + <para>En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la +primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject> + </inlinemediaobject> (éste no está conectado <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless -networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject> + </inlinemediaobject>) y la segunda sección muestra las redes +inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono +<inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject> + </inlinemediaobject> y éste <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/> </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types, -the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not -connected.</para> - - <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected -networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal -strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and -the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then -either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> -or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network -to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings -window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption -key in particular).</para> + </inlinemediaobject> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de +red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo +si no está conectado.</para> + + <para>En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes +detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la +señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el +<guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego +en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o +<guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si +se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más +adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en +particular).</para> <para>Click en <guibutton>Refrescar</guibutton> para actualizar la pantalla.</para> @@ -91,18 +93,18 @@ key in particular).</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the -PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is -available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray --> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para> + <para>Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en +rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se +encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de +Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>.</para> <para>Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da detalles sobre el estado de conexión.</para> <note> - <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic -accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para> + <para>En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de +tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección.</para> </note> </section> @@ -117,10 +119,10 @@ accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network -creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> -<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual -configuration may give better results.</para> + <para>Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La +mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> +para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)>/guibutton>, pero en el caso de +problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados.</para> <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the @@ -187,10 +189,10 @@ punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red.</para> <para><guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton></para> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa +que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de +Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml index 1cc9d640..67b951fc 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa +que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de +Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis>.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml index 2aa68b66..f590c3b2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ <section> <title>Prerequisitos</title> - <para>When the wizard<footnote> + <para>Cuando el<footnote> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis>.</para> - </footnote> is launched for the -first time, it may display the following message:</para> + </footnote> asistente se lanza por +primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:</para> <blockquote> <para>Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?</para> @@ -40,17 +40,17 @@ vacía.</para> <section> <title>Ventana principal</title> - <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list -is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a -configuration tool.</para> + <para>Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, +la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una +herramienta de configuración.</para> </section> <section> <title>Modificar entrada</title> - <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched -with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are -available.</para> + <para>La herramienta de configuración se denomina "Modificar los datos". Puede +también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los +siguientes parámetros están disponibles.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ available.</para> <section> <title>Directorio NFS</title> - <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The -<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose -it.</para> + <para>Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón +<guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para +seleccionarlo.</para> </section> <section> @@ -75,10 +75,11 @@ directorio compartido.</para> <para>Los clientes NFS se pueden especificar de varias maneras:</para> - <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name -recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para> + <para><emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre +abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una +dirección IP</para> - <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para> + <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: grupos NIS se pueden dar como @group.</para> <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml index 7b049cc9..d4bbace2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml @@ -41,8 +41,9 @@ espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de comunicación.</para> </note></para> - <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis -role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote> + <para>Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la +etiqueta <emphasis role = "bold">Administración de +software.</emphasis><footnote> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>.</para> </footnote></para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml index b74f4343..bbd88943 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml @@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ en la red.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the -resource</para> + <para><guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al +recurso</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for -each share</para> + <para><guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder +al recurso</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml index 27e7d117..7f5d2a0c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Esta herramienta<footnote> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis>.</para> - </footnote>is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> + </footnote> está presente en el +Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = +"bold">Seguridad</emphasis></para> <para>Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml index 4f608683..8534b825 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, -escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's -<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration -tools</guilabel> section.</para> + <para>Esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, +escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>.</para></footnote> está disponible en la +pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección +<guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>.</para> <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para> @@ -31,15 +31,16 @@ proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para> <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para> - <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose -<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the -<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to -the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and -files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the -<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from -the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be -included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are -done.</para> + <para>Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a +continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una +pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones +<guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a +<guilabel>la lista de copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir +directorios y archivos de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones +junto a la lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los +subdirectorios y/o archivos de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis +role = "bold">no</emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de +seguridad. Haga clic en <guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado.</para> <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml index 00f4c758..1493543e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Esta herramienta<footnote> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis>.</para> - </footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.¶</para> + </footnote> está presente en el +Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = +"bold">Hardware</emphasis> .¶</para> <para>Draksound ofrece configuracirar el sonido, incluidas las opciones del controlador, las oportunidades y problemas de PulseAudio. Si tiene problemas @@ -26,9 +27,9 @@ driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card.</para> <note> - <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA -API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when -possible for its enhanced features.</para> + <para>La mayor parte del tiempo, es posible elegir un controlador utilizando el +API OSS o ALSA. OSS es la más antigua y muy básico, se recomienda elegir +ALSA cuando sea posible por sus características mejoradas.</para> </note> <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound @@ -51,11 +52,11 @@ three buttons:</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you -are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver -for your device.</para> + <para>El primer botón le da total libertad de elección. Usted tiene que saber lo +que está haciendo. Este botón no está disponible cuando el sistema ha +encontrado un controlador para su dispositivo.</para> - <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any -problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking -the community for help.</para> + <para>El segundo es obvio y el último da asistencia solucionado cualquier problema +que pueda tener. Usted encontrará que es útil para tratar antes de pedir +ayuda a la comunidad.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml index f532a6b9..73b8a3e7 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa +que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de +Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml index e70927e5..55cfc961 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml @@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ <section> <title>Introducción</title> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Esta herramienta <footnote> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis>.</para> - </footnote> allows to configure secure -access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local -workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the -configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is -already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the -network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para> + </footnote> permite configurar un +acceso seguro a una red remota, se establece un túnel entre la estación de +trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la configuración en +el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota ya está en +funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del administrador de +red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf.</para> </section> <section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml index fe72e6d2..2fc08c25 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, -escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web -server. + <para>Esta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, +escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>.</para></footnote> puede ayudar a +configurar un servidor web. </para> <section> <title>¿Qué es un servidor web?</title> @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia) </para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title> + <title>Configuración de un servidor web con drakwizard apache2</title> <para> Bienvenido al asistente de servidor web. </para> @@ -34,19 +34,20 @@ puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia) </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> - <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title> + <title>Seleccionando servidor exposicion: Red Local y/o Mundial</title> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad -things. + Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para +cosas malas. </para> </step> <step> @@ -68,8 +69,8 @@ things. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will -display it. + El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo +mostrará. </para> </step> <step> @@ -80,7 +81,8 @@ display it. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents. + Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de +servidores web. </para> </step> <step> @@ -91,8 +93,8 @@ display it. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. </para> </step> <step> @@ -103,7 +105,7 @@ display it. </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para> - You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. + ¡Ya está! Haga clic en <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>. </para> </step> </procedure> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml index 813c14fe..2a6c9da2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa +que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de +Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml index 7b529e22..7277a2ed 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ </mediaobject> <para><note> - <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net -interfaces</para> + <para>Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura +para las interfaces Red</para> </note></para> <para>This tool<footnote> @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)</para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title> + <title>Configuración de un servidor DHCP con drakwizard dhcp</title> <para>Bienvenido al asistente de servidor DHCP.</para> @@ -47,7 +47,8 @@ comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -88,8 +89,8 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -122,11 +123,11 @@ change things around.</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para> + <para>Instalando el paquete servidor-dhcp si es necesario;</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para> + <para>Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml index 08b89d95..cf106502 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml @@ -31,13 +31,14 @@ default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base packages.</para> <section> - <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title> + <title>Configuración de un servidor NTP con drakwizard ntp</title> <procedure> <step> - <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three -time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice -because this server always points to available time servers.</para> + <para>Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide +que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere +utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los +servidores de tiempo disponibles.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para> <para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para> + <para>Instalando el paquete <code>ntp</code> si es necesario</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml index 36a5a5dc..7e591cf5 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml @@ -9,9 +9,8 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, -escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an -<acronym>FTP</acronym> server. + <para>Esta herramienta <placewholder type="footnote" id="0"/> puede ayudarle a +configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>. </para> <section> <title>¿Qué es <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title> @@ -26,77 +25,4 @@ protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a <para> Bienvenido al asistente de FTP. Abróchate el cinturón. </para> - <procedure> - <step> - <title>Introducción</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad -things. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Información del Servidor</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email -complaints too and whether to allow root login access. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Opciones del Servidor</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> -(File eXchange Protocol) - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Resumen</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Finalizar</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> -</section> +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml index 51af5c15..859d79b9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml @@ -29,12 +29,13 @@ before you can access to it.</para> <section> <title>¿Qué es un servidor proxy?</title> - <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts -as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other -servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, -such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a -different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to -simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> + <para>Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) +que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de +recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, +solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u +otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa +la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De +Wikipedia)</para> </section> <section> @@ -53,7 +54,8 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -80,7 +82,8 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -93,8 +96,8 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -121,7 +124,7 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para> + <para>En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso.</para> </step> <step> @@ -134,8 +137,8 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a +continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -148,8 +151,8 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -163,8 +166,8 @@ simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then -click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a +continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> @@ -178,7 +181,7 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para> + <para>¡Ya está! Haga clic en <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>.</para> </step> </procedure> </section> @@ -192,13 +195,13 @@ click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in + <para>Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from -<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para> + <para>Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de +<code>squid.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml index 6b4c9381..b565e00c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml @@ -10,9 +10,8 @@ </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, -escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an -<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon. + <para>Esta herramienta <placewholder type="footnote" id="0"/> puede ayudarle a +configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>. </para> <section> <title>¿Qué es <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title> @@ -26,117 +25,8 @@ respectively). (From Wikipedia) </para> </section> <section> - <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title> + <title>Configuración de un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym> con sshd drakwizard</title> <para> Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH. </para> - <procedure> - <step> - <title>Seleccione las opciones de configuración</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or -<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Opciones generales</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard -<acronym>SSH</acronym> port. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Métodos de Autenticación</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, -then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Inicio de sesión</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic -en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Opciones Inicio de sesión</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Opciones de Inicio de sesión de Usuario</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Compresión y Reenvío</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Resumen</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Take a second to check these options, then click -<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <title>Finalizar</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> -</section> +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml index faee807b..2d82c69c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you -can write this help, please contact <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc -team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + <para>Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa +que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equipo de +Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado.</para> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis>.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml index e7756b43..2a5e8880 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para> <guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information about the content of the fields.</para> - <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are -available at the bottom of the right column:</para> + <para>De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones +están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml index 8149940d..302844bb 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Ésta herramienta<footnote> <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis>.</para> - </footnote> is found in the Mageia -Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system -logs</guilabel>".</para> + </footnote> se encuentra en el +Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de +Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>.</para> <para/> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml index 92cb2d2e..77aa0ce5 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml @@ -22,10 +22,12 @@ packages to work.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para> + <para>Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del +dispositivo.</para> - <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it -is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para> + <para>lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una +información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en +estos ejemplos:</para> <para>Información sobre la tarjeta gráfica;</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml index 3dda0f4e..285caeaf 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, -escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis>.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia -Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para> + <para>Esta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, +escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis>.</para></footnote> está presente en el +Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = +"bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para> - <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by -Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para> + <para>Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está +instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro +ratón.</para> <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml index 885450f5..eb341e87 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml @@ -27,20 +27,20 @@ approaches:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to -make it more secure.</para> + <para>Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el +sistema para que sea más seguro.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn -you if something seems dangerous.</para> + <para>Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con +el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a -set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or -enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your -own customised security levels.</para> + <para>msec utiliza el concepto de "niveles de seguridad", que tiene la intención +de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados +para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero +usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados.</para> </section> <section> @@ -48,20 +48,22 @@ own customised security levels.</para> <para>Ver la captura anterior</para> - <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a -button on the right side to configure them:</para> + <para>La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de +seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para> + <para>Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor +de seguridad personal</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para> + <para>Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / +Actualizar su sistema</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>msec itself with some information:</para> + <para>msec alguna información de si misma:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -73,8 +75,8 @@ button on the right side to configure them:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report -and another button to execute the checks just now.</para> + <para>la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un +informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> @@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ below.</para> <title>Pestaña seguridad básica</title> <para role="underline"> - <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis> + <emphasis role="underline">Niveles de seguridad:</emphasis> </para> <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab @@ -157,12 +159,12 @@ your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para> <caution> - <para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default -level settings.</para> + <para>Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen +prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto.</para> </caution> <para> - <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis> + <emphasis role="underline">Alertas de seguridad:</emphasis> </para> <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email @@ -192,9 +194,9 @@ to the options.</para> <section> <title>Pestaña de seguridad del sistema</title> - <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a -description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side -column.</para> + <para>Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la +izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en +la columna de la derecha.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -243,8 +245,9 @@ saving them.</para> <section> <title>Pestaña controles periódicos</title> - <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of -security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para> + <para>Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de +seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que +msec cree potencialmente peligrosas.</para> <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is @@ -260,11 +263,12 @@ checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para> <section> <title>Pestaña excepciones</title> - <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In -these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab -allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert -messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot -below shows four exceptions.</para> + <para>A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y +buscadas. En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el +administrador. Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere +evitar los mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el +primer arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro +excepciones.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -291,8 +295,8 @@ tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para> <section> <title>Permisos</title> - <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and -enforcement.</para> + <para>Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de +comprobación y la observancia.</para> <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them @@ -308,10 +312,10 @@ list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para> <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You -can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the -owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a -given rule:</para> + <para>Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla +por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que +se trate por la regla, el dueño, el grupo y luego los permisos dados por +la regla. Si, por una regla dada:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml index 8f06266d..2dafbf3a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml @@ -67,17 +67,18 @@ packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para> <listitem> <para><emphasis role="bold">Filtro de tipo de paquete:</emphasis></para> - <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first -time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical -interface. You can display either all the packages and all their -dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, -updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para> + <para>Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera +vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz +gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y +bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, +actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia.</para> <warning> - <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who -probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading -this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge -of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para> + <para>El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, +que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas +especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente +estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es +configurar este filtro para "todos".</para> </warning> </listitem> @@ -85,17 +86,17 @@ of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para> <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis> </firstterm></para> - <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the -packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and -not installed.</para> + <para>Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes +que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no +instaladas.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para><emphasis role="bold">Modo de búsqueda:</emphasis></para> - <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their -summaries, through their complete description or through the files included -in the packages.</para> + <para>Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, +a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de +los archivos incluidos en los paquetes.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -109,24 +110,25 @@ for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and <listitem> <para><emphasis role="bold">Borrar todo:</emphasis></para> - <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box -.</para> + <para>Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en +el cuadro "Buscar".</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para><emphasis role="bold">Lista de categorias:</emphasis></para> - <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and -sub categories.</para> + <para>Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y +subcategorías claras.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para><emphasis role="bold">Descripción del panel:</emphasis></para> - <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete -description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It -can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the -package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para> + <para>Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción +completa. Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete +seleccionado. También puede mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los +archivos incluidos en el paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios +realizados por el mantenedor.</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> @@ -239,13 +241,13 @@ al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> .</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject></screenshot> - <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They -are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an -information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected -dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It -may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed -library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a -button to get more information and another button to choose which package to -install.</para> + <para>Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin +de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este +caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si +acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más +información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden +proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista +de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para +elegir qué paquetes instalar.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml index 4d67c047..e8b1f6c1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml @@ -128,12 +128,12 @@ accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora.</para> - <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or -deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on -this computer.</para> + <para>Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede +ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al +dispositivo(s) local en este equipo.</para> - <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted -from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para> + <para>Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o +eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote -machines.</para> + <para>Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o +permitir todas las máquinas remotas.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -234,11 +234,11 @@ steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> -<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded -each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, -after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the -firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you -downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para> +<para>En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar +cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el +dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se +puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o +instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor.</para><para> Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se paciente.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml index 91643f3c..400b58e4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml @@ -21,15 +21,16 @@ <section xml:id="introduction"> <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introducción</title> - <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link -ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration -interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia -offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer -which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu -and openSUSE.</para> + <para>La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su +propio <link ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">interfaz de +configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de Internet, +pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de impresoras +llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras distribuciones como +Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE.</para> - <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the -installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para> + <para>sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la +instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar +disponibles en este modo.</para> <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure @@ -50,11 +51,12 @@ for.</para> <para>Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de dependencias son necesarios.</para> - <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to -detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a -printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a -printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window -will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para> + <para>Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de "Agregar" la +impresora. El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos +disponibles. La captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un +puerto paralelo. Si se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un +puerto USB, que se mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también +intentará configurar una impresora de red.</para> </section> <section xml:id="automatic"> @@ -77,9 +79,9 @@ next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window -to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following -options.</para> + <para>Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores +y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse +a través de una de las siguientes opciones.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -99,36 +101,38 @@ options.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer -first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one -driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have -encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one -which know to work.</para> + <para>Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un +fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador +asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se +recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en +este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona.</para> </section> <section xml:id="terminate"> <title>Completar el proceso de instalación</title> - <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will -allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is -the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of -available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After -this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available -printers.</para> + <para>Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna +información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la +impresora. La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo +en las aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de +instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después +de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras +disponibles.</para> </section> <section xml:id="network_printer"> <title>Impresora en red</title> - <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or -wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to -another workstation that serves as printserver.</para> + <para>Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una +red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión +o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de +impresión.</para> <note> - <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed -IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same -as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed -one.</para> + <para>A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una +dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe +ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si +tiene uno fijo.</para> </note> <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or @@ -146,12 +150,14 @@ Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it says "host".</para> - <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a -protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the -list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para> + <para>Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, +propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado +de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la +lista.</para> - <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find -which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para> + <para>Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de +impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de +cola específicos.</para> </section> <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols"> @@ -220,8 +226,8 @@ station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form -the URI:</para> + <para>El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de +cómo formar el URI:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -293,7 +299,8 @@ ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para> - <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para> + <para>Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de +configuración.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en uno</emphasis></para> @@ -307,13 +314,14 @@ menu. Also view <link ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link> for the management of the printer.</para> - <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner -features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't -allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this -case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the -picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, -open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory -card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para> + <para>Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y +se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la +interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación +deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, +utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de +memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software +de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la +carpeta /media.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">impresoara a color Samsung</emphasis></para> @@ -330,8 +338,9 @@ package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture. </para> - <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a -conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para> + <para> Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto +con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser +ignorada.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">impresoras Canon</emphasis></para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml index 5d46b481..8586dd1c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, +escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root.</para> </footnote> is found under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para> @@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ to import bookmarks:</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and -<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia -<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para> + <para>Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet +Explorer</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores +de la instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>.</para> - <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> -button.</para> + <para>Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> @@ -125,11 +125,11 @@ With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> -button.</para> + <para>Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón +<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para> - <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the -<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para> + <para>La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo +tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml index 4d6d93ff..83b77b20 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml @@ -23,20 +23,21 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis -role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> - </footnote> is found under the <emphasis -role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled -"Manage users on system"</para> + <para>Esta herramienta<footnote> + <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, +escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root.</para> + </footnote> se encuentra en la +pestaña <emphasis role="bold">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de +Mageia bajo la etiqueta "Administrar usuarios en el sistema"</para> <para>La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)</para> - <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in -the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the -<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para> + <para>Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se +enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los +grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan +de la misma manera.</para> <para><guibutton>1 Añadir Usuario</guibutton></para> @@ -48,31 +49,33 @@ the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the -entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything -or nothing as well!</para> + <para>El campo <emphasis role="bold">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la +entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o +nada, así!</para> <para><emphasis role = "bold">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio.</para> - <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly -recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the -password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should -use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The -shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para> + <para>El establecimiento de una <emphasis role="bold">Contraseña</emphasis> es muy +recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es +débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de +sesión. Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de +puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de +la contraseña mejora.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure -you entered what you intended to.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para +asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows -you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are -Bash, Dash and Sh.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que le +permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las +opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if -checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new -user as the only member (this may be edited).</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, si +esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el nuevo +usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado).</para> - <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately -after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea +inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón +<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Añadir Grupo</emphasis></para> @@ -81,8 +84,8 @@ ID de grupo específico.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)</para> - <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given -for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para> + <para><guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos +facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar).</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Información de Cuenta</emphasis>:</para> @@ -101,9 +104,9 @@ la cuenta está bloqueada.</para> <para>Es también posible cambiar el ícono</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an -expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his -password periodically.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite +establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario +a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -111,8 +114,8 @@ password periodically.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that -the user is a member of.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos +del que el usuario es miembro.</para> <note> <para>Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no @@ -121,8 +124,8 @@ serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group -name.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el nombre +del grupo.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo</para> @@ -146,10 +149,11 @@ en este icono para actualizar la pantalla.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Cuenta Invitado</emphasis></para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended -to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login -is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications -to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the -end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click -in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su +objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total +seguridad. Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es +imposible de realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los +directorios personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está +activada por defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú +<guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC.xml index 08949004..30496291 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Mageia juhtimiskeskus</title> <cover> - <para>Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po index fe4b0aa0..d562dbaa 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>, 2014 # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014-2015 @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-03 08:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eu/)\n" +"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"eu/)\n" +"Language: eu\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: eu\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,8 +30,7 @@ msgstr "Sartu WebDAV bitartez partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -38,9 +38,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -48,7 +50,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurki daiteke, Sareko Partekatze fitxa pean, <guilabel>WebDAV ekintzak Konfiguratu</guilabel> bezala etiketatuta." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"aurki daiteke, Sareko Partekatze fitxa pean, <guilabel>WebDAV ekintzak " +"Konfiguratu</guilabel> bezala etiketatuta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -68,7 +73,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> direktorio lokal bat bezala agertzeko , inguruan web-zerbitzari baten direktoriora igo onartzen duen protokolo bat da. Beharrezkoa da urruneko makina bat martxan jarritzea WebDAV zerbitzari. Hau ez da WebDAV-zerbitzaria konfiguratzeko tresnaren helburua." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> " +"direktorio lokal bat bezala agertzeko , inguruan web-zerbitzari baten " +"direktoriora igo onartzen duen protokolo bat da. Beharrezkoa da urruneko " +"makina bat martxan jarritzea WebDAV zerbitzari. Hau ez da WebDAV-zerbitzaria " +"konfiguratzeko tresnaren helburua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -81,7 +91,11 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "Tresna honen lehenengo pantailan bistaratutako sarrerak ezarrita daude dagoeneko, baldin badaude, eta <guibutton>Berria</guibutton> botoia. Erabili hau sarrera berri bat sortzeko. Idatzi zerbitzariaren helbidea pantaila berriaren eremuan." +msgstr "" +"Tresna honen lehenengo pantailan bistaratutako sarrerak ezarrita daude " +"dagoeneko, baldin badaude, eta <guibutton>Berria</guibutton> botoia. Erabili " +"hau sarrera berri bat sortzeko. Idatzi zerbitzariaren helbidea pantaila " +"berriaren eremuan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -89,12 +103,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Ondoren ekintza batzuk hautatzeko pantaila bat agertzen da. <guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> ekintzarekin jarraitu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia hautatu ondoren klikatuz, jadanik <guibutton>Zerbitzaria</guibutton> ezarrita dago. Hala ere, zuzendu ahal izango da, behar izanez gero." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Ondoren ekintza batzuk hautatzeko pantaila bat agertzen da. " +"<guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> ekintzarekin jarraitu " +"<guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia hautatu ondoren klikatuz, jadanik " +"<guibutton>Zerbitzaria</guibutton> ezarrita dago. Hala ere, zuzendu ahal " +"izango da, behar izanez gero." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -104,17 +122,20 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "Urruneko direktorioa edukia mount puntu honen bidez eskuragarri izango da." +msgstr "" +"Urruneko direktorioa edukia mount puntu honen bidez eskuragarri izango da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "Hurrengo urratsean, sartu zure erabiltzaile izena eta pasahitza. Beste aukera batzuk behar izanez gero, <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> erraztu ditzakezu." +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo urratsean, sartu zure erabiltzaile izena eta pasahitza. Beste " +"aukera batzuk behar izanez gero, <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> erraztu " +"ditzakezu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -124,19 +145,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "<guibutton>Mount</guibutton> aukera berehala muntatu duzun sarbidea ahalbidetzen du." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Mount</guibutton> aukera berehala muntatu duzun sarbidea " +"ahalbidetzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "<guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartu ondoren, lehenengo pantailan berriz agertzen da eta muntatze puntu berria zerrendatzen da. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> aukeratu ondoren, galdetuko zaizu aldaketak <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>-en gorde nahi dituzun edo ez. Aukera hau onartu urruneko direktorioa abio guztietan erabilgarri izatea nahi baduzu. Konfigurazioak erabilera baterrako baldin badira, ez gorde." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartu ondoren, " +"lehenengo pantailan berriz agertzen da eta muntatze puntu berria " +"zerrendatzen da. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> aukeratu ondoren, galdetuko " +"zaizu aldaketak <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>-en gorde nahi dituzun edo " +"ez. Aukera hau onartu urruneko direktorioa abio guztietan erabilgarri izatea " +"nahi baduzu. Konfigurazioak erabilera baterrako baldin badira, ez gorde." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -148,8 +176,7 @@ msgstr "Partekatu zure disko zurrunaren partizioak" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -157,9 +184,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -168,14 +197,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Tresna sinple hau <Placeholder type=\"fotnote\" id=\"0\"/> administratzaileari baimentzen dio, windows edo Linux sitema eragileak erbiltzen duten sare lokal bereko beste erabiltzaile batzuekiko bere /home-ko azpidirektorioen zatiak partekatzea." +msgstr "" +"Tresna sinple hau <Placeholder type=\"fotnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"administratzaileari baimentzen dio, windows edo Linux sitema eragileak " +"erbiltzen duten sare lokal bereko beste erabiltzaile batzuekiko bere /home-" +"ko azpidirektorioen zatiak partekatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurkitzen da, Tokiko Disko fitxan, \"Partekatu zure disko gogorrean partizioak\" etiketaz." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurkitzen da, Tokiko Disko fitxan, \"Partekatu zure " +"disko gogorrean partizioak\" etiketaz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -184,11 +219,21 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Lehenik eta behin, erantzun honako galdera hauei: \"<guilabel>Erabiltzaileei haien direktorio batzuk partekatzea baimendu nahi duzu?</guilabel>\", Egin klik <guibutton>Ez partekatzea</guibutton> erantzuna ezezkoa bada erabiltzaile guztientzat, sakatatu <guibutton>Erabiltzaile guztiak baimendu</guibutton> erabiltzaile guztiak baimentzeko, edo egin klik <guibutton>Pertsonalizatu</guibutton> erantzuna batzuentzat ezezkoa eta beste batzuentzat baiezkoa bada. Azken kasu horretan, haien direktorioak partekatzea baimenduta duten erabiltzaileak sistemak autmatikoki sortuko duen Fileshare taldeko kide izan berha dira, Geroago galdetuko zaizu honi buruz." +msgstr "" +"Lehenik eta behin, erantzun honako galdera hauei: \"<guilabel>Erabiltzaileei " +"haien direktorio batzuk partekatzea baimendu nahi duzu?</guilabel>\", Egin " +"klik <guibutton>Ez partekatzea</guibutton> erantzuna ezezkoa bada " +"erabiltzaile guztientzat, sakatatu <guibutton>Erabiltzaile guztiak baimendu</" +"guibutton> erabiltzaile guztiak baimentzeko, edo egin klik " +"<guibutton>Pertsonalizatu</guibutton> erantzuna batzuentzat ezezkoa eta " +"beste batzuentzat baiezkoa bada. Azken kasu horretan, haien direktorioak " +"partekatzea baimenduta duten erabiltzaileak sistemak autmatikoki sortuko " +"duen Fileshare taldeko kide izan berha dira, Geroago galdetuko zaizu honi " +"buruz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -199,7 +244,14 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Sakatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel>, eta bigarren leiho bat agertuko da <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>-ren eta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>-ren artean aukeratu dezazun eskatuko dizuna. <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>markatu ezazu Linux sareko sistema eragile bakarra bada, edo <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>sareak Linux eta Windows konputagailuak baditu. Ondoren klikatu <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. Eskatutako paketeak berehala instalatuko dira, beharrezkoa izango balitz." +msgstr "" +"Sakatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel>, eta bigarren leiho bat agertuko da " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>-ren eta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>-ren artean " +"aukeratu dezazun eskatuko dizuna. <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>markatu ezazu " +"Linux sareko sistema eragile bakarra bada, edo <guibutton>SMB</" +"guibutton>sareak Linux eta Windows konputagailuak baditu. Ondoren klikatu " +"<guilabel>OK</guilabel>. Eskatutako paketeak berehala instalatuko dira, " +"beharrezkoa izango balitz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -209,24 +261,37 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Konfigurazioa osatu da, pertsonalizatua aukera aukeratu ezean. Kasu honetan, leiho bat Userdrake irekitzeko eskatzen dizu. Tresna honek aukera ematen dizu beren guneak partekatzeko baimendutako erabiltzaileei Fileshare taldera gehitzea. Erabiltzaile fitxan, sakatu Fileshare taldera gehitu beharreko erabiltzaileak, eta gero <guimenuitem>Editatu</guimenuitem>, Taldeen fitxan. Taldea markatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Userdrake buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">orri hau</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurazioa osatu da, pertsonalizatua aukera aukeratu ezean. Kasu honetan, " +"leiho bat Userdrake irekitzeko eskatzen dizu. Tresna honek aukera ematen " +"dizu beren guneak partekatzeko baimendutako erabiltzaileei Fileshare taldera " +"gehitzea. Erabiltzaile fitxan, sakatu Fileshare taldera gehitu beharreko " +"erabiltzaileak, eta gero <guimenuitem>Editatu</guimenuitem>, Taldeen fitxan. " +"Taldea markatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Userdrake buruzko " +"informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">orri " +"hau</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Fileshare taldera erabiltzaile berri bat gehitzean, Sarean deskonektatu eta berriro konektatu behar duzu aldaketak egin ahal izateko kontuan." +msgstr "" +"Fileshare taldera erabiltzaile berri bat gehitzean, Sarean deskonektatu eta " +"berriro konektatu behar duzu aldaketak egin ahal izateko kontuan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "Hemendik aurrera fileshare taldeko erabiltzaile bakoitzak bere/bere fitxategi-kudeatzailean hautatu ahal izango du direktorio partekatzea, baina fitxategi-kudeatzaile guztiek ez dute zerbitzu hau." +msgstr "" +"Hemendik aurrera fileshare taldeko erabiltzaile bakoitzak bere/bere " +"fitxategi-kudeatzailean hautatu ahal izango du direktorio partekatzea, baina " +"fitxategi-kudeatzaile guztiek ez dute zerbitzu hau." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -244,8 +309,7 @@ msgstr "Sartu NFS-rekin partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -258,9 +322,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -269,9 +335,15 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ordenagailuaren erabiltzaile guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera emango dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa NFS da, zein Unix edo Linux gehienetan aurkitzen da. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke, edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ordenagailuaren " +"erabiltzaile guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera " +"emango dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa NFS da, zein Unix edo " +"Linux gehienetan aurkitzen da. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan " +"eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke, " +"edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -283,17 +355,20 @@ msgstr "Prozedura" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Aukeratu <guibutton>bilaketa zerbitzarietan</guibutton> partekatze direktorioen zerbitzari zerrenda bat lortzeko." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <guibutton>bilaketa zerbitzarietan</guibutton> partekatze " +"direktorioen zerbitzari zerrenda bat lortzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Klikatu > sinboloa zerbitzari-izenaren aurretik partekatutako direktorioen zerrenda bistaratzeko eta hautatu atzitu nahi duzun direktorioa." +msgstr "" +"Klikatu > sinboloa zerbitzari-izenaren aurretik partekatutako direktorioen " +"zerrenda bistaratzeko eta hautatu atzitu nahi duzun direktorioa." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -301,12 +376,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "<guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta " +"direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -317,16 +393,17 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, muntaketarekin aurrera jarraitu dezakezu. Duzu aukera erabilgarriak ere begiratu ditzakezu, eta horiek aldatu <guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton> botoitik. Erabili botoi bera demuntatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, muntaketarekin aurrera jarraitu dezakezu. " +"Duzu aukera erabilgarriak ere begiratu ditzakezu, eta horiek aldatu " +"<guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton> botoitik. Erabili botoi bera demuntatzeko." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -336,13 +413,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "<guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat agertuko da galdetuz \"/etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu ?\" Honek direktorioa abiatzen den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri badago. Orduan direktorio berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri egongo da, Dolphin-en adibidez." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat " +"agertuko da galdetuz \"/etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu ?\" Honek " +"direktorioa abiatzen den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri " +"badago. Orduan direktorio berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri " +"egongo da, Dolphin-en adibidez." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -357,8 +438,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD grabatzaile" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -366,9 +446,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -376,7 +458,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>disko lokalen hegalean aurkitzen da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean zure hardware kengarriaren izenarekin etiketatuta (soilik CD/DVDa irakur-grabatzailea eta disketea)." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>disko lokalen hegalean " +"aurkitzen da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean zure hardware kengarriaren izenarekin " +"etiketatuta (soilik CD/DVDa irakur-grabatzailea eta disketea)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -390,7 +475,10 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "Leihoaren goialdean zure hardwareko eta aukeratutako muntaketa-aukeretako deskribapen laburra dago. Menua erabil ezazu behealdean haiek aldatzeko. Egiaztatu elementuak aldatzeko eta sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Leihoaren goialdean zure hardwareko eta aukeratutako muntaketa-aukeretako " +"deskribapen laburra dago. Menua erabil ezazu behealdean haiek aldatzeko. " +"Egiaztatu elementuak aldatzeko eta sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -411,9 +499,11 @@ msgstr "Aukerak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Muntatze aukera asko hauta daitezke hemen zerrendan edo azpimenuko <guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel>ren bidez. Garrantzitsuenak hauek dira:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Muntatze aukera asko hauta daitezke hemen zerrendan edo azpimenuko " +"<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel>ren bidez. Garrantzitsuenak hauek dira:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -426,12 +516,16 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "User aukera du ez root erabiltzaile bati disko aldagarri bat muntatzeko aukera ematen dio. Aukera hau noexec, nosuid eta nodev dakar. Diskoa muntatutako erabiltzailea soilik kendu ahal izango du." +msgstr "" +"User aukera du ez root erabiltzaile bati disko aldagarri bat muntatzeko " +"aukera ematen dio. Aukera hau noexec, nosuid eta nodev dakar. Diskoa " +"muntatutako erabiltzailea soilik kendu ahal izango du." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" -msgstr "Sartu Windows-en modura (SMB) partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara" +msgstr "" +"Sartu Windows-en modura (SMB) partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 @@ -441,9 +535,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -452,40 +548,54 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ordenagailuaren erabiltzaile guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera emango dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa SMB da, zein komuna den Windows(TM) sistemen artean. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke, edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ordenagailuaren " +"erabiltzaile guztientzako direktorio eskuragarriak deklaratzeko aukera " +"emango dizu. Horretarako erabilitako den protokoloa SMB da, zein komuna den " +"Windows(TM) sistemen artean. Partekatutako direktorioa abiarazterakoan " +"eskuragarri egongo da. Partekatze direktorioetan zuzenean ere sar daiteke, " +"edozein fitxategi kudeatzaile erabiliz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Tresna abiatu Aurretik, ideia ona da eskuragarri dauden zerbitzarien izenak aldarrikatzea, da adibidez <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Tresna abiatu Aurretik, ideia ona da eskuragarri dauden zerbitzarien izenak " +"aldarrikatzea, da adibidez <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Aukeratu <guibutton> zerbitzariak bilatu </guibutton> direktorioak partekatzen duten zerbitzarien zerrenda lortzeko." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <guibutton> zerbitzariak bilatu </guibutton> direktorioak " +"partekatzen duten zerbitzarien zerrenda lortzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Klikatu > zerbitzari-izenaren aurrean agertzen den sinboloan aurkezteko partekatutako direktorioen zerrenda bat, eta aukeratu sartzeko nahi duzuna. eta aukeratu sartzea desiratzen duzuna." +msgstr "" +"Klikatu > zerbitzari-izenaren aurrean agertzen den sinboloan aurkezteko " +"partekatutako direktorioen zerrenda bat, eta aukeratu sartzeko nahi duzuna. " +"eta aukeratu sartzea desiratzen duzuna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "<guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Muntatze Puntua</guibutton> botoia eskuragarri egongo da eta " +"direktorioa non muntatu nahi duzun zehaztu behar duzu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -496,7 +606,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, <guimenu>Muntatze Botoia</guimenu>rekin muntatu daiteke. Baita egiaztatu dezakezu eta <guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton> baotoiarekin aukera batzuk aldatu." +msgstr "" +"Muntatze puntua aukeratu ondoren, <guimenu>Muntatze Botoia</guimenu>rekin " +"muntatu daiteke. Baita egiaztatu dezakezu eta <guibutton>Aukerak</" +"guibutton> baotoiarekin aukera batzuk aldatu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -504,16 +617,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "Aukeretan, izena eta pasahitza zehaztu dezakezu SMB zerbitzariarekin konektatzeko gaitasuna dutenentzat. Direktorioa muntatu ondoren, desmuntatu egin dezakezu botoi bera erabiliz." +msgstr "" +"Aukeretan, izena eta pasahitza zehaztu dezakezu SMB zerbitzariarekin " +"konektatzeko gaitasuna dutenentzat. Direktorioa muntatu ondoren, desmuntatu " +"egin dezakezu botoi bera erabiliz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -524,12 +638,15 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "Eginda botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat agertuko da galdetuz \"/etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu?\" Gordetzen, direktorioa abiatzen den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri badago. Orduan direktorio berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri egongo da, Dolphin-en adibidez." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Eginda botoiarekin konfigurazioa onartzean, mezu bat agertuko da galdetuz \"/" +"etc/fstab-eko aldaketak gorde nahi dituzu?\" Gordetzen, direktorioa abiatzen " +"den bakoitzean ahalbidetzen du, sarea eskuragarri badago. Orduan direktorio " +"berria zure fitxategi nabigatzailean eskuragarri egongo da, Dolphin-en " +"adibidez." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -544,8 +661,7 @@ msgstr "3D Mahaigain Efektuak" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -553,9 +669,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drak3d</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -563,7 +681,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aukera ematen dizu zure sistema eragilearen 3D mahaigain efektuak kudeatzeko aukera. Hauek lehenespenez desgaituta aurkitzen dira." +msgstr "" +"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aukera ematen dizu " +"zure sistema eragilearen 3D mahaigain efektuak kudeatzeko aukera. Hauek " +"lehenespenez desgaituta aurkitzen dira." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -576,30 +697,40 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Tresna hau erabili ahal izateko glxinfo paketea instalatuta izan behar duzu. Paketea instalatuta ez badago, instalatzea eskatuko zaizu drak3d hasi aurretik." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau erabili ahal izateko glxinfo paketea instalatuta izan behar duzu. " +"Paketea instalatuta ez badago, instalatzea eskatuko zaizu drak3d hasi " +"aurretik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "Drak3d hasi aurretik menu bat agertuko da. Bertatik aukeratu ahal izango duzu <guilabel>Ez dago 3D efekturik</guilabel> edo <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion leiho konposaketa administratzaile/kudeatzaile baten parte da, zein hardware-azeleratuta efektu bereziak barneratzen dituen mahaigainerako. Compiz Fusion aukeratu ezazu hura pizteko." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"Drak3d hasi aurretik menu bat agertuko da. Bertatik aukeratu ahal izango " +"duzu <guilabel>Ez dago 3D efekturik</guilabel> edo <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" +"guilabel>. Compiz Fusion leiho konposaketa administratzaile/kudeatzaile " +"baten parte da, zein hardware-azeleratuta efektu bereziak barneratzen dituen " +"mahaigainerako. Compiz Fusion aukeratu ezazu hura pizteko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Programa hau mageia garbi bat instalatu ondoren lehen aldiz erabili baduzu, ohar-mezu bat jasoko duzu ze pakete instalatu behar den Compiz Fusion erabiltzeko adieraziz. Klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia jarraitzeko." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Programa hau mageia garbi bat instalatu ondoren lehen aldiz erabili baduzu, " +"ohar-mezu bat jasoko duzu ze pakete instalatu behar den Compiz Fusion " +"erabiltzeko adieraziz. Klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia " +"jarraitzeko." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -610,14 +741,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Beharrezko paketeak instalatu ondoren, Compiz Fusion drak3d menuan hautatutako agertzen dela ikusiko duzu. Aldaketak eragina izateko saioa amaitu eta berriro saioa hasi beharko duzu." +msgstr "" +"Beharrezko paketeak instalatu ondoren, Compiz Fusion drak3d menuan " +"hautatutako agertzen dela ikusiko duzu. Aldaketak eragina izateko saioa " +"amaitu eta berriro saioa hasi beharko duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "Saioa berriro hasi ondoren, Compiz Fusion aktibatuta egongo da. Compiz Fusion ezartzeko ikusi CCSM Laguntza orrialdea (Compiz Konfigurazio Ezarpen kudeatzailea)." +msgstr "" +"Saioa berriro hasi ondoren, Compiz Fusion aktibatuta egongo da. Compiz " +"Fusion ezartzeko ikusi CCSM Laguntza orrialdea (Compiz Konfigurazio Ezarpen " +"kudeatzailea)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -635,10 +772,12 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Compiz Fusion ahalbidetu ondoren ezin baduzu ikusi mahaigaina berriz hasten, berrabiarazi ordenagailua saio hasiera pantailara itzultzeko. Han Mahaigain ikonoaren gainean klik egin eta aukeratu drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Compiz Fusion ahalbidetu ondoren ezin baduzu ikusi mahaigaina berriz " +"hasten, berrabiarazi ordenagailua saio hasiera pantailara itzultzeko. Han " +"Mahaigain ikonoaren gainean klik egin eta aukeratu drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -648,9 +787,12 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Berriro saioa hasterakoan, berriro, zure kontua administratzaile eskubideak badauzka, eskatuko zaizu zure pasahitza berriro sartzea. Bestela, erabili administratzaile-kontu bat arazoa eragindako edozein aldaketa desegiteko." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Berriro saioa hasterakoan, berriro, zure kontua administratzaile eskubideak " +"badauzka, eskatuko zaizu zure pasahitza berriro sartzea. Bestela, erabili " +"administratzaile-kontu bat arazoa eragindako edozein aldaketa desegiteko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -662,8 +804,7 @@ msgstr "Autentikazioa" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -671,16 +812,20 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakauth</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ahalbidetzen zaitu makinan edo sarean erabiltzailea bezala ezagutu ahal zaituen modua aldatzeko." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ahalbidetzen zaitu " +"makinan edo sarean erabiltzailea bezala ezagutu ahal zaituen modua aldatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -688,7 +833,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Lehenetsita, autentifikazio informazioa zure ordenagailuko fitxategi batean gordetzen da. Soilik aldatu zure sare administratzaileak baimentzen badu, eta jarraian hori egiteko argibideak ematen badizkizu." +msgstr "" +"Lehenetsita, autentifikazio informazioa zure ordenagailuko fitxategi batean " +"gordetzen da. Soilik aldatu zure sare administratzaileak baimentzen badu, " +"eta jarraian hori egiteko argibideak ematen badizkizu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -700,8 +848,7 @@ msgstr "Ezarri abio sistema" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -709,9 +856,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -719,55 +868,87 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> abio aukerak itxuratzea baimentzen du (bootloader-aren aukeraketa, pasahitz bat definitzea, lehenetsitako abioa, etab.)" +msgstr "" +"tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> abio aukerak " +"itxuratzea baimentzen du (bootloader-aren aukeraketa, pasahitz bat " +"definitzea, lehenetsitako abioa, etab.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Gunean \"Konfiguratu abio sistema\" etiketa pean aurkitu da Abioa." +msgstr "" +"Mageia Kontrol Gunean \"Konfiguratu abio sistema\" etiketa pean aurkitu da " +"Abioa." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Ez ezazu tresna hau erabili, egiten duzuna zehazki ez badakizu. Konfigurazio aldatzeak zure konputagailuaren abioa galaraz dezake!" +msgstr "" +"Ez ezazu tresna hau erabili, egiten duzuna zehazki ez badakizu. " +"Konfigurazio aldatzeak zure konputagailuaren abioa galaraz dezake!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "Lehenengo zatian, <guilabel>abioko kudeatzailea</guilabel> izenekoa, aukeratu dezakezu <guibutton>abioko kargatzailea Kudeatzaile bat erabiltzea</guibutton>, Grub edo Lilo, interfaze grafikoa edo testua soilik aukeratzea bezala. Hobespen pertsonal kontua da, bai batak bai besteak erraztasun berak hornitzen dituztenez gero. Baita <guibutton>Abioko gailua</guibutton> ezar dezakezu, baina mesedez, ez ezazu ezer aldatu honetan aditua ez bazara. Abioko gailua abioko kargatzailea dagoen lekua da, eta edozein aldaketa zure ordenagailua abiaraztea sahiestu dezake." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo zatian, <guilabel>abioko kudeatzailea</guilabel> izenekoa, " +"aukeratu dezakezu <guibutton>abioko kargatzailea Kudeatzaile bat erabiltzea</" +"guibutton>, Grub edo Lilo, interfaze grafikoa edo testua soilik aukeratzea " +"bezala. Hobespen pertsonal kontua da, bai batak bai besteak erraztasun berak " +"hornitzen dituztenez gero. Baita <guibutton>Abioko gailua</guibutton> ezar " +"dezakezu, baina mesedez, ez ezazu ezer aldatu honetan aditua ez bazara. " +"Abioko gailua abioko kargatzailea dagoen lekua da, eta edozein aldaketa zure " +"ordenagailua abiaraztea sahiestu dezake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente.Bigarren zatian, <guilabel> Aukera nagusiak </guilabel> izenekoa, denbora <guibutton>Atzerapena ezar dezakezu lehenetsitako irudia abiatu aurretik</guibutton>, segundotan neurtuta. Bitarte horretan, Grub edo Lilo eskuragarri dauden sistema eragileen zerrenda erakutsiko dizu, zuk bat aukeratzeko asmoz. Ez baduzu aukeratzen, abioko kargatzailea berez definituriko sistema eragilea hasiko du, behin ezarritako epea amaitu ondoren." +msgstr "" +"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, " +"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la " +"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, " +"Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, " +"invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque " +"iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire " +"el lapso establecido anteriormente.Bigarren zatian, <guilabel> Aukera " +"nagusiak </guilabel> izenekoa, denbora <guibutton>Atzerapena ezar dezakezu " +"lehenetsitako irudia abiatu aurretik</guibutton>, segundotan neurtuta. " +"Bitarte horretan, Grub edo Lilo eskuragarri dauden sistema eragileen " +"zerrenda erakutsiko dizu, zuk bat aukeratzeko asmoz. Ez baduzu aukeratzen, " +"abioko kargatzailea berez definituriko sistema eragilea hasiko du, behin " +"ezarritako epea amaitu ondoren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "Hirugarrenean eta azken lekuan, <guibutton>Segurtasuna</guibutton> deiturikoa, pasahitz bat definitzea posiblea da." +msgstr "" +"Hirugarrenean eta azken lekuan, <guibutton>Segurtasuna</guibutton> " +"deiturikoa, pasahitz bat definitzea posiblea da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "Botoi <guibutton>Aurreratuak</guibutton> beste aukera batzuk aukeratzea baimentzen du." +msgstr "" +"Botoi <guibutton>Aurreratuak</guibutton> beste aukera batzuk aukeratzea " +"baimentzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 @@ -781,7 +962,11 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) energia kudeatzeko estandar bat da. Erabiltzen ez diren gailuak geldituz elektrizitatea aurreztu dezakezu, metodo hau APM aurretik erabili zen. Hautatu lauki hau zure hardwarea ACPI estandarrarekin bateragarria bada." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) energia kudeatzeko " +"estandar bat da. Erabiltzen ez diren gailuak geldituz elektrizitatea " +"aurreztu dezakezu, metodo hau APM aurretik erabili zen. Hautatu lauki hau " +"zure hardwarea ACPI estandarrarekin bateragarria bada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -793,21 +978,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Gaitu SMP:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP-ak Prozesadore Simetriko Anizkunak esan nahi du. Hainbat nukleoko prozesadoreetarako arkitektura da." +msgstr "" +"SMP-ak Prozesadore Simetriko Anizkunak esan nahi du. Hainbat nukleoko " +"prozesadoreetarako arkitektura da." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Prozesadore bat baduzu HyperThreading-ekin, Mageia-k prozesadore duala bezala ikusiko du eta SMP-a aktibatuko du." +msgstr "" +"Prozesadore bat baduzu HyperThreading-ekin, Mageia-k prozesadore duala " +"bezala ikusiko du eta SMP-a aktibatuko du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Gaitu APIC</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Gaitu Tokiko APIC:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Gaitu APIC</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Gaitu Tokiko APIC:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -818,12 +1009,19 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC-ek Eten Kontrolatzaile Programagarri Aurreratuta esan nahi du. Bi osagarri daude Intel APIC-sisteman, APIC lokalean (LAPIC-a) eta I/O APIC-a. Bide hauek bus periferikoetatik jasotzen dituen etenak prozesadorean aurkitzen dituzten APIC lokal bati edo gehiagori. Oso erabilgarria da Prozesadore askotako sistema batentzat. Ordenagailu batzuek arazoak dituzte APIC sistemarekin izoztea eragin dezakenak edo gailuen okerreko antzematea (errore-mezua \"sasikoa 8259A etena: IRQ7\"). Kasu honetan, APIC-a eta/edo APIC lokal desaktibatu." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC-ek Eten Kontrolatzaile Programagarri Aurreratuta esan nahi du. Bi " +"osagarri daude Intel APIC-sisteman, APIC lokalean (LAPIC-a) eta I/O APIC-a. " +"Bide hauek bus periferikoetatik jasotzen dituen etenak prozesadorean " +"aurkitzen dituzten APIC lokal bati edo gehiagori. Oso erabilgarria da " +"Prozesadore askotako sistema batentzat. Ordenagailu batzuek arazoak dituzte " +"APIC sistemarekin izoztea eragin dezakenak edo gailuen okerreko antzematea " +"(errore-mezua \"sasikoa 8259A etena: IRQ7\"). Kasu honetan, APIC-a eta/edo " +"APIC lokal desaktibatu." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -832,16 +1030,29 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub.<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> pantailan sistema abiaraztean dauden aukeren zerrenda bat ikus dezakezu. Ezarpen lehenetsia izartxo batez markatuta. Zerrendaren ordena aldatzeko, mugitu hautatutako elementua gezietan klik eginez. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> edo <guibutton>Editatu</guibutton> botoietan klik egiten baduzu, leiho berri bat agertuko da Grub-en menuan sarrerak gehitzeko edo daudenak aldatzeko aukera emanez. " - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las " +"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto " +"está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el " +"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los " +"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, " +"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del " +"Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar " +"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub.<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> pantailan " +"sistema abiaraztean dauden aukeren zerrenda bat ikus dezakezu. Ezarpen " +"lehenetsia izartxo batez markatuta. Zerrendaren ordena aldatzeko, mugitu " +"hautatutako elementua gezietan klik eginez. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> " +"edo <guibutton>Editatu</guibutton> botoietan klik egiten baduzu, leiho berri " +"bat agertuko da Grub-en menuan sarrerak gehitzeko edo daudenak aldatzeko " +"aukera emanez. " + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -852,35 +1063,45 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "<guilabel>Etiketa</guilabel> eremua librea da, eta bertan idatz daiteke, menuan agertzea nahi duzun edukia. Grub \"title\" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez: Mageia3." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Etiketa</guilabel> eremua librea da, eta bertan idatz daiteke, " +"menuan agertzea nahi duzun edukia. Grub \"title\" komandoarekin bat dator. " +"Adibidez: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "<guilabel>Irudi</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena dauka. Grub-en \"kernel\" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Irudi</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena " +"dauka. Grub-en \"kernel\" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "<guilabel>Root</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena dauka. Grub-en \"root\" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Root</guilabel> eremuak nukleoa gordetzen duen gailuaren izena " +"dauka. Grub-en \"root\" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "\"Eranstea\" etiketak kernel-ari abioan eman behar zaizkion aukerak dauzka." +msgstr "" +"\"Eranstea\" etiketak kernel-ari abioan eman behar zaizkion aukerak dauzka." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "\"lehenetsia\" Kutxa hautatuta badago, GRUB sarrera hau hasieratuko du modu lehenetsian." +msgstr "" +"\"lehenetsia\" Kutxa hautatuta badago, GRUB sarrera hau hasieratuko du modu " +"lehenetsian." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -888,7 +1109,10 @@ msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> pantailan, posible da <guilabel>Bideo-modua</guilabel> aukeratzea, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> fitxategi bat eta <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> zabaltzen den zerrendetan." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> pantailan, posible da <guilabel>Bideo-modua</" +"guilabel> aukeratzea, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> fitxategi bat eta <xref " +"linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> zabaltzen den zerrendetan." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -900,8 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "Gaitu saio hasiera automatikoa saioa automatikoki hasi dadin" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -909,9 +1132,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakboot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -920,14 +1145,20 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zure ingurune/mahaigainean erabiltzaile berari automatikoki konektatzeko aukera ematen dio, edozein pasahitz eskatu gabe. Autologin izenekoa. Hau ideia ona izan ohi da, han makina erabiltzeko erabiltzaile bakar bat badago." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zure ingurune/" +"mahaigainean erabiltzaile berari automatikoki konektatzeko aukera ematen " +"dio, edozein pasahitz eskatu gabe. Autologin izenekoa. Hau ideia ona izan " +"ohi da, han makina erabiltzeko erabiltzaile bakar bat badago." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Guneko <emphasis role=\"bold\">Abio</emphasis> erlaitzean kokatuta \"Saio-hasiera automatikoa itxuratzea\" deiturik." +msgstr "" +"Mageia Kontrol Guneko <emphasis role=\"bold\">Abio</emphasis> erlaitzean " +"kokatuta \"Saio-hasiera automatikoa itxuratzea\" deiturik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -937,23 +1168,41 @@ msgstr "Interfaze botoiak nahiko bistakoak dira:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Egiaztatu <guibutton>Abiarazi ingurune grafikoa zure sistema abiaraztean</guibutton>, X Window Sistema hasi ondoren exekutatzea nahi izanez gero. Horrela ez bada sistema testu moduan hasiko da. Dena den, posible da GUI-a eskuz abiaraztea. Hau 'startx' edo 'systemctl start dm' komandoa exekutatzen egin daiteke." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Egiaztatu <guibutton>Abiarazi ingurune grafikoa zure sistema abiaraztean</" +"guibutton>, X Window Sistema hasi ondoren exekutatzea nahi izanez gero. " +"Horrela ez bada sistema testu moduan hasiko da. Dena den, posible da GUI-a " +"eskuz abiaraztea. Hau 'startx' edo 'systemctl start dm' komandoa exekutatzen " +"egin daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>.Lehengo laukia aktibatuta baldin badago, beste bi aukera agertuko dira. Markatu <guibutton>Ez, nik ez dut autologin-ik nahi</guibutton>, sistemak erabiltzailea eta pasahitza eskatzea nahi baduzu, edo <guibutton>Bai, (erabiltzaile, idazmahai) honekin automatikoki sartzea nahi dut</guibutton>, beharrezkoa bada. Horrelakoetan, <guilabel>lehenetsitako erabiltzaile izena</guilabel> hornitzea behar duzu baita <guilabel>lehenetsitako idazmahaia</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o " +"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el " +"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar " +"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es " +"necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre " +"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</" +"guilabel>.Lehengo laukia aktibatuta baldin badago, beste bi aukera agertuko " +"dira. Markatu <guibutton>Ez, nik ez dut autologin-ik nahi</guibutton>, " +"sistemak erabiltzailea eta pasahitza eskatzea nahi baduzu, edo " +"<guibutton>Bai, (erabiltzaile, idazmahai) honekin automatikoki sartzea nahi " +"dut</guibutton>, beharrezkoa bada. Horrelakoetan, <guilabel>lehenetsitako " +"erabiltzaile izena</guilabel> hornitzea behar duzu baita " +"<guilabel>lehenetsitako idazmahaia</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -968,32 +1217,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakbug_report</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\" /> komando lerrotik soilik hasi daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\" /> komando lerrotik " +"soilik hasi daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Gomendagarria da komando honen irteera fitxategi batean, adibidez <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report> drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>-an idaztea, baina ziurtatu diskoan espazio nahikoa duzula lehenengo: fitxategia erraz zenbait GB-takoa izan daiteke." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Gomendagarria da komando honen irteera fitxategi batean, adibidez <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report> drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>-an idaztea, baina " +"ziurtatu diskoan espazio nahikoa duzula lehenengo: fitxategia erraz zenbait " +"GB-takoa izan daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "Irteera handiegia da akats txosten baterako behargabeko parteak lehenik eta behin ezabatu gabe." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"Irteera handiegia da akats txosten baterako behargabeko parteak lehenik eta " +"behin ezabatu gabe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1170,12 +1429,27 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimas 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>.Laguntza hau idatzi zenean, \"syslog\" komando honen irteerako \"partea\" hutsik zegoen, oraindik tresna hau ez zen estutu gure systemd-ko aldaketetara. Oraindik hutsik badago, \"syslog\" berreskura dezakezu <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis> (root bezala) eginez. Zuk diskoan espazio asko ez baduzu, erregistroaren azken 5.000 lerroak har ditzakezu, adibidez, hurrengo komandoaren bitartez: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este " +"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a " +"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog" +"\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl." +"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por " +"ejemplo, tomar las últimas 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." +"Laguntza hau idatzi zenean, \"syslog\" komando honen irteerako \"partea\" " +"hutsik zegoen, oraindik tresna hau ez zen estutu gure systemd-ko " +"aldaketetara. Oraindik hutsik badago, \"syslog\" berreskura dezakezu " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis> (root " +"bezala) eginez. Zuk diskoan espazio asko ez baduzu, erregistroaren azken " +"5.000 lerroak har ditzakezu, adibidez, hurrengo komandoaren bitartez: " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1187,8 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia akats txosten tresna" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1196,29 +1469,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Drakbug</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Drakbug</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Normalean, tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automatikoki hasi egiten da Mageia-ko tresna batek talka egiten duenean. Dena den, litekeena da akats txosten bat bete ondoren, eskatu egingo zaizu tresna hau berriro abiaraztea emandako informazio batzuk egiaztatzeko, eta ondoren, informazio horiek akats txosten honetan sartzeko." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Normalean, tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automatikoki " +"hasi egiten da Mageia-ko tresna batek talka egiten duenean. Dena den, " +"litekeena da akats txosten bat bete ondoren, eskatu egingo zaizu tresna hau " +"berriro abiaraztea emandako informazio batzuk egiaztatzeko, eta ondoren, " +"informazio horiek akats txosten honetan sartzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Akats txosten berri bat behar bada eta ez zara hori egiteko gai, orduan mesedez irakur ezazu <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Nola egin akats txosten bat behar bezala</link> \"Salatu\" botoia sakatu aurretik." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Akats txosten berri bat behar bada eta ez zara hori egiteko gai, orduan " +"mesedez irakur ezazu <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Nola egin akats txosten bat behar bezala</" +"link> \"Salatu\" botoia sakatu aurretik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1226,7 +1508,10 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "Akatsa jadanikbeste norbaitek aurkeztu badu (Drakbug eman zion errore mezua berdina izango da), erabilgarria da iruzkin bat gehitzea zuk ikusi duzun existitzen den akats honetara." +msgstr "" +"Akatsa jadanikbeste norbaitek aurkeztu badu (Drakbug eman zion errore mezua " +"berdina izango da), erabilgarria da iruzkin bat gehitzea zuk ikusi duzun " +"existitzen den akats honetara." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1238,8 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "Data eta ordua kudeatu" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1247,18 +1531,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakclock</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Sistema hegalean aurkitzen da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean <guilabel>\"Kudeatu data eta ordua\"</guilabel> etiketaturik. Mahaigaineko ingurune batzuetan eskuragarri ere dago, / data eta ordua Ezarri ... sistemaren barraren erlojuaren gainean eskuineko botoia sakatuz eskuragarri." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Sistema hegalean " +"aurkitzen da Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean <guilabel>\"Kudeatu data eta ordua\"</" +"guilabel> etiketaturik. Mahaigaineko ingurune batzuetan eskuragarri ere " +"dago, / data eta ordua Ezarri ... sistemaren barraren erlojuaren gainean " +"eskuineko botoia sakatuz eskuragarri." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1269,30 +1560,47 @@ msgstr "Oso tresna sinplea da." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "Goiko ezker aldean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Egutegia</emphasis> dago. Pantaila-kapturako data Iraila (ezkerrean goian) da, 2012 (eskuinera goian), 2a (urdinean) eta Igandea da. Hilabetea (edo urte) aukera ezazu Irailaren (edo 2012) alde bakoitzerako gezi txikietan klik eginez. Eguna aukera ezazu zenbakian klik eginez." +msgstr "" +"Goiko ezker aldean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Egutegia</emphasis> dago. " +"Pantaila-kapturako data Iraila (ezkerrean goian) da, 2012 (eskuinera goian), " +"2a (urdinean) eta Igandea da. Hilabetea (edo urte) aukera ezazu Irailaren " +"(edo 2012) alde bakoitzerako gezi txikietan klik eginez. Eguna aukera ezazu " +"zenbakian klik eginez." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano.Beheko ezkerreko izkinan sinkronizatu aukera dago <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> posible da erlojua beti orduan izatea zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatuta. Egiaztatu <guilabel>Gaitu Network Time Protocol</guilabel> eta aukeratu gertuen dagoen zerbitzaria." +msgstr "" +"En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el " +"reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque " +"<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más " +"cercano.Beheko ezkerreko izkinan sinkronizatu aukera dago <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> posible da erlojua beti orduan " +"izatea zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatuta. Egiaztatu <guilabel>Gaitu Network " +"Time Protocol</guilabel> eta aukeratu gertuen dagoen zerbitzaria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "Eskuinaldean erlojuak dago. Ezin duzu erlojua ezarri NTP gaituta izanez gero. Hiru kutxak ordu, minutu eta segundo (15, 28 eta 22 irudian) erakusten dute. Erabili geziak erlojua ordu egokiarekin ezartzeko. Formatua ezin da hemen aldatu, ikus mahaigain inguruneko konfigurazioa horretarako." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"Eskuinaldean erlojuak dago. Ezin duzu erlojua ezarri NTP gaituta izanez " +"gero. Hiru kutxak ordu, minutu eta segundo (15, 28 eta 22 irudian) erakusten " +"dute. Erabili geziak erlojua ordu egokiarekin ezartzeko. Formatua ezin da " +"hemen aldatu, ikus mahaigain inguruneko konfigurazioa horretarako." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1300,15 +1608,19 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Gutxienez, behean eskuinean, hautatu zure ordu eremua <guibutton>Aldatu Ordu Eremua</guibutton> sakatuz eta zerrendako hurbilen dagoen herria aukeratzean." +msgstr "" +"Gutxienez, behean eskuinean, hautatu zure ordu eremua <guibutton>Aldatu Ordu " +"Eremua</guibutton> sakatuz eta zerrendako hurbilen dagoen herria aukeratzean." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Data edo ordu formatua tresna honetan aukeratzea posible ez izan arren, mahaigainean erakutsiko dira, eskualde ezarpenen arabera." +msgstr "" +"Data edo ordu formatua tresna honetan aukeratzea posible ez izan arren, " +"mahaigainean erakutsiko dira, eskualde ezarpenen arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1320,8 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "Lotura bat ezabatu" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1329,23 +1640,29 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Hemen sare interfazea ezabatu dezakezu<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Hemen sare interfazea ezabatu dezakezu<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Egin klik zabaltzen den menuan, hautatu zein ezabatu nahi duzun eta egin klik <emphasis>Hurrengoa</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Egin klik zabaltzen den menuan, hautatu zein ezabatu nahi duzun eta egin " +"klik <emphasis>Hurrengoa</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 @@ -1364,8 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "Ezarri sareko interfaze berri bat (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1373,9 +1689,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakconnect</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1383,14 +1701,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertako hainbat sare edo internet sarbide konfiguratu dezakezu. Interneteko zerbitzu hornitzaileak edo sare administratzaileren informazio izan behar duzu." +msgstr "" +"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertako hainbat sare " +"edo internet sarbide konfiguratu dezakezu. Interneteko zerbitzu " +"hornitzaileak edo sare administratzaileren informazio izan behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Aukera ezazu, hardwarearekin eta zuk daukazun hornitzailearekin ados dagoen konexioko mota." +msgstr "" +"Aukera ezazu, hardwarearekin eta zuk daukazun hornitzailearekin ados dagoen " +"konexioko mota." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1402,133 +1725,154 @@ msgstr "Kabledun konexio berri bat (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "Lehenengo leihoa erabilgarri dauden interfazeak zerrendatzen ditu. Hautatu bat konfiguratzeko." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo leihoa erabilgarri dauden interfazeak zerrendatzen ditu. Hautatu " +"bat konfiguratzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "Puntu honetan, IP helbide automatiko edo eskuzko bat aukeratzea ematen da." +msgstr "" +"Puntu honetan, IP helbide automatiko edo eskuzko bat aukeratzea ematen da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP Automatikoa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute mota honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP " +"zerbitzariak aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian " +"azaltzen den bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu " +"behar da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez " +"bada, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten da. " +"Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu " +"hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute mota " +"honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP " +"helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "Botoi aurreratuak aukera zehatzak ematen ditu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Bilaketa domeinua (ez irisgarria, DHCP zerbitzariak emanda)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "DHCP bezeroa erabili" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "DHCP denbora muga" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP-tik (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS zerbitzaria" +msgstr "" +"Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP-tik (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS " +"zerbitzaria" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "NTPD DHCP zerbitzarietatik lortu (erloju sinkronizazioa)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP " +"requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección " +"IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.DHCP " +"eskatutako hosta. Erabili aukera hau DHCP zerbitzariak bezeroari eskatzen " +"badio IP helbide bat jaso aurretik host bat zehaztea soilik. Aukera hau ez " +"dute DHCP zerbitzari batzuek onartzen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Onartu ondoren, azken urratsak deskribatuko dira konexio guztien konfigurazioan komunak direnak: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Onartu ondoren, azken urratsak deskribatuko dira konexio guztien " +"konfigurazioan komunak direnak: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Eskuzko konfigurazioa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: zer DNS zerbitzari erabiliko den aitortu behar duzu. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME bat zehazten ez bada, izena <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> egokituko da lehenspenez." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: zer DNS zerbitzari erabiliko den " +"aitortu behar duzu. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. " +"HOSTNAME bat zehazten ez bada, izena <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> egokituko da lehenspenez." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "Egoitza-sare batentzako, IPa <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> bezalakoa da, sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta Pasabide eta DNS zerbitzariak zure zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"Egoitza-sare batentzako, IPa <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis> bezalakoa da, " +"sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta Pasabide eta DNS " +"zerbitzariak zure zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua \"splash\" baderitzo eta domeinu izena \"splash.boatanchor.net\" bilaketa domeinua \"boatanchor.net\" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, ADSL sareak ez du ezarpen hau behar." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz " +"dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua " +"\"splash\" baderitzo eta domeinu izena \"splash.boatanchor.net\" bilaketa " +"domeinua \"boatanchor.net\" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu " +"behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, ADSL sareak ez du " +"ezarpen hau behar." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1549,11 +1893,14 @@ msgstr "Satelite konexio berri bat (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Doc taldearekin.</link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Atal honetan ez da oraindik idatzi baliabideak falta dira. Laguntza hau " +"idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link ns2:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Doc taldearekin.</" +"link> Eskerrak aldez aurretik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1565,59 +1912,74 @@ msgstr "Kable modem konexio berri bat" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Egiaztatze-metodo bat zehaztu behar duzu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Bat ere ez" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (beharreko Telstra da). Kasu honetan erabiltzaile-izena eta pasahitza eman behar duzu." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (beharreko Telstra da). Kasu honetan erabiltzaile-izena eta " +"pasahitza eman behar duzu." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute mota honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpena</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak " +"aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den bezala. " +"Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar da. " +"Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan " +"ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu " +"hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin. DHCP zerbitzari guztiak ez dute mota " +"honetako funtziorik eta zure ordenagailua etxeko ADSL router batetik IP " +"helbidea lortzeko ezarpenak baditu, oso zaila da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aitortu behar dira. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaz daiteke. Inongo HOSTNAME-rik ez bada zehazten, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izena lehenetsi eransten da." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kable/IP Ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aitortu behar " +"dira. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaz daiteke. Inongo HOSTNAME-rik ez bada " +"zehazten, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> izena lehenetsi eransten " +"da." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua \"splash\" baderitzo eta domeinu izena \"splash.boatanchor.net\" bilaketa domeinua \"boatanchor.net\" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, etxeko sareak ez du ezarpen hau behar." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"Ezarpen aurreratu batean, <emphasis>Bilaketa Domeinu</emphasis> bat zehatz " +"dezakezu. Normalean, zure domeinu nagusia izango litzateke, ordenagailua " +"\"splash\" baderitzo eta domeinu izena \"splash.boatanchor.net\" bilaketa " +"domeinua \"boatanchor.net\" beharko litzateke. Zehazki, behar ez baduzu " +"behintzat, ongi da, ez da ezarpen hau egiteko. Berriz ere, etxeko sareak ez " +"du ezarpen hau behar." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1632,47 +1994,47 @@ msgstr "DSL konexio berri bat" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Tresnak sareko interfazerik antzematen badu, bat hautatzea eta hura itxuratzeko aukera eskaintzen du." +msgstr "" +"Tresnak sareko interfazerik antzematen badu, bat hautatzea eta hura " +"itxuratzeko aukera eskaintzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Hornitzaile zerrenda bat proposatzen da, herrialdeen arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendatu, hautatu <guilabel>Zerrendatu gabea</guilabel> gero aukerak idatzi eta zure eman hornitzailea." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Hornitzaile zerrenda bat proposatzen da, herrialdeen arabera sailkatuta. " +"Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendatu, hautatu <guilabel>Zerrendatu " +"gabea</guilabel> gero aukerak idatzi eta zure eman hornitzailea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Protokolo erabilgarrietako bat hautatu ezazu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Eskuzko TCP/IP konfigurazioa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP ADSL gainetik (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" @@ -1682,26 +2044,22 @@ msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Sarbide ezarpenak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Kontuaren identifikatzailea (erabiltzaile-izena)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Kontu pasahitza" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Aurreratuta) Bide Birtualeko ID-a (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Aurreratuta) Zirkuitu Birtualeko ID-a (VCI)" @@ -1721,14 +2079,12 @@ msgstr "RDSI konexio berri bat" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "Morroiak zein gailu konfiguratuko den:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Eskuz aukeratu (ISDN txartela)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Kanpoko ISDN modema" @@ -1738,16 +2094,16 @@ msgstr "Kanpoko ISDN modema" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "Hardware-zerrenda bat proposatzen da, kategoria eta fabrikatzailearen arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure txartela." +msgstr "" +"Hardware-zerrenda bat proposatzen da, kategoria eta fabrikatzailearen " +"arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure txartela." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Gainontzeko muduarentzat Protokoloa, Europan ezik (DHCP) " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Europarako Protokoloa (EDSS1)" @@ -1756,31 +2112,31 @@ msgstr "Europarako Protokoloa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "Herrialdearen arabera sailkatutako hornitzaileen zerrenda bat eskaintzen da ondoren. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendan dago, aukeratu <guilabel>Ez da ageri</guilabel> eta idatzi zure ISPak emandako aukerak. Gero parametroak eskatuko zaizkizu:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Herrialdearen arabera sailkatutako hornitzaileen zerrenda bat eskaintzen da " +"ondoren. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Ez bada zerrendan dago, aukeratu " +"<guilabel>Ez da ageri</guilabel> eta idatzi zure ISPak emandako aukerak. " +"Gero parametroak eskatuko zaizkizu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Konexio-izena" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Telefono-zenbakia" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "Saio-hasierako ID" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Egiaztatze-metodoa" @@ -1790,43 +2146,50 @@ msgstr "Egiaztatze-metodoa" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "Honen ondoren, IP helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodo bidez jaso nahi duzun aukeratzea. Azken kasu horretan, idatzi IP helbidea eta azpisare maskara." +msgstr "" +"Honen ondoren, IP helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodo bidez jaso nahi " +"duzun aukeratzea. Azken kasu horretan, idatzi IP helbidea eta azpisare " +"maskara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "Hurrengo pausoa, DNS zerbitzarien helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodoz lortzen diren edo ez adieraztea da. Eskuzko konfigurazioen kasuan, zehaztu behar duzu:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo pausoa, DNS zerbitzarien helbideak automatikoki edo eskuzko metodoz " +"lortzen diren edo ez adieraztea da. Eskuzko konfigurazioen kasuan, zehaztu " +"behar duzu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Domeinu-izena:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Lehen eta bigarren DNS zerbitzariak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Aukeratu host izena IP-tik ezarri den. Aukera hau zure hornitzaile konfigurazioak onartuko duela ziur bazaude soilik." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu host izena IP-tik ezarri den. Aukera hau zure hornitzaile " +"konfigurazioak onartuko duela ziur bazaude soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "Hurrengo pausoa da pasagunea helbidea automatikoki edo eskuz lortzen den modua hautatzea da. Eskuz ezartzea, IP helbidea sartu behar duzu." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo pausoa da pasagunea helbidea automatikoki edo eskuz lortzen den " +"modua hautatzea da. Eskuz ezartzea, IP helbidea sartu behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1839,103 +2202,93 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "Lehenengo leiho batean interfazeak eta Windows kontrolatzaile sarrera bat (ndiswrapper) zerrendatzen dira. Aukeratu bat konfiguratzeko. Erabili ndiswrapper soilik beste konfigurazio metodoak zuen lan egiten ez badute." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo leiho batean interfazeak eta Windows kontrolatzaile sarrera bat " +"(ndiswrapper) zerrendatzen dira. Aukeratu bat konfiguratzeko. Erabili " +"ndiswrapper soilik beste konfigurazio metodoak zuen lan egiten ez badute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "Urrats honetan, txartelak detektatutako sarbide puntu desberdinen arteko aukeraketan dago." +msgstr "" +"Urrats honetan, txartelak detektatutako sarbide puntu desberdinen arteko " +"aukeraketan dago." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Haririk gabeko txartel parametro espezifikoak dira ematen:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Jardun modua:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Kudeatua" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Oraingo sarbide-puntu batera atzitu (ohikoena)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Ordenagailuen arteko konexio zuzena konfiguratzeko." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Sare Izena (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "Enkriptatze modua: sargune nola konfiguratuta dagoen araberakoa da." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Enkriptatze modu hau hobea da zure hardwareak uzten badu." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Hardware zahar batzuk enkriptazio metodo hau soilik jorratzen dute." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Enkriptatze-gakoa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Normalean sarbideak emandako hardwarearekin batera dator." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1945,8 +2298,7 @@ msgid "" "manual IP address." msgstr "Puntu honetan, IP helbidea eskuz edo automatikoa aukeratzea da." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1956,49 +2308,65 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den bezala. Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar da. Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, localhost.localdomain izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu hostnamea</emphasis> aukerarekin" - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak DHCP zerbitzariak " +"aitortu edo eskuz zehaztu aukeratu behar duzu, jarraian azaltzen den bezala. " +"Azken batean, DNS zerbitzariaren IP helbidea finkatu behar da. " +"Ordenagailuaren izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME zehazten ez bada, " +"localhost.localdomain izen lehenetsia egozten da. Izan ere DHCP zerbitzariak " +"eman dezake <emphasis>DHCP zerbitzaritik esleitu hostnamea</emphasis> " +"aukerarekin" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS zerbitzariak" +msgstr "" +"Eskuratu YP zerbitzaria DHCP (lehenetsi gisa aukeratua): zehaztu NIS " +"zerbitzariak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Konfigurazioa urratsa onartu ondoren, konexio konfigurazio guztietan ohikoa da , hau azaltzen da: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurazioa urratsa onartu ondoren, konexio konfigurazio guztietan ohikoa " +"da , hau azaltzen da: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aldarrikatu behar dituzu.. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME bat zehazten ez bada, izena <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> egokituko da lehenspenez." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP ezarpenak</emphasis>: DNS zerbitzariak aldarrikatu behar " +"dituzu.. Ordenagailuaren host izena hemen zehaztu daiteke. HOSTNAME bat " +"zehazten ez bada, izena <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> egokituko " +"da lehenspenez." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "Bizitegi sare bat egiteko, IP helbideak <emphasis>192.168.xx</emphasis> itxura du beti, Sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta Pasabidea eta DNS zerbitzarietan zure hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Bizitegi sare bat egiteko, IP helbideak <emphasis>192.168.xx</emphasis> " +"itxura du beti, Sare-maskara <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, eta " +"Pasabidea eta DNS zerbitzarietan zure hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri " +"daude." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "Ezarpen aurreratuan, zehaztu ahal da <emphasis>Domeinuko bilaketa</emphasis> bat. Host izenaren antzekoa puntu aurreko izen gabe." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"Ezarpen aurreratuan, zehaztu ahal da <emphasis>Domeinuko bilaketa</emphasis> " +"bat. Host izenaren antzekoa puntu aurreko izen gabe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2010,7 +2378,9 @@ msgstr "GPRS/Edge/3G konexio berri bat" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Tresna haririk gabeko interfazeak detektatzen badu, bat aukeratu eta konfiguratzeko aukera ematen digu." +msgstr "" +"Tresna haririk gabeko interfazeak detektatzen badu, bat aukeratu eta " +"konfiguratzeko aukera ematen digu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2022,15 +2392,16 @@ msgstr "PIN eskatuko da. Utzi hutsik PINa beharrezkoa ez bada" msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "Morroiak sarea eskatzen du. Ez bada detektatzen, <guilabel>Ezzerrendatutako</guilabel> aukera hautatu ezazu." +msgstr "" +"Morroiak sarea eskatzen du. Ez bada detektatzen, <guilabel>Ezzerrendatutako</" +"guilabel> aukera hautatu ezazu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Sarbidearen ezarpenak eman" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Sarbide Puntuaren Izena" @@ -2045,14 +2416,12 @@ msgstr "Bluetooth telefonozko sareratzea konexio berri bat" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "Telefono analogiko modem konexio berri bat (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Eskuzko aukera" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardwarea detektatu, baldin badago." @@ -2067,73 +2436,69 @@ msgstr "Portu-zerrenda bat proposatzen da. Aukeratu zure ataka." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Oraindik instalatuta ez badago, <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketea instalatzea iradokiko dizu." +msgstr "" +"Oraindik instalatuta ez badago, <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketea " +"instalatzea iradokiko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Hornitzaile zerrenda proposatuko da herrialdeen arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure hornitzailea. Hala ez badago, hautatu <guilabel>Zerrendatu gabeko</guilabel> aukera, eta ondoren idatzi zure hornitzaileak eman dizkizun aukerak. Ondoren markatze aukerak eskatzen dira:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Hornitzaile zerrenda proposatuko da herrialdeen arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu " +"zure hornitzailea. Hala ez badago, hautatu <guilabel>Zerrendatu gabeko</" +"guilabel> aukera, eta ondoren idatzi zure hornitzaileak eman dizkizun " +"aukerak. Ondoren markatze aukerak eskatzen dira:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Konexio izena</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Telefono zenbakia</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Saioa hastko ID-a</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Pasa-hitza</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Autentifikazioa</emphasis>, aukeratu artean:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Script-ean oinarritua" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Terminalean oinarritua" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2175,7 +2540,10 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "Konexio harigabe bat egotekotan, kutxa osagarri baten <emphasis>Sarbide-puntua ibiltaria onartu</emphasis> zein automatikoki seinale-indarraren arabera sarbide-puntuen artean aldatzeko aukera ematen duen." +msgstr "" +"Konexio harigabe bat egotekotan, kutxa osagarri baten <emphasis>Sarbide-" +"puntua ibiltaria onartu</emphasis> zein automatikoki seinale-indarraren " +"arabera sarbide-puntuen artean aldatzeko aukera ematen duen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2207,10 +2575,10 @@ msgstr "Gaitu IPv6-tik IPv4-ra tunela" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "Azken urratsa ahalbidetzen du zehaztea konexioa berehala hastea edo ez ." +msgstr "" +"Azken urratsa ahalbidetzen du zehaztea konexioa berehala hastea edo ez ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2225,8 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "Zabaldu kontsola bat administratzaile gisa" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2234,17 +2601,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakconsole</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zuzenean root bezala irekitako kontsola baterako sarrera ematen dizu. Ez dugu uste horri buruzko informazio gehiago behar duzunik." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zuzenean root bezala " +"irekitako kontsola baterako sarrera ematen dizu. Ez dugu uste horri buruzko " +"informazio gehiago behar duzunik." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2256,8 +2628,7 @@ msgstr "Kudeatu disko partizioak" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk edo diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2265,10 +2636,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> edo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakdisk</emphasis> edo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> root " +"bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2276,19 +2650,26 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oso boteretsua da, huts ñimiño batek edo zure teklatuan katu batek salto eginez partizio batean datu guztiak galtzera edo disko gogor guztia ezabatzera gida dezakete. Arrazoi horretarako, tresna pantailaren gainean ikusiko duzu pantaila. <emphasis>Irteera</emphasis> gainean klik egin ezazu jarraitu nahi duzula seguru ez bazaude." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oso boteretsua da, " +"huts ñimiño batek edo zure teklatuan katu batek salto eginez partizio batean " +"datu guztiak galtzera edo disko gogor guztia ezabatzera gida dezakete. " +"Arrazoi horretarako, tresna pantailaren gainean ikusiko duzu pantaila. " +"<emphasis>Irteera</emphasis> gainean klik egin ezazu jarraitu nahi duzula " +"seguru ez bazaude." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Disko gogor bat baino gehiago edukiz gero, lan egin nahi duzun disko gogorrera aldatu zaitezke fitxa zuzena aukeratuz (sda, sdb, sdc etab)." +msgstr "" +"Disko gogor bat baino gehiago edukiz gero, lan egin nahi duzun disko " +"gogorrera aldatu zaitezke fitxa zuzena aukeratuz (sda, sdb, sdc etab)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2298,12 +2679,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Zuk akzio askoren artean aukera dezakezu disko gogorra zure lehentasunetara estutzeko. Disko gogor osoa garbitzea, partizioak banatzea edo bat egitea, bere tamaina edo bere fitxategi-sistema, bere formatua aldatzea edo zatiketa batean aurkitzen dena bistaratzea: dena posiblea da. Behealdeko <emphasis><guibutton>Ezabatu botoia</guibutton></emphasis> disko gogor osoa ezabatzeko da, gainerako botoiak eskuinean egiten dira ikusgai partizio batean klik egin ondoren." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Zuk akzio askoren artean aukera dezakezu disko gogorra zure lehentasunetara " +"estutzeko. Disko gogor osoa garbitzea, partizioak banatzea edo bat egitea, " +"bere tamaina edo bere fitxategi-sistema, bere formatua aldatzea edo zatiketa " +"batean aurkitzen dena bistaratzea: dena posiblea da. Behealdeko " +"<emphasis><guibutton>Ezabatu botoia</guibutton></emphasis> disko gogor osoa " +"ezabatzeko da, gainerako botoiak eskuinean egiten dira ikusgai partizio " +"batean klik egin ondoren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2311,7 +2698,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Hautatutako partizioa muntatuta badago, beheko adibidean bezala, ezin duzu aukeratu tamainaz aldatzea, formateatzea edo ezabatzea. Partizioa lehenengo desmuntatua izan behar da hori egin ahal izateko." +msgstr "" +"Hautatutako partizioa muntatuta badago, beheko adibidean bezala, ezin duzu " +"aukeratu tamainaz aldatzea, formateatzea edo ezabatzea. Partizioa lehenengo " +"desmuntatua izan behar da hori egin ahal izateko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2325,15 +2715,20 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "Partizio mota bat aldatzeko (aldaketa ext3-tik ext4-ra adibidez) partizioa ezabatu eta gero berriro sortu mota berriarekin. <guibutton role=\"bold\">Sortu</guibutton> botoia agertzen da diskoan toki huts bat hautatuta dagoenean" +msgstr "" +"Partizio mota bat aldatzeko (aldaketa ext3-tik ext4-ra adibidez) partizioa " +"ezabatu eta gero berriro sortu mota berriarekin. <guibutton role=\"bold" +"\">Sortu</guibutton> botoia agertzen da diskoan toki huts bat hautatuta " +"dagoenean" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "Existitzen ez den muntai puntu bat aukeratu ahal izango baduzu, sortu egingo da." +msgstr "" +"Existitzen ez den muntai puntu bat aukeratu ahal izango baduzu, sortu egingo " +"da." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2344,10 +2739,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be seen in the screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " +"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " +"seen in the screenshot below." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2362,8 +2759,7 @@ msgstr "Ezarri saio kudeatzailea" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2371,17 +2767,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakedm</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Hemen<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> idazmahai-ingurunean sartzeko zein pantaila kudeatzaile erabiliko duzun aukera dezakezu. Zure sisteman eskuragarri daudenak erakutsiko dira soilik." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Hemen<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> idazmahai-ingurunean sartzeko " +"zein pantaila kudeatzaile erabiliko duzun aukera dezakezu. Zure sisteman " +"eskuragarri daudenak erakutsiko dira soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2389,7 +2790,11 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "Erabiltzaile gehienek soilik nabarituko dute emandako saioen pantailaren itxura desberdina dela. Hala eta guztiz ere, ezaugarriak desberdintasunak dituzte. LXDM pantaila kudeatzaile arin bat da, KDM eta GDM osagarri gehiago dute." +msgstr "" +"Erabiltzaile gehienek soilik nabarituko dute emandako saioen pantailaren " +"itxura desberdina dela. Hala eta guztiz ere, ezaugarriak desberdintasunak " +"dituzte. LXDM pantaila kudeatzaile arin bat da, KDM eta GDM osagarri gehiago " +"dute." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2401,8 +2806,7 @@ msgstr "Ezarri zure suhesi pertsonala" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2410,9 +2814,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakfirewall</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2421,18 +2827,28 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Guneko Segurtasun fitxan dago etiketaturik \"Konfiguratu suebaki pertsonala\". Lehenengo fitxako \"Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak eta auditoria\" tresna bera da." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Guneko " +"Segurtasun fitxan dago etiketaturik \"Konfiguratu suebaki pertsonala\". " +"Lehenengo fitxako \"Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak eta auditoria\" " +"tresna bera da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Oinarrizko suebaki bat instalatzen da modu lehenetsian Mageia-rekin. Kanpoaldetiko konexio guztiak oztopatzen ditu ez badaude baimenduta. Goiko lehen pantailan, zerbitzuak hauta ditzakezu zeinetarako kanpoko konexio-ahaleginak onartuko diren. Zure segurtasunerako, desmarkatu lehen kutxa - <guilabel>Guztia (suebaki gabe)</guilabel> - suebakia desgaitu nahi ez baduzu behintzat, eta soilik beharrezko zerbitzuak egiaztatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Oinarrizko suebaki bat instalatzen da modu lehenetsian Mageia-rekin. " +"Kanpoaldetiko konexio guztiak oztopatzen ditu ez badaude baimenduta. Goiko " +"lehen pantailan, zerbitzuak hauta ditzakezu zeinetarako kanpoko konexio-" +"ahaleginak onartuko diren. Zure segurtasunerako, desmarkatu lehen kutxa - " +"<guilabel>Guztia (suebaki gabe)</guilabel> - suebakia desgaitu nahi ez " +"baduzu behintzat, eta soilik beharrezko zerbitzuak egiaztatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2441,7 +2857,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "Posible da, portu-zenbakiak eskuz sartzea irekitzeko. Sakatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta leiho berri bat irekiko da. <guilabel>Beste portuak</guilabel> eremuan, sartu behar diren portuak honako adibideak jarraituz :" +msgstr "" +"Posible da, portu-zenbakiak eskuz sartzea irekitzeko. Sakatu " +"<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta leiho berri bat irekiko da. " +"<guilabel>Beste portuak</guilabel> eremuan, sartu behar diren portuak honako " +"adibideak jarraituz :" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2463,10 +2883,12 @@ msgstr "Zerrendatutako portuak espazio baten bidez bereizi behar dira." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "<guilabel>Suebaki erregistro mezuak sistemaren erregistroaren</guilabel> laukia aktibatuta badago, suebakiaren mezuak sistemaren erregistroetan gordeko dira" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Suebaki erregistro mezuak sistemaren erregistroaren</guilabel> " +"laukia aktibatuta badago, suebakiaren mezuak sistemaren erregistroetan " +"gordeko dira" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2477,7 +2899,10 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Ez baduzu barne zerbitzu espezifikorik (web edo posta zerbitzaria, fitxategi partekatzea...) erabat posiblea da ezer ez markatuta izatea, gomendatzen dute, ez dizu eragozten Internetera konektatzea." +msgstr "" +"Ez baduzu barne zerbitzu espezifikorik (web edo posta zerbitzaria, fitxategi " +"partekatzea...) erabat posiblea da ezer ez markatuta izatea, gomendatzen " +"dute, ez dizu eragozten Internetera konektatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2487,24 +2912,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "Hurrengo pantaila Suebaki aukera Interaktiboekin banatzen da. Ezaugarri hauek konexio-saioez zuri ohartaraztea baimentzen dutela espero dute gutxienez lehen lauki <guilabel>Suebaki Interaktiboa Erabili </guilabel>markaturik badago. Bigarren laukia marka ezazu portuak eskaneatu egiten badira (nonbait faila bat aurkitzeko eta zure makinan sartzeko asmoz) abisatzeko. Hirugarreneko lauki bakoitzak hemendik aurrera lehen bi pantailetan ireki zenituen portuena da; beheko pantailan, bi gutunontzi daude: SSH zerbitzaria eta 80:150/tcp. Portu horietan konexioa saiatzen den bakoitzean abisatzeko egiazta itzazu." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo pantaila Suebaki aukera Interaktiboekin banatzen da. Ezaugarri " +"hauek konexio-saioez zuri ohartaraztea baimentzen dutela espero dute " +"gutxienez lehen lauki <guilabel>Suebaki Interaktiboa Erabili </" +"guilabel>markaturik badago. Bigarren laukia marka ezazu portuak eskaneatu " +"egiten badira (nonbait faila bat aurkitzeko eta zure makinan sartzeko asmoz) " +"abisatzeko. Hirugarreneko lauki bakoitzak hemendik aurrera lehen bi " +"pantailetan ireki zenituen portuena da; beheko pantailan, bi gutunontzi " +"daude: SSH zerbitzaria eta 80:150/tcp. Portu horietan konexioa saiatzen den " +"bakoitzean abisatzeko egiazta itzazu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "Ohartarazpen hauek alerta popups sare applet bitartez eman dira." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2513,29 +2945,34 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "Azken pantailan, aukeratu zein sare interfazeak Internetera konektatzen diren eta babestu egin itzazu. Ados botoian klikatu eta gero, beharrezko paketeak jaitsi egingo dira." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"Azken pantailan, aukeratu zein sare interfazeak Internetera konektatzen " +"diren eta babestu egin itzazu. Ados botoian klikatu eta gero, beharrezko " +"paketeak jaitsi egingo dira." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Ez badakizu zer aukeratu, MCC-en Sare & Internet fitxa, Ezarri sare interfaze berri bat ikonoan begirada bat bota." +msgstr "" +"Ez badakizu zer aukeratu, MCC-en Sare & Internet fitxa, Ezarri sare " +"interfaze berri bat ikonoan begirada bat bota." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "Kudeatu, erantsi eta ezabatu letra-tipoak. Inportatu Windows® hizki-tipoak" +msgstr "" +"Kudeatu, erantsi eta ezabatu letra-tipoak. Inportatu Windows® hizki-tipoak" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2543,9 +2980,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakfont</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2554,7 +2993,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxaren azpian dago presente. Ordenagailuko eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak kudeatzeko aukera ematen du. Pantaila nagusia goian:" +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxaren azpian dago presente. " +"Ordenagailuko eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak kudeatzeko aukera ematen du. " +"Pantaila nagusia goian:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2574,14 +3017,17 @@ msgstr "botoi batzuk geroago hemen azaldu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eskuratu Windows-en Letrak: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eskuratu Windows-en Letrak: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Botoi honek Windows partizioan aurkitutako letra tipoak automatikoki gehitzen ditu. Microsoft Windows instalaturik izan behar duzu." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Botoi honek Windows partizioan aurkitutako letra tipoak automatikoki " +"gehitzen ditu. Microsoft Windows instalaturik izan behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2591,9 +3037,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aukerak:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Aplikazio edo gailuak zehaztea baimentzen du (inprimagailuak gehienbat) letra tipoak erabiltzeko gai direnak." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Aplikazio edo gailuak zehaztea baimentzen du (inprimagailuak gehienbat) " +"letra tipoak erabiltzeko gai direnak." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2606,7 +3054,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Botoi honek instalatutako letra-tipoak kendu eta, seguru asko, leku batzuk aurreztu. Kontuz ibili letra-tipoak kentzerakoan, erabiltzen dituzten dokumentuetan ondorio larriak izan ditzakete." +msgstr "" +"Botoi honek instalatutako letra-tipoak kendu eta, seguru asko, leku batzuk " +"aurreztu. Kontuz ibili letra-tipoak kentzerakoan, erabiltzen dituzten " +"dokumentuetan ondorio larriak izan ditzakete." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2618,18 +3069,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Inportatu:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Hirugarren baten (CD, Internet ...) iturriak gehitzea baimentzen du. Jasandako formatuak ttf, pfa, PFB, PCF, PFM eta GSF dira. Klikatu egin <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inportatu</emphasis> botoian eta gero <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gehitzean</emphasis>, artxibo kudeatzaile bat agertzen da instalatzeko iturriak aukera ditzazun, egin dezan klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalatu</emphasis> amaitu duzunean. Instalatuko dira /usr/share/fonts karpetan." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Hirugarren baten (CD, Internet ...) iturriak gehitzea baimentzen du. " +"Jasandako formatuak ttf, pfa, PFB, PCF, PFM eta GSF dira. Klikatu egin " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Inportatu</emphasis> botoian eta gero <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Gehitzean</emphasis>, artxibo kudeatzaile bat agertzen da " +"instalatzeko iturriak aukera ditzazun, egin dezan klik <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Instalatu</emphasis> amaitu duzunean. Instalatuko dira /usr/share/fonts " +"karpetan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Berriki instalatu (edo kendu) badituzu letra tipoak, drakfont pantaila nagusian ez badira agertzen, itxi eta berriro ireki aldaketak ikusteko." +msgstr "" +"Berriki instalatu (edo kendu) badituzu letra tipoak, drakfont pantaila " +"nagusian ez badira agertzen, itxi eta berriro ireki aldaketak ikusteko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2641,8 +3101,7 @@ msgstr "Gurasoen kontrolak" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2650,18 +3109,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakguard</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean, Segurtasun fitxan pean dago, etiketaturik <guilabel>Guraso Kontrol</guilabel>. Ez baduzu etiketa hau ikusten, drakguard paketea (lehenetsiz instalatu gabe) instalatu behar duzu." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean, " +"Segurtasun fitxan pean dago, etiketaturik <guilabel>Guraso Kontrol</" +"guilabel>. Ez baduzu etiketa hau ikusten, drakguard paketea (lehenetsiz " +"instalatu gabe) instalatu behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2674,30 +3139,41 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard modu erraz batean guraso kontrolak ezartzeko zure ordenagailua mugatzeko nork zer egin dezakeen eta zein eguneko garaietan. Drakguard hiru gaitasun erabilgarri ditu:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard modu erraz batean guraso kontrolak ezartzeko zure ordenagailua " +"mugatzeko nork zer egin dezakeen eta zein eguneko garaietan. Drakguard hiru " +"gaitasun erabilgarri ditu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Erabiltzaile izenekoei sarbidea mugatuta dago erlojua ezartzea. Hau shorewall Mageiaren suebaki integratua erbiliz egiten da." +msgstr "" +"Erabiltzaile izenekoei sarbidea mugatuta dago erlojua ezartzea. Hau " +"shorewall Mageiaren suebaki integratua erbiliz egiten da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "erabiltzaile izenekoei bereziki komandoak exekutatzea blokleatzen du beraz, erabiltzaile horiek onartzen dutena soilik exekutatu dezakete." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"erabiltzaile izenekoei bereziki komandoak exekutatzea blokleatzen du beraz, " +"erabiltzaile horiek onartzen dutena soilik exekutatu dezakete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Sarbidea mugatzen du webgune batzuetara, bai eskuzko zerrenda beltz/zurien bidez definitzen da, baina baita dinamikoki web gunearen edukian oinarrituta. Hau lortzeko Drakguard kode irekiko gurasoen kontrol blokeatzaile liderra DansGuardian erabiltzen du." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Sarbidea mugatzen du webgune batzuetara, bai eskuzko zerrenda beltz/zurien " +"bidez definitzen da, baina baita dinamikoki web gunearen edukian " +"oinarrituta. Hau lortzeko Drakguard kode irekiko gurasoen kontrol " +"blokeatzaile liderra DansGuardian erabiltzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2711,19 +3187,31 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Zure ordenagailuak Ext2-etan, Ext3-etan, edo ReiserFS-formatuan partiziorik badauzka, popup bat ikusiko duzu ACL-ak zure partizioetan konfiguratzeko. ACL-ak Sarbideko Kontroleko Zerrendak esan nahi izaten du, eta banakako fitxategietarako sarrera izendatutako erabiltzaileengana mugatzea onartzen duen Linux-eko nukleoko ezaugarri bat da. ACL-ak Ext4-etan eta Btrfs-ek sistemak artxiboetan egin dituzte, baina aukera batek ahalbidetzen ditu Ext2-etan, Ext3-etan, edo Reiserfs-partizioetan. 'Bai' hautatzen baduzu drakguard-ek zure partizio guztiak konfiguratuko ditu ACL-a sostengatzeko, eta orduan berrabiarazteko oharra iradokiko dizu." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Zure ordenagailuak Ext2-etan, Ext3-etan, edo ReiserFS-formatuan partiziorik " +"badauzka, popup bat ikusiko duzu ACL-ak zure partizioetan konfiguratzeko. " +"ACL-ak Sarbideko Kontroleko Zerrendak esan nahi izaten du, eta banakako " +"fitxategietarako sarrera izendatutako erabiltzaileengana mugatzea onartzen " +"duen Linux-eko nukleoko ezaugarri bat da. ACL-ak Ext4-etan eta Btrfs-ek " +"sistemak artxiboetan egin dituzte, baina aukera batek ahalbidetzen ditu Ext2-" +"etan, Ext3-etan, edo Reiserfs-partizioetan. 'Bai' hautatzen baduzu drakguard-" +"ek zure partizio guztiak konfiguratuko ditu ACL-a sostengatzeko, eta orduan " +"berrabiarazteko oharra iradokiko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Guraso Kontrola Gaitul</guibutton>: Egiaztatuta badago, kontrola gurasoen gaituta dago eta <guilabel>Programetarako sarbidea Blokeatu</guilabel> fitxa irekitzen da." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Guraso Kontrola Gaitul</guibutton>: Egiaztatuta badago, kontrola " +"gurasoen gaituta dago eta <guilabel>Programetarako sarbidea Blokeatu</" +"guilabel> fitxa irekitzen da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2731,7 +3219,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Sareko trafiko guztia blokatu</guibutton>: Hautatuta badago, web orri guztiek blokeatuta daude, eta zerrenda zuria fitxan direnak izan ezik. Bestela, web orri guztiek onartzen dira, zerrenda beltzak fitxan direnak izan ezik." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Sareko trafiko guztia blokatu</guibutton>: Hautatuta badago, web " +"orri guztiek blokeatuta daude, eta zerrenda zuria fitxan direnak izan ezik. " +"Bestela, web orri guztiek onartzen dira, zerrenda beltzak fitxan direnak " +"izan ezik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2743,7 +3235,15 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>Erabiltzaile-sarrera:</guibutton> Sarbidea ezkerrean agertzen diren erabiltzaileengana murriztu da zehaztu dituzun erregelak ezagututa. Eskuineko aldeko erabiltzaileek sarbidea murrizketarik gabe dute konputagailuko erabiltzaile helduei ez ditzatela eragotzi. Ezkerreko erabiltzaile bat hautatu eta egin klik <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> hura erabiltzaile baimendutako zerrendari gehitzeko. Eskuineko erabiltzaile bat hautatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> baimendutako erabiltzaile zerrendatik ezabatzeko." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Erabiltzaile-sarrera:</guibutton> Sarbidea ezkerrean agertzen " +"diren erabiltzaileengana murriztu da zehaztu dituzun erregelak ezagututa. " +"Eskuineko aldeko erabiltzaileek sarbidea murrizketarik gabe dute " +"konputagailuko erabiltzaile helduei ez ditzatela eragotzi. Ezkerreko " +"erabiltzaile bat hautatu eta egin klik <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> hura " +"erabiltzaile baimendutako zerrendari gehitzeko. Eskuineko erabiltzaile bat " +"hautatu eta sakatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> baimendutako erabiltzaile " +"zerrendatik ezabatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2752,7 +3252,11 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "<guibutton>Denbora kontrola:</guibutton> hautatzen bada, interneteko sarbide <guilabel>Hasiera</guilabel> eta <guilabel>Amaiera</guilabel> denboren artean murrizketak onartuko dira. Era bat blokeatuta egongo da leiho denbora honetatik kanpo." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Denbora kontrola:</guibutton> hautatzen bada, interneteko sarbide " +"<guilabel>Hasiera</guilabel> eta <guilabel>Amaiera</guilabel> denboren " +"artean murrizketak onartuko dira. Era bat blokeatuta egongo da leiho denbora " +"honetatik kanpo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2764,7 +3268,9 @@ msgstr "Zerrenda beltz/zuri taula" msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Idatzi goialdeko lehen eremuan web URLa eta sakatu <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoia." +msgstr "" +"Idatzi goialdeko lehen eremuan web URLa eta sakatu <guibutton>Gehitu</" +"guibutton> botoia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2774,17 +3280,22 @@ msgstr "Blokeatu Taula Programak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blokeatu Definitua Aplikazioak</guibutton>: ACL erabilera aplikazio espezifikoen sarbidea mugatzeko aukera ematen du. Txertatu blokeatu nahi dituzun aplikazioen bidea." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blokeatu Definitua Aplikazioak</guibutton>: ACL erabilera " +"aplikazio espezifikoen sarbidea mugatzeko aukera ematen du. Txertatu " +"blokeatu nahi dituzun aplikazioen bidea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Desblokeatu Erabiltzaileen zerrenda</guibutton>: Eskuinaldean azaltzen diren erabiltzaileak ez dira acl-an blokeatu izan." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Desblokeatu Erabiltzaileen zerrenda</guibutton>: Eskuinaldean " +"azaltzen diren erabiltzaileak ez dira acl-an blokeatu izan." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2796,8 +3307,7 @@ msgstr "Partekatu Internet lotura bertako beste makina batzuekin" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2807,8 +3317,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Printzipioak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" @@ -2823,14 +3332,23 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Hau erabilgarria da zuk, Interneterako (2) Sarbidea duen eta sare lokalera (1) ere konektatuta dagoen, konputagailua (3) duzunean. Zuk pasabide bezala konputagailua (3) erabil dezakezu beste lan-estazio batzuetarako (5) eta (6) sarbidea emateko sare lokalean (1). Hartarako, pasabideak bi interfaze izan behar ditu; lehenak Ethernet txartel bat bezala egon behar du sare lokalean, eta Internetera (2) konektatuta bigarrena (4)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Hau erabilgarria da zuk, " +"Interneterako (2) Sarbidea duen eta sare lokalera (1) ere konektatuta " +"dagoen, konputagailua (3) duzunean. Zuk pasabide bezala konputagailua (3) " +"erabil dezakezu beste lan-estazio batzuetarako (5) eta (6) sarbidea emateko " +"sare lokalean (1). Hartarako, pasabideak bi interfaze izan behar ditu; " +"lehenak Ethernet txartel bat bezala egon behar du sare lokalean, eta " +"Internetera (2) konektatuta bigarrena (4)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "Lehen urratsa sarea eta Interneteko sarbidea ezarrita dagoela egiaztatzea, <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>-en dokumentatuta dagoen bezala." +msgstr "" +"Lehen urratsa sarea eta Interneteko sarbidea ezarrita dagoela egiaztatzea, " +"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>-en dokumentatuta dagoen bezala." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2840,23 +3358,29 @@ msgstr "Pasagune morroia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakgw</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "Morroiak <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0 \"/> bertan azaltzen diren ondoz ondoko urratsak eskaintzen ditu:" +msgstr "" +"Morroiak <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0 \"/> bertan azaltzen diren " +"ondoz ondoko urratsak eskaintzen ditu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Morroiak ez ditu gutxienez bi interfazeak antzematen, honi buruz ohartarazten da eta sarean gelditzea eta hardwarea ezartzea eskatzen da." +msgstr "" +"Morroiak ez ditu gutxienez bi interfazeak antzematen, honi buruz " +"ohartarazten da eta sarean gelditzea eta hardwarea ezartzea eskatzen da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2864,22 +3388,31 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "Internet konexiorako erabiltzen den interfazea zehaztu. Morroia automatikoki iradokitzen du interfaze bat, baina proposatzen duena zuzena den egiaztatu beharko duzu." +msgstr "" +"Internet konexiorako erabiltzen den interfazea zehaztu. Morroia automatikoki " +"iradokitzen du interfaze bat, baina proposatzen duena zuzena den egiaztatu " +"beharko duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "zehaztu zein LAN sare interfazea sarbidea erabiltzen den. Morroiak bat proposatzen du, begiratu hori zuzena den." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"zehaztu zein LAN sare interfazea sarbidea erabiltzen den. Morroiak bat " +"proposatzen du, begiratu hori zuzena den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "Morroiak Lan sareko parametroak porposatzen ditu, hala nola, IP helbidea, maskara eta domeinu izena. Egiaztatu parametro horiek oraingo konfigurazioekin bateragarriak direla. Gomendagarria da zuk balio horiek onartzea." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"Morroiak Lan sareko parametroak porposatzen ditu, hala nola, IP helbidea, " +"maskara eta domeinu izena. Egiaztatu parametro horiek oraingo " +"konfigurazioekin bateragarriak direla. Gomendagarria da zuk balio horiek " +"onartzea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2887,15 +3420,21 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "ordenagailua DNS zerbitzari gisa erabili behar den zehaztu. Baietz bada, morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>bind</code> instalatuko dela. Bestela, DNS zerbitzari baten helbidea zehaztu behar duzu." +msgstr "" +"ordenagailua DNS zerbitzari gisa erabili behar den zehaztu. Baietz bada, " +"morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>bind</code> instalatuko dela. Bestela, DNS " +"zerbitzari baten helbidea zehaztu behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "ordenagailua DHCP zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada, morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>dhcp-zerbitzaria</code> instalatuta eta DHCP eremuko hasiera eta amaiera helbideekin ezartzea eskaintzen da." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"ordenagailua DHCP zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada, " +"morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>dhcp-zerbitzaria</code> instalatuta eta DHCP " +"eremuko hasiera eta amaiera helbideekin ezartzea eskaintzen da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2904,14 +3443,21 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "ordenagailua proxy zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada, morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>squid</code> instalatuta dagoela eta hura ezartzea eskiniko zaizu, administratzaileak (admin@mydomain.com) helbidearekin, proxy izena (myfirewall@mydomaincom) du, portua (3128) eta cache tamaina (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" +"ordenagailua proxy zerbitzari gisa erabiliko den zehaztu. Baietz bada, " +"morroiak egiaztatuko du <code>squid</code> instalatuta dagoela eta hura " +"ezartzea eskiniko zaizu, administratzaileak (admin@mydomain.com) " +"helbidearekin, proxy izena (myfirewall@mydomaincom) du, portua (3128) eta " +"cache tamaina (100 Mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "Azken urratsa pasagunea makina inprimagailuak eta partekatzeko konektatuta dagoela ikusteko aukera ematen du." +msgstr "" +"Azken urratsa pasagunea makina inprimagailuak eta partekatzeko konektatuta " +"dagoela ikusteko aukera ematen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 @@ -2930,9 +3476,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "DHCP-arekin pasabidea itxuratu baduzu, soilik beharrezkoa da sare-konfigurazio tresnan helbidea era automatikoan lortzen dela zehaztea (DHCP-aren bitartez). sarera konektatzen denean lortzen dira Parametroak. Metodo hau baliozkoa da bezeroak erabilitako sistema eragilea edozein dela ere." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"DHCP-arekin pasabidea itxuratu baduzu, soilik beharrezkoa da sare-" +"konfigurazio tresnan helbidea era automatikoan lortzen dela zehaztea (DHCP-" +"aren bitartez). sarera konektatzen denean lortzen dira Parametroak. Metodo " +"hau baliozkoa da bezeroak erabilitako sistema eragilea edozein dela ere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2940,7 +3490,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Sare-parametroak eskuz zehaztu behar badituzu, pasabidea zehaztu behar du, bereziki, pasabide bezala jokatzen duen makinaren IP helbidea sarrertzearen bitartez." +msgstr "" +"Sare-parametroak eskuz zehaztu behar badituzu, pasabidea zehaztu behar du, " +"bereziki, pasabide bezala jokatzen duen makinaren IP helbidea sarrertzearen " +"bitartez." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2951,9 +3504,10 @@ msgstr "Gelditu konexioa partekatzea" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Mageia ordenagailuko konexioa partekatzea gelditu nahi baduzu, abiarazi tresna. Konexioa ezartzeko edo partekatzea gelditzeko aukera emango dizu." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ordenagailuko konexioa partekatzea gelditu nahi baduzu, abiarazi " +"tresna. Konexioa ezartzeko edo partekatzea gelditzeko aukera emango dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2965,8 +3519,7 @@ msgstr "Ostalarien definizioak" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2974,9 +3527,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakhosts</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -2985,7 +3540,11 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Zure sareko sistema batzuek zerbitzuak ematen bazaituztete, eta IP-helbidea finkatzen badute, tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> haiek errazago atzitzeko izen bat zehaztea onartzen du. Orduan izen hori erabil dezakezu IP-helbidearen ordez." +msgstr "" +"Zure sareko sistema batzuek zerbitzuak ematen bazaituztete, eta IP-helbidea " +"finkatzen badute, tresna honek<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"haiek errazago atzitzeko izen bat zehaztea onartzen du. Orduan izen hori " +"erabil dezakezu IP-helbidearen ordez." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -2998,7 +3557,10 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Botoi honetaz, sistema berriko izena gehitzen da. Lortuko duzu leiho bat IP helbidea, sistemarako host izena, eta aukeran, era berean erabil daitekeen ezizena zehazteko." +msgstr "" +"Botoi honetaz, sistema berriko izena gehitzen da. Lortuko duzu leiho bat IP " +"helbidea, sistemarako host izena, eta aukeran, era berean erabil daitekeen " +"ezizena zehazteko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3010,7 +3572,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Aurretik definituriko sarrera baten parametroetan sartzeko aukera duzu. Leiho berean lortu ahal izango duzu." +msgstr "" +"Aurretik definituriko sarrera baten parametroetan sartzeko aukera duzu. " +"Leiho berean lortu ahal izango duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3022,8 +3586,7 @@ msgstr "Sare interfaze eta suhesientzako ezarpen aurreratua" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3033,17 +3596,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Doc taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza " +"hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Doc taldea</link>-" +"rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakinvictus</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3055,8 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "Sare Gunea" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3064,9 +3631,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetventer</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">draknetventer</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3074,40 +3643,46 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Sarea eta Internet Mageia Kontrol Guneko fitxan pean \"Sare Gune\" etiketatuta bezala aurkitzen da" +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Sarea eta Internet " +"Mageia Kontrol Guneko fitxan pean \"Sare Gune\" etiketatuta bezala aurkitzen " +"da" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "Tresna hau abiarazi zenean, konfiguratuta dauden sare guztien zerrendatzen dituen leiho bat irekitzen da, bere mota edozein izanda ere (kabletik, irratitik, satelitetik, etab.). Haietako batean klik egiterakoan, hiru edo lau botoi agertuko dira, sare motaren arabera, sarea zaindu ahal izateko, bere konfigurazioa aldatu edo konektatzeko/deskonektatzeko. Tresna honek ez du sare bat sortzeko asmoa, honetarako ikusi <guilabel>Konfiguratu sare-interfaze berria (LAN, ISDN, ADSL-a, ...)</guilabel> MCC-ko erlaitz berean." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau abiarazi zenean, konfiguratuta dauden sare guztien zerrendatzen " +"dituen leiho bat irekitzen da, bere mota edozein izanda ere (kabletik, " +"irratitik, satelitetik, etab.). Haietako batean klik egiterakoan, hiru edo " +"lau botoi agertuko dira, sare motaren arabera, sarea zaindu ahal izateko, " +"bere konfigurazioa aldatu edo konektatzeko/deskonektatzeko. Tresna honek ez " +"du sare bat sortzeko asmoa, honetarako ikusi <guilabel>Konfiguratu sare-" +"interfaze berria (LAN, ISDN, ADSL-a, ...)</guilabel> MCC-ko erlaitz berean." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3117,36 +3692,52 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "Beheko pantailan, adibide bezala emanda, bi sare ikus ditzakegu, lehena kablekoa da eta konektatuta, ikono honengatik ezagungarria <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (hau ez dago konektatuta<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) eta bigarren sailak sare harigabeak erakusten ditu, konektatu gabe daudela, ikono honegatik ezagungarria <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> eta honengatik <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>hau konektatuta badago. Kolore-kodea beste sare-tipoetarako beti berdina da, berde konektatuta badago eta gorria konektatuta ez badago." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"Beheko pantailan, adibide bezala emanda, bi sare ikus ditzakegu, lehena " +"kablekoa da eta konektatuta, ikono honengatik ezagungarria <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (hau ez dago konektatuta<placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) eta bigarren sailak sare harigabeak " +"erakusten ditu, konektatu gabe daudela, ikono honegatik ezagungarria " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> eta honengatik " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>hau konektatuta badago. " +"Kolore-kodea beste sare-tipoetarako beti berdina da, berde konektatuta " +"badago eta gorria konektatuta ez badago." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "Pantailaren harigabe lekuan, antzemandako sare guztiak ere ikus dezakezu, <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>-rekin, <guilabel>Seinale indarra</guilabel>-rekin, zifratuta badaude (gorriz)edo ez badaude (berdez), eta <guilabel>lan modua</guilabel>. Egin klik hautatu duzun sarean eta ondoren <guibutton>segimendua</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> edo <guibutton>Konektatu</guibutton>. Posible da hemen sare batetik bestera joatea. Sare pribatu bat hautatzen bada, Sarearen ezarpenen leihoa (ikus beherago) zabalduko da eta ezarpen osagarriak (enkriptazio gakoa, bereziki) eskatuko dizkizu." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"Pantailaren harigabe lekuan, antzemandako sare guztiak ere ikus dezakezu, " +"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>-rekin, <guilabel>Seinale indarra</guilabel>-rekin, " +"zifratuta badaude (gorriz)edo ez badaude (berdez), eta <guilabel>lan modua</" +"guilabel>. Egin klik hautatu duzun sarean eta ondoren <guibutton>segimendua</" +"guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> edo <guibutton>Konektatu</" +"guibutton>. Posible da hemen sare batetik bestera joatea. Sare pribatu bat " +"hautatzen bada, Sarearen ezarpenen leihoa (ikus beherago) zabalduko da eta " +"ezarpen osagarriak (enkriptazio gakoa, bereziki) eskatuko dizkizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Pantaila eguneratzeko klikatu <guibutton>Freskatu</guibutton>-n." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3156,8 +3747,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "Pantaila botoia" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3167,9 +3757,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Botoi honek sare-jarduera ikustea baimentzen dizu, (gorriz, Ordenagailurantz) deskargatzen du eta (berdez, Interneterantz) igotzen da. Pantaila bera da eskuinarekin klikatuz <guimenu>sistemaren bandejan eskuragarri dagoen Internet ikonoaren gainean -> Sare Estatistikak</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Botoi honek sare-jarduera ikustea baimentzen dizu, (gorriz, " +"Ordenagailurantz) deskargatzen du eta (berdez, Interneterantz) igotzen da. " +"Pantaila bera da eskuinarekin klikatuz <guimenu>sistemaren bandejan " +"eskuragarri dagoen Internet ikonoaren gainean -> Sare Estatistikak</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3177,14 +3771,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Badira sare bakoitzarentzat (hemen eth0 kable-sarea, lo tokiko loopback eta wlan0 hari gabeko sarea da) fitxa bat eta horrek konexio egoerari buruzko xehetasunak ematen duen fitxa bat." +msgstr "" +"Badira sare bakoitzarentzat (hemen eth0 kable-sarea, lo tokiko loopback eta " +"wlan0 hari gabeko sarea da) fitxa bat eta horrek konexio egoerari buruzko " +"xehetasunak ematen duen fitxa bat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "Leihoaren behealdean izenburu bat dago <guilabel>Trafiko kontularitza</guilabel>, hurrengo atalean aztertuko egingo dugu." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"Leihoaren behealdean izenburu bat dago <guilabel>Trafiko kontularitza</" +"guilabel>, hurrengo atalean aztertuko egingo dugu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3196,8 +3795,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguratu botoia" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - kable sare batentzat</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3207,9 +3805,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Posible da sarea sortzean zehar emandako ezarpen guztiak aldatzea. Gehienetan, egiaztapetu <guibutton>IP Automatikoa</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> egin direla, baina arazo kasuan, eskuzko ezarpenak emaitza hobeak eman ditzake." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Posible da sarea sortzean zehar emandako ezarpen guztiak aldatzea. " +"Gehienetan, egiaztapetu <guibutton>IP Automatikoa</guibutton> " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> egin direla, baina arazo kasuan, eskuzko " +"ezarpenak emaitza hobeak eman ditzake." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3218,7 +3820,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "Egoitza-sare batentzako, <guilabel>IP helbidea</guilabel> beti 192.168.0.x bezalakoa da, <guilabel>Sare-maskara</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, eta <guilabel>Pasabide</guilabel> eta <guilabel>DNS zerbitzariak</guilabel> zure zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude." +msgstr "" +"Egoitza-sare batentzako, <guilabel>IP helbidea</guilabel> beti 192.168.0.x " +"bezalakoa da, <guilabel>Sare-maskara</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, eta " +"<guilabel>Pasabide</guilabel> eta <guilabel>DNS zerbitzariak</guilabel> zure " +"zerbitzu hornitzailearen webgunean eskuragarri daude." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3227,22 +3833,27 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "<guibutton>Gaitu sare estatistikak</guibutton> orduro, egunero edo hileroko oinarriaren gaineko trafiko neurriaren kontrolik egotekotan. Emaitzak erakusten dira, lehen zehatutako \"pantailan\". Behin estatistikak aktibatuta egon sare konexioa berrezarri behar da." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Gaitu sare estatistikak</guibutton> orduro, egunero edo hileroko " +"oinarriaren gaineko trafiko neurriaren kontrolik egotekotan. Emaitzak " +"erakusten dira, lehen zehatutako \"pantailan\". Behin estatistikak " +"aktibatuta egon sare konexioa berrezarri behar da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Onartu interfazea Network Manager-ek kontrolatzea:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Onartu interfazea Network Manager-ek kontrolatzea:</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Botoi Aurreratua:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3257,8 +3868,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - kable sare batentzat</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Aurretik ez ikusitako elementuak soilik azaltzen dira." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3276,12 +3886,18 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Aukeratu <guilabel>Kudeatutako</guilabel> Sargune baten bidezko konexioa bada, detektatutako <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> bat dago. Aukeratu <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> puntuz sare punturako bat bada. Aukeratu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> zure sare txartela sarbide bezala erabiltzen bada, zure sare-txartela modu hau onartu behar du." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <guilabel>Kudeatutako</guilabel> Sargune baten bidezko konexioa " +"bada, detektatutako <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> bat dago. " +"Aukeratu <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> puntuz sare punturako bat bada. " +"Aukeratu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> zure sare txartela " +"sarbide bezala erabiltzen bada, zure sare-txartela modu hau onartu behar du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enkriptatze modua eta Enkriptatze gakoa:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enkriptatze modua eta Enkriptatze gakoa:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3291,11 +3907,15 @@ msgstr "Sare pribatua bada, ezarpen horiek jakin behar dituzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> pasahitz bat erabiltzen du, eta WPA erabiltzen duen pasaesaldia baino ahulagoa. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> WPA home edo WPA personal ere deitzen da. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> ez da maiz sare pribatuetan erabiltzen." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> pasahitz bat erabiltzen du, eta WPA erabiltzen duen " +"pasaesaldia baino ahulagoa. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> WPA home " +"edo WPA personal ere deitzen da. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> ez da " +"maiz sare pribatuetan erabiltzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 @@ -3307,10 +3927,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Onartu roaming sarbide puntua</emphasis>:" msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Roaming teknologia ahalbidetzen du ordenagailua bere sargunea aldatzeko sarera konektatuta dabilen bitartean." +msgstr "" +"Roaming teknologia ahalbidetzen du ordenagailua bere sargunea aldatzeko " +"sarera konektatuta dabilen bitartean." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3320,8 +3941,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "Ezarpen aurreratuetako botoia" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3336,8 +3956,7 @@ msgstr "Kudeatu sareko profil desberdinak" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3345,9 +3964,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">draknetprofile</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3359,8 +3980,7 @@ msgstr "NFS-rekin partekatutako unitate eta direktorioak" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3373,21 +3993,24 @@ msgstr "Aurrebaldintzak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">draknfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Noiz morroia<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lehen aldiz abiatzen denean, hurrengo mezua erakuts daiteke:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Noiz morroia<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lehen aldiz abiatzen " +"denean, hurrengo mezua erakuts daiteke:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "nfs-utils paketea instalatu egin behar da. Instalatu nahi duzu?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3407,7 +4030,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "Partekatzen diren direktorioen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da. Urrats honetan, zerrenda hutsik dago. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoia konfiguratzeko tresna baterako sarbidea ematen dizu." +msgstr "" +"Partekatzen diren direktorioen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da. Urrats honetan, " +"zerrenda hutsik dago. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoia konfiguratzeko " +"tresna baterako sarbidea ematen dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3420,10 +4046,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "Konfigurazioko tresna \"Aldatu sarrera\" bezala etiketatuta dago. Abiarazi daiteke <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> botoiarekin. Honako parametro hauek daude eskuragarri." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurazioko tresna \"Aldatu sarrera\" bezala etiketatuta dago. Abiarazi " +"daiteke <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> botoiarekin. Honako parametro hauek " +"daude eskuragarri." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3439,7 +4067,10 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Hemen bertan zehatz dezakezu zein direktorio partekatuko den. <guibutton>Direktorio</guibutton> botoia nabigatzaile bati sarbidea ematen dio aukera dezazun." +msgstr "" +"Hemen bertan zehatz dezakezu zein direktorio partekatuko den. " +"<guibutton>Direktorio</guibutton> botoia nabigatzaile bati sarbidea ematen " +"dio aukera dezazun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3451,7 +4082,9 @@ msgstr "Ostalari sarbidea" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Partekatutako direktorioan sartzeko baimenduta dauden hots-ak hemen zehaztu ditzakezu." +msgstr "" +"Partekatutako direktorioan sartzeko baimenduta dauden hots-ak hemen zehaztu " +"ditzakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3463,12 +4096,15 @@ msgstr "NFS bezeroak modu askotan ere zehaztu daitezke:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>host bakarra</emphasis>: host bat, aitortu zuen laburtutako izenagatik ebatzi dadin, domeinu osoko izena edo IP helbidea izan behar da" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>host bakarra</emphasis>: host bat, aitortu zuen laburtutako " +"izenagatik ebatzi dadin, domeinu osoko izena edo IP helbidea izan behar da" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups @group gisa agertu daitezke." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups @group gisa agertu daitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 @@ -3476,7 +4112,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: Makina izen komodin karaktereak izan ditzakete * eta?. Adibidez: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu domeinu host guztiekin bat datorrela." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: Makina izen komodin karaktereak izan " +"ditzakete * eta?. Adibidez: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu domeinu host guztiekin " +"bat datorrela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3484,7 +4123,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP sareak</emphasis>: halaber, host guztiei batera direktorioak esportatu ditzakezu IP (azpi-)sare batean aldi berean. Adibidez, bai `/255.255.252.0'edo '/22' sareko baseko helbideari erantsiko zaio." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP sareak</emphasis>: halaber, host guztiei batera direktorioak " +"esportatu ditzakezu IP (azpi-)sare batean aldi berean. Adibidez, bai " +"`/255.255.252.0'edo '/22' sareko baseko helbideari erantsiko zaio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3496,32 +4138,46 @@ msgstr "Erabiltzaile ID mapaketa" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>Erlazionatu root erabiltzaile anonimo gisa (root_squash)</emphasis>: UID/GID-ak eskaerak UID/GID anonimo (root_squash) bihurtzen ditu. Bezeroaren ordenagailuko Root-ek ezin ditu irakurri edo idatzi ordenagailu honen zerbitzariaren errokoan sortutako artxiboak." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Erlazionatu root erabiltzaile anonimo gisa (root_squash)</" +"emphasis>: UID/GID-ak eskaerak UID/GID anonimo (root_squash) bihurtzen " +"ditu. Bezeroaren ordenagailuko Root-ek ezin ditu irakurri edo idatzi " +"ordenagailu honen zerbitzariaren errokoan sortutako artxiboak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>benetako urruneko root sarbidea baimendu</emphasis>: ez itzali UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash)l. Aukera hau bereziki erabilgarria da diskorik gabeko lan postuetarako." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>benetako urruneko root sarbidea baimendu</emphasis>: ez itzali UID/" +"GID 0 (no_root_squash)l. Aukera hau bereziki erabilgarria da diskorik gabeko " +"lan postuetarako." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>Erlazionatu erabiltzaile guztiak erabiltzaile anonimo gisa</emphasis>: Erabiltzaile guztien UID/GID anonimora (all_squash-en) bihurtzen ditu. Erabilgarria da FTP publikoetako NFS direktorioak, berri-direktorioekin, etab. esportaziorako. Aurkakoa aukera no_all_squash, lehenetsi gisa ematen da." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Erlazionatu erabiltzaile guztiak erabiltzaile anonimo gisa</" +"emphasis>: Erabiltzaile guztien UID/GID anonimora (all_squash-en) bihurtzen " +"ditu. Erabilgarria da FTP publikoetako NFS direktorioak, berri-" +"direktorioekin, etab. esportaziorako. Aurkakoa aukera no_all_squash, " +"lehenetsi gisa ematen da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid eta anongid</emphasis>: esplizituki uid eta gid kontu anonimo ezartzen dute." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid eta anongid</emphasis>: esplizituki uid eta gid kontu " +"anonimo ezartzen dute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3532,9 +4188,12 @@ msgstr "Aukera aurreratuak" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Konexio bermatu</emphasis>: aukera honek eskatzen du internet ataka jatorria IPPORT_RESERVED (1024) baino txikiagoa izan behar du. Aukera hau lehenespenez aktibatuta dago." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Konexio bermatu</emphasis>: aukera honek eskatzen du internet " +"ataka jatorria IPPORT_RESERVED (1024) baino txikiagoa izan behar du. Aukera " +"hau lehenespenez aktibatuta dago." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3543,7 +4202,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Partekatu Irakurri-Soilik</emphasis>: soilik edozeinek irakurtzen duela onartu ezazu edo irakurri eta idaztea eskaerak NFS-bolumen honetan. Ez-betetzea zeinek fitxategi sistema aldatzen duen edozein eskaera baztertu da. Hau egin ahal da esplizituki aukera hau erabiliz." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Partekatu Irakurri-Soilik</emphasis>: soilik edozeinek irakurtzen " +"duela onartu ezazu edo irakurri eta idaztea eskaerak NFS-bolumen honetan. Ez-" +"betetzea zeinek fitxategi sistema aldatzen duen edozein eskaera baztertu da. " +"Hau egin ahal da esplizituki aukera hau erabiliz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3551,7 +4214,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Sinkronizatutako sarbidea</emphasis>: NFS zerbitzarietan eragozten du NFS protokoloa urratzea eta eskaera hauek egindako aldaketa aurretik eskaerei entzutea biltegiratze egonkorrarekin (adibidez, disko-unitatea)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Sinkronizatutako sarbidea</emphasis>: NFS zerbitzarietan eragozten " +"du NFS protokoloa urratzea eta eskaera hauek egindako aldaketa aurretik " +"eskaerei entzutea biltegiratze egonkorrarekin (adibidez, disko-unitatea)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3559,7 +4225,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Azpizuhaitz egiaztapena</emphasis>: segurtasuna kasu batzuetan hobetzen lagun dezakeen, baina fidagarritasuna gutxitu dezakeen azpizuhaitzaren kontrola baimentzea. Eskuliburuko esportazio orrialdeak (5) xehetasun gehiagotarako." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Azpizuhaitz egiaztapena</emphasis>: segurtasuna kasu batzuetan " +"hobetzen lagun dezakeen, baina fidagarritasuna gutxitu dezakeen " +"azpizuhaitzaren kontrola baimentzea. Eskuliburuko esportazio orrialdeak (5) " +"xehetasun gehiagotarako." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3571,8 +4241,7 @@ msgstr "Menu sarrerak" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Orain arte zerrendan sarrera bat dauka gutxienez." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3596,7 +4265,8 @@ msgstr "NFS Zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi" #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "Zerbitzaria gelditu eta berrabiarazi da uneko konfigurazioa fitxategiarekin." +msgstr "" +"Zerbitzaria gelditu eta berrabiarazi da uneko konfigurazioa fitxategiarekin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -3606,9 +4276,9 @@ msgstr "NFS Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "Bistaratuko konfigurazioa egungo konfigurazio fitxategitik birkargatu da." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Bistaratuko konfigurazioa egungo konfigurazio fitxategitik birkargatu da." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3620,8 +4290,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy-a" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3629,30 +4298,45 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakproxy</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Proxy zerbitzari bat erabili behar baldin baduzu Internetera sartzeko, tresna hau erabili dezakezu <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> konfiguratzeko. Zure sare administratzaileak behar duzun informazioa emango dizu. Salbuespenik gabe atzitu ahal dituzun zerbitzu batzuk zehaz ditzakezu ere." +msgstr "" +"Proxy zerbitzari bat erabili behar baldin baduzu Internetera sartzeko, " +"tresna hau erabili dezakezu <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"konfiguratzeko. Zure sare administratzaileak behar duzun informazioa emango " +"dizu. Salbuespenik gabe atzitu ahal dituzun zerbitzu batzuk zehaz ditzakezu " +"ere." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Wikipediatik, 2012-09-24-an,Proxy zerbitzaria artikulua: ordenagailu sareetan, zein beste zerbitzari batzuen baliabideen bila bezeroen eskaeretako bitartekari bezala jokatzen duen zerbitzaria (sistema informatiko edo aplikazio bat). Bezero bat proxy zerbitzarira konektatzen da, zerbitzu batzuk eskatzeko, esaterako, fitxategi, konexio, web orri, edo beste baliabide zerbitzari ezberdin baten eskuragarri gisa. Proxy zerbitzariak eskaera errazteko eta haien konplexutasuna kontrolatzeko modu bat bezala ebaluatzen du." +msgstr "" +"Wikipediatik, 2012-09-24-an,Proxy zerbitzaria artikulua: ordenagailu " +"sareetan, zein beste zerbitzari batzuen baliabideen bila bezeroen " +"eskaeretako bitartekari bezala jokatzen duen zerbitzaria (sistema " +"informatiko edo aplikazio bat). Bezero bat proxy zerbitzarira konektatzen " +"da, zerbitzu batzuk eskatzeko, esaterako, fitxategi, konexio, web orri, edo " +"beste baliabide zerbitzari ezberdin baten eskuragarri gisa. Proxy " +"zerbitzariak eskaera errazteko eta haien konplexutasuna kontrolatzeko modu " +"bat bezala ebaluatzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3664,8 +4348,7 @@ msgstr "Baliabideak Konfiguratu" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3673,11 +4356,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Instalazio baten ondoren egin behar duzun lehena software iturriak (biltegiak, baliabideak, ispiluak bezala ezagututa) gehitzea da. Horrek esan nahi du zuk pakete eta aplikazioak instalatzeko eta eguneratzeko erabiliko diren baliabideen iturriak aukeratu behar dituzula. (Gehitu botoia ikusi behean)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Instalazio baten ondoren egin behar duzun lehena software iturriak " +"(biltegiak, baliabideak, ispiluak bezala ezagututa) gehitzea da. Horrek esan " +"nahi du zuk pakete eta aplikazioak instalatzeko eta eguneratzeko erabiliko " +"diren baliabideen iturriak aukeratu behar dituzula. (Gehitu botoia ikusi " +"behean)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3687,7 +4375,12 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Mageia instalatzen (edo eguneratzen) baduzu baliabide optiko (CD edo DVD) edo USB gailu bat erabiliz, erabilitako baliabide optikoetarako softwareko iturri bat itxuratuta egongo da. Pakete berriak jartzerakoan baliabideak sartzeko galdetzea saihesteko, baliabide hau desaktibatu (edo ezabatu) behar duzu. (CD-Rom euskarri tipoa izango du)." +msgstr "" +"Mageia instalatzen (edo eguneratzen) baduzu baliabide optiko (CD edo DVD) " +"edo USB gailu bat erabiliz, erabilitako baliabide optikoetarako softwareko " +"iturri bat itxuratuta egongo da. Pakete berriak jartzerakoan baliabideak " +"sartzeko galdetzea saihesteko, baliabide hau desaktibatu (edo ezabatu) behar " +"duzu. (CD-Rom euskarri tipoa izango du)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3697,14 +4390,21 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Zure sistema 32 (i586 izenekoa) edo 64 bit (x86_64 izenekoa) arkitektura pean exekutatzen ari da. Pakete batzuk 32 edo 64 biteko sistemaren independenteak dira; pakete horiek noarch deitzen dira. Haiek ez dute beren noarch direktorioa ispiluetan, baina guztiak daude bai i586 eta x86_64 baliabidetan." +msgstr "" +"Zure sistema 32 (i586 izenekoa) edo 64 bit (x86_64 izenekoa) arkitektura " +"pean exekutatzen ari da. Pakete batzuk 32 edo 64 biteko sistemaren " +"independenteak dira; pakete horiek noarch deitzen dira. Haiek ez dute beren " +"noarch direktorioa ispiluetan, baina guztiak daude bai i586 eta x86_64 " +"baliabidetan." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3712,7 +4412,9 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> fitxa-pean aurkezten da." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</" +"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> fitxa-pean aurkezten da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3729,7 +4431,13 @@ msgstr "Zutabea Gaitu:" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Los medios de comunicación controladas se utilizarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado con algunos medios de comunicación, tales como pruebas y depuración, que podrían hacer que su sistema inutilizable.Kontrolatutako hedabideak pakete berriak instalatzeko erabiliko dira. Kontuz beste hedabide batzuekin, hala nola proba eta arazketa gisa, zein zure sistema hondatu egin dezake." +msgstr "" +"Los medios de comunicación controladas se utilizarán para instalar nuevos " +"paquetes. Tenga cuidado con algunos medios de comunicación, tales como " +"pruebas y depuración, que podrían hacer que su sistema inutilizable." +"Kontrolatutako hedabideak pakete berriak instalatzeko erabiliko dira. Kontuz " +"beste hedabide batzuekin, hala nola proba eta arazketa gisa, zein zure " +"sistema hondatu egin dezake." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3743,7 +4451,12 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Egiaztaturik hedabideak paketeak eguneratzeko erabiliko direla, gaituta egon behar dira. \"Eguneratu\" izena duten hedabideak soilik hautatu behar dira. Segurtasun arrazoiengatik, zutabe hau ezin alda daiteke tresna honetan, kontsola bat ireki behar duzu root bezala eta <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis> idatzi." +msgstr "" +"Egiaztaturik hedabideak paketeak eguneratzeko erabiliko direla, gaituta egon " +"behar dira. \"Eguneratu\" izena duten hedabideak soilik hautatu behar dira. " +"Segurtasun arrazoiengatik, zutabe hau ezin alda daiteke tresna honetan, " +"kontsola bat ireki behar duzu root bezala eta <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis> idatzi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3755,28 +4468,36 @@ msgstr "Baliabidea zutabea:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Erakutsi baliabide izena. Mageia azken bertsioen biltegi ofizialak gutxienez osagai hauek ditu:" +msgstr "" +"Erakutsi baliabide izena. Mageia azken bertsioen biltegi ofizialak gutxienez " +"osagai hauek ditu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> zeinek mageiak onartzen dituen programa gehienak eskuragarri dauzka." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> zeinek mageiak onartzen dituen " +"programa gehienak eskuragarri dauzka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> zeinek doakoak ez diren programa horietako batzuk dauzka" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> zeinek doakoak ez diren programa " +"horietako batzuk dauzka" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software librea zeinek lurralde batzuetan patente eskariak edon litezke." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software librea zeinek lurralde " +"batzuetan patente eskariak edon litezke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3788,7 +4509,9 @@ msgstr "Baliabide bakoitzak 4 azpi-atal ditu:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> Mageia bertsio hau kaleratu zenetik egunera agertutako paketeak." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> Mageia bertsio hau kaleratu " +"zenetik egunera agertutako paketeak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3796,22 +4519,30 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paketeak segurtasun edo akatsen ondorioz geroztiko eguneraketa. Baliabide guztiak hauek gaituta, nahiz eta internet konexioa oso geldoa izango." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paketeak segurtasun edo akatsen " +"ondorioz geroztiko eguneraketa. Baliabide guztiak hauek gaituta, nahiz eta " +"internet konexioa oso geldoa izango." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> pakete batzuk Cauldron-etik bertsiotik bertsio berrira migraturikoak (hurrengo bertsioa garatzen ari da)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> pakete batzuk Cauldron-etik " +"bertsiotik bertsio berrira migraturikoak (hurrengo bertsioa garatzen ari da)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> aldi baterako berritasun berriak probatzen dira, akatsen kazetari eta QA taldeaak zuzenketak baliokidetu ahal izateko." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> aldi baterako berritasun berriak " +"probatzen dira, akatsen kazetari eta QA taldeaak zuzenketak baliokidetu ahal " +"izateko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3829,7 +4560,10 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Baliabide bat kentzeko, bertan sakatu eta gero botoi hau sakatu. Ideia ona da instalazioak erabiltzen duen euskarria kentzeko (CD edo DVDa, adibidez), pakete guztiak Core baliabide ofizialean bait daude." +msgstr "" +"Baliabide bat kentzeko, bertan sakatu eta gero botoi hau sakatu. Ideia ona " +"da instalazioak erabiltzen duen euskarria kentzeko (CD edo DVDa, adibidez), " +"pakete guztiak Core baliabide ofizialean bait daude." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3841,7 +4575,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editatu:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Aukeratutako baliabide ezarpenak, (URL, downloader eta proxy) aldatzeko aukera ematen du." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratutako baliabide ezarpenak, (URL, downloader eta proxy) aldatzeko " +"aukera ematen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3854,10 +4590,17 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Gehitu itzazu Interneten eskuragarri dauden biltegi ofizialak. Biltegi hauek software seguru eta ongi probatuta daukate soilik. \"Gehitu\" gainean klik eginez lotzen da ispilu-zerrenda gehitzea zure konfiguraziora, diseinatuta dagoela instalakuntzak eta eguneraketak ziurtatu dezan zuregandik hurbilen dagoen ispilua. Ispilu espezifiko bat aukeratzea nahiago baduzu, orduan hura aukeratuz gaineratzen zara \"Gehitu baliabide espezifiko ispilu bat\" \"Artxibo\" menu Destolesgarritik." +msgstr "" +"Gehitu itzazu Interneten eskuragarri dauden biltegi ofizialak. Biltegi hauek " +"software seguru eta ongi probatuta daukate soilik. \"Gehitu\" gainean klik " +"eginez lotzen da ispilu-zerrenda gehitzea zure konfiguraziora, diseinatuta " +"dagoela instalakuntzak eta eguneraketak ziurtatu dezan zuregandik hurbilen " +"dagoen ispilua. Ispilu espezifiko bat aukeratzea nahiago baduzu, orduan hura " +"aukeratuz gaineratzen zara \"Gehitu baliabide espezifiko ispilu bat\" " +"\"Artxibo\" menu Destolesgarritik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3868,10 +4611,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Gora eta behera geziak:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Aldatu zerrendako ordena. Drakrpm pakete bat bilatzen duenean, pantailan agertzen den zerrenda ordenez irakurtzen du eta lehenengo paketea bertsio zenbaki berekoa instalatuko du - bertsioen artean gatazka gertatuz gero, azken bertsioa instalatuko da. Beraz, ahal izanez gero, jarri biltegi azkarrenak goialdean." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Aldatu zerrendako ordena. Drakrpm pakete bat bilatzen duenean, pantailan " +"agertzen den zerrenda ordenez irakurtzen du eta lehenengo paketea bertsio " +"zenbaki berekoa instalatuko du - bertsioen artean gatazka gertatuz gero, " +"azken bertsioa instalatuko da. Beraz, ahal izanez gero, jarri biltegi " +"azkarrenak goialdean." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3886,9 +4634,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fitxategia -> Eguneratu:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Leiho bat agertzen da hedabide zerrendarekin. Aukeratu eguneratu nahi dituzunak eta egin klik <guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoian." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Leiho bat agertzen da hedabide zerrendarekin. Aukeratu eguneratu nahi " +"dituzunak eta egin klik <guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoian." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -3899,16 +4649,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide ispilu zehatz bat:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Zu benetako ispiluarekin pozik ez egotea suposatu dezagun, adibidez, motelegia delako edo sarritan libre ez daudelako, beste ispilu bat aukera dezakezu. Gaurko baliabide guztiak aukeratzea eta klikatu ezazu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> haiek burutzeko. Klikatu <guimenu>Artxibo -> Baliabide ispilu zehatz bat gehitu</guimenu>, gaurkotzea soilik edo multzo osoaren artean aukeratu (ez badakizu, <guibutton>Iturri multzo osoa</guibutton> aukeratu eta kontaktua onartu <guibutton>Bai</guibutton> klikatuz. Leiho hau irekitzen da:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Zu benetako ispiluarekin pozik ez egotea suposatu dezagun, adibidez, " +"motelegia delako edo sarritan libre ez daudelako, beste ispilu bat aukera " +"dezakezu. Gaurko baliabide guztiak aukeratzea eta klikatu ezazu " +"<guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> haiek burutzeko. Klikatu <guimenu>Artxibo -> " +"Baliabide ispilu zehatz bat gehitu</guimenu>, gaurkotzea soilik edo multzo " +"osoaren artean aukeratu (ez badakizu, <guibutton>Iturri multzo osoa</" +"guibutton> aukeratu eta kontaktua onartu <guibutton>Bai</guibutton> " +"klikatuz. Leiho hau irekitzen da:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3919,7 +4676,11 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ikus dezakezu, ezkerrean, herrialdeen zerrenda bat, aukeratu zurea edo oso hurbil dagoen bat > sinboloan klik eginez, hau herrialde horretan eskuragarri dauden ispilu guztiak bistaratuko ditu. Aukeratu bat eta egin klik <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>en." +msgstr "" +"Ikus dezakezu, ezkerrean, herrialdeen zerrenda bat, aukeratu zurea edo oso " +"hurbil dagoen bat > sinboloan klik eginez, hau herrialde horretan " +"eskuragarri dauden ispilu guztiak bistaratuko ditu. Aukeratu bat eta egin " +"klik <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>en." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3931,10 +4692,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide pertsonalizatua:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Posible da hedabide berri bat instalatzea (adibidez, hirugarren batek) Mageiarekin bateragarria ez dena. Leiho berri bat agertuko da:" +msgstr "" +"Posible da hedabide berri bat instalatzea (adibidez, hirugarren batek) " +"Mageiarekin bateragarria ez dena. Leiho berri bat agertuko da:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3945,7 +4707,10 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aukeratu euskarri mota, euskarri hori definitzeko eta URL emateko izen adimendu bat aurkitu (edo bidea, euskarri motaren arabera)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aukeratu euskarri mota, euskarri " +"hori definitzeko eta URL emateko izen adimendu bat aurkitu (edo bidea, " +"euskarri motaren arabera)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3955,11 +4720,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Aukerak -> Aukera orokorrak:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Item honek aukeratzea baimentzen dizu noiz \"Egiaztatu instalatutako RPM-ak\" (beti edo inoiz ez), deskarga-programa (curl, wget edo aria2) eta deskarga-politika definitu paketeei buruzko informazioa jasotzeko (eskaeraz -lehenetsita-, soilik eguneratu, beti edo inoiz ez)." +msgstr "" +"Item honek aukeratzea baimentzen dizu noiz \"Egiaztatu instalatutako RPM-ak" +"\" (beti edo inoiz ez), deskarga-programa (curl, wget edo aria2) eta " +"deskarga-politika definitu paketeei buruzko informazioa jasotzeko (eskaeraz -" +"lehenetsita-, soilik eguneratu, beti edo inoiz ez)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3969,12 +4738,18 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Aukerak -> Gakoak Kudeatu:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Segurtasun-maila handia bermatzeko, gako digitalak erabiltzen dira hedabideak autentifikatzeko. Posible da euskarri bakoitzarentzat gako bat onartu edo baliogabetu behar izatea. Agertzen den leihoan, hautatu euskarri bat eta ondoren klikatu <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> gako berria onartzeko edo gako bat aukeratzeko eta klikatu <guibutton>Kendu</guibutton> gakoa ez onartzeko." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Segurtasun-maila handia bermatzeko, gako digitalak erabiltzen dira " +"hedabideak autentifikatzeko. Posible da euskarri bakoitzarentzat gako bat " +"onartu edo baliogabetu behar izatea. Agertzen den leihoan, hautatu euskarri " +"bat eta ondoren klikatu <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> gako berria onartzeko " +"edo gako bat aukeratzeko eta klikatu <guibutton>Kendu</guibutton> gakoa ez " +"onartzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 @@ -3990,18 +4765,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Aukerak -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Proxy interneterako sarbidea zerbitzari bat erabili behar izanez gero, hemen konfigura dezakezu. Soilik <guibutton>Proxy host izena</guibutton> eman behar duzu, eta behar izanez gero a <guilabel>Erabiltzaile izena</guilabel> eta <guilabel>pasahitza</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Proxy interneterako sarbidea zerbitzari bat erabili behar izanez gero, hemen " +"konfigura dezakezu. Soilik <guibutton>Proxy host izena</guibutton> eman " +"behar duzu, eta behar izanez gero a <guilabel>Erabiltzaile izena</guilabel> " +"eta <guilabel>pasahitza</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." -msgstr "Komunikabideen konfiguratzeari buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia Wiki orrialdea</link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Komunikabideen konfiguratzeari buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikusi " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia " +"Wiki orrialdea</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4013,8 +4794,7 @@ msgstr "Partekatze gune eta unitateak Samba-rekin" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4027,7 +4807,12 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba da baliabide batzuk, direktorioak edo inprimagailuak bezala Sistema Eragile desberdinetan partekatzeko erabilitako protokolo bat. Tresna honek baimentzen dizu makina Samba-zerbitzari bat bezala konfiguratzea SMB/CIFS protokoloak erabiliz. Windows-ek(R) protokolo hau darabil eta OS honekiko lanpostuek Samba-zerbitzariaren baliabideak atzi ditzakete." +msgstr "" +"Samba da baliabide batzuk, direktorioak edo inprimagailuak bezala Sistema " +"Eragile desberdinetan partekatzeko erabilitako protokolo bat. Tresna honek " +"baimentzen dizu makina Samba-zerbitzari bat bezala konfiguratzea SMB/CIFS " +"protokoloak erabiliz. Windows-ek(R) protokolo hau darabil eta OS honekiko " +"lanpostuek Samba-zerbitzariaren baliabideak atzi ditzakete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4043,7 +4828,13 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "Beste lanpostuetatik sartzeko, zerbitzariak IP helbide finko bat izan behar du. Hau zuzenean zehaztu daiteke zerbitzarian, adibidez <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, edo DHCP zerbitzarian bere MAC-helbide batera postua identifikatzen du eta beti ematen dio helbide bera. Segurtasun zerbitzariak halaber Samba zerbitzariko sarrerako eskaerak baimendu egin behar ditu." +msgstr "" +"Beste lanpostuetatik sartzeko, zerbitzariak IP helbide finko bat izan behar " +"du. Hau zuzenean zehaztu daiteke zerbitzarian, adibidez <xref linkend=" +"\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, edo DHCP zerbitzarian bere MAC-helbide batera " +"postua identifikatzen du eta beti ematen dio helbide bera. Segurtasun " +"zerbitzariak halaber Samba zerbitzariko sarrerako eskaerak baimendu egin " +"behar ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4053,20 +4844,25 @@ msgstr "Morroia - Bakarkako zerbitzaria" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">draksambashare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "Lehen exekuzio aldian, tresnak <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> egiaztatzen du paketeak instalatuta daudela eta horiek instalatzeko proposatzen du oraindik ez badaude presente. Ondoren Samba zerbitzaria abian jartzeko morroia konfiguratu." +msgstr "" +"Lehen exekuzio aldian, tresnak <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"egiaztatzen du paketeak instalatuta daudela eta horiek instalatzeko " +"proposatzen du oraindik ez badaude presente. Ondoren Samba zerbitzaria abian " +"jartzeko morroia konfiguratu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4076,10 +4872,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "Hurrengo leihoan Bakarkako zerbitzari konfigurazio aukera dagoeneko hautatuta dago." +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo leihoan Bakarkako zerbitzari konfigurazio aukera dagoeneko " +"hautatuta dago." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4087,9 +4884,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Ondoren zehaztu lantaldearen izena. Izen hori partekatutako baliabideetarako sarbidearen berdina izan behar du." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Ondoren zehaztu lantaldearen izena. Izen hori partekatutako baliabideetarako " +"sarbidearen berdina izan behar du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 @@ -4098,8 +4897,7 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "NetBIOS izena sarean zerbitzariak izendatzeko erabiliko den izena da." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4114,24 +4912,29 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu segurtasun modua:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>erabiltzailea</guilabel>: bezeroa baimena beharko du baliabidea erabiltzeko" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>erabiltzailea</guilabel>: bezeroa baimena beharko du baliabidea " +"erabiltzeko" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>elkarbanatu</guilabel>: bezeroak bereizita autentifikatu behar du ekintza bakoitzeko" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>elkarbanatu</guilabel>: bezeroak bereizita autentifikatu behar du " +"ekintza bakoitzeko" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Zehatu dezakezu zein host baimenduta dagoen baliabideetara sartzeko, IP helbide edo host izenarekin." +msgstr "" +"Zehatu dezakezu zein host baimenduta dagoen baliabideetara sartzeko, IP " +"helbide edo host izenarekin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4141,10 +4944,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Especifique el lema del servidor. El saludo es la forma en que este servidor se describe en las estaciones de trabajo de Windows." +msgstr "" +"Especifique el lema del servidor. El saludo es la forma en que este servidor " +"se describe en las estaciones de trabajo de Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4153,10 +4957,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "Samba-k erregistratutako informazio no izango den hurrengo urratsean ezarri daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Samba-k erregistratutako informazio no izango den hurrengo urratsean ezarri " +"daiteke." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4165,12 +4970,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Morroiak aukeratutako parametroen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da konfigurazioa onartu aurretik. Onartzen direnean, konfigurazioa <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> idatziko da." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"Morroiak aukeratutako parametroen zerrenda bat bistaratzen da konfigurazioa " +"onartu aurretik. Onartzen direnean, konfigurazioa <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</" +"code> idatziko da." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4180,8 +4987,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Morroia - Lehen domeinu kontroladorea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4194,7 +5000,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>\"Lehen domeinu kontroladorea\" aukera hautatuta badago, morroiak seinaleaz galdetzen du Wins sostengatuko den edo ez, administratzaile-erabiltzaile izenak emateko. Urrats hauek orduan bakarkako zerbitzariaren berberak dira, salbu segurtasun modua aukera dezakezula:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>\"Lehen domeinu kontroladorea\" " +"aukera hautatuta badago, morroiak seinaleaz galdetzen du Wins sostengatuko " +"den edo ez, administratzaile-erabiltzaile izenak emateko. Urrats hauek " +"orduan bakarkako zerbitzariaren berberak dira, salbu segurtasun modua aukera " +"dezakezula:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4202,7 +5013,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domeinua</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile eta talde kontu guztiak gordetzeko zentrala, partekatzea, kontu biltegia ere eskaintzen duen mekanismo bat da. Kontu biltegi Zentralizatua (segurtasun) kontrolagailu artean banatuko da." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domeinua</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile eta talde kontu guztiak " +"gordetzeko zentrala, partekatzea, kontu biltegia ere eskaintzen duen " +"mekanismo bat da. Kontu biltegi Zentralizatua (segurtasun) kontrolagailu " +"artean banatuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4214,8 +5029,7 @@ msgstr "Deklaratu partekatzeko direktorio bat" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "<guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> botoiarekin, lortuko dugu:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4223,14 +5037,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "Beraz, sarrera berri bat gehitzen da. <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> botoiarekin alda daitezke. Aukerak editatu daitezke, hala nola direktorioa publikoarentzat, idazgarria, esploragarria edo ikusgai dagoen edo ez. Partekatutako izena ezin da aldatu." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Beraz, sarrera berri bat gehitzen da. <guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton> " +"botoiarekin alda daitezke. Aukerak editatu daitezke, hala nola direktorioa " +"publikoarentzat, idazgarria, esploragarria edo ikusgai dagoen edo ez. " +"Partekatutako izena ezin da aldatu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4238,7 +5055,9 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Zerrendako sarrera bat gutxienez izatea, menu sarrerak erabili ahal izango dira." +msgstr "" +"Zerrendako sarrera bat gutxienez izatea, menu sarrerak erabili ahal izango " +"dira." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -4275,8 +5094,7 @@ msgstr "Partekatu imprimagailuak" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba halaber inprimagailuak partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4294,8 +5112,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Samba erabiltzaileak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4306,7 +5123,11 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Fitxa horretan, partekatutako baliabideetan sartzeko autentifikazioa behar denean onartzen baimentuta dagoen erabiltzaile batzuk gehitu ditzakezu. Erabiltzaileak gehi ditzakezu <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/>-tik<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Fitxa horretan, partekatutako baliabideetan sartzeko autentifikazioa behar " +"denean onartzen baimentuta dagoen erabiltzaile batzuk gehitu ditzakezu. " +"Erabiltzaileak gehi ditzakezu <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/>-" +"tik<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4318,8 +5139,7 @@ msgstr "Autentifikazioa konfiguratu ezazu Mageia tresnetarako" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4327,31 +5147,38 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">draksec</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Segurtasun</emphasis> fitxa pean dago presente." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Segurtasun</emphasis> fitxa pean dago presente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Normalean administratzaileak lanak egiteko beharrezko eskubideak ohiko erabiltzaileak edukitzea baimentzen du." +msgstr "" +"Normalean administratzaileak lanak egiteko beharrezko eskubideak ohiko " +"erabiltzaileak edukitzea baimentzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" -msgstr "Gezi txikiak klikatu ezazu aldaketak egitea desiratzen duzun zerrendaren elementuan:" +msgstr "" +"Gezi txikiak klikatu ezazu aldaketak egitea desiratzen duzun zerrendaren " +"elementuan:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4362,25 +5189,36 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Gunean eskuragarri dauden tresna gehienak leihoko ezkerreko aldetik agertzen dira (ikus pantaila kaptura gainetik), eta tresna bakoitzerako, eta eskuineko zerrendan hurrengoaren artean aukeratzea ematen du:" +msgstr "" +"Mageia Kontrol Gunean eskuragarri dauden tresna gehienak leihoko ezkerreko " +"aldetik agertzen dira (ikus pantaila kaptura gainetik), eta tresna " +"bakoitzerako, eta eskuineko zerrendan hurrengoaren artean aukeratzea ematen " +"du:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Lehenetsia: Abian jartzeko modua aukeratutako segurtasun-mailaren araberakoa da. MCC fitxa berean ikusi, tresna \"Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak eta auditoria\"." +msgstr "" +"Lehenetsia: Abian jartzeko modua aukeratutako segurtasun-mailaren araberakoa " +"da. MCC fitxa berean ikusi, tresna \"Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, " +"baimenak eta auditoria\"." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Erabiltzaile pasahitza: erabiltzaile pasahitza tresna abian jarri ondoren galdetzen da." +msgstr "" +"Erabiltzaile pasahitza: erabiltzaile pasahitza tresna abian jarri ondoren " +"galdetzen da." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Administratzailearen pasahitza: root pasahitza tresna abian jarri aurretik eskatzen da" +msgstr "" +"Administratzailearen pasahitza: root pasahitza tresna abian jarri aurretik " +"eskatzen da" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -4397,8 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "Uneko argazkiak" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4406,17 +5243,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> eskuragarri dago MCC-ko <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> fitxan, <guilabel>Administrazio tresnen</guilabel> sailean." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> eskuragarri dago MCC-ko " +"<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> fitxan, <guilabel>Administrazio tresnen</" +"guilabel> sailean." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4424,39 +5266,59 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr " MCC-n lehenengo aldiz tresna hau pizten duzunean, draksnapshot instalatzeari buruz, mezu bat ikusiko duzu. Sakatu <guibutton>Instalatu</guibutton> jarraitzeko. Draksnapshot eta beste pakete batzuk instalatu behar dira." +msgstr "" +" MCC-n lehenengo aldiz tresna hau pizten duzunean, draksnapshot " +"instalatzeari buruz, mezu bat ikusiko duzu. Sakatu <guibutton>Instalatu</" +"guibutton> jarraitzeko. Draksnapshot eta beste pakete batzuk instalatu behar " +"dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Egin klik berriro erakutsi <guilabel>Pantaila kaptura</guilabel>, <guilabel>Ezarpenak</guilabel> pantaila ikusiko duzu. Markatu <guilabel>Gaitu Babeskopiak</guilabel> eta, sistema osoaren babeskopia egin nahi baduzu, <guilabel> Sistema osoaren babeskopia</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Egin klik berriro erakutsi <guilabel>Pantaila kaptura</guilabel>, " +"<guilabel>Ezarpenak</guilabel> pantaila ikusiko duzu. Markatu " +"<guilabel>Gaitu Babeskopiak</guilabel> eta, sistema osoaren babeskopia egin " +"nahi baduzu, <guilabel> Sistema osoaren babeskopia</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Soilik zure direktorioen babeskopia nahi baduzu, ondoren, <guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> aukeratu ezazu. Zuk pop-up pantaila txiki bat ikusiko duzu. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> <guilabel>Babeskopia zerrendaren</guilabel> ondoko botoiak erabil itzazu, direktorioak eta artxiboak babeskopian barneratu edo baztertzeko. zerrendaren ondoko <guilabel>Baztertu</guilabel> botoi berak erabil itzazu azpidirektorioak ezabatzeko eta / edo aukeratutako direktorioetako artxiboak, babeskopian <emphasis role=\"bold\">ez</emphasis> litekeenak sartu behar izango. Klikatu <guibutton>Itxi</guibutton> amaitu duzunean." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Soilik zure direktorioen babeskopia nahi baduzu, ondoren, " +"<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> aukeratu ezazu. Zuk pop-up pantaila txiki " +"bat ikusiko duzu. <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Ezabatu</" +"guibutton> <guilabel>Babeskopia zerrendaren</guilabel> ondoko botoiak erabil " +"itzazu, direktorioak eta artxiboak babeskopian barneratu edo baztertzeko. " +"zerrendaren ondoko <guilabel>Baztertu</guilabel> botoi berak erabil itzazu " +"azpidirektorioak ezabatzeko eta / edo aukeratutako direktorioetako " +"artxiboak, babeskopian <emphasis role=\"bold\">ez</emphasis> litekeenak " +"sartu behar izango. Klikatu <guibutton>Itxi</guibutton> amaitu duzunean." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Orain bidea ematen dizugu <guilabel>babeskopiaren tokira</guilabel>, edo <guibutton>Arakatu</guibutton> botoia bide zuzena hautatzeko. Muntatutako edozein USB-gako edo kanpoko HD <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>-en aurki daiteke." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Orain bidea ematen dizugu <guilabel>babeskopiaren tokira</guilabel>, edo " +"<guibutton>Arakatu</guibutton> botoia bide zuzena hautatzeko. Muntatutako " +"edozein USB-gako edo kanpoko HD <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>-en aurki daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 @@ -4473,8 +5335,7 @@ msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4482,16 +5343,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">draksound</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> azpian dago.¶" +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> azpian " +"dago.¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4499,15 +5365,20 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound Soinu konfigurazioa jorratzen du, gidariaren aukera, PulseAudio aukerak eta arazoak barne. Soinu arazoak izan ezkero edo soinu-txartela aldatzen baduzu." +msgstr "" +"Draksound Soinu konfigurazioa jorratzen du, gidariaren aukera, PulseAudio " +"aukerak eta arazoak barne. Soinu arazoak izan ezkero edo soinu-txartela " +"aldatzen baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gidari</guilabel> deitutako zerrenda destolesgarria ordenagailuko soinu-txartelarekin bat datozen eskuragarri guztietako kontrolatzaile bat aukeratzea baimentzen dizu." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gidari</guilabel> deitutako zerrenda destolesgarria ordenagailuko " +"soinu-txartelarekin bat datozen eskuragarri guztietako kontrolatzaile bat " +"aukeratzea baimentzen dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4515,40 +5386,53 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "Gehienetan, posible da gidari bat aukeratzea OSS edo ALSA API erabiliz. OSS zaharrena eta oso oinarrizkoa da, ALSA aukeratu ahal denean gomendatzen da bere hobekuntzengatik." +msgstr "" +"Gehienetan, posible da gidari bat aukeratzea OSS edo ALSA API erabiliz. OSS " +"zaharrena eta oso oinarrizkoa da, ALSA aukeratu ahal denean gomendatzen da " +"bere hobekuntzengatik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> soinu zerbitzaria da. Sarrera soinu guztiak jasotzen ditu, erabiltzailearen hobespenen arabera nahasten ditu eta ondoriozko soinua bidaltzen du irteerara. Ikusi <guimenu> menua -> Soinua eta bideoa -> PulseAudio bolumen kontrola </guimenu> hobespenen horiek ezartzeko." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> soinu zerbitzaria da. Sarrera soinu guztiak " +"jasotzen ditu, erabiltzailearen hobespenen arabera nahasten ditu eta " +"ondoriozko soinua bidaltzen du irteerara. Ikusi <guimenu> menua -> Soinua " +"eta bideoa -> PulseAudio bolumen kontrola </guimenu> hobespenen horiek " +"ezartzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio lehenetsitako soinu zerbitzaria da eta gomendaturik dago gaituta egotea." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio lehenetsitako soinu zerbitzaria da eta gomendaturik dago gaituta " +"egotea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio hobetzen du programa batzuekin. Era berean gaituta uztea gomendatzen da." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio hobetzen du programa batzuekin. " +"Era berean gaituta uztea gomendatzen da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" -msgstr "<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> botoia bistaratzen ditu bi edo hiru botoi leiho berri baten:" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> botoia bistaratzen ditu bi edo hiru botoi " +"leiho berri baten:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4559,7 +5443,10 @@ msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." -msgstr "Lehenengo botoia guztia aukeratzeko askatasuna ematen du. Zertan ari zaren jakin behar duzu. Botoi hau ez da erabilgarri egongo sistema gailuaren gidari bat aurkitzen duenean." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo botoia guztia aukeratzeko askatasuna ematen du. Zertan ari zaren " +"jakin behar duzu. Botoi hau ez da erabilgarri egongo sistema gailuaren " +"gidari bat aurkitzen duenean." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -4567,7 +5454,10 @@ msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "Bigarrena, argi geratzen da, eta azkena, laguntza eman dezake dituzun arazoak konpontzeko. Hau erabilgarria dela aurkituko duzu erkidegoari laguntza eskatu aurretik." +msgstr "" +"Bigarrena, argi geratzen da, eta azkena, laguntza eman dezake dituzun " +"arazoak konpontzeko. Hau erabilgarria dela aurkituko duzu erkidegoari " +"laguntza eskatu aurretik." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4579,8 +5469,7 @@ msgstr "Ezarri UPS bat energiaren begirale gisa" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4588,9 +5477,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakups</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4602,8 +5493,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguratu VPN Konexioa sareko sarbidea ziurtatzeko" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4611,9 +5501,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakvpn</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4624,7 +5516,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Trena hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> urruneko sareko sarbidea segurua konfiguratzeko aukera ematen du bertako lanpostua eta urruneko sarearen artean tunel bat eratzen du. Hemen eztabaidatzen dugu lanpostuaren aldeako konfigurazioa soilik. Urruneko sarea dagoeneko martxan daugoela suposatuko dugu, eta konexio sare administratzaile .pcf konfigurazio fitxategi bat bezalako informazioa duzula." +msgstr "" +"Trena hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> urruneko sareko sarbidea " +"segurua konfiguratzeko aukera ematen du bertako lanpostua eta urruneko " +"sarearen artean tunel bat eratzen du. Hemen eztabaidatzen dugu lanpostuaren " +"aldeako konfigurazioa soilik. Urruneko sarea dagoeneko martxan daugoela " +"suposatuko dugu, eta konexio sare administratzaile .pcf konfigurazio " +"fitxategi bat bezalako informazioa duzula." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4636,7 +5534,9 @@ msgstr "Konfigurazioa" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Lehenik eta behin, hautatu Cisco VPN kontzentratzailea edo OpenVPN, zure sare pribatu birtual erabiliko duen protokoloaren arabera ." +msgstr "" +"Lehenik eta behin, hautatu Cisco VPN kontzentratzailea edo OpenVPN, zure " +"sare pribatu birtual erabiliko duen protokoloaren arabera ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4653,8 +5553,7 @@ msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan, zure VPN konexio-xehetasunak eskaintzen dira." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Cisco VPN-rentzat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4664,10 +5563,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "OpenVPN-arentzat. OpenVPN paketea eta horren dependentziak instalatuko dira tresna erabiliko da lehen aldian." +msgstr "" +"OpenVPN-arentzat. OpenVPN paketea eta horren dependentziak instalatuko dira " +"tresna erabiliko da lehen aldian." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4677,15 +5577,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aukeratu sareare administratzailetik jaso dituzun fitxategiak." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aukeratu sareare " +"administratzailetik jaso dituzun fitxategiak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Aurreratutako parametroak:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4706,9 +5607,11 @@ msgstr "Parametroak ezartzen direnean, VPN konexioa hasteko aukera duzu." #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Sare konexio batekin VPN konexio hau automatikoki hastea ezarri daiteke. Horretarako, birkonfiguratu sareko konexioa beti VPN honetara konektatzeko." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Sare konexio batekin VPN konexio hau automatikoki hastea ezarri daiteke. " +"Horretarako, birkonfiguratu sareko konexioa beti VPN honetara konektatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4720,8 +5623,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguratu web zerbitzaria" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4729,16 +5631,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> web zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> web zerbitzari bat " +"ezartzen lagun zaitzake." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4750,7 +5656,9 @@ msgstr "Zer da Web zerbitzaria?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Web zerbitzaria, Internet bidez eskura daitekeen web edukia emateko laguntzen duen softwarea da. (Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Web zerbitzaria, Internet bidez eskura daitekeen web edukia emateko " +"laguntzen duen softwarea da. (Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4762,8 +5670,7 @@ msgstr "Apache2 Web zerbitzari bat eratzea drakwizard-ekin" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Ongi etorri web zerbitzari morroira." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4773,15 +5680,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo orria sarrera bat besterik da, klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Erakusgai zerbitzari hautaketa: Tokiko sarea eta/edo Mundukoa" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4791,15 +5699,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Web zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza txarretarako." +msgstr "" +"Web zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza " +"txarretarako." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Zerbitzari Erabiltzaile Modulua" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4814,8 +5723,7 @@ msgstr "Erabiltzaileei bere gune propioak sortzeko aukera eman." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Erabiltzaile web direktorioaren izena" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4825,15 +5733,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "Erabiltzaileak direktorioa sortu eta bete behar du, ondoren, zerbitzariak bistaratzeko." +msgstr "" +"Erabiltzaileak direktorioa sortu eta bete behar du, ondoren, zerbitzariak " +"bistaratzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Web Zerbitzariaren Lehenetsitako Direktorioa" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4841,7 +5750,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "Web zerbitzarietan duzun dokumentuen lehenetsitako bidea konfiguratzeko ahalbidetzen du." +msgstr "" +"Web zerbitzarietan duzun dokumentuen lehenetsitako bidea konfiguratzeko " +"ahalbidetzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 @@ -4850,8 +5761,7 @@ msgstr "Web zerbitzarietan duzun dokumentuen lehenetsitako bidea konfiguratzeko msgid "Summary" msgstr "Laburpena" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4861,9 +5771,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu " +"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4871,8 +5782,7 @@ msgstr "Segundo bat hartu ezazu aukera hauek begiratzeko, ondoren klikatu <guibu msgid "Finish" msgstr "Amaitu" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4893,8 +5803,7 @@ msgstr "DNS konfiguratu" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4902,9 +5811,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4916,8 +5827,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP konfiguratu" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4927,22 +5837,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" -msgstr "Tresna hori Mageia 4-an hautsi da Sare interfazeak izendatzeko eskema berriarengatik" +msgstr "" +"Tresna hori Mageia 4-an hautsi da Sare interfazeak izendatzeko eskema " +"berriarengatik" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake.Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu ahal izan baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> " +"zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake.Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu " +"ahal izan baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -4956,7 +5873,11 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Konfigurazio dinamikoko host-eko Protokoloa da (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) IP sare estandarretan erabilitako, IP helbideak eta Interneten komunikatzeko behar den informazio gehiago dinamikoki itxuratzen dituen protokoloa. (Wikipedian)" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurazio dinamikoko host-eko Protokoloa da (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) IP " +"sare estandarretan erabilitako, IP helbideak eta Interneten komunikatzeko " +"behar den informazio gehiago dinamikoki itxuratzen dituen protokoloa. " +"(Wikipedian)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -4968,8 +5889,7 @@ msgstr "Drakwizard dhcp-rekin DHCP zerbitzari bat ezarri" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Ongi etorri DHCP zerbitzari morroira" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -4979,8 +5899,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Aukeratu txartela" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -4989,17 +5908,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Sareko Interfazea aukera ezazu, azpisarera konektatuta dagoena, eta DHCP-ak IP helbideak esleituko dituenerako eta klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Sareko Interfazea aukera ezazu, azpisarera konektatuta dagoena, eta DHCP-ak " +"IP helbideak esleituko dituenerako eta klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Aukeratu IP sorta" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5011,10 +5932,12 @@ msgid "" "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Aukeratu hasiera eta amaiera IP helbideak zerbitzari eskaintzea nahi duzun IP sortan, tokiko saretik kanpo konektatzen duen IP pasabide bat ere, Internetetik gertu, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu hasiera eta amaiera IP helbideak zerbitzari eskaintzea nahi duzun " +"IP sortan, tokiko saretik kanpo konektatzen duen IP pasabide bat ere, " +"Internetetik gertu, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5024,8 +5947,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Itxaroten..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5035,15 +5957,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Hau konpondu daiteke. Klikatu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> hainbat aldiz eta inguruko gauzak aldatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Hau konpondu daiteke. Klikatu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> hainbat aldiz " +"eta inguruko gauzak aldatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Ordu geroago..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5063,78 +5986,70 @@ msgstr "Behar izanez gero, dhcp-zerbitzari pakete instalatzen;" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>-en gordetzen" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>-en gordetzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "<code>dhcpd.conf</code> berria sortzen <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>-tik hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"<code>dhcpd.conf</code> berria sortzen <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/" +"scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>-tik hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "sare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>maskara</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>pasagunea</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5142,9 +6057,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "Halaber Webmin konfigurazio <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> fitxategia aldatzen du" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"Halaber Webmin konfigurazio <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> fitxategia " +"aldatzen du" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -5161,8 +6078,7 @@ msgstr "Ordua konfiguratu" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5170,18 +6086,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Tresna honen<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helburua da zure zerbitzaria kanpoko zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatutako denbora ezartzea. Ez da lehenespen gisa instalatzen eta drakwizard eta drakwizard-base paketeak instalatu behar dituzu." +msgstr "" +"Tresna honen<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helburua da zure " +"zerbitzaria kanpoko zerbitzari batekin sinkronizatutako denbora ezartzea. Ez " +"da lehenespen gisa instalatzen eta drakwizard eta drakwizard-base paketeak " +"instalatu behar dituzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5194,28 +6116,28 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "Ongi etorri pantailaren ondoren (ikus goian), bigarren bat eskatzen dizu, hiru zerbitzari aukeratzea ordu goitibeherako zerrendetatik eta pool.ntp.org bitan erabiltzea iradokitzen du zerbitzari honek beti eskuragarri dauden denbora zerbitzarietara seinalatzen duelako." +msgstr "" +"Ongi etorri pantailaren ondoren (ikus goian), bigarren bat eskatzen dizu, " +"hiru zerbitzari aukeratzea ordu goitibeherako zerrendetatik eta pool.ntp.org " +"bitan erabiltzea iradokitzen du zerbitzari honek beti eskuragarri dauden " +"denbora zerbitzarietara seinalatzen duelako." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5223,15 +6145,20 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "Ondorengo pantailetan eskualdean eta herrialdea aukeratzeko aukera ematen du eta, ondoren, laburpen batera iritsiko zara. Zerbait gaizki badago, jakina aldatu dezakezula <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> botoia erabiliz. Dena egokia izanez gero <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia sakatu proba jarraitzeko. Denbora pixka bat hartu ahal izango duzu eta, azkenik, beheko pantaila hau lortu:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Ondorengo pantailetan eskualdean eta herrialdea aukeratzeko aukera ematen du " +"eta, ondoren, laburpen batera iritsiko zara. Zerbait gaizki badago, jakina " +"aldatu dezakezula <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> botoia erabiliz. Dena " +"egokia izanez gero <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia sakatu proba " +"jarraitzeko. Denbora pixka bat hartu ahal izango duzu eta, azkenik, beheko " +"pantaila hau lortu:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5254,31 +6181,40 @@ msgstr "Beharrezkoa bada <code>ntp</code> paketea instalatzea" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> artxiboa <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>-en eta <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> artxiboa <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>-en gordetzen;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> artxiboa <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</" +"code>-en eta <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> artxiboa <code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers.orig</code>-en gordetzen;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> fitxategi berri bat idazten zerbitzarien zerrendarekin;" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> fitxategi berri bat idazten zerbitzarien " +"zerrendarekin;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "<code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> fitxategia aldatzen lehen zerbitzariaren izena txertatuz;" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> fitxategia aldatzen lehen zerbitzariaren izena " +"txertatuz;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> eta <code>ntpd</code> zerbitzuak gelditzen eta abiatzen;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> eta <code>ntpd</code> zerbitzuak " +"gelditzen eta abiatzen;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 @@ -5296,8 +6232,7 @@ msgstr "FTP konfiguratu" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5305,16 +6240,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>FTP</acronym> zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>FTP</acronym> " +"zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5327,7 +6266,11 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Fitxategiak Transferitzeko Protokoloa (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) fitxategiak hots batetik beste host bati transferitzeko <acronym>TCP</acronym> oinarritutako protokolo estandar bat da, hala nola Internet sarean erabilia. (Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Fitxategiak Transferitzeko Protokoloa (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) fitxategiak " +"hots batetik beste host bati transferitzeko <acronym>TCP</acronym> " +"oinarritutako protokolo estandar bat da, hala nola Internet sarean erabilia. " +"(Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5339,14 +6282,12 @@ msgstr "Proftpd drakwizard-ekin FTP zerbitzari bat konfiguratu" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Ongi etorri FTP morroira. Gerrikoa lotu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5356,15 +6297,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "FTP zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza txarretarako." +msgstr "" +"FTP zerbitzariak Interneten erakustea bere arriskuak ditu. Prest gauza " +"txarretarako." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Zerbitzari Informazioa" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5374,15 +6316,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Zerbitzaria sare lokalean edo Interneten bat etorriko den izena sar ezazu." +msgstr "" +"Zerbitzaria sare lokalean edo Interneten bat etorriko den izena sar ezazu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Zerbitzari Aukerak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5390,18 +6332,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Ezarri entzuteko portuak, espetxeratu erabiltzaileari, baimendu bizi orriak eta/edo <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Ezarri entzuteko portuak, espetxeratu erabiltzaileari, baimendu bizi orriak " +"eta/edo <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5416,8 +6358,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy-a konfiguratu" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5425,9 +6366,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5435,7 +6378,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> proxy zerbitzari bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake. Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu ahal izan baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> proxy zerbitzari bat " +"ezartzen lagun zaitzake. Drakwizard osagai bat da, hura sartu ahal izan " +"baino lehen instalatu beharrekoa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5451,7 +6397,11 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Proxy bat Software edo gailu bat da, ekintza bat beste baten bitartez egiten duena, hau da, bitartekari lana. Proxyen erabilera nagusia proxy zerbitzaria izatea da. Honek, bezero batek ordenagailua erabiltzean inguruko zerbitzarien eta internet sarearen konexioak atzematen ditu. (Wikipediatik)" +msgstr "" +"Proxy bat Software edo gailu bat da, ekintza bat beste baten bitartez egiten " +"duena, hau da, bitartekari lana. Proxyen erabilera nagusia proxy zerbitzaria " +"izatea da. Honek, bezero batek ordenagailua erabiltzean inguruko " +"zerbitzarien eta internet sarearen konexioak atzematen ditu. (Wikipediatik)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5463,8 +6413,7 @@ msgstr "Squid Proxy zerbitzari bat eratzea drakwizard-ekin" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Ongi etorri proxy zerbitzari morroira." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5474,8 +6423,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Aukeratu proxy portua" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5485,15 +6433,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Aukeratu zein portu proxy-ra konektatuko diren nabigatzaileak, ondoren, klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu zein portu proxy-ra konektatuko diren nabigatzaileak, ondoren, " +"klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Ezarri memoria eta disko erabilera" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5502,15 +6451,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ezarri memoria eta disko cache mugak, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ezarri memoria eta disko cache mugak, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Aukeratu Sareko Sarbide Kontrola" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5518,34 +6468,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ezarri ikusgarritasuna tokiko edo munduko sarean , sakatu <guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ezarri ikusgarritasuna tokiko edo munduko sarean , sakatu " +"<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Sare Sarbidea Eman" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tokiko sareetako sarbidea bermatu, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tokiko sareetako sarbidea bermatu, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurengoa</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "Goi Mailako Proxy Zerbitzaria Erabiliko duzu?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5553,15 +6504,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." -msgstr "Kaskadako proxy zerbitzari baten bidez? Ez bada, saltatu hurrengo urratsa." +msgstr "" +"Kaskadako proxy zerbitzari baten bidez? Ez bada, saltatu hurrengo urratsa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "Goi Mailako Proxy URL eta Portua" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5569,12 +6520,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Eskaini goi-mailako host proxy izena eta portua, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Eskaini goi-mailako host proxy izena eta portua, ondoren sakatu " +"<guibutton>Hurengoa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5584,8 +6536,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Abioan hasiko da?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5595,10 +6546,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Aukeratu proxy zerbitzaria abioan zehar abiarazi behar den, ondoren klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu proxy zerbitzaria abioan zehar abiarazi behar den, ondoren klikatu " +"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5611,56 +6563,54 @@ msgstr "Behar izanez gero, squid paketea instalatzen;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>-n gordetzen" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>-" +"n gordetzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "<code>squid.conf</code> berria bat sortzen <code>squid.conf.default</code>-en hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"<code>squid.conf</code> berria bat sortzen <code>squid.conf.default</code>-" +"en hasita eta parametro berriak gehituz:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "1, 2 edo 3 <code>maila</code> eta <code>http_access</code> mailaren arabera" +msgstr "" +"1, 2 edo 3 <code>maila</code> eta <code>http_access</code> mailaren arabera" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5680,8 +6630,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH deabru konfigurazioa" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5689,16 +6638,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <acronym>SSH</acronym> " +"daemon bat ezartzen lagun zaitzake." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5710,11 +6663,18 @@ msgstr "Zer da <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "SSH (Secure SHell) konputagailu-sarearen bidez urruneko gailuei sarbide izateko programa eta sare protokoloa da. Kontsola aginduen bidez konputagailua erabat maneiatzea eta baldin eta X zerbitzaria baldin badugu X ingurune grafikoa exekutatzea ahalbidetzen du. Beste lan estazioei konektatzeaz aparte, SSH-k datuak modu seguruan kopiatzearen, RSAren bidez gakoak kudeatzearen eta beste aplikazioren datuak kanal seguruaren (tunelling) bitartez igortzearen gaitasunak ditu. (Wikipediatik)" +msgstr "" +"SSH (Secure SHell) konputagailu-sarearen bidez urruneko gailuei sarbide " +"izateko programa eta sare protokoloa da. Kontsola aginduen bidez " +"konputagailua erabat maneiatzea eta baldin eta X zerbitzaria baldin badugu X " +"ingurune grafikoa exekutatzea ahalbidetzen du. Beste lan estazioei " +"konektatzeaz aparte, SSH-k datuak modu seguruan kopiatzearen, RSAren bidez " +"gakoak kudeatzearen eta beste aplikazioren datuak kanal seguruaren " +"(tunelling) bitartez igortzearen gaitasunak ditu. (Wikipediatik)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5731,8 +6691,7 @@ msgstr "Ongi etorri Open SSH morroira." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Aukeratu Konfigurazio Aukeren Mota" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5740,18 +6699,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Aukeratu <guilabel>Aditua</guilabel> aukera guztiak edo <guilabel>Hasiberria</guilabel> 3-7 pausoak saltatzeko, klikatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <guilabel>Aditua</guilabel> aukera guztiak edo " +"<guilabel>Hasiberria</guilabel> 3-7 pausoak saltatzeko, klikatu " +"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Aukera Orokorrak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5761,15 +6721,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Ikuspena eta root sarbide aukerak ezarri. 22 portua <acronym>SSH</acronym> portu estandarra da." +msgstr "" +"Ikuspena eta root sarbide aukerak ezarri. 22 portua <acronym>SSH</acronym> " +"portu estandarra da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Autentifikazio Metodoak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5779,15 +6740,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Erabiltzaileek erabil dezaketen autentifikazio metodo aukera baimentzea konektatzen den bitartean, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Erabiltzaileek erabil dezaketen autentifikazio metodo aukera baimentzea " +"konektatzen den bitartean, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Logeatze" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5795,17 +6757,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Aukeratu erregistroentzako erraztasuna eta irteera maila, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu erregistroentzako erraztasuna eta irteera maila, ondoren sakatu " +"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Sartze Aukerak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5813,15 +6776,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfiguratu Saio-hasiera bakoitzaren aukerak, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguratu Saio-hasiera bakoitzaren aukerak, ondoren sakatu " +"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Erabiltzaileen Sarrera Aukerak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5830,15 +6794,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfiguratu erabiltzaile sarrera ezarpenak, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguratu erabiltzaile sarrera ezarpenak, ondoren sakatu " +"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Konpresioa eta birbidaltzea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5848,16 +6813,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfiguratu X11 birbidaltzea eta konpresioa transferentzian zehar, ondoren sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguratu X11 birbidaltzea eta konpresioa transferentzian zehar, ondoren " +"sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5872,8 +6837,7 @@ msgstr "Kudeatu sistemaren zerbitzuak haiek gaitu edo ezgaituz" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5881,9 +6845,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakxservices</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5895,8 +6861,7 @@ msgstr "Hardware konfigurazioa" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5904,9 +6869,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">harddrake2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5916,7 +6883,12 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zure ordenagailuaren hardwarearen ikuspegi orokor bat ematen du. Tresna abiarazten denean, lan bat exekutatzen du, hardware-elementu guztietak bilatzen. Horretarako, <code>ldetect</code> komandoa zeinek <code>ldetect-lst</code> paketearen hardware zerrenda bat aipatzen du." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> zure ordenagailuaren " +"hardwarearen ikuspegi orokor bat ematen du. Tresna abiarazten denean, lan " +"bat exekutatzen du, hardware-elementu guztietak bilatzen. Horretarako, " +"<code>ldetect</code> komandoa zeinek <code>ldetect-lst</code> paketearen " +"hardware zerrenda bat aipatzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5934,7 +6906,10 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "Ezkerreko zutabea atzemandako hardware zerrenda dauka. Gailuak kategorien arabera sailkatu dira. Egin klik > kategoria baten edukia zabaltzeko. Gailu bakoitzak zutabe honetan hautatu daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Ezkerreko zutabea atzemandako hardware zerrenda dauka. Gailuak kategorien " +"arabera sailkatu dira. Egin klik > kategoria baten edukia zabaltzeko. " +"Gailu bakoitzak zutabe honetan hautatu daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5942,14 +6917,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "Eskuineko zutabean aukeratutako gailuari buruzko informazioa agertzen da. <guimenu>Laguntza -> azalpen eremuak</guimenu> eremuetako edukiari buruzko informazioa ematen du." +msgstr "" +"Eskuineko zutabean aukeratutako gailuari buruzko informazioa agertzen da. " +"<guimenu>Laguntza -> azalpen eremuak</guimenu> eremuetako edukiari " +"buruzko informazioa ematen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "Estrategia horren arabera, gailu mota aukeratzen denean, bai bat edo bi botoi daude eskuragarri eskuineko zutabeko behealdean:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"Estrategia horren arabera, gailu mota aukeratzen denean, bai bat edo bi " +"botoi daude eskuragarri eskuineko zutabeko behealdean:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5957,21 +6937,29 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ezarri uneko gidariaren aukerak</guibutton>: hau gailua aldean erabiltzen den modulua parametrizatzeko erabil daiteke. Hau adituek soilik erabili behar dute." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ezarri uneko gidariaren aukerak</guibutton>: hau gailua aldean " +"erabiltzen den modulua parametrizatzeko erabil daiteke. Hau adituek soilik " +"erabili behar dute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Exekutatu konfigurazio tresna</guibutton>: tresna horretarako sarbidea gailuak konfigura ditzake. Tresnara sarritan zuzenean sar zaitezke MCC-tik." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Exekutatu konfigurazio tresna</guibutton>: tresna horretarako " +"sarbidea gailuak konfigura ditzake. Tresnara sarritan zuzenean sar zaitezke " +"MCC-tik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "<guimenu>Aukerek</guimenu> aukera ematen du koadrotxo gaitzea detekzio automatikorako:" +msgstr "" +"<guimenu>Aukerek</guimenu> aukera ematen du koadrotxo gaitzea detekzio " +"automatikorako:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -5994,7 +6982,10 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Berezko antzemate horiek ez daude gaituta, motela delako. Markatu laukitxo egokia(k) hardware hori konektatuta izanez gero. Detekzioa operatiboa izango da tresna hau abiatzean den hurrengo aldian." +msgstr "" +"Berezko antzemate horiek ez daude gaituta, motela delako. Markatu laukitxo " +"egokia(k) hardware hori konektatuta izanez gero. Detekzioa operatiboa izango " +"da tresna hau abiatzean den hurrengo aldian." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -6006,8 +6997,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguratu teklatuaren xedapena" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6015,9 +7005,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6027,7 +7019,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "keyboarddrake tresna<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageian erabiliko duzun oinarrizko teklatu diseinua ezartzen laguntzen dizu. Teklatu diseinua sistemako erabiltzaile guztiei eragiten die. Mageia-ren Kontrol Guneko (MCC-ko) Hardware sailean aurki daiteke \"Konfiguratu sagua eta teklatua\"." +msgstr "" +"keyboarddrake tresna<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageian " +"erabiliko duzun oinarrizko teklatu diseinua ezartzen laguntzen dizu. Teklatu " +"diseinua sistemako erabiltzaile guztiei eragiten die. Mageia-ren Kontrol " +"Guneko (MCC-ko) Hardware sailean aurki daiteke \"Konfiguratu sagua eta " +"teklatua\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6037,10 +7034,13 @@ msgstr "Teklatuaren Xedapena" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Hemen bertan erabili nahi duzun teklatuaren diseinua hauta dezakezu. Izenak (orden alfabetikoan zerrendatuta) hizkuntza, herrialdea, eta/edo etnia diseinu bakoitza erabili behar da deskribatzeko." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Hemen bertan erabili nahi duzun teklatuaren diseinua hauta dezakezu. Izenak " +"(orden alfabetikoan zerrendatuta) hizkuntza, herrialdea, eta/edo etnia " +"diseinu bakoitza erabili behar da deskribatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6052,7 +7052,9 @@ msgstr "Teklatu Mota" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Menu honek erabiltzen ari zaren teklatuaren mota hautatzeko aukera ematen dizu. Ziur ez bazaude aukeratzen duzunarekin, hobe da uztea lehenetsi gisa." +msgstr "" +"Menu honek erabiltzen ari zaren teklatuaren mota hautatzeko aukera ematen " +"dizu. Ziur ez bazaude aukeratzen duzunarekin, hobe da uztea lehenetsi gisa." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6064,8 +7066,7 @@ msgstr "Kudeatu zure sistemarentzako kokapena" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6073,9 +7074,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">localedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6085,14 +7088,20 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Guneko (MCC) Sistema atalean aurki daiteke \"Kudeatu kokapena zure sistemarentzat\" bezala etiketatuta. Ireki leiho bat zure hizkuntza aukeratu ahal izateko. Instalazioan zehar hautatutako hizkuntzetara egokituta dago aukera." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Guneko " +"(MCC) Sistema atalean aurki daiteke \"Kudeatu kokapena zure sistemarentzat\" " +"bezala etiketatuta. Ireki leiho bat zure hizkuntza aukeratu ahal izateko. " +"Instalazioan zehar hautatutako hizkuntzetara egokituta dago aukera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Aurreratu</guibutton> botoiak kodeketa zaharra (ez UTF8) bateragarritasuna aktibatzeko sarbidea ematen du." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Aurreratu</guibutton> botoiak kodeketa zaharra (ez UTF8) " +"bateragarritasuna aktibatzeko sarbidea ematen du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6100,7 +7109,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "Bigarren leihoa herrialdeen zerrenda bat hautatutako hizkuntzaren arabera. <guibutton>Beste Herrialdeak</guibutton> botoia zerrendan ez dauden herrialdetan sartzen uzten du." +msgstr "" +"Bigarren leihoa herrialdeen zerrenda bat hautatutako hizkuntzaren arabera. " +"<guibutton>Beste Herrialdeak</guibutton> botoia zerrendan ez dauden " +"herrialdetan sartzen uzten du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6119,14 +7131,20 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "<guilabel> Beste Herrialdeak </guilabel> pantailan idazketa metodo bat har daiteke (menuaren destolesgarrian zerrendaren azpian). Idazketa metodoak baimentzen du sarrera karaktere eleanitzak erabiltzaileei (Txinako, Japoniako, Koreako, etab)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel> Beste Herrialdeak </guilabel> pantailan idazketa metodo bat har " +"daiteke (menuaren destolesgarrian zerrendaren azpian). Idazketa metodoak " +"baimentzen du sarrera karaktere eleanitzak erabiltzaileei (Txinako, " +"Japoniako, Koreako, etab)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Asiako eta Afrikako tokietarako, iBus lehenetsi sarrera metodoa ezarriko da, beraz, erabiltzaileek ez dute zertan eskuz konfiguratu behar." +msgstr "" +"Asiako eta Afrikako tokietarako, iBus lehenetsi sarrera metodoa ezarriko da, " +"beraz, erabiltzaileek ez dute zertan eskuz konfiguratu behar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6134,7 +7152,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Beste sarrera metodoak (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, eta abar) antzeko funtzioak eskaintzen dituzte eta eskuragarri ez badaude menu destolesgarrian, Mageia Kontrol Gunearen beste zati baten instalatuko dira. Ikusi <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Beste sarrera metodoak (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, eta abar) antzeko funtzioak " +"eskaintzen dituzte eta eskuragarri ez badaude menu destolesgarrian, Mageia " +"Kontrol Gunearen beste zati baten instalatuko dira. Ikusi <xref linkend=" +"\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6146,8 +7168,7 @@ msgstr "Ikusi eta bilatu sistemaren erregistroak (log)" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6155,17 +7176,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">logdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean Sistema fitxan aurkitzen da, \"<guilabel>Ikusi eta bilatu sistema erregistroak</guilabel>\" etiketatuta." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"Sistema fitxan aurkitzen da, \"<guilabel>Ikusi eta bilatu sistema " +"erregistroak</guilabel>\" etiketatuta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6175,27 +7201,43 @@ msgstr "Erregistroetan bilaketa bat egin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Lehenengo, sar ezazu begiratu nahi duzun gako-katea <emphasis role=\"bold\">bat datorren</emphasis> eremua eta/edo nahi duzun funtsezko gako-katea <emphasis role=\"bold\">ez duzu</emphasis> erantzunen eremu artean ikusi nahi <emphasis role=\"bold\">bat ez datozela</emphasis>. Ondoren, aukeratu <guilabel> Aukeratu fitxategia </guilabel> eremuan bilatu fitxategia(k). Nahi izanez gero, posible da egun bakar batera bilaketa mugatzea. Aukeratu ezazu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Egutegia</emphasis>, urte eta hilabeteko alde bakoitzeko geziak txikiak erabiliz, eta egiaztatu \"<guibutton>Soilik hautatutako eguna erakutsi</guibutton>\". Azkenean, sakatu <guibutton>Bilaketa</guibutton> botoia <guilabel>fitxategi edukia</guilabel> deituriko leihoan emaitzak ikusteko. Posible da .txt formatuan emaitzak gordetzea <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gorde</emphasis> botoian klik eginez." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo, sar ezazu begiratu nahi duzun gako-katea <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">bat datorren</emphasis> eremua eta/edo nahi duzun funtsezko gako-katea " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ez duzu</emphasis> erantzunen eremu artean ikusi " +"nahi <emphasis role=\"bold\">bat ez datozela</emphasis>. Ondoren, aukeratu " +"<guilabel> Aukeratu fitxategia </guilabel> eremuan bilatu fitxategia(k). " +"Nahi izanez gero, posible da egun bakar batera bilaketa mugatzea. Aukeratu " +"ezazu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Egutegia</emphasis>, urte eta hilabeteko alde " +"bakoitzeko geziak txikiak erabiliz, eta egiaztatu \"<guibutton>Soilik " +"hautatutako eguna erakutsi</guibutton>\". Azkenean, sakatu " +"<guibutton>Bilaketa</guibutton> botoia <guilabel>fitxategi edukia</guilabel> " +"deituriko leihoan emaitzak ikusteko. Posible da .txt formatuan emaitzak " +"gordetzea <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gorde</emphasis> botoian klik eginez." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "<guibutton>Mageia Tresna Erregistroak</guibutton> Mageia-ko konfigurazio tresnetako erregistroak barne hartzen ditu Mageia-ren Kontroleko Guneko tresnak bezalakoak. Erregistro hauek konfigurazioa aldatzen den aldi bakoitzean eguneratzen dira." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Mageia Tresna Erregistroak</guibutton> Mageia-ko konfigurazio " +"tresnetako erregistroak barne hartzen ditu Mageia-ren Kontroleko Guneko " +"tresnak bezalakoak. Erregistro hauek konfigurazioa aldatzen den aldi " +"bakoitzean eguneratzen dira." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6208,17 +7250,25 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "<guibutton>Posta alerta</guibutton> automatikoki egiaztatzen du sistemaren karga eta zerbitzuak orduro eta beharrezkoa izanez gero, e-mail bat bidaltzen du konfiguratutako helbidera." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Posta alerta</guibutton> automatikoki egiaztatzen du sistemaren " +"karga eta zerbitzuak orduro eta beharrezkoa izanez gero, e-mail bat " +"bidaltzen du konfiguratutako helbidera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Tresna hau konfiguratzeko, klikatu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Posta Alerta</emphasis> botoian eta ondoren hurrengo leihoan, <guibutton>Konfiguratu posta alerta sistema</guibutton> botoi destolesgarria. Hemen, exekutatzen diren zerbitzu guztiak erakusten dira eta kontrolatuko direnak aukera daitezke (beheko irudia ikusi)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau konfiguratzeko, klikatu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Posta Alerta</" +"emphasis> botoian eta ondoren hurrengo leihoan, <guibutton>Konfiguratu posta " +"alerta sistema</guibutton> botoi destolesgarria. Hemen, exekutatzen diren " +"zerbitzu guztiak erakusten dira eta kontrolatuko direnak aukera daitezke " +"(beheko irudia ikusi)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6265,8 +7315,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd zerbitzua" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "BIND Ebatzi Domeinu Izena" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6275,11 +7324,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan, hautatu <guilabel>Kargatu</guilabel> onartezina uste duzun balioa. Karga prozesu baten eskaria adierazten du, karga altua sistema moteltzen du eta karga oso altua prozesu bat kontroletik kanpo joan dela adieraz dezake. Balio lehenetsia 3 da. karga balioa prozesadoreen hirukoitza izatea gomendatzen dugu." +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo pantailan, hautatu <guilabel>Kargatu</guilabel> onartezina uste " +"duzun balioa. Karga prozesu baten eskaria adierazten du, karga altua sistema " +"moteltzen du eta karga oso altua prozesu bat kontroletik kanpo joan dela " +"adieraz dezake. Balio lehenetsia 3 da. karga balioa prozesadoreen hirukoitza " +"izatea gomendatzen dugu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6287,7 +7341,10 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "Azken pantailan, idatzi <guilabel>Posta elektronikoaren helbidea</guilabel> ohartarazi behar den pertsonarena, eta erabili behar den <guilabel>Posta elektronikoko zerbitzaria</guilabel> (tokikoa edo Internetekoa)." +msgstr "" +"Azken pantailan, idatzi <guilabel>Posta elektronikoaren helbidea</guilabel> " +"ohartarazi behar den pertsonarena, eta erabili behar den <guilabel>Posta " +"elektronikoko zerbitzaria</guilabel> (tokikoa edo Internetekoa)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6302,25 +7359,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Trena hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> komando lerroan baino ezin izango da hasi eta erabili." +msgstr "" +"Trena hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> komando lerroan baino " +"ezin izango da hasi eta erabili." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Orrialde hau ez da oraindik idatzi dira baliabide falta dela eta. Laguntza " +"hau idatzi ahal izango duzula uste baduzu, mesedez jarri harremanetan <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio " +"taldea</link>-rekin, eskerrak aldez aurretik." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6335,9 +7400,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu, idatzi <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazteko dezakezu, idatzi <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6345,18 +7412,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> soilik hasi eta erabil dezakezu komando-lerroan. Root azpian erabiltzen bada informazio gehiago emango du." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> soilik hasi eta erabil " +"dezakezu komando-lerroan. Root azpian erabiltzen bada informazio gehiago " +"emango du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake ordenagailuan konektatutako gailu guztien (USB, PCI eta PCMCIA) eta erabilitako gidarien zerrenda ematen du. Ldetect eta ldetect-lst paketeak behar dira funtzionatzeko." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake ordenagailuan konektatutako gailu guztien (USB, PCI eta PCMCIA) " +"eta erabilitako gidarien zerrenda ematen du. Ldetect eta ldetect-lst " +"paketeak behar dira funtzionatzeko." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6372,7 +7444,10 @@ msgstr "-v-rekin, lspcidrake saltzaile eta gailu identifikazio gehitzen da." msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake askotan zerrenda oso luzeak sortzen ditu, eta beraz, informazioa aurkitzeko, askotan tuberia bat eta grep komandoaren bidez lortzen da, adibide hauetan bezala:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake askotan zerrenda oso luzeak sortzen ditu, eta beraz, informazioa " +"aurkitzeko, askotan tuberia bat eta grep komandoaren bidez lortzen da, " +"adibide hauetan bezala:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6404,10 +7479,11 @@ msgstr "-i kasu bereizketak alde batetara uzteko." msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "Pantaila kaptura honen azpian, lspcidrake-en -v eta grep-en -i aukeren ekintzak ikusi ahal izango dituzu." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila kaptura honen azpian, lspcidrake-en -v eta grep-en -i aukeren " +"ekintzak ikusi ahal izango dituzu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6417,7 +7493,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Bada hardwarearen inguruko informazioa ematen duen beste tresna bat da, <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> izeneko (root azpian)" +msgstr "" +"Bada hardwarearen inguruko informazioa ematen duen beste tresna bat da, " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> izeneko (root azpian)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6429,8 +7507,7 @@ msgstr "Software Paketeen Eguneraketa" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate edo drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6438,18 +7515,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> edo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> edo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</emphasis> azpian dago." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</emphasis> " +"azpian dago." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6457,27 +7540,37 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Lan egiteko, MageiaUpdate-k biltegiak konfiguratuta izan behar ditu rpmdrake-edit-media-rekin komunikabide hedabide batzuekin eguneraketa gisa hautatuta. Ez badira, eskatuko zaizu egitea." +msgstr "" +"Lan egiteko, MageiaUpdate-k biltegiak konfiguratuta izan behar ditu rpmdrake-" +"edit-media-rekin komunikabide hedabide batzuekin eguneraketa gisa hautatuta. " +"Ez badira, eskatuko zaizu egitea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Tresna hori martxan jarri bezain laster, instalatutako paketeak arakatzen ditu, eta biltegietan eguneratze bat eskuragarri duten zerrendak. Guztiak hautatuta daude lehenetsita automatikoki deskargatu eta instalatzeko. Sakatu <guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoia prozesua hasteko." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hori martxan jarri bezain laster, instalatutako paketeak arakatzen " +"ditu, eta biltegietan eguneratze bat eskuragarri duten zerrendak. Guztiak " +"hautatuta daude lehenetsita automatikoki deskargatu eta instalatzeko. Sakatu " +"<guibutton>Eguneratu</guibutton> botoia prozesua hasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Pakete baten gainean klik eginez gero, informazio gehiago leihoaren beheko erdian bistaratzen da. <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis>-ren Inprimaketa titulu bat aurretik esan nahi du destolesgarri testu bat sakatu ahal izango duzula." +msgstr "" +"Pakete baten gainean klik eginez gero, informazio gehiago leihoaren beheko " +"erdian bistaratzen da. <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis>-ren Inprimaketa " +"titulu bat aurretik esan nahi du destolesgarri testu bat sakatu ahal izango " +"duzula." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6486,17 +7579,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Eguneratzea eskuragarri daudenean, sistemaren bandejan applet bat ohartarazten du ikono gorri honetan <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> bistaratuz. Egin klik eta idatzi erabiltzailearen pasahitza sisteman eguneratzeko." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Eguneratzea eskuragarri daudenean, sistemaren bandejan applet bat " +"ohartarazten du ikono gorri honetan <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" " +"id=\"0\"/> bistaratuz. Egin klik eta idatzi erabiltzailearen pasahitza " +"sisteman eguneratzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Abioa" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6506,7 +7602,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure abio pausoak ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure abio pausoak " +"ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6533,8 +7631,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardwarea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6544,23 +7641,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure hardwarea ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zure hardwarea " +"ezartzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu gehiago ikasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Kudeatu zure hardwarea" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Hardwarea arakatu eta konfiguratu</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Hardwarea arakatu eta " +"konfiguratu</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6570,16 +7669,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Grafikoak konfiguratu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu 3D mahaigain efektuak</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu 3D mahaigain efektuak</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6589,14 +7688,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Sagu eta teklatua konfiguratu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6606,16 +7703,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Konfiguratu inprimaketa eta eskaneaketa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu inprimagailua(k), inprimaketa lan ilarak, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu " +"inprimagailua(k), inprimaketa lan ilarak, ...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6625,8 +7722,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Beste batzuk" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6643,43 +7739,53 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Gunea (MCC) zortzi aukeren edo fitxa desberdin ditu aukeratzeko ezkerreko zutabean, eta drakwizard paketea instalatuta badago hamar. Fitxa horietako bakoitzak tresna multzo desberdinak ematen ditu eskuineko panel handian hautatu daitezkeenak." +msgstr "" +"Mageia Kontrol Gunea (MCC) zortzi aukeren edo fitxa desberdin ditu " +"aukeratzeko ezkerreko zutabean, eta drakwizard paketea instalatuta badago " +"hamar. Fitxa horietako bakoitzak tresna multzo desberdinak ematen ditu " +"eskuineko panel handian hautatu daitezkeenak." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Ondorengo hamar kapituluetan hamar aukera eta haiei lotutako tresnei buruzkoak dira." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Ondorengo hamar kapituluetan hamar aukera eta haiei lotutako tresnei " +"buruzkoak dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Azken atala Mageiaren beste tresna batzuei buruzkoa da, MCC etiketenatan aukeratu ezin direnak." +msgstr "" +"Azken atala Mageiaren beste tresna batzuei buruzkoa da, MCC etiketenatan " +"aukeratu ezin direnak." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Orrien izenburuak askotan tresna pantailen izenburuen berdinak izan behar dira." +msgstr "" +"Orrien izenburuak askotan tresna pantailen izenburuen berdinak izan behar " +"dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Bilaketa barra bat ere badago erabilgarri, eta ezkerreko zutabean \"Bilatu\" fitxan klik eginez sar zaitezke." +msgstr "" +"Bilaketa barra bat ere badago erabilgarri, eta ezkerreko zutabean \"Bilatu\" " +"fitxan klik eginez sar zaitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Bertako diskoak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6689,7 +7795,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu ahal izango duzu zure tokiko diskoak kudeatzeko edo partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu ahal izango duzu zure " +"tokiko diskoak kudeatzeko edo partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago " +"ikasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6711,8 +7820,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Sare Zerbitzuak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6720,11 +7828,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila hau eta <emphasis>Partekatzekoa</emphasis> soilik ikusgaiak dira <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketea instalaturik badago. Zuk hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zerbitzari desberdinak itxuratzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu edo <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> informazio gehiago lortzeko." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila hau eta <emphasis>Partekatzekoa</emphasis> soilik ikusgaiak dira " +"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketea instalaturik badago. Zuk hainbat " +"tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zerbitzari desberdinak itxuratzeko. Beheko " +"estekan klik egin ezazu edo <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> informazio " +"gehiago lortzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6756,8 +7869,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Sarean partekatu" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6767,40 +7879,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu unitateak eta direktorioak partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan hainbat tresnen artean aukeratu unitateak eta direktorioak " +"partekatzeko. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Konfiguratu Windows(R) partekatzeak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partekatu unitate eta direktorioak Windows (SMB) sistemekin</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partekatu unitate eta " +"direktorioak Windows (SMB) sistemekin</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Konfiguratu NFS partekatzeak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6810,8 +7922,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "WebDAV partekatzeak konfiguratu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6821,8 +7932,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "SArea eta Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6830,29 +7940,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan hainbat sareko tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan hainbat sareko tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik azpiko " +"estekan gehiago ikasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Kudeatu zure sare gailuak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6862,32 +7971,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Zure sarea pertsonalizatu eta segurtatu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6897,8 +8001,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Segurtasuna" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6908,14 +8011,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan hainbat segurtasun tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan hainbat segurtasun tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik " +"azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, baimenak eta auditoria</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfiguratu segurtasun-sistema, " +"baimenak eta auditoria</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6942,8 +8049,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Partekatzea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6952,10 +8058,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila hau eta <emphasis>Sareko Zerbitzuenak</emphasis> soilik ikusgaiak dira <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketea instalaturik badago. Zuk hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zerbitzari desberdinak itxuratzeko. Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu edo <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> informazio gehiago lortzeko." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila hau eta <emphasis>Sareko Zerbitzuenak</emphasis> soilik ikusgaiak " +"dira <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketea instalaturik badago. Zuk " +"hainbat tresnen artean aukera dezakezu zerbitzari desberdinak itxuratzeko. " +"Beheko estekan klik egin ezazu edo <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> " +"informazio gehiago lortzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6972,8 +8083,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6983,27 +8093,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan hainbat sistema eta administrazio tresnen artean aukeratu. Egin klik esteka azpitik gehiago ikasteko." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan hainbat sistema eta administrazio tresnen artean aukeratu. " +"Egin klik esteka azpitik gehiago ikasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Kudeatu sistemaren zerbitzuak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7013,14 +8122,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Kokapena" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7030,34 +8137,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Administrazio tresnak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteman Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteman Erabiltzaileak " +"kudeatu</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7071,25 +8175,34 @@ msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Gunea" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> laguntzaz ekoiztu zen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> " +"laguntzaz ekoiztu zen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>-" +"k garatuta." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>-ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal duzu." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>-ra bada " +"eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7101,8 +8214,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguratu eguneratzeko maiztasuna" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7110,28 +8222,38 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</emphasis> azpian dago. Baita eskuragarri <guimenu>eskuineko botoian klikatuz / eguneraketen konfigurazioa</guimenu> ikono gorrian <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> sistemaren bandejan" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</emphasis> " +"azpian dago. Baita eskuragarri <guimenu>eskuineko botoian klikatuz / " +"eguneraketen konfigurazioa</guimenu> ikono gorrian <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> sistemaren bandejan" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "Lehenengo graduatzailea baimentzen du Mageia-ren eguneratze maiztasunak aldatzea eta bigarrenak abiatu ondorengo atzerapena egiaztatzeko aukera lehenengo txekeoa baino lehen. Pantailan kontrol-laukia aukera ematen du Mageia-ko bertsio berria kanpoan dagoenean abisatzea" +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo graduatzailea baimentzen du Mageia-ren eguneratze maiztasunak " +"aldatzea eta bigarrenak abiatu ondorengo atzerapena egiaztatzeko aukera " +"lehenengo txekeoa baino lehen. Pantailan kontrol-laukia aukera ematen du " +"Mageia-ko bertsio berria kanpoan dagoenean abisatzea" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7143,8 +8265,7 @@ msgstr "Ezarri gailu erakuslea (sagua, touchpad)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7152,23 +8273,30 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">mousedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> azpian dago." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"presente dagoen fitxa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> azpian " +"dago." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Sagu bat izan behar duzu Mageia instalatzeko, Drakinstall-en arabera instalatua dago. Tresna honek beste sagu bat instalatzea ahalbidetzen du." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Sagu bat izan behar duzu Mageia instalatzeko, Drakinstall-en arabera " +"instalatua dago. Tresna honek beste sagu bat instalatzea ahalbidetzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7177,7 +8305,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Saguak konexio motaren arabera antolatuta eta ondoren modeloaren arabera. Aukeratu zure sagua eta klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Garai gehienak \"Unibertsal / Edozein PS/2 & USB saguak\" sagu berrien bat egokia da. Sagu berriak berehala aintzat hartzen dira." +msgstr "" +"Saguak konexio motaren arabera antolatuta eta ondoren modeloaren arabera. " +"Aukeratu zure sagua eta klikatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Garai gehienak " +"\"Unibertsal / Edozein PS/2 & USB saguak\" sagu berrien bat egokia da. " +"Sagu berriak berehala aintzat hartzen dira." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7189,8 +8321,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Sistemaren segurtasuna eta auditoritzak" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7198,40 +8329,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">msecgui</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> mseg-ren erabiltzaile interfaze grafiko bat da zure segurtasun-sistema konfiguratzeko bi ikuspegiren arabera:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> mseg-ren erabiltzaile " +"interfaze grafiko bat da zure segurtasun-sistema konfiguratzeko bi " +"ikuspegiren arabera:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Sistemaren portaera ezartzen du, mseg-ek aldaketak inposatzen sistema seguruagoa izan dadin." +msgstr "" +"Sistemaren portaera ezartzen du, mseg-ek aldaketak inposatzen sistema " +"seguruagoa izan dadin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Sistemako era automatikoan kontrolak burutzen ditu zerbait arriskutsua dela ohartarazteko asmoz." +msgstr "" +"Sistemako era automatikoan kontrolak burutzen ditu zerbait arriskutsua dela " +"ohartarazteko asmoz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "Msec \"segurtasun maila\" honek sistema baimen multzo bat konfiguratzeko erabiltzen diren kontzeptua erabiltzen du. Baimen horiek kontrolatu daitezke aldatzeko edo berresteko. Hainbat maila Mageiak eskaintzen ditu, baina zure ohiko segurtasun mailak defini ditzakezu." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"Msec \"segurtasun maila\" honek sistema baimen multzo bat konfiguratzeko " +"erabiltzen diren kontzeptua erabiltzen du. Baimen horiek kontrolatu daitezke " +"aldatzeko edo berresteko. Hainbat maila Mageiak eskaintzen ditu, baina zure " +"ohiko segurtasun mailak defini ditzakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7248,43 +8392,46 @@ msgstr "Ikusi gioko screenshot-a" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "Lehenengo fitxan segurtasun tresna ezberdinen zerrenda hartzen du eskuinaldeko konfiguratzeko botoi batekin:" +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo fitxan segurtasun tresna ezberdinen zerrenda hartzen du " +"eskuinaldeko konfiguratzeko botoi batekin:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Suebakia, halaber MMC / Segurtasuna / Konfiguratu zure suebaki pertsonalak" +msgstr "" +"Suebakia, halaber MMC / Segurtasuna / Konfiguratu zure suebaki pertsonalak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Eguneratzeak, halaber MCC / Software Kudeaketa / Zure sistema eguneratu" +msgstr "" +"Eguneratzeak, halaber MCC / Software Kudeaketa / Zure sistema eguneratu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec beraren informazio batzuk:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "Gaitu edo ez" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "Konfiguratutako Base segurtasun-maila" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "Aldizkako azken egiaztapen data eta botoi bat txosten zehatza ikusteko eta beste botoi bat gaur egungo egiaztapenak exekutatzeko besterik ez." +msgstr "" +"Aldizkako azken egiaztapen data eta botoi bat txosten zehatza ikusteko eta " +"beste botoi bat gaur egungo egiaztapenak exekutatzeko besterik ez." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7294,13 +8441,13 @@ msgstr "Segurtasun ezarpenen fitxa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Klik bigarren fitxan edo Segurtasuna <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> botoian hurrengo pantailara daramana." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Klik bigarren fitxan edo Segurtasuna <guibutton>Konfiguratu</guibutton> " +"botoian hurrengo pantailara daramana." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7318,22 +8465,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Segurtasu mailak:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "Hautatu ondoren koadroan <guilabel>MSEC tresna gaitu</guilabel>, fitxa honek aukera ematen dizu Klik bikoitzaren ondoren lodiz agertzen den segurtasun maila aukeratzea. Koadroa ez bada markatzen, maila «bat ere ez» aplikatuko da. Honako maila hauek daude eskuragarri:" +msgstr "" +"Hautatu ondoren koadroan <guilabel>MSEC tresna gaitu</guilabel>, fitxa honek " +"aukera ematen dizu Klik bikoitzaren ondoren lodiz agertzen den segurtasun " +"maila aukeratzea. Koadroa ez bada markatzen, maila «bat ere ez» aplikatuko " +"da. Honako maila hauek daude eskuragarri:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">bat ere ez</emphasis>. Maila honen helburua, ez baduzu mseg erabili nahi segurtasun-sistema kontrolatzeko, eta nahiago duzu zure kabuz fintzea. Segurtasun kontrol guztiak indargabetzen dira eta sistemaren konfigurazioa eta ezarpen murrizketak muga gabe jartzen dira. Mesedez, erabili maila hau zuk zer egiten ari zaren jakiten baduzu soilik, zure sistema bitartean erasoentzako ahula utziko luke." +msgstr "" +"Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">bat ere ez</emphasis>. Maila honen helburua, " +"ez baduzu mseg erabili nahi segurtasun-sistema kontrolatzeko, eta nahiago " +"duzu zure kabuz fintzea. Segurtasun kontrol guztiak indargabetzen dira eta " +"sistemaren konfigurazioa eta ezarpen murrizketak muga gabe jartzen dira. " +"Mesedez, erabili maila hau zuk zer egiten ari zaren jakiten baduzu soilik, " +"zure sistema bitartean erasoentzako ahula utziko luke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7344,27 +8501,44 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">estandarra</emphasis>. Hau instalatutako konfigurazio lehenetsia da, eta aldi baterako erabiltzaileei zuzenduta. Hainbat sistemaren ezarpenak mugatuko ditu eta egunero segurtasun egiaztapenak exekutatzen ditu sistema fitxategiak, sistema-kontuak, eta direktorio ahulen baimenen aldaketak detektatzeko. (Maila honek mseg-en iragan bertsioen 2 eta 3 mailen antzekoa da)." +msgstr "" +"Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">estandarra</emphasis>. Hau instalatutako " +"konfigurazio lehenetsia da, eta aldi baterako erabiltzaileei zuzenduta. " +"Hainbat sistemaren ezarpenak mugatuko ditu eta egunero segurtasun " +"egiaztapenak exekutatzen ditu sistema fitxategiak, sistema-kontuak, eta " +"direktorio ahulen baimenen aldaketak detektatzeko. (Maila honek mseg-en " +"iragan bertsioen 2 eta 3 mailen antzekoa da)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">segurua</emphasis>. Maila hau zure sistema segurua dela ziurtatzea desiratzen duzunean zuzenduta dago, oraindik baliagarria. Are gehiago sistema baimenak mugatzen ditu eta aldizkako egiaztapen gehiago exekutatzen. Gainera, sisteman sartzeko aukera murritzagoa da. (Maila honek mseg-en bertsio zaharren 4 (Altua) eta 5 (Paranoia) mailen antzekoa da)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Maila <emphasis role=\"bold\">segurua</emphasis>. Maila hau zure sistema " +"segurua dela ziurtatzea desiratzen duzunean zuzenduta dago, oraindik " +"baliagarria. Are gehiago sistema baimenak mugatzen ditu eta aldizkako " +"egiaztapen gehiago exekutatzen. Gainera, sisteman sartzeko aukera " +"murritzagoa da. (Maila honek mseg-en bertsio zaharren 4 (Altua) eta 5 " +"(Paranoia) mailen antzekoa da)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Maila horiek ez ezik, beste zereginei bideratutako segurtasun ere ematen da, besteak beste, <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> eta <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> mailak. Horrelako mailak sistemaren segurtasuna aurrez konfiguratzen saiatzen dira ohiko erabiltze kasuen arabera." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Maila horiek ez ezik, beste zereginei bideratutako segurtasun ere ematen da, " +"besteak beste, <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> eta <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"mailak. Horrelako mailak sistemaren segurtasuna aurrez konfiguratzen " +"saiatzen dira ohiko erabiltze kasuen arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7372,25 +8546,36 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> izeneko eta <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ez da benetan segurtasun mailak aldizkako egiaztapen soilik egiten duten tresnak baizik." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> izeneko eta <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ez da benetan segurtasun mailak aldizkako " +"egiaztapen soilik egiten duten tresnak baizik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Maila hauek <filename>etc/security/msec/level<levelname></filename> atalean gordeta daude. Zure neurrira egindako segurtasun-mailak defini ditzakezu, <filename>level.<levelname></filename> izeneko fitxategi zehatzetan, <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> karpetan. Funtzio hau sistema-konfigurazio pertsonalizatua edo seguruago bat behar duten boteredun erabiltzaileentzat zuzendu dute." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Maila hauek <filename>etc/security/msec/level<levelname></filename> " +"atalean gordeta daude. Zure neurrira egindako segurtasun-mailak defini " +"ditzakezu, <filename>level.<levelname></filename> izeneko fitxategi " +"zehatzetan, <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> karpetan. Funtzio hau " +"sistema-konfigurazio pertsonalizatua edo seguruago bat behar duten boteredun " +"erabiltzaileentzat zuzendu dute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Gogoan izan, erabiltzaileak aldatutako parametroak lehenetsitako mailako ezarpenen aurretik erabiltzen direla." +msgstr "" +"Gogoan izan, erabiltzaileak aldatutako parametroak lehenetsitako mailako " +"ezarpenen aurretik erabiltzen direla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7400,23 +8585,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Segurtasun alertak:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Koadroa egiaztatu baduzu <guibutton>Bidali segurtasun alertak posta elektroniko bidez:</guibutton>, msec ssortutako segurtasun alertak posta elektroniko bidez bidaliko dira hurbileko eremu batean adierazitako tokiko segurtasun kudeatzaileari. Tokiko erabiltzaile bat edo e-mail helbide osoa (tokiko e-mail eta e-mail kudeatzailea horren arabera ezarri behar dira) sartu beharko duzu. Azkenean, segurtasun alertak zuzenean zure mahaigainean jaso ditzakezu. Egiaztatu dagokion kutxa gaitu." +msgstr "" +"Koadroa egiaztatu baduzu <guibutton>Bidali segurtasun alertak posta " +"elektroniko bidez:</guibutton>, msec ssortutako segurtasun alertak posta " +"elektroniko bidez bidaliko dira hurbileko eremu batean adierazitako tokiko " +"segurtasun kudeatzaileari. Tokiko erabiltzaile bat edo e-mail helbide osoa " +"(tokiko e-mail eta e-mail kudeatzailea horren arabera ezarri behar dira) " +"sartu beharko duzu. Azkenean, segurtasun alertak zuzenean zure mahaigainean " +"jaso ditzakezu. Egiaztatu dagokion kutxa gaitu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Biziki komeni da segurtasun alertak gaituta egon behar dira berehala segurtasun administratzaileari posible diren segurtasun arazoaz informatzeko. Hala ez bada, administratzaileak aldizka egiaztatu behar ditu eskuragarri dauden <filename>/var/log/security</filename> fitxategiak." +msgstr "" +"Biziki komeni da segurtasun alertak gaituta egon behar dira berehala " +"segurtasun administratzaileari posible diren segurtasun arazoaz " +"informatzeko. Hala ez bada, administratzaileak aldizka egiaztatu behar ditu " +"eskuragarri dauden <filename>/var/log/security</filename> fitxategiak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7427,12 +8623,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Segurtasun aukerak:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Maila pertsonalizatu bat sortzea ez da segurtasun informatikoa pertsonalizatzeko modu bakarra, posible da, nahi duzun edozein aukera hautatu ondoren, hemen aurkeztutako fitxak erabiltzea. Uneko msec konfigurazioa <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>-en gordetzen da. Fitxategi honek uneko segurtasun maila izena eta aukerekin egindako aldaketak guztien zerrenda du." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Maila pertsonalizatu bat sortzea ez da segurtasun informatikoa " +"pertsonalizatzeko modu bakarra, posible da, nahi duzun edozein aukera " +"hautatu ondoren, hemen aurkeztutako fitxak erabiltzea. Uneko msec " +"konfigurazioa <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>-en " +"gordetzen da. Fitxategi honek uneko segurtasun maila izena eta aukerekin " +"egindako aldaketak guztien zerrenda du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7443,12 +8645,14 @@ msgstr "Sistemaren segurtasun fitxa" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "Fitxa honek segurtasun aukera guztiak ezkerreko zutabean, erdiko zutabekoan deskribapena, eta beren gaur egungo balioak eskuinaldeko zutabean erakusten ditu." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Fitxa honek segurtasun aukera guztiak ezkerreko zutabean, erdiko zutabekoan " +"deskribapena, eta beren gaur egungo balioak eskuinaldeko zutabean erakusten " +"ditu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7461,10 +8665,14 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "Aukera bat aldatzeko, klik bikoitza gainean eta leiho berri bat agertuko da (ikus beheko pantailaren kaptura). Aukera-izena, deskribapen labur bat, gaurko eta lehenetsitako balioak, eta destolesgarri zerrendan balio berriak hauta daitezkeela erakusten du. Sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia aukera balioztatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Aukera bat aldatzeko, klik bikoitza gainean eta leiho berri bat agertuko da " +"(ikus beheko pantailaren kaptura). Aukera-izena, deskribapen labur bat, " +"gaurko eta lehenetsitako balioak, eta destolesgarri zerrendan balio berriak " +"hauta daitezkeela erakusten du. Sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia " +"aukera balioztatzeko." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7476,10 +8684,13 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "Ez ahaztu irtetean msecgui behin betiko zure konfigurazioa gordetzea menu <guimenu>Fitxa -> Gorde konfigurazioa</guimenu> erabiliz. Dituzun ezarpenak aldatu badituzu, horiek gorde aurretik aldaketak aurreikusteko aukera ematen dizu msecgui." +msgstr "" +"Ez ahaztu irtetean msecgui behin betiko zure konfigurazioa gordetzea menu " +"<guimenu>Fitxa -> Gorde konfigurazioa</guimenu> erabiliz. Dituzun ezarpenak " +"aldatu badituzu, horiek gorde aurretik aldaketak aurreikusteko aukera ematen " +"dizu msecgui." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7493,10 +8704,11 @@ msgstr "Sare segurtasuna" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "Fitxa honek sareko aukera guztiak erakusten ditu eta aurreko fitxa bezala funtzionatzen du" +msgstr "" +"Fitxa honek sareko aukera guztiak erakusten ditu eta aurreko fitxa bezala " +"funtzionatzen du" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7511,7 +8723,9 @@ msgstr "Aldizkako egiaztapen fitxa" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Aldizkako egiaztapenen helburua segurtasun administratzailea mseg-ek egoera guztien alerten bidez informatzeko segurtasun arrisku potentzialei buruz." +msgstr "" +"Aldizkako egiaztapenen helburua segurtasun administratzailea mseg-ek egoera " +"guztien alerten bidez informatzeko segurtasun arrisku potentzialei buruz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7519,10 +8733,13 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Fitxa hau mseg egiten dituen aldizkako azterketa eta haien maiztasun guztiak bistaratzen ditu <guibutton>Gaitu aldizkako segurtasun egiaztapenak</guibutton> koadroa hautatuta badago. Aurreko fitxetan bezala egiten dira aldaketak." +msgstr "" +"Fitxa hau mseg egiten dituen aldizkako azterketa eta haien maiztasun guztiak " +"bistaratzen ditu <guibutton>Gaitu aldizkako segurtasun egiaztapenak</" +"guibutton> koadroa hautatuta badago. Aurreko fitxetan bezala egiten dira " +"aldaketak." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7536,14 +8753,18 @@ msgstr "Salbuespen fitxa" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Batzuetan alerta mezuak ondo ezagututako eta nahi egoeren ondorio dira. Kasu horietan ezertarako eta alferrik galtzen administratzailearen denbora da. Fitxa honetan nahigabeko alerta mezuak ekiditeko nahi dituzun salbuespenak sortzeko aukera ematen du. Jakina, lehen mseg hasieran hutsik egoten da. Pantaila kaptura beheko lau salbuespenak erakusten ditu." +msgstr "" +"Batzuetan alerta mezuak ondo ezagututako eta nahi egoeren ondorio dira. Kasu " +"horietan ezertarako eta alferrik galtzen administratzailearen denbora da. " +"Fitxa honetan nahigabeko alerta mezuak ekiditeko nahi dituzun salbuespenak " +"sortzeko aukera ematen du. Jakina, lehen mseg hasieran hutsik egoten da. " +"Pantaila kaptura beheko lau salbuespenak erakusten ditu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7551,12 +8772,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Salbuespen bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia sakatu" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Salbuespen bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia sakatu" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7565,12 +8785,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Nahi duzun aldizkako egiaztapena zerrenda destolesgarritik <guilabel>Ikuskaritza</guilabel> eta mota <guilabel>Salbuespena</guilabel> idatzi testu-koadroan. Gehitu salbuespena, jakina, ez da behin betiko, <guilabel>Salbuespenetako</guilabel> <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> erabiliz ezaba dezakezu edo klik bikoitz batekin aldatu." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Nahi duzun aldizkako egiaztapena zerrenda destolesgarritik " +"<guilabel>Ikuskaritza</guilabel> eta mota <guilabel>Salbuespena</guilabel> " +"idatzi testu-koadroan. Gehitu salbuespena, jakina, ez da behin betiko, " +"<guilabel>Salbuespenetako</guilabel> <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton> erabiliz " +"ezaba dezakezu edo klik bikoitz batekin aldatu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7582,7 +8806,9 @@ msgstr "Baimenak" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Fitxa hau fitxategi eta direktorioko baimenak egiaztatu eta betearazteko bideratuta dago." +msgstr "" +"Fitxa hau fitxategi eta direktorioko baimenak egiaztatu eta betearazteko " +"bideratuta dago." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7594,13 +8820,22 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Segurtasunerako, mseg maila ezberdinetako baimenen (estandarra, seguru, ..), horren arabera gaitzen dira aukeratutako segurtasun-mailak. Zure neurriko baimen mailak sortu ditzakezu, <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename>izeneko fitxategi zehatzetan gordez <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> karpetan kokatuta daudenak. Funtzio hau konfigurazio pertsonalizatua eskatzen duten boteredun erabiltzaileei zuzenduta. Posible da nahi duzun edozein baimen aldatzeko hemen aurkezten fitxa erabili ondoren. Oraingo konfigurazioa <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>-en gordeta dago. Fitxategia honek baimenei egindako aldaketa guztien zerrenda du." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Segurtasunerako, mseg maila ezberdinetako baimenen (estandarra, seguru, ..), " +"horren arabera gaitzen dira aukeratutako segurtasun-mailak. Zure neurriko " +"baimen mailak sortu ditzakezu, <filename>perm.<levelname> </" +"filename>izeneko fitxategi zehatzetan gordez <filename>etc/security/msec/</" +"filename> karpetan kokatuta daudenak. Funtzio hau konfigurazio " +"pertsonalizatua eskatzen duten boteredun erabiltzaileei zuzenduta. Posible " +"da nahi duzun edozein baimen aldatzeko hemen aurkezten fitxa erabili " +"ondoren. Oraingo konfigurazioa <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</" +"filename>-en gordeta dago. Fitxategia honek baimenei egindako aldaketa " +"guztien zerrenda du." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7609,18 +8844,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "Berezko baimenak arau zerrenda bat (lerro bakoitzeko arau bat) gisa ikusgai daude. Ezkerreko aldean ikus dezakezu, fitxategi edo karpeta tratatutako araua, ondoren jabeak, gero taldeak eta ondoren arauak emandako baimenak. Arau jakin batentzako:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Berezko baimenak arau zerrenda bat (lerro bakoitzeko arau bat) gisa ikusgai " +"daude. Ezkerreko aldean ikus dezakezu, fitxategi edo karpeta tratatutako " +"araua, ondoren jabeak, gero taldeak eta ondoren arauak emandako baimenak. " +"Arau jakin batentzako:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "<guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa ez da egiaztatu, mseg soilik egiaztatzen du definitzen baditu arau honentzako eskubideak errespetura eta alerta-mezu bat bidaltzen du, ez badu ezer aldatzen." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa ez da egiaztatu, mseg soilik " +"egiaztatzen du definitzen baditu arau honentzako eskubideak errespetura eta " +"alerta-mezu bat bidaltzen du, ez badu ezer aldatzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7628,25 +8870,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "<guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa egiaztatu da, oorduan mseg-ak gobernatuko du aldian baimenen behingo lehen kontroleko errespetura eta baimenak berridaztea." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Betearazi</guilabel> koadroa egiaztatu da, oorduan mseg-ak " +"gobernatuko du aldian baimenen behingo lehen kontroleko errespetura eta " +"baimenak berridaztea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Hau erabili ahal izateko, aukeratu CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">Aldizkako kontrol fitxa</emphasis>n horren arabera konfiguratu behar da." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Hau erabili ahal izateko, aukeratu CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Aldizkako kontrol fitxa</emphasis>n horren arabera konfiguratu behar da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Arau berri bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia sakatu eta bete eremuak beheko adibidean bezala. Joker * <guilabel>Fitxategi</guilabel> eremuan onartzen da. \"Uneko\" aldaketarik ez badakar." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Arau berri bat sortzeko, <guibutton>Gehitu arau bat</guibutton> botoia " +"sakatu eta bete eremuak beheko adibidean bezala. Joker * " +"<guilabel>Fitxategi</guilabel> eremuan onartzen da. \"Uneko\" aldaketarik ez " +"badakar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7658,26 +8908,40 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia aukera balioztatzeko eta ez ahaztu behin betiko zure konfigurazioa gordetzea menu <guimenu>Fitxa -> Gorde konfigurazioa</guimenu>erabiliz. Dituzun ezarpenak aldatu badituzu, horiek gorde aurretik aldaketak aurreikusteko aukera ematen dizu msecgui." +msgstr "" +"Sakatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoia aukera balioztatzeko eta ez ahaztu " +"behin betiko zure konfigurazioa gordetzea menu <guimenu>Fitxa -> Gorde " +"konfigurazioa</guimenu>erabiliz. Dituzun ezarpenak aldatu badituzu, horiek " +"gorde aurretik aldaketak aurreikusteko aukera ematen dizu msecgui." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Posible da arauak sortu edo aldatzea<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> konfigurazio fitxategia editatuz." +msgstr "" +"Posible da arauak sortu edo aldatzea<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</" +"filename> konfigurazio fitxategia editatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Baimenetan</emphasis> (edo zuzenean konfigurazio fitxategian) izandako aldaketak kontuan hartzen dira lehen aldizkako egiaztapenean (ikus CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">Aldizkako egiaztapenak</emphasis>). Haien eragina berehala indarrean sartzea nahi baduzu, erabili <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecperms</emphasis> komandoa administratzaile eskubideko kontsola batean. Aurretik <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecperms -p</emphasis> komandoa erabili dezakezu msecperms aldatuko dituen baimenak ezagutzeko." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Baimenetan</emphasis> (edo zuzenean konfigurazio " +"fitxategian) izandako aldaketak kontuan hartzen dira lehen aldizkako " +"egiaztapenean (ikus CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">Aldizkako " +"egiaztapenak</emphasis>). Haien eragina berehala indarrean sartzea nahi " +"baduzu, erabili <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecperms</emphasis> komandoa " +"administratzaile eskubideko kontsola batean. Aurretik <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">msecperms -p</emphasis> komandoa erabili dezakezu msecperms aldatuko " +"dituen baimenak ezagutzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7688,7 +8952,13 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Ez ahaztu kontsola batean edo fitxategi kudeatzailean baimenak aldatu badituzu, fitxategi bat non <guilabel>Aplikatu</guilabel> koadroa hautatuta dagoen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Baimenen fitxan</emphasis>, msecgui baimen zaharrak idatziko ditu atzera pixka bat egin ondoren, horren arabera aukera CHECK_PERMS eta CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE konfigurazioa agertzen den <emphasis role=\"bold\">Aldizkako Egiaztapen fitxa</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Ez ahaztu kontsola batean edo fitxategi kudeatzailean baimenak aldatu " +"badituzu, fitxategi bat non <guilabel>Aplikatu</guilabel> koadroa hautatuta " +"dagoen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Baimenen fitxan</emphasis>, msecgui baimen " +"zaharrak idatziko ditu atzera pixka bat egin ondoren, horren arabera aukera " +"CHECK_PERMS eta CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE konfigurazioa agertzen den <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Aldizkako Egiaztapen fitxa</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7699,9 +8969,12 @@ msgstr "Beste Mageia Tresnak" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Badira Mageia Kontrol Gunetik hasi daitezkeenak baino Mageia tresna gehiago. Egin klik beheko esteka baten gainean gehiago ikasteko, edo hurrengo orrialdeak irakurtzen jarraitu." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Badira Mageia Kontrol Gunetik hasi daitezkeenak baino Mageia tresna gehiago. " +"Egin klik beheko esteka baten gainean gehiago ikasteko, edo hurrengo " +"orrialdeak irakurtzen jarraitu." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7738,8 +9011,7 @@ msgstr "Software Kudeaketa (Softwarea instalatu eta kendu)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7752,9 +9024,11 @@ msgstr "Rpmdrake-ra sarrera" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">rpmdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7768,19 +9042,32 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, drakrpm bezala ezaguna, paketeak instalatu, ezabatu eta eguneratzeko programa bat da. URPMI-ren erabiltzaile interfaze grafiko bat da. Abiarazte bakoitzean, egiaztatuko ditu ('baliabide' deituetakoak) zuzenean Mageia-ko zerbitzari ofizialengandik jaitsitako lerroko paketeen zerrendak, eta aldi bakoitzean erakutsiko dizkizu zure ordenagailuarentzako azken aplikazio eta paketeak. Iragazki-sistema batek soilik pakete mota batzuk erakustea baimentzen du: instalatutako paketeak erakutsi ditzake soilik (lehenetsita), edo eguneaketa eskuragarriak soilik. Instalatu gabeko paketeak ere ikus ditzakezu soilik. Paketeak izenagatik ere ikusi ditzakezu, edo deskribapeneeko laburpenetan edo paketeen deskribapen osoetan edo paketeetan barneratutako fitxategi-izenetan." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, drakrpm bezala ezaguna, " +"paketeak instalatu, ezabatu eta eguneratzeko programa bat da. URPMI-ren " +"erabiltzaile interfaze grafiko bat da. Abiarazte bakoitzean, egiaztatuko " +"ditu ('baliabide' deituetakoak) zuzenean Mageia-ko zerbitzari " +"ofizialengandik jaitsitako lerroko paketeen zerrendak, eta aldi bakoitzean " +"erakutsiko dizkizu zure ordenagailuarentzako azken aplikazio eta paketeak. " +"Iragazki-sistema batek soilik pakete mota batzuk erakustea baimentzen du: " +"instalatutako paketeak erakutsi ditzake soilik (lehenetsita), edo eguneaketa " +"eskuragarriak soilik. Instalatu gabeko paketeak ere ikus ditzakezu soilik. " +"Paketeak izenagatik ere ikusi ditzakezu, edo deskribapeneeko laburpenetan " +"edo paketeen deskribapen osoetan edo paketeetan barneratutako fitxategi-" +"izenetan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "rpmdrake lan egin dezan biltegiak ezarri behar dira <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>-rekin ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"rpmdrake lan egin dezan biltegiak ezarri behar dira <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-" +"edit-media\"/>-rekin ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7789,28 +9076,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Instalazioan zehar, Konfiguratutako biltegia instalazioa erabilitako hedabidea da, oro har, DVD edo CDa. hedabide hau mantentzen bada, rpmdrake eskatuko du pakete bat instalatzeko aldi bakoitzean, pop-up leiho honekin: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aurreko mezua amorrua ematen badizu eta internetetik deskargatzeko muga gabeko konexio on bat baduzu, jakintsua da hedabide hori kendu eta lerroko biltegiak jartzea horren ordez <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>-ri esker." +msgstr "" +"Instalazioan zehar, Konfiguratutako biltegia instalazioa erabilitako " +"hedabidea da, oro har, DVD edo CDa. hedabide hau mantentzen bada, rpmdrake " +"eskatuko du pakete bat instalatzeko aldi bakoitzean, pop-up leiho honekin: " +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Aurreko mezua amorrua ematen " +"badizu eta internetetik deskargatzeko muga gabeko konexio on bat baduzu, " +"jakintsua da hedabide hori kendu eta lerroko biltegiak jartzea horren ordez " +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>-ri esker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Gainera, online biltegiak beti eguneratuta daude, pakete askoz gehiago dauka, eta zure instalatutako paketeak eguneratzeko aukera ematen dute." +msgstr "" +"Gainera, online biltegiak beti eguneratuta daude, pakete askoz gehiago " +"dauka, eta zure instalatutako paketeak eguneratzeko aukera ematen dute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Pantailaren zati nagusia" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7826,25 +9121,37 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Iragazki honek aukera ematen du pakete mota batzuk baino ez erakusteko. Kudeatzailea hasten duzun lehen aldian, aplikazio grafikoak soilik erakusten ditu. Pakete guztiak eta bere mendekotasunen eta liburutegiak guztiak edo pakete taldeak soilik, besteak beste, aplikazioak soilik, eguneratzeak edo Mageia bertsio berriagoetara migraturiko paketeak bistara ditzakezu." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Iragazki honek aukera ematen du pakete mota batzuk baino ez erakusteko. " +"Kudeatzailea hasten duzun lehen aldian, aplikazio grafikoak soilik erakusten " +"ditu. Pakete guztiak eta bere mendekotasunen eta liburutegiak guztiak edo " +"pakete taldeak soilik, besteak beste, aplikazioak soilik, eguneratzeak edo " +"Mageia bertsio berriagoetara migraturiko paketeak bistara ditzakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Lehenetsitako iragazki ezarpena Linux edo Mageiako kide berrientzako da, beharbada ez dute nahi komando lerroa edo tresna espezializatuak. Zuk dokumentazio hau irakurtzen duzunez gero, jakina interesatua zaude zure Mageiaren ezaguera hobetzean, beraz onena iragazki honetan \"Guztiak\" ezartzea da ." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Lehenetsitako iragazki ezarpena Linux edo Mageiako kide berrientzako da, " +"beharbada ez dute nahi komando lerroa edo tresna espezializatuak. Zuk " +"dokumentazio hau irakurtzen duzunez gero, jakina interesatua zaude zure " +"Mageiaren ezaguera hobetzean, beraz onena iragazki honetan \"Guztiak\" " +"ezartzea da ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package egoera iragazkia:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package egoera iragazkia:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7852,7 +9159,10 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Iragazki honek instalatutako paketeak, instalatu gabeko edo pakete guztiak, bai instalatutako eta ez instalatutako paketeak soilik ikusteko aukera ematen du." +msgstr "" +"Iragazki honek instalatutako paketeak, instalatu gabeko edo pakete guztiak, " +"bai instalatutako eta ez instalatutako paketeak soilik ikusteko aukera " +"ematen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7865,7 +9175,9 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Ikonoan klikatu paketeen izenak bilatzeko, haien laburpenen bidez, haien deskribapen osoaren bidez edo paketean sartutako fitxategien bidez." +msgstr "" +"Ikonoan klikatu paketeen izenak bilatzeko, haien laburpenen bidez, haien " +"deskribapen osoaren bidez edo paketean sartutako fitxategien bidez." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7878,7 +9190,10 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Sartu hemen hitz gako bat edo gehiago. Hitz gako bat baino gehiago erabili nahi baduzu '|' erabili hitz gakoen artean, adibidez \"mplayer\" eta \"xine\" bilatzeko denbora berean idatzi: 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Sartu hemen hitz gako bat edo gehiago. Hitz gako bat baino gehiago erabili " +"nahi baduzu '|' erabili hitz gakoen artean, adibidez \"mplayer\" eta \"xine" +"\" bilatzeko denbora berean idatzi: 'mplayer | xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7890,7 +9205,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Guztia ezabatu:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Ikur honek klik bakarrarekin \"Bilatu\" kutxan sartutako hitza guztiak ezaba ditzake ." +msgstr "" +"Ikur honek klik bakarrarekin \"Bilatu\" kutxan sartutako hitza guztiak ezaba " +"ditzake ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7900,9 +9217,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorien zerrenda:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Alde honetako barra argi sailkatzen ditu aplikazio eta pakete guztiak kategorietan eta azpi kategorietan." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Alde honetako barra argi sailkatzen ditu aplikazio eta pakete guztiak " +"kategorietan eta azpi kategorietan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7913,10 +9232,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Deskribapen panela:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Panel honek pakete izena, bere laburpena eta deskribapen osoa erakusten ditu. Hautatutako paketeari buruzko elementu erabilgarri asko erakusten du. Era berean, paketeari buruzko xehetasun zehatzak erakutsi dezake, paketean sartutako fitxategiak baita mantentzaileak eginiko azken aldaketak." +msgstr "" +"Panel honek pakete izena, bere laburpena eta deskribapen osoa erakusten " +"ditu. Hautatutako paketeari buruzko elementu erabilgarri asko erakusten du. " +"Era berean, paketeari buruzko xehetasun zehatzak erakutsi dezake, paketean " +"sartutako fitxategiak baita mantentzaileak eginiko azken aldaketak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7931,78 +9254,73 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Behin behar bezala iragazkiak konfiguratuta, zure software aurkitu ahal izango duzu, bai mailaren arabera (6 arean batez ere) edo izen/laburpen/deskribapenagatik 4. area erabiliz kontsulta betetzen duten paketeetako zerrenda bat eta, ez ahaztu aukeratutako hedabidea egoera desberdinetako markatzaileen arabera instalatuko/instalatu gabe/eguneraketa bat egoera hau aldatzeko, soilik egiaztatu edo desmarkatu koadroa pakete izenaren aurretik eta klikatu <guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Behin behar bezala iragazkiak konfiguratuta, zure software aurkitu ahal " +"izango duzu, bai mailaren arabera (6 arean batez ere) edo izen/laburpen/" +"deskribapenagatik 4. area erabiliz kontsulta betetzen duten paketeetako " +"zerrenda bat eta, ez ahaztu aukeratutako hedabidea egoera desberdinetako " +"markatzaileen arabera instalatuko/instalatu gabe/eguneraketa bat egoera hau " +"aldatzeko, soilik egiaztatu edo desmarkatu koadroa pakete izenaren aurretik " +"eta klikatu <guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Ikonoa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Kondaira" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Pakete hau jada instalatuta dago" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Pakete hau instalatuko da" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Pakete hau ezin da aldatu" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Pakete hau eguneratuko da" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Pakete hau desinstalatuko da" @@ -8023,7 +9341,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "DigiKam desmarkatu badut (gezi berdea esaten digu instalatuta dagoela), egoera-ikonoa gorrira joango gorantzako gezi batekin eta desinstalatuko da <guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> klikatzean." +msgstr "" +"DigiKam desmarkatu badut (gezi berdea esaten digu instalatuta dagoela), " +"egoera-ikonoa gorrira joango gorantzako gezi batekin eta desinstalatuko da " +"<guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> klikatzean." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8031,15 +9352,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Qdigidoc egiaztatzen badut (instalatuta ez dagoena, ikusi egoera), laranja gezi bat behera egoera ikono batekin agertuko da eta instalatu egingo da <guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> klikatzean." +msgstr "" +"Qdigidoc egiaztatzen badut (instalatuta ez dagoena, ikusi egoera), laranja " +"gezi bat behera egoera ikono batekin agertuko da eta instalatu egingo da " +"<guibutton>Aplikatu</guibutton> klikatzean." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Mendekotasunak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8047,15 +9370,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Pakete batzuk mendekotasun izeneko beste paketeak behar dute lan egiteko. Adibidez liburutegiak edo tresnak. Kasu honetan, Rpmdrake informazioaren leiho bat bistaratuko du, hautatutako mendekotasunak onartzeko, operazioa ezeztatzeko edo informazio gehiago (ikusi goian) lortzeko aukera ematen du. Beste batzuetan hainbat pakete behar diren liburutegiak dituztela, kasu honetan rpmdrake alternatiben zerrenda bistaratzen du informazio gehiago botoi batekin eta beste botoi batekin zein pakete instalatuko den aukeratzeko." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Pakete batzuk mendekotasun izeneko beste paketeak behar dute lan egiteko. " +"Adibidez liburutegiak edo tresnak. Kasu honetan, Rpmdrake informazioaren " +"leiho bat bistaratuko du, hautatutako mendekotasunak onartzeko, operazioa " +"ezeztatzeko edo informazio gehiago (ikusi goian) lortzeko aukera ematen du. " +"Beste batzuetan hainbat pakete behar diren liburutegiak dituztela, kasu " +"honetan rpmdrake alternatiben zerrenda bistaratzen du informazio gehiago " +"botoi batekin eta beste botoi batekin zein pakete instalatuko den " +"aukeratzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8077,7 +9408,9 @@ msgstr "Instalaketa" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">scannerdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8086,7 +9419,12 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sarbidea ematen dizu eskanerra gailu bakar batean edo eskaneatze funtzioa barne hartzen duen anitz gailu bat konfiguratzea. Ordenagailuari konektatutako tokiko gailuak partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu urruneko ordenagailu batekin edo urruneko eskanerrera sartzeko aukera ematen du." +msgstr "" +"Tresna honek <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sarbidea ematen dizu " +"eskanerra gailu bakar batean edo eskaneatze funtzioa barne hartzen duen " +"anitz gailu bat konfiguratzea. Ordenagailuari konektatutako tokiko gailuak " +"partekatzeko aukera ematen dizu urruneko ordenagailu batekin edo urruneko " +"eskanerrera sartzeko aukera ematen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 @@ -8099,7 +9437,9 @@ msgstr "Lehen aldiz tresna hau hasten duzunean, ondorengo mezua lor dezakezu:" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"SANE paketeak instalatu behar dira eskanerrak erabili ahal izateko</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"SANE paketeak instalatu behar dira eskanerrak erabili ahal " +"izateko</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8111,10 +9451,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>SANE paketeak instalatu nahi duzu?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Aukeratu <emphasis>Bai</emphasis> jarraitzeko. <code>scanner-gui</code> eta <code>task-scanning</code> instalatu egingo dira oraindik instalatu ez badira." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <emphasis>Bai</emphasis> jarraitzeko. <code>scanner-gui</code> eta " +"<code>task-scanning</code> instalatu egingo dira oraindik instalatu ez " +"badira." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8125,15 +9467,22 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Zure eskanerra behar bezala identifikatzen bada, goiko pantailan zure eskanerraren izena ikusten baduzu, eskanerra erabiltzeko prest dago, adibidez, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> edo <emphasis>Eskaneatze Sinplea</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Zure eskanerra behar bezala identifikatzen bada, goiko pantailan zure " +"eskanerraren izena ikusten baduzu, eskanerra erabiltzeko prest dago, " +"adibidez, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> edo <emphasis>Eskaneatze Sinplea</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "Kasu horretan, orain duzu agian <emphasis>Eskanerra partekatzeko</emphasis> konfiguratzeko aukera. Horri buruz irakurri dezakezu <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Kasu horretan, orain duzu agian <emphasis>Eskanerra partekatzeko</emphasis> " +"konfiguratzeko aukera. Horri buruz irakurri dezakezu <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8142,17 +9491,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Hala ere, zure eskanerra ez bada behar bezala identifikatzen, eta haren kablea(k) eta botere etengailua egiaztatu eta gero <emphasis>Bilatu eskaner berria</emphasis> sakatzen ez badu laguntzen, sakatu beharko duzu <emphasis>Gehitu eskaner bat eskuz</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Hala ere, zure eskanerra ez bada behar bezala identifikatzen, eta haren " +"kablea(k) eta botere etengailua egiaztatu eta gero <emphasis>Bilatu eskaner " +"berria</emphasis> sakatzen ez badu laguntzen, sakatu beharko duzu " +"<emphasis>Gehitu eskaner bat eskuz</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Aukeratu zure eskanerraren marka ikusten duzun zerrendatik, eta gero, bere mota marka horretarako zerrendatik eta sakatu <emphasis>Ados</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu zure eskanerraren marka ikusten duzun zerrendatik, eta gero, bere " +"mota marka horretarako zerrendatik eta sakatu <emphasis>Ados</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8160,59 +9514,74 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Ez baduzu zure eskanerra zerrendan aurkitzen, eta hautatu <emphasis>Utzi</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Ez baduzu zure eskanerra zerrendan aurkitzen, eta hautatu <emphasis>Utzi</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Mesedez egiaztatu zure eskanerra bateragarria dn ala ez <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: gailu bateragarriak</link> orrialdean eta laguntza eskatu <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foroetan</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Mesedez egiaztatu zure eskanerra bateragarria dn ala ez <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: gailu " +"bateragarriak</link> orrialdean eta laguntza eskatu <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foroetan</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Portua aukeratu" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Ezarpen hau utzi dezakezu <emphasis>Auto-detektatu portu eskuragarriak</emphasis> zure eskanerra interfazeak portu paralelo bat izan ezean. Kasu horretan, aukeratu <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> bat besterik ez baduzu." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Ezarpen hau utzi dezakezu <emphasis>Auto-detektatu portu eskuragarriak</" +"emphasis> zure eskanerra interfazeak portu paralelo bat izan ezean. Kasu " +"horretan, aukeratu <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> bat besterik ez baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ados</emphasis> sakatu ondoren, kasu gehienetan azpitik antzeko pantaila bat ikusiko duzu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ados</emphasis> sakatu ondoren, kasu gehienetan azpitik antzeko " +"pantaila bat ikusiko duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Ez baduzu pantaila hori lortzen, orduan irakurri <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ez baduzu pantaila hori lortzen, orduan irakurri <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8222,8 +9591,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8231,11 +9599,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Hemen makinara konektatutako eskanerrra eskuragarri egon behar duen ala ez urruneko makinekin eta zein makinarekin aukera dezakezu. Hemen erabaki dezakezu, halaber, urruneko ordenagailuko eskanerra erabilgarria izango den makina honetan." +msgstr "" +"Hemen makinara konektatutako eskanerrra eskuragarri egon behar duen ala ez " +"urruneko makinekin eta zein makinarekin aukera dezakezu. Hemen erabaki " +"dezakezu, halaber, urruneko ordenagailuko eskanerra erabilgarria izango den " +"makina honetan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8243,17 +9615,21 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Eskanerra host-era partekatzea: hots izen edo IP helbidea erantsi edo kendu ahal izango dira host-ak onartzen duen tokiko gailu(etan) sartzeko zerrendatik, ordenagailu honetan." +msgstr "" +"Eskanerra host-era partekatzea: hots izen edo IP helbidea erantsi edo kendu " +"ahal izango dira host-ak onartzen duen tokiko gailu(etan) sartzeko " +"zerrendatik, ordenagailu honetan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Urruneko eskanerren erabilera: izen edo IP host-aren helbidea gehitu edo ken daiteke urruneko eskanerraren sabidea ematen duten host-en zerrendatik ." +msgstr "" +"Urruneko eskanerren erabilera: izen edo IP host-aren helbidea gehitu edo ken " +"daiteke urruneko eskanerraren sabidea ematen duten host-en zerrendatik ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8263,8 +9639,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Eskaner hosta partekatuz: hosta gehitu ditzakezu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8274,10 +9649,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Partekatu zure eskanerra host-etan: zehaztu hosta(k) bertan gehitzeko edo urruneko ordenagailu guztietan gaitu." +msgstr "" +"Partekatu zure eskanerra host-etan: zehaztu hosta(k) bertan gehitzeko edo " +"urruneko ordenagailu guztietan gaitu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8287,8 +9663,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Urruneko makina guztiak\" onartzen dute bertako eskanerrera sartzea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8298,7 +9673,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "<emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketea ez dago oraindik instalatuta, tresna honek eskaintzen du." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketea ez dago oraindik instalatuta, tresna " +"honek eskaintzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8320,14 +9697,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> \"sare\" zuzentaraua gehitu edo azaldu" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> \"sare\" zuzentaraua gehitu edo " +"azaldu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "Halaber konfiguratuko ditu <emphasis>saned</emphasis> eta <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> abioan hasteko." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"Halaber konfiguratuko ditu <emphasis>saned</emphasis> eta <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> abioan hasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8344,9 +9725,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "HP eskaner gehienak (HPLIP) <emphasis>HP Gailu kudeatzailetik</emphasis> kudeatzen dira, zeinek inprimagailu ere kudeatzen ditu. Kasu honetan, tresna honek ez du onartzen hura konfiguratzea eta <emphasis>HP Gailu kudeatzailea</emphasis> erabiltzera gonbidatzen zaitu." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"HP eskaner gehienak (HPLIP) <emphasis>HP Gailu kudeatzailetik</emphasis> " +"kudeatzen dira, zeinek inprimagailu ere kudeatzen ditu. Kasu honetan, tresna " +"honek ez du onartzen hura konfiguratzea eta <emphasis>HP Gailu kudeatzailea</" +"emphasis> erabiltzera gonbidatzen zaitu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8356,14 +9741,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Gidariak eskuragarri daude <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">orrialde honetan</link>. Adierazitako denean, <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> paketea lehenik, ondoren <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (orden honetan) instalatu behar dituzu. Posible da <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pakete hori eta <emphasis>sane</emphasis> paketeari buruzko gatazka baten abisu bat sortzea. Erabiltzaileek jakinarazi dute ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egingo ahal zaiola." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Gidariak eskuragarri daude <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">orrialde honetan</link>. Adierazitako denean, " +"<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> paketea lehenik, ondoren <emphasis>iscan</" +"emphasis> (orden honetan) instalatu behar dituzu. Posible da " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pakete hori eta <emphasis>sane</emphasis> " +"paketeari buruzko gatazka baten abisu bat sortzea. Erabiltzaileek jakinarazi " +"dute ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egingo ahal zaiola." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8376,7 +9768,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Posible da zure eskanerrerako portu bat hautatzea <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> pantailaren ondoren, urrats gehigarri bat edo gehiago hartu behar duzu zure eskanerra behar bezala konfiguratzeko." +msgstr "" +"Posible da zure eskanerrerako portu bat hautatzea <xref linkend=" +"\"choosescannerport\"/> pantailaren ondoren, urrats gehigarri bat edo " +"gehiago hartu behar duzu zure eskanerra behar bezala konfiguratzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8386,37 +9781,49 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "Kasu batzuetan, esan da eskanerra bere firmwarea kargatu behar duela hasten den bakoitzean. Tresna honek gailua kargatzeko aukera ematen dizu, zure sisteman instalatu ondoren. Pantaila honetan firmwarea instalatu dezakezu CD edo Windows instalazio batetik, edo interneteko saltzailearen gunetik jaitsitako bat instalatu dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"Kasu batzuetan, esan da eskanerra bere firmwarea kargatu behar duela hasten " +"den bakoitzean. Tresna honek gailua kargatzeko aukera ematen dizu, zure " +"sisteman instalatu ondoren. Pantaila honetan firmwarea instalatu dezakezu CD " +"edo Windows instalazio batetik, edo interneteko saltzailearen gunetik " +"jaitsitako bat instalatu dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Gailuaren firmwarea kargatu behar denean, denbora luze bat hartu dezake lehen erabilera bakoitzean, seguru asko, minutu bat baino gehiago. Beraz, pazientzia izan." +msgstr "" +"Gailuaren firmwarea kargatu behar denean, denbora luze bat hartu dezake " +"lehen erabilera bakoitzean, seguru asko, minutu bat baino gehiago. Beraz, " +"pazientzia izan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Era berean, pantaila bat jaso ahal izango duzu <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis> doitzeko" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Era berean, pantaila bat jaso ahal izango duzu <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis> doitzeko" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Horiek edo bestelako argibideak arretaz irakurri eta zer egin ez badakizu, aske zara laguntza eskatzeko ere <link xlink:href=\"http: //forums.mageia.org/en/\">foroan</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Horiek edo bestelako argibideak arretaz irakurri eta zer egin ez badakizu, " +"aske zara laguntza eskatzeko ere <link xlink:href=\"http: //forums.mageia." +"org/en/\">foroan</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Software kudeaketa" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8424,9 +9831,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan softwarea kudeatzeko zenbait tresnen artean aukeratu daiteke. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan softwarea kudeatzeko zenbait tresnen artean aukeratu " +"daiteke. Egin klik azpiko estekan gehiago ikasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8436,9 +9845,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Zure sistema eguneratu</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Zure sistema eguneratu</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8450,7 +9861,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfiguratu baliabide iturriak instalakuntza eta eguneraketetarako</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfiguratu " +"baliabide iturriak instalakuntza eta eguneraketetarako</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8462,8 +9875,7 @@ msgstr "Inprimagailua instalatu eta konfiguratu" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8477,30 +9889,43 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "Inprimaketa Mageia kudeatzen CUPS izeneko zerbitzaria du. Bere <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurazio interfaze</link> propioa zein Internet nabigatzaile bidez sartu daiteke, baina Mageiak bere tresna propioa eskaintzen du inprimagailuak instalatzeko system-config-printer, besteak beste, Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu eta openSUSE distribuzioekin partekatua." +msgstr "" +"Inprimaketa Mageia kudeatzen CUPS izeneko zerbitzaria du. Bere <link ns2:" +"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurazio interfaze</" +"link> propioa zein Internet nabigatzaile bidez sartu daiteke, baina Mageiak " +"bere tresna propioa eskaintzen du inprimagailuak instalatzeko system-config-" +"printer, besteak beste, Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu eta openSUSE " +"distribuzioekin partekatua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Instalazioarekin aurrera jarraitu aurretik, non-free biltegia gaitu behar duzu, izan ere, gidari batzuk, agian, soilik eskuragarri daude modu honetan." +msgstr "" +"Instalazioarekin aurrera jarraitu aurretik, non-free biltegia gaitu behar " +"duzu, izan ere, gidari batzuk, agian, soilik eskuragarri daude modu honetan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz ditzakezu, <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> idatziz. Root pasahitza eskatuko da." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz ditzakezu, <emphasis>system-config-" +"printer</emphasis> idatziz. Root pasahitza eskatuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Inprimagailuaren instalazioa Mageia Kontrol Guneko <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> atalean burutzen da. Aukeratu <guilabel> Konfiguratu inprimaketa eta eskaneatza</guilabel> tresna <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Inprimagailuaren instalazioa Mageia Kontrol Guneko <guilabel>Hardware</" +"guilabel> atalean burutzen da. Aukeratu <guilabel> Konfiguratu inprimaketa " +"eta eskaneatza</guilabel> tresna <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8522,7 +9947,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Beharrezkoa da instalazio hau jarraitzeko onartzea. Gehienez 230MB mendekotasun behar dira." +msgstr "" +"Beharrezkoa da instalazio hau jarraitzeko onartzea. Gehienez 230MB " +"mendekotasun behar dira." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8532,7 +9959,13 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Inprimagailu bat gehitzeko, aukeratu inprimagailua \"Gehitu\" botoia. Sistemak eskuragarri dagoen edozein inprimagailu eta portuan detektatzen saiatuko da. Pantaila kaptura portu paralelo baten konektatutako inprimagailu bat erakutsiko dizu. Inprimagailu bat detektatzen bada, hala nola USB portu inprimagailu gisa, lehenengo lerroan agertuko da. Leihoak halaber saiatuko dira sare inprimagailu bat konfiguratzen." +msgstr "" +"Inprimagailu bat gehitzeko, aukeratu inprimagailua \"Gehitu\" botoia. " +"Sistemak eskuragarri dagoen edozein inprimagailu eta portuan detektatzen " +"saiatuko da. Pantaila kaptura portu paralelo baten konektatutako " +"inprimagailu bat erakutsiko dizu. Inprimagailu bat detektatzen bada, hala " +"nola USB portu inprimagailu gisa, lehenengo lerroan agertuko da. Leihoak " +"halaber saiatuko dira sare inprimagailu bat konfiguratzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8543,20 +9976,26 @@ msgstr "Automatikoki detektatu da inprimagailua" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Hau normalean USB inprimagailu aipatzen du. utilitate hauek inprimagailuaren izena automatikoki aurkitzen, eta bistaratzen dute. Inprimagailu hautatu eta ondoren sakatu \"Hurrengoa\". Inprimagailuari lotutako gidaria ezaguna bada, automatikoki instalatu egingo da. Gidari bat baino gehiago badu edo gidaria ez badu ezagutzen, leiho bat hautatzeko edo bat ematea eskatuko dizu, hurrengo paragrafoan azaltzen den bezala. Jarraitu honekin <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Hau normalean USB inprimagailu aipatzen du. utilitate hauek inprimagailuaren " +"izena automatikoki aurkitzen, eta bistaratzen dute. Inprimagailu hautatu eta " +"ondoren sakatu \"Hurrengoa\". Inprimagailuari lotutako gidaria ezaguna bada, " +"automatikoki instalatu egingo da. Gidari bat baino gehiago badu edo gidaria " +"ez badu ezagutzen, leiho bat hautatzeko edo bat ematea eskatuko dizu, " +"hurrengo paragrafoan azaltzen den bezala. Jarraitu honekin <xref linkend=" +"\"terminate\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Ez da detektatu inprimagailua automatikoki " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8564,10 +10003,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "portu bat hautatzen duzunean, sistema driver zerrenda kargatu eta gidari bat aukeratzeko leiho bat erakutsiko dizu. Aukera honako aukeretako baten bidez egin daiteke." +msgstr "" +"portu bat hautatzen duzunean, sistema driver zerrenda kargatu eta gidari bat " +"aukeratzeko leiho bat erakutsiko dizu. Aukera honako aukeretako baten bidez " +"egin daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8592,7 +10034,12 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Datubasetik aukeratuz gero, leihoan inprimagailu fabrikatzaile bat iradokiko da lehenengo, eta ondoren, gailu bat eta duen gidaria. Gidari bat baino gehiago proposatu badu, gomendatzen den horietako bat hautatu, lehenago arazo batzuk izan badituzu horrekin, kasu honetan, aukeratu ondo lan egiten duena." +msgstr "" +"Datubasetik aukeratuz gero, leihoan inprimagailu fabrikatzaile bat iradokiko " +"da lehenengo, eta ondoren, gailu bat eta duen gidaria. Gidari bat baino " +"gehiago proposatu badu, gomendatzen den horietako bat hautatu, lehenago " +"arazo batzuk izan badituzu horrekin, kasu honetan, aukeratu ondo lan egiten " +"duena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8608,7 +10055,13 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "Gidari aukeraketa egin ondoren, leiho bat zenbait informazio eskatuko du sistema inprimagailua ezagutzeko eta izendatzeko aukera. Lehenengo lerroan gailuaren izen horren pean egongo da eskuragarri dauden inprimagailuen zerrendan aplikazioetan. Instalatzaileak, ondoren iradokitzen du test orri bat inprimatzea. Urrats honen ondoren, inprimagailua gehitu eta eskuragarri agertzen da dauden inprimagailuen zerrendan." +msgstr "" +"Gidari aukeraketa egin ondoren, leiho bat zenbait informazio eskatuko du " +"sistema inprimagailua ezagutzeko eta izendatzeko aukera. Lehenengo lerroan " +"gailuaren izen horren pean egongo da eskuragarri dauden inprimagailuen " +"zerrendan aplikazioetan. Instalatzaileak, ondoren iradokitzen du test orri " +"bat inprimatzea. Urrats honen ondoren, inprimagailua gehitu eta eskuragarri " +"agertzen da dauden inprimagailuen zerrendan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8619,41 +10072,62 @@ msgstr "Sare imprimagailua" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Sareko inprimagailuak sarera zuzenean kable edo haririk gabe lotutako inprimagailuak dira, inprimagailu zerbitzaria batera erantsita edo inprimagailu zerbitzaria bezala balio duen lanpostura atxikita." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Sareko inprimagailuak sarera zuzenean kable edo haririk gabe lotutako " +"inprimagailuak dira, inprimagailu zerbitzaria batera erantsita edo " +"inprimagailu zerbitzaria bezala balio duen lanpostura atxikita." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "Askotan, hobe da DHCP zerbitzaria konfiguratzea, IP helbide finko bat beti erlazionatzeko inprimagailuaren MAC-helbide batekin. Jakina inprimagailua duen IP helbidea inprimagailu zerbitzariaren berdina izan behar du ezarrita, finko bat ez badauka." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Askotan, hobe da DHCP zerbitzaria konfiguratzea, IP helbide finko bat beti " +"erlazionatzeko inprimagailuaren MAC-helbide batekin. Jakina inprimagailua " +"duen IP helbidea inprimagailu zerbitzariaren berdina izan behar du ezarrita, " +"finko bat ez badauka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "Inprimagailuaren Mac-helbidea emandako serie zenbaki bat da inprimagailura edo inprimagailu zerbitzarira edo ordenagailura eransten da, inprimagailutik inprimatutako konfigurazio-orri batetik lortu daiteke edo etiketa batean inprimagailuan edo inprimagailu zerbitzarian idatzi ahal da. Partekatutako zure inprimagailua Mageia-sistema bati erantsita badago, <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> exekutatu egin dezakezu root bezala hartan MAC-helbidea aurkitzeko. \"HWaddr\" Atzeko zenbaki eta letren sekuentzia bat da." +msgstr "" +"Inprimagailuaren Mac-helbidea emandako serie zenbaki bat da inprimagailura " +"edo inprimagailu zerbitzarira edo ordenagailura eransten da, " +"inprimagailutik inprimatutako konfigurazio-orri batetik lortu daiteke edo " +"etiketa batean inprimagailuan edo inprimagailu zerbitzarian idatzi ahal da. " +"Partekatutako zure inprimagailua Mageia-sistema bati erantsita badago, " +"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> exekutatu egin dezakezu root " +"bezala hartan MAC-helbidea aurkitzeko. \"HWaddr\" Atzeko zenbaki eta letren " +"sekuentzia bat da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Zure sareko inprimagailua gehi ditzakezu sarearen bidez zure ordenagailuari hitz egiteko erabiltzen duen protokoloa aukeratuz. Ez badakizu zein protokolo aukeratu, probatu ditzakezu <guilabel>Sareko inprimagailua</guilabel> - <guilabel>Aurkitu Sare Inprimagailua</guilabel> <guilabel>Gailu</guilabel>en menu aukeran, eta inprimagailuaren IP helbidea eman eskuineko koadroan, \"host\" esaten duenean." +msgstr "" +"Zure sareko inprimagailua gehi ditzakezu sarearen bidez zure ordenagailuari " +"hitz egiteko erabiltzen duen protokoloa aukeratuz. Ez badakizu zein " +"protokolo aukeratu, probatu ditzakezu <guilabel>Sareko inprimagailua</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>Aurkitu Sare Inprimagailua</guilabel> <guilabel>Gailu</" +"guilabel>en menu aukeran, eta inprimagailuaren IP helbidea eman eskuineko " +"koadroan, \"host\" esaten duenean." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8661,14 +10135,21 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Tresnak inprimagailu edo inprimagailu zerbitzaria aitortzen badu, protokolo bat eta ilara bat proposatuko du, baina beheko zerrendatik egokiago bat aukeratu ahal izango duzu, edo ilaran izen egokia eman ez da zerrendan agertzen bada." +msgstr "" +"Tresnak inprimagailu edo inprimagailu zerbitzaria aitortzen badu, protokolo " +"bat eta ilara bat proposatuko du, baina beheko zerrendatik egokiago bat " +"aukeratu ahal izango duzu, edo ilaran izen egokia eman ez da zerrendan " +"agertzen bada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Begiratu ezazu inprimagailuarekin edo inprimatzekoan jasotako dokumentazioan zer protokolo(k) sostengatzen du(t)en aurkitu eta ilara izen espezifiko posibleak." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Begiratu ezazu inprimagailuarekin edo inprimatzekoan jasotako dokumentazioan " +"zer protokolo(k) sostengatzen du(t)en aurkitu eta ilara izen espezifiko " +"posibleak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8684,10 +10165,19 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "Oraingo teknika bat da Hewlett-Packard-ek garatutakoa eta JetDirect-a bezala ezagun. Zuzenean Ethernet portu batean zehar sarera konektatutako inprimagailu baterako sarbidea onartzen da. Inprimagailua sarean duen IP helbidea jakin behar duzu. Teknika hau ADSL-router batzuen barruan erabiltzen da USB-portu bat daukatela inprimagailua konektatzeko. Horrelakoetan, IP helbidea router-arena da. Kontuan izan \"HP Gailu Kudeatzaile\" tresnak dinamikoki konfiguratutako IP helbidea kudeatu dezakeela, <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-printer></emphasis> bezalako URI bat. asu honetan, IP-helbide finkorik ez da behar izaten." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"Oraingo teknika bat da Hewlett-Packard-ek garatutakoa eta JetDirect-a bezala " +"ezagun. Zuzenean Ethernet portu batean zehar sarera konektatutako " +"inprimagailu baterako sarbidea onartzen da. Inprimagailua sarean duen IP " +"helbidea jakin behar duzu. Teknika hau ADSL-router batzuen barruan " +"erabiltzen da USB-portu bat daukatela inprimagailua konektatzeko. " +"Horrelakoetan, IP helbidea router-arena da. Kontuan izan \"HP Gailu " +"Kudeatzaile\" tresnak dinamikoki konfiguratutako IP helbidea kudeatu " +"dezakeela, <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-printer></emphasis> bezalako URI " +"bat. asu honetan, IP-helbide finkorik ez da behar izaten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8695,12 +10185,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Aukeratu aukera <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> protokoloa eta zehaztu helbidea <guilabel>Host-ean:</guilabel>, ez aldatu <guilabel>Portu zenbakia</guilabel>, aldatu behar dela ez badakizu . Protokoloaren aukeraketa egin ondoren, gidariaren aukeraketa berdina da." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu aukera <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> protokoloa eta " +"zehaztu helbidea <guilabel>Host-ean:</guilabel>, ez aldatu <guilabel>Portu " +"zenbakia</guilabel>, aldatu behar dela ez badakizu . Protokoloaren " +"aukeraketa egin ondoren, gidariaren aukeraketa berdina da." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8717,7 +10210,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipp)</emphasis>: IPP-protokolotik pasatuz TCP/IP-sare batean sartu ahal den inprimagailu bat, adibidez CUPS erabiliz postu batekin konektatutako inprimagailu bat. ADSL router batzuek protokolo hau ere erabili ahal dute." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipp)</emphasis>: IPP-protokolotik " +"pasatuz TCP/IP-sare batean sartu ahal den inprimagailu bat, adibidez CUPS " +"erabiliz postu batekin konektatutako inprimagailu bat. ADSL router batzuek " +"protokolo hau ere erabili ahal dute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8725,14 +10222,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (https): </emphasis>ipp-ren berdina, baina http garraio eta TLS babes protokoloa erabiliz. Portua aukeratu behar dela. Berez, 631 portua erabiltzen du." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (https): </emphasis>ipp-ren " +"berdina, baina http garraio eta TLS babes protokoloa erabiliz. Portua " +"aukeratu behar dela. Berez, 631 portua erabiltzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipps):</emphasis> ipp-ren berdina, baina TLS babes protokoloarekin." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (ipps):</emphasis> ipp-ren " +"berdina, baina TLS babes protokoloarekin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8740,21 +10242,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Inprimagailua</emphasis>: TCP / IP sare batean sar daitekeen LPD protokoloaren bidezko inprimagailu bat da, adibidez inprimagailu bat postu batera konektatuta LPD erabiliz." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Inprimagailua</emphasis>: TCP / IP sare batean sar " +"daitekeen LPD protokoloaren bidezko inprimagailu bat da, adibidez " +"inprimagailu bat postu batera konektatuta LPD erabiliz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Windows inprimagailua SAMBA bidez</emphasis>: Windows edo SMB zerbitzaria eta partekatu exekutatzen duen postu baten konektatutako inprimagailu bat." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Windows inprimagailua SAMBA bidez</emphasis>: Windows edo SMB " +"zerbitzaria eta partekatu exekutatzen duen postu baten konektatutako " +"inprimagailu bat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "URI-a zuzenean ere gehitu ahal da. Adibide batzuk hemen gainean daude URI-a nola sortzeko:" +msgstr "" +"URI-a zuzenean ere gehitu ahal da. Adibide batzuk hemen gainean daude URI-a " +"nola sortzeko:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8794,10 +10304,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Informazio osagarria aurki daiteke <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentazioa</link>n." +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Informazio osagarria aurki daiteke <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/" +"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentazioa</link>n." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8808,13 +10319,19 @@ msgstr "Gailuen Propietateak" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Gailuen propietateetan sar zaitezke. Menuak CUPS zerbitzariko parametroetan sartzeko aukera ematen du. Modu lehenetsian CUPS zerbitzari bat zure sisteman abiarazten da, baina desberdin bat zehatz dezakezu <guimenu>Zerbitzari</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Konektatu...</guimenuitem> menuan, zerbitzariaren beste parametro espezifiko batzuekiko sarrera ematen duen afinatze leiho bat, jarraituz <guimenu>Zerbitzaria</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>lehentasunak.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Gailuen propietateetan sar zaitezke. Menuak CUPS zerbitzariko parametroetan " +"sartzeko aukera ematen du. Modu lehenetsian CUPS zerbitzari bat zure " +"sisteman abiarazten da, baina desberdin bat zehatz dezakezu " +"<guimenu>Zerbitzari</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Konektatu...</guimenuitem> " +"menuan, zerbitzariaren beste parametro espezifiko batzuekiko sarrera ematen " +"duen afinatze leiho bat, jarraituz <guimenu>Zerbitzaria</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>lehentasunak.</guimenuitem>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8826,29 +10343,44 @@ msgstr "Konpondu" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Gertatutako hutsei buruzko informazioren bat aurki dezakezu inprimatzean zehar <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> ikuskatuz" +msgstr "" +"Gertatutako hutsei buruzko informazioren bat aurki dezakezu inprimatzean " +"zehar <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> ikuskatuz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "Arazoak diagnostikatzeko tresna bat sarbidea <guimenu>Laguntza</guimenu> | <guilabel>Arazoak konpondu</guilabel> menua erabiliz." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"Arazoak diagnostikatzeko tresna bat sarbidea <guimenu>Laguntza</guimenu> | " +"<guilabel>Arazoak konpondu</guilabel> menua erabiliz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Posiblea da inprimagailu espezifikoetarako gidari batzuk Mageia-n ez egotea edo funtzionalak ez izatea. Horrelakoetan, begiratu ezazu <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> web gunea zure gailuarentzako gidari libre bat den egiaztatzeko. Bai bada, egiaztatu paketea dagoeneko mageian badagoela eta kasu honetan eskuz instalatu. Ondoren, instalazio-prozesua berregin ezazu inprimagailua konfiguratzeko. asu guztietan, bugzilla-n edo foroan arazoa jakinarazi ezazu eroso bazara tresna honekin eta modeloa eta gidari-informaziorik hornitzen baduzu eta inprimagailuak lan egiten duen edo ez instalazioaren ondoren. Hemen sorburu batzuk daude beste gidari eguneratu batzuk edo duela gutxiko gailu gehiago aurkitzeko." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Posiblea da inprimagailu espezifikoetarako gidari batzuk Mageia-n ez egotea " +"edo funtzionalak ez izatea. Horrelakoetan, begiratu ezazu <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> web gunea zure " +"gailuarentzako gidari libre bat den egiaztatzeko. Bai bada, egiaztatu " +"paketea dagoeneko mageian badagoela eta kasu honetan eskuz instalatu. " +"Ondoren, instalazio-prozesua berregin ezazu inprimagailua konfiguratzeko. " +"asu guztietan, bugzilla-n edo foroan arazoa jakinarazi ezazu eroso bazara " +"tresna honekin eta modeloa eta gidari-informaziorik hornitzen baduzu eta " +"inprimagailuak lan egiten duen edo ez instalazioaren ondoren. Hemen sorburu " +"batzuk daude beste gidari eguneratu batzuk edo duela gutxiko gailu gehiago " +"aurkitzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8858,37 +10390,49 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother imprimagailuak</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Orri hau</link> Brother emandako gidarien zerrenda ematen du. Bilatu gailuarentzako gidariak, rpm(ak) deskargatu eta instalatu." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">Orri hau</link> Brother emandako gidarien zerrenda " +"ematen du. Bilatu gailuarentzako gidariak, rpm(ak) deskargatu eta instalatu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Brother gidaria instalatu beharko zenuke konfigurazio utilitatea exekutatu aurretik." +msgstr "" +"Brother gidaria instalatu beharko zenuke konfigurazio utilitatea exekutatu " +"aurretik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard imprimagailu eta All in one gailuak</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard imprimagailu eta All in one " +"gailuak</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "Gailu hauek hplib tresnak darabilte. Automatikoki instalatzen dira inprimagailuaren detekzioa edo hautaketaren ondoren. este informazio batzuk aurki dezakezu <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">hemen</link>. \"HP Gailu Kudeatzaile\" tresna <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> menuan aurki dezakezu. Baita <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurazioa</link> ikusi inprimagailua kudeatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Gailu hauek hplib tresnak darabilte. Automatikoki instalatzen dira " +"inprimagailuaren detekzioa edo hautaketaren ondoren. este informazio batzuk " +"aurki dezakezu <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index." +"html\">hemen</link>. \"HP Gailu Kudeatzaile\" tresna <guilabel>Sistema</" +"guilabel> menuan aurki dezakezu. Baita <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurazioa</" +"link> ikusi inprimagailua kudeatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8900,7 +10444,14 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "HP All in one gailua imprimagailu bezala instalatu behar da eta eskaner ezaugarriak gero gehitu. Apuntatu ezazu batzuetan, Xsane-interfazeak filmak edo diapositibak (irristatutako argiek ezin dute maneiatu) ez dutela onartzen. Horrelakoetan, posiblea da, standalone modua erabiliz, eta irudia memoria txartel edo sartutako USB-makila baten gordetzea. Gero, zure irudi software gogokoena ireki ezazu eta zure irudia kargatu ezazu memoria txarteletik zein /media karpetan agertzen dena." +msgstr "" +"HP All in one gailua imprimagailu bezala instalatu behar da eta eskaner " +"ezaugarriak gero gehitu. Apuntatu ezazu batzuetan, Xsane-interfazeak filmak " +"edo diapositibak (irristatutako argiek ezin dute maneiatu) ez dutela " +"onartzen. Horrelakoetan, posiblea da, standalone modua erabiliz, eta irudia " +"memoria txartel edo sartutako USB-makila baten gordetzea. Gero, zure irudi " +"software gogokoena ireki ezazu eta zure irudia kargatu ezazu memoria " +"txarteletik zein /media karpetan agertzen dena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8910,10 +10461,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung koloreko imprimagailuak</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Zehazki Samsung eta Xerox koloredun inprimagailuentzat, QPDL protokolodun gidariak eskaintzen ditu <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Web gune honek</link>." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Zehazki Samsung eta Xerox koloredun inprimagailuentzat, QPDL protokolodun " +"gidariak eskaintzen ditu <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Web " +"gune honek</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8923,20 +10477,29 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson imprimagailu eta eskanerrak</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Epson inprimagailuen Kontrolatzaileak eskuragarri daude <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\"> bilaketa orri honetan</link>. Eskaner baterako, \"iscan-data\" paketea instalatu behar duzu, eta gero \"iscan\" (orden honetan). Iscan-plugin paketea ere eskuragarri egon daiteke, eta instalatzeko. Aukeratu <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketeak arkitekturaren arabera." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Epson inprimagailuen Kontrolatzaileak eskuragarri daude <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\"> bilaketa " +"orri honetan</link>. Eskaner baterako, \"iscan-data\" paketea instalatu " +"behar duzu, eta gero \"iscan\" (orden honetan). Iscan-plugin paketea ere " +"eskuragarri egon daiteke, eta instalatzeko. Aukeratu <emphasis>rpm</" +"emphasis> paketeak arkitekturaren arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Posible da iscan paketea sane-rekiko gatazka bati buruzko abisu bat sortzea. Erabiltzaileek jakinarazita daude ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egin dezaketela." +msgstr "" +"Posible da iscan paketea sane-rekiko gatazka bati buruzko abisu bat sortzea. " +"Erabiltzaileek jakinarazita daude ohartarazpen honi ez ikusia egin " +"dezaketela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8948,7 +10511,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon imprimagailuak</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Canon inprimagailuentzako, gomendagarria izan daiteke turboprint izeneko tresna bat instalatzea <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">hemen eskuragarri</link>." +msgstr "" +"Canon inprimagailuentzako, gomendagarria izan daiteke turboprint izeneko " +"tresna bat instalatzea <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">hemen " +"eskuragarri</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8960,8 +10526,7 @@ msgstr "Inportatu Windows® documents and settings" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8969,9 +10534,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">transfugdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -8979,31 +10546,44 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol Gunean <guilabel>Inportatu Windows (TM) dokumentu eta ezarpenak</guilabel> bezala etiketatuta" +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"<guilabel>Inportatu Windows (TM) dokumentu eta ezarpenak</guilabel> bezala " +"etiketatuta" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "Tresnak administratzaile bati baimentzen dio erabiltzaile-dokumentuak eta ezarpenak <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP edo <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>, Mageia instalatutako ordenagailu beretik inportatzea." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Tresnak administratzaile bati baimentzen dio erabiltzaile-dokumentuak eta " +"ezarpenak <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP edo <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>, Mageia " +"instalatutako ordenagailu beretik inportatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Kontuan izan aldaketa guztiak transfugdrake-ek aplikatuko dituela berehala <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> sakatu ondoren." +msgstr "" +"Kontuan izan aldaketa guztiak transfugdrake-ek aplikatuko dituela berehala " +"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> sakatu ondoren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "Hasi transfugdrake eta gero lehen morroia ikusiko duzu, tresna eta inportazio aukerei buruzko azalpenen batekin." +msgstr "" +"Hasi transfugdrake eta gero lehen morroia ikusiko duzu, tresna eta " +"inportazio aukerei buruzko azalpenen batekin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -9011,19 +10591,25 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Irakurri duzun bezala eta argibideak ulertu bezain laster, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia. Horren <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-en instalazioa detektatzeko exekutatu behar da." +msgstr "" +"Irakurri duzun bezala eta argibideak ulertu bezain laster, sakatu " +"<guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia. Horren <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark>-en instalazioa detektatzeko exekutatu behar da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "Detekzio urratsa osatutakoan <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-en kontua aukeratu behar duzu eta Mageiaren inportazio prozedura orri bat ikusiko duzu. Posiblea da aukeratzea beste erabiltzaile kontua baino zurea." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"Detekzio urratsa osatutakoan <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>-en kontua aukeratu behar duzu eta Mageiaren inportazio prozedura " +"orri bat ikusiko duzu. Posiblea da aukeratzea beste erabiltzaile kontua " +"baino zurea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9032,38 +10618,50 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Mesedez, kontua izan hori migratzeko-laguntzaile dela eta (transfugdrake motorrak) mugak <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> erabiltzaile kontuek izenak dituzten ikur bereziak gaizki bistaratu daitekeela." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Mesedez, kontua izan hori migratzeko-laguntzaile dela eta (transfugdrake " +"motorrak) mugak <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"erabiltzaile kontuek izenak dituzten ikur bereziak gaizki bistaratu " +"daitekeela." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "Migrazioak denbora pixka bat hartu ditzake dokumentu karpeten tamainaren arabera." +msgstr "" +"Migrazioak denbora pixka bat hartu ditzake dokumentu karpeten tamainaren " +"arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> aplikazio batzuk (batez ere, gidariak) erabiltzaile kontuak sor ditzake helburu ezberdinetarako. Adibidez, NVIDIA <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-en gidariak <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> erabiliz eguneratzen dira. Mesedez, ez erabili kontu hauek inportazio helburuetarako." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> aplikazio batzuk (batez " +"ere, gidariak) erabiltzaile kontuak sor ditzake helburu ezberdinetarako. " +"Adibidez, NVIDIA <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-en " +"gidariak <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> erabiliz eguneratzen dira. " +"Mesedez, ez erabili kontu hauek inportazio helburuetarako." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "Kontuen aukeraketa egitea amaitutakoan sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> botoia. Hurrengo orrialdea dokumentuak inportatzeko metodo bat aukeratzeko erabiltzen da:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Kontuen aukeraketa egitea amaitutakoan sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengo</" +"guibutton> botoia. Hurrengo orrialdea dokumentuak inportatzeko metodo bat " +"aukeratzeko erabiltzen da:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9071,23 +10669,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-en <emphasis>Nire Dokumentuak</emphasis>, <emphasis>Nire Musika</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Nire Irudiak</emphasis> karpetetatik datuak inportatzeko diseinatu da Transfugdrake. Posible da inportazioa saltatzea leiho honetako dagokion elementua hautatuz." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-en <emphasis>Nire " +"Dokumentuak</emphasis>, <emphasis>Nire Musika</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Nire " +"Irudiak</emphasis> karpetetatik datuak inportatzeko diseinatu da " +"Transfugdrake. Posible da inportazioa saltatzea leiho honetako dagokion " +"elementua hautatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "Dokumentu inportazio metodo aukeratzea amaitutakoan sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> botoia. Hurrengo orrialdea markatzaileak inportatzeko metodo bat aukeratzeko erabiltzen da:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"Dokumentu inportazio metodo aukeratzea amaitutakoan sakatu " +"<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton> botoia. Hurrengo orrialdea markatzaileak " +"inportatzeko metodo bat aukeratzeko erabiltzen da:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9098,22 +10702,27 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> markatzaileak Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>-en instantziara inporta ditzakezu." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> eta <emphasis>Mozilla " +"Firefox</emphasis> markatzaileak Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>-" +"en instantziara inporta ditzakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Aukeratu inportatzeko nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu inportatzeko nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</" +"guibutton> botoia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" -msgstr "Hurrengo orrian ahalbidetzen dizu mahaigaineko atzeko irudia inportatzea:" +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo orrian ahalbidetzen dizu mahaigaineko atzeko irudia inportatzea:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9121,19 +10730,21 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "Aukeratu nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu nahiago duzun aukera eta sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> " +"botoia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Morroiaren azken orrialdea Zorion-mezu bat erakusten du. Besterik gabe sakatu <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton> botoia." +msgstr "" +"Morroiaren azken orrialdea Zorion-mezu bat erakusten du. Besterik gabe " +"sakatu <guibutton>Amaitu</guibutton> botoia." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9148,8 +10759,7 @@ msgstr "Erabiltzaileak eta taldeak" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9157,9 +10767,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">userdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9167,23 +10779,33 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol Gunean \"Sisteman Erabiltzaileak kudeatu\" bezala etiketatuta" +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Sistema</emphasis> fitxa azpian aurkitzen da Mageia Kontrol Gunean " +"\"Sisteman Erabiltzaileak kudeatu\" bezala etiketatuta" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "Tresna aukera ematen dio administratzaile bati erabiltzaileak eta taldeak kudeatzea, horrek esan nahi du, erabiltzaileak edo taldeak gehitzeko edo ezabatzeko eta erabiltzaile eta talde ezarpenak aldatzeko (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"Tresna aukera ematen dio administratzaile bati erabiltzaileak eta taldeak " +"kudeatzea, horrek esan nahi du, erabiltzaileak edo taldeak gehitzeko edo " +"ezabatzeko eta erabiltzaile eta talde ezarpenak aldatzeko (ID, shell, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "Userdrake zabalik dagoenean, dauden sistemako erabiltzaile guztiak zerrendatzen dira <guibutton>Erabiltzaile</guibutton> fitxan, eta taldeak <guibutton>Tealde</guibutton> fitxan. Biak fitxak modu berean funtzionatzen dute." +msgstr "" +"Userdrake zabalik dagoenean, dauden sistemako erabiltzaile guztiak " +"zerrendatzen dira <guibutton>Erabiltzaile</guibutton> fitxan, eta taldeak " +"<guibutton>Tealde</guibutton> fitxan. Biak fitxak modu berean funtzionatzen " +"dute." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9195,8 +10817,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Gehitu Erabiltzailea</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Botoi honek irekiko du eremu guztiak hutsik dituen leiho berria:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9207,29 +10828,41 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izen Osoa</emphasis> eremua familiaren izena eta izen soziala sartzeko erabiltzen da, baina posible da edozer edo ezer ez idaztea!" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izen Osoa</emphasis> eremua familiaren izena eta " +"izen soziala sartzeko erabiltzen da, baina posible da edozer edo ezer ez " +"idaztea!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Saioa hasi</emphasis> beharrezko eremua da soilik." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Saioa hasi</emphasis> beharrezko eremua da soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitza</emphasis> zehaztea oso gomendagarria da. Badaude eskuinean ezkutu txiki batzuk, gorria izanez gero, pasahitza ahula da, oso motza edo saio hasierako izenarekiko oso antzekoa da. Zifrak, beheko eta goiko karaktereak, puntuazio-markak, eta abar erabili behar zenituzke. Ezkutua laranjara eta gero berdera igarotzen da pasahitzaren indarra hobetzen denean." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitza</emphasis> zehaztea oso gomendagarria da. " +"Badaude eskuinean ezkutu txiki batzuk, gorria izanez gero, pasahitza ahula " +"da, oso motza edo saio hasierako izenarekiko oso antzekoa da. Zifrak, beheko " +"eta goiko karaktereak, puntuazio-markak, eta abar erabili behar zenituzke. " +"Ezkutua laranjara eta gero berdera igarotzen da pasahitzaren indarra " +"hobetzen denean." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitza berretsi</emphasis> eremuan pasahitza ondo idatzi dela ziurtatzeko dago." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitza berretsi</emphasis> eremuan pasahitza ondo " +"idatzi dela ziurtatzeko dago." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9237,7 +10870,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell-en Hasiera</emphasis> gehitzen ari zaren erabiltzaileak erabiliko duen shell-a aldatzea baimentzen duen zerrenda destolesgarria da, aukerak Bash, Dash eta Sh dira." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell-en Hasiera</emphasis> gehitzen ari zaren " +"erabiltzaileak erabiliko duen shell-a aldatzea baimentzen duen zerrenda " +"destolesgarria da, aukerak Bash, Dash eta Sh dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9245,14 +10881,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sortu talde pribatu bat erabiltzailearentzat</emphasis>, gaitzen bada, izen bereko taldea sortuko da automatikoki eta erabiltzaile berria bere kide bakarra bezala (hau edita daiteke)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sortu talde pribatu bat erabiltzailearentzat</" +"emphasis>, gaitzen bada, izen bereko taldea sortuko da automatikoki eta " +"erabiltzaile berria bere kide bakarra bezala (hau edita daiteke)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Beste aukerak begien bistakoa izan behar dira. Erabiltzaile berria berehala sortzen da <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren." +msgstr "" +"Beste aukerak begien bistakoa izan behar dira. Erabiltzaile berria berehala " +"sortzen da <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9264,27 +10905,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Gehitu Taldea</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Soilik talde berriaren izena sartu behar duzu, eta behar izanda, taldearen ID espezifikoa." +msgstr "" +"Soilik talde berriaren izena sartu behar duzu, eta behar izanda, taldearen " +"ID espezifikoa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editatu</emphasis> (erabiltzaile bat hutatutaz gero)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editatu</emphasis> (erabiltzaile bat hutatutaz " +"gero)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Erabiltzailearen datuak</guibutton>: Erabiltzaileak sorkuntzan emandako (ID-a ezin da aldatu) datuak aldatzea gaitzen du." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Erabiltzailearen datuak</guibutton>: Erabiltzaileak sorkuntzan " +"emandako (ID-a ezin da aldatu) datuak aldatzea gaitzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontu Informazioa</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9295,14 +10941,19 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "Lehenengo aukera iraungitze data bat kontuari ezartzea da. Konexioa ezinezkoa da data horretatik aurrera. Hau aldi baterako kontuetan erabilgarria da." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo aukera iraungitze data bat kontuari ezartzea da. Konexioa " +"ezinezkoa da data horretatik aurrera. Hau aldi baterako kontuetan " +"erabilgarria da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "Bigarren aukera kontu blokeatzeko da, konexioa ezinezkoa da kontua blokeatuta dagoen bitartean." +msgstr "" +"Bigarren aukera kontu blokeatzeko da, konexioa ezinezkoa da kontua " +"blokeatuta dagoen bitartean." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9315,10 +10966,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitz Informazio</emphasis>: Aukera ematen du pasahitzaren iraungitze data jarri ahal izatea, hau erabiltzaileak bere pasahitza noizbehinka aldatzen behartzen du." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pasahitz Informazio</emphasis>: Aukera ematen du " +"pasahitzaren iraungitze data jarri ahal izatea, hau erabiltzaileak bere " +"pasahitza noizbehinka aldatzen behartzen du." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9328,14 +10981,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Taldea</emphasis>: Hemen taldeak duen erabiltzaile kideak hauta ditzakezu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Taldea</emphasis>: Hemen taldeak duen erabiltzaile " +"kideak hauta ditzakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Konektatutako erabiltzaile-kontu bat aldatzen ari bazara, aldaketak ez dira eraginkorrak izango datorren saioa hasi arte." +msgstr "" +"Konektatutako erabiltzaile-kontu bat aldatzen ari bazara, aldaketak ez dira " +"eraginkorrak izango datorren saioa hasi arte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9347,14 +11004,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editatu</emphasis> (talde bat hautatuz gero)" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Talde Datuak</emphasis>: Aukera ematen dizu taldeari izena aldatzeko." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Talde Datuak</emphasis>: Aukera ematen dizu taldeari " +"izena aldatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erabiltzaile Taldeak</emphasis>: Taldeko kideak diren erabiltzaileak hemen hauta ditzakezu" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erabiltzaile Taldeak</emphasis>: Taldeko kideak " +"diren erabiltzaileak hemen hauta ditzakezu" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9364,11 +11025,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Ezabatu</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Hautatu erabiltzaile bat edo talde bat eta sakatu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ezabatu</emphasis> ateratzeko. Erabiltzaile batentzat, leiho bat agertzen da etxe direktorioa eta postontzi ere ezabatuko den galdezka. Talde pribatu bat sortzen bada erabiltzailearentzat, baita ezabatu egingo da." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Hautatu erabiltzaile bat edo talde bat eta sakatu <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Ezabatu</emphasis> ateratzeko. Erabiltzaile batentzat, leiho bat agertzen " +"da etxe direktorioa eta postontzi ere ezabatuko den galdezka. Talde pribatu " +"bat sortzen bada erabiltzailearentzat, baita ezabatu egingo da." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9383,9 +11048,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Freskatu</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "Erabiltzaile Datu-baseak Userdrake-etik kanpo alda daitezke. Ikonoan klikatu pantaila freskatzeko." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"Erabiltzaile Datu-baseak Userdrake-etik kanpo alda daitezke. Ikonoan klikatu " +"pantaila freskatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9398,11 +11065,18 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">gonbidatua</emphasis> kontu berezi bat da. Norbaiti sistemarako sarrera denboraldi baterako zuzendutako erabateko segurtasunarekin. Saio-hasiera xguest-a da, pasahitz bat ere ez dago, eta ezinezkoa da sisteman aldaketak egitea kontu honekin. Direktorio pertsonalak saioaren bukaeran ezabatzen dira. Kontu hau gaituta dago modu lehenetsian, hura desgaitzeko, <guimenu>Ekintza -> Gonbidatu kontua kendu</guimenu> menu gainean egin klik." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gonbidatua</emphasis> kontu berezi bat da. Norbaiti " +"sistemarako sarrera denboraldi baterako zuzendutako erabateko " +"segurtasunarekin. Saio-hasiera xguest-a da, pasahitz bat ere ez dago, eta " +"ezinezkoa da sisteman aldaketak egitea kontu honekin. Direktorio pertsonalak " +"saioaren bukaeran ezabatzen dira. Kontu hau gaituta dago modu lehenetsian, " +"hura desgaitzeko, <guimenu>Ekintza -> Gonbidatu kontua kendu</guimenu> menu " +"gainean egin klik." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9414,8 +11088,7 @@ msgstr "Ezarri zerbitzari grafikoa" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9423,19 +11096,24 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> erabiltzaile normal edo <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> root bezala idatziz. Kontuz letra maiuskulekin." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiarazi dezakezu, <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> " +"erabiltzaile normal edo <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> root bezala idatziz. " +"Kontuz letra maiuskulekin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> fitxa-pean aurkezten da." +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</" +"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> fitxa-pean aurkezten da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 @@ -9453,7 +11131,10 @@ msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "Unean detektatutako txartel grafikoa erakusten da eta bat datorren konfiguratutako zerbitzaria. Egin klik botoi honetan zerbitzaria aldatzeko, esate baterako jabetza-gidari batera." +msgstr "" +"Unean detektatutako txartel grafikoa erakusten da eta bat datorren " +"konfiguratutako zerbitzaria. Egin klik botoi honetan zerbitzaria aldatzeko, " +"esate baterako jabetza-gidari batera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 @@ -9462,7 +11143,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "<guilabel>Saltzailearen</guilabel> babespean dauden zerbitzariak ordenatuko dira orden alfabetikoz, fabrikatzaileak, ondoren, eta gainera modeloaren arabera orden alfabetikoan ere. Gidari libreak orden alfabetikoan <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> pean antolatzen dira." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Saltzailearen</guilabel> babespean dauden zerbitzariak ordenatuko " +"dira orden alfabetikoz, fabrikatzaileak, ondoren, eta gainera modeloaren " +"arabera orden alfabetikoan ere. Gidari libreak orden alfabetikoan " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> pean antolatzen dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 @@ -9470,7 +11155,10 @@ msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Arazoen kasuan, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> txartelak grafiko gehienekin lan egiten du eta denbora ematen dizu gidari zuzena aurkitu eta instalatzeko zure Mahaigain Ingurunean." +msgstr "" +"Arazoen kasuan, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> txartelak grafiko " +"gehienekin lan egiten du eta denbora ematen dizu gidari zuzena aurkitu eta " +"instalatzeko zure Mahaigain Ingurunean." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 @@ -9478,15 +11166,21 @@ msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Oraindik Vesa ez badu funtzionatzen, aukeratu <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, Mageiaren instalazioan zehar erabiltzen dena, baina ez du onartzen bereizmen edo freskatze tasa aldatu ahal izatea." +msgstr "" +"Oraindik Vesa ez badu funtzionatzen, aukeratu <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, Mageiaren instalazioan " +"zehar erabiltzen dena, baina ez du onartzen bereizmen edo freskatze tasa " +"aldatu ahal izatea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Zure aukera gidari libre batentzat egingo bazenu, zuri jabetza-gidari bat erabili dezakezula ordez ezaugarri gehiagorekin (adibidez 3D efektuak) galdetuko dizute." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Zure aukera gidari libre batentzat egingo bazenu, zuri jabetza-gidari bat " +"erabili dezakezula ordez ezaugarri gehiagorekin (adibidez 3D efektuak) " +"galdetuko dizute." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -9497,10 +11191,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitore:</emphasis>" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "Aurreko era berean, unean detektatutako pantaila erakusten da eta botoia sakatu dezakezu beste batera aldatzeko. Nahi den pantaila ez badago <guilabel>Saltzaileen</guilabel> zerrendan, aukeratu <guilabel>Generiko</guilabel> zerrendan ezaugarri berdinak dituen pantaila bat." +msgstr "" +"Aurreko era berean, unean detektatutako pantaila erakusten da eta botoia " +"sakatu dezakezu beste batera aldatzeko. Nahi den pantaila ez badago " +"<guilabel>Saltzaileen</guilabel> zerrendan, aukeratu <guilabel>Generiko</" +"guilabel> zerrendan ezaugarri berdinak dituen pantaila bat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -9512,10 +11210,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bereizmen:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Botoi honek bereizmena (pixel-kopurua) eta kolore sakonera (kolore kopurua) aukera gaitzen du. Pantaila hau erakusten du:" +msgstr "" +"Botoi honek bereizmena (pixel-kopurua) eta kolore sakonera (kolore kopurua) " +"aukera gaitzen du. Pantaila hau erakusten du:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -9525,31 +11224,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pantaila erdiko irudia aukeratutako konfigurazioen aurretiko ikuspegi bat ematen digu." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pantaila erdiko irudia " +"aukeratutako konfigurazioen aurretiko ikuspegi bat ematen digu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "Lehenengo botoia uneko bereizmen erakusten du, egin klik beste batera aldatzeko. Zerrendak txartel grafiko eta pantailarenganako aukera posible guztiak dauzka, posible da <guilabel>Beste</guilabel> gainean klik egitez beste bereizmen batzuk ezartzeko, baina gogoan izan, zure pantaila kaltetu dezakezula edo doikuntza deserosoa aukeratzea." +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo botoia uneko bereizmen erakusten du, egin klik beste batera " +"aldatzeko. Zerrendak txartel grafiko eta pantailarenganako aukera posible " +"guztiak dauzka, posible da <guilabel>Beste</guilabel> gainean klik egitez " +"beste bereizmen batzuk ezartzeko, baina gogoan izan, zure pantaila kaltetu " +"dezakezula edo doikuntza deserosoa aukeratzea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "Bigarren botoia erakusten du uneko kolore sakonera, klik hau aldatzeko beste bat da." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"Bigarren botoia erakusten du uneko kolore sakonera, klik hau aldatzeko beste " +"bat da." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Aukeratutako bereizmenaren arabera, saioa amaitu eta berrabiaraztea beharrezkoa izan daiteke ezarpenak eragina izan dezan ingurune grafikoan." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratutako bereizmenaren arabera, saioa amaitu eta berrabiaraztea " +"beharrezkoa izan daiteke ezarpenak eragina izan dezan ingurune grafikoan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -9562,15 +11272,21 @@ msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Konfigurazioa egin ondoren, ados klik egin baino lehen proba bat egiteko gomendatzen da, orain ezarpenak aldatzea errazagoa delako ingurune grafikoa funtzionatuko ez balu." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurazioa egin ondoren, ados klik egin baino lehen proba bat egiteko " +"gomendatzen da, orain ezarpenak aldatzea errazagoa delako ingurune grafikoa " +"funtzionatuko ez balu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "Ingurune grafikoak ez badu funtzionatzen, Alt+Ctrl+F2 teklea ezazu testu-ingurunea irekitzeko, root erabiltzaile bezala konektatzeko eta XFdrake idatzi XFdrake-ko testu bertsioa erabiltzeko (estalkiekin)." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"Ingurune grafikoak ez badu funtzionatzen, Alt+Ctrl+F2 teklea ezazu testu-" +"ingurunea irekitzeko, root erabiltzaile bezala konektatzeko eta XFdrake " +"idatzi XFdrake-ko testu bertsioa erabiltzeko (estalkiekin)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 @@ -9578,7 +11294,11 @@ msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Probak huts egiten badu, besterik gabe, amaitu arte itxaron, lan egiten badu, baina ez duzu aldatu nahi, azken finean, sakatu <guibutton>Ez</guibutton>, dena zuzena bada, sakatu <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ados</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Probak huts egiten badu, besterik gabe, amaitu arte itxaron, lan egiten " +"badu, baina ez duzu aldatu nahi, azken finean, sakatu <guibutton>Ez</" +"guibutton>, dena zuzena bada, sakatu <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ados</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -9591,29 +11311,41 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "<guilabel>Aukera orokorrak</guilabel>: bada <emphasis>Desgaitu Ctrl-Alt-Atzera</emphasis> markatuta dagoenean, ezin izango da posible X zerbitzaria berrabiaraztea Ctrl+Alt+Atzera teklak erabiliz." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Aukera orokorrak</guilabel>: bada <emphasis>Desgaitu Ctrl-Alt-" +"Atzera</emphasis> markatuta dagoenean, ezin izango da posible X zerbitzaria " +"berrabiaraztea Ctrl+Alt+Atzera teklak erabiliz." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Txartel grafikoen aukerak</guilabel>: Baimendu egiten dizu hiru berezitasun txartel grafikoaren arabera gaitzeko edo desgaitzeko aukera." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Txartel grafikoen aukerak</guilabel>: Baimendu egiten dizu hiru " +"berezitasun txartel grafikoaren arabera gaitzeko edo desgaitzeko aukera." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Abioko GUI-an</guilabel>: Gehienetan, <emphasis>abiaraztean (Xorg) GUI-a automatikoki hasi</emphasis> abio aldaketa modu grafikorako egiteko egiaztatzen da, zerbitzari batentzat desgaitu daiteke.." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Abioko GUI-an</guilabel>: Gehienetan, <emphasis>abiaraztean (Xorg) " +"GUI-a automatikoki hasi</emphasis> abio aldaketa modu grafikorako egiteko " +"egiaztatzen da, zerbitzari batentzat desgaitu daiteke.." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "<guibutton>Irten</guibutton> botoia sakatu ondoren, sistema, baieztatzeko eskatuko dizu. Oraindik denbora dago guztia bertan behera uzteko eta aurreko ezarpenak gordetzeko edo onartzeko. Kasu honetan, deskonektatu eta berriz konektatu konfigurazio berria aktibatzeko." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Irten</guibutton> botoia sakatu ondoren, sistema, baieztatzeko " +"eskatuko dizu. Oraindik denbora dago guztia bertan behera uzteko eta aurreko " +"ezarpenak gordetzeko edo onartzeko. Kasu honetan, deskonektatu eta berriz " +"konektatu konfigurazio berria aktibatzeko." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml index 1b787c77..287fb604 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Mageia Kontrol Gunea</title> <cover> - <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC.xml index 2dd038b6..4027b121 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Les textes et copies d'écran de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Les textes et copies d'écran de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC.xml index bc297915..217e81e8 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Pusat Kendali Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draksec.xml index a2d82a27..afe4bc9a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksec.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/draksec.xml @@ -7,26 +7,36 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/> + <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Alat ini<footnote> + <para>This tool<footnote> <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> sebagai root.</para> - </footnote> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia -pada tab <emphasis role="bold">Keamanan</emphasis></para> + </footnote>is present in the Mageia +Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> <para>Ini memungkinkan untuk memberikan pengguna biasa hak yang diperlukan untuk menyelesaikan tugas yang biasanya dilakukan oleh administrator.</para> - <para>Kebanyakan peralatan yang tersedia di Pusat Kendali Mageia ditampilkan di -sisi kiri jendela (lihat gambar di atas) dan setiap alat, daftar drop down -memberikan pilihan antara:</para> + <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down: + </para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in +the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a +drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Tanpa sandi: Alat dijalankan tanpa menanyakan sandi apapun.</para> + <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the +same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -34,10 +44,11 @@ memberikan pilihan antara:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Sandi root: Sandi root ditanyakan sebelum alat berjalan</para> + <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para> </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>Nilai baku tergantung tingkat keamanan yang dipilih. Lihat tab MCC yang -sama, alat "Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem".</para> + <listitem> + <para>Tanpa sandi: Alat dijalankan tanpa menanyakan sandi apapun.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po index 86817ce0..9e5c8df9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po @@ -3,18 +3,22 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. # # Translators: -# 24fede89 <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>, 2014 # killer1987 <marcello.anni@alice.it>, 2013 # killer1987 <marcello.anni@alice.it>, 2013 +# _pmat_ <matteo.pasotti@gmail.com>, 2014 # Matteo Pasotti <matteo@mageia.it>, 2013-2014 # Roberto91 <robh91@hotmail.it>, 2014 +# Roberto91 <robh91@hotmail.it>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:22+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 24fede89 <24fede89@gmail.com>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-28 15:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>\n" "Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" "it/)\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -31,12 +35,12 @@ msgstr "Accedi ai dispositivi e alle directory condivisi tramite WebDAV" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14 msgid "diskdrake --dav" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake --dav" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -117,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 @@ -141,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 @@ -178,12 +182,12 @@ msgstr "Condividi le tue partizioni del disco fisso" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -300,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 #: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ing" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3 @@ -310,12 +314,12 @@ msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6 msgid "diskdrake --nfs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17 @@ -341,6 +345,13 @@ msgid "" "Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " "user with tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" +"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti consente di " +"dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti " +"sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior " +"parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi " +"disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere " +"anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con " +"strumenti quali i file browser." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -368,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 @@ -414,6 +425,11 @@ msgid "" "network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" +"Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, " +"un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando \"Vuoi salvare le modifiche a /etc/" +"fstab\". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio, se " +"la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo " +"file browser, per esempio Dolphin." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 @@ -423,12 +439,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 msgid "CD/DVD burner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Masterizzatore di CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5 msgid "diskdrake --removable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake --removable" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 @@ -508,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle condivise con Windows (SMB)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 msgid "diskdrake --smb" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 @@ -611,7 +627,7 @@ msgstr "Effetti Schermo 3D" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drak3d.xml:5 msgid "drak3d" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drak3d" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 @@ -725,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "Autenticazione" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakauth.xml:11 msgid "drakauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakauth" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 @@ -762,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "Configura l'avvio del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5 msgid "drakboot --boot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakboot --boot" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 @@ -1023,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 msgid "drakbug_report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 @@ -1133,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "Xorg.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:43 msgid "monitor_full_edid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "monitor_full_edid" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:44 @@ -1245,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 msgid "drakbug" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakbug" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 @@ -1293,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "Modifica data e ora" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakclock.xml:5 msgid "drakclock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakclock" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 @@ -1374,12 +1390,12 @@ msgstr "Rimuovi una connessione" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 msgid "drakconnect --del" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconnect --del" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 @@ -1417,12 +1433,12 @@ msgstr "Configura una nuova interfaccia di rete (lan, adsl, wifi...)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconnect.xml:6 msgid "drakconnect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconnect" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 @@ -1468,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP automatico" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 @@ -1487,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconnect5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 @@ -1571,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 @@ -1653,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconnect32.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:287 @@ -1718,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "Login dell'account (nome utente)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Password dell'account" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 @@ -1889,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "Per accedere ad un punto di accesso esistente (il più frequente)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ad-Hoc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 @@ -2013,10 +2029,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -#, fuzzy msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" -"Verrà richiesto un codice PIN. Se non viene richesto tieni la sinistra." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 @@ -2079,12 +2093,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Nome della connessione</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Numero di telefono</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 @@ -2094,7 +2108,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 @@ -2200,7 +2214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconnect9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconsole.xml:3 @@ -2210,12 +2224,12 @@ msgstr "Apri una console come amministratore" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconsole.xml:5 msgid "drakconsole" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconsole" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 @@ -2240,12 +2254,12 @@ msgstr "Gestisci le partizioni del disco" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakdisk.xml:10 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 @@ -2318,7 +2332,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:67 @@ -2331,7 +2345,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakedm.xml:5 @@ -2341,12 +2355,12 @@ msgstr "Imposta il gestore grafico delle sessioni" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakedm.xml:7 msgid "drakedm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakedm" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 @@ -2379,12 +2393,12 @@ msgstr "Configura il tuo firewall personale" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:5 msgid "drakfirewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakfirewall" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 @@ -2447,7 +2461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 @@ -2478,12 +2492,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 @@ -2508,12 +2522,12 @@ msgstr "Gestisci tipi di caratteri. Importa tipi di caratteri da Windows (TM)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakfont" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 @@ -2561,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opzioni:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 @@ -2573,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Disinstalla:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:48 @@ -2586,7 +2600,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importa:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:54 @@ -2614,12 +2628,12 @@ msgstr "Filtri per la famiglia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakguard.xml:5 msgid "drakguard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakguard" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 @@ -2640,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 msgid "Presentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Presentazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:23 @@ -2768,22 +2782,22 @@ msgstr "Condividi la connessione Internet con altre macchine locali" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakgw.xml:12 msgid "drakgw" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakgw" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakgw.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:25 msgid "Principles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Principi" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:27 @@ -2894,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 msgid "Configure the client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configura il client" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:111 @@ -2934,12 +2948,12 @@ msgstr "Descrizioni degli host" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakhosts.xml:5 msgid "drakhosts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakhosts" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 @@ -2960,7 +2974,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:22 @@ -2973,7 +2987,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:29 @@ -2990,12 +3004,12 @@ msgstr "Impostazioni avanzate per le interfacce di rete ed il firewall" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 msgid "drakinvictus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakinvictus" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 @@ -3021,12 +3035,12 @@ msgstr "Rete e Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:12 msgid "draknetcenter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 @@ -3058,22 +3072,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 @@ -3111,7 +3125,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:84 @@ -3121,7 +3135,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 @@ -3155,12 +3169,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Per una rete cablata</emphasis>" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 @@ -3204,7 +3218,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 @@ -3219,7 +3233,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 @@ -3270,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 @@ -3280,7 +3294,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 @@ -3290,12 +3304,12 @@ msgstr "Gestisci i diversi profili di rete" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 msgid "draknetprofile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetprofile" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 @@ -3312,17 +3326,17 @@ msgstr "Condividi dischi e cartelle tramite NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknfs.xml:11 msgid "draknfs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknfs" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknfs.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:24 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prerequisiti" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 @@ -3352,7 +3366,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 msgid "Main window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Finestra principale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:44 @@ -3378,12 +3392,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknfs4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:64 msgid "NFS Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directory NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:66 @@ -3516,7 +3530,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 msgid "Menu entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voci del menù" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:143 @@ -3526,7 +3540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draknfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 @@ -3568,12 +3582,12 @@ msgstr "Proxy" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakproxy.xml:12 msgid "drakproxy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakproxy" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 @@ -3611,12 +3625,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 @@ -3665,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le colonne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 @@ -3769,7 +3783,7 @@ msgstr "Il bottone sulla destra" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>Rimuovi:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 @@ -3782,7 +3796,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 @@ -3794,7 +3808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 @@ -3829,7 +3843,7 @@ msgstr "Il menu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>File -> Aggiorna:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 @@ -3858,7 +3872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 @@ -3885,7 +3899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 @@ -3934,7 +3948,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 @@ -4055,7 +4069,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "draksambashare2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:91 @@ -4232,7 +4246,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare17.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:238 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:247 @@ -4264,9 +4278,8 @@ msgstr "draksec" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "draksec0.png" -msgstr "draksec.png" +msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 @@ -4277,14 +4290,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel " -"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato " -"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 @@ -4497,14 +4506,11 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." msgstr "" -"Il primo bottone lascia totale libertà di scelta. Devi sapare quello che " -"stai facendo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -4653,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "Configure webserver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configura il server web" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4682,7 +4688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 msgid "What is a web server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cos'è un server web?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 @@ -4704,7 +4710,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 @@ -4721,7 +4727,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 @@ -4770,7 +4776,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 @@ -4787,7 +4793,7 @@ msgstr "Sommario" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 @@ -4806,7 +4812,7 @@ msgstr "Finisci" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 @@ -4876,7 +4882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cos'è DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 @@ -4910,7 +4916,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 @@ -4928,7 +4934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 @@ -4942,7 +4948,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 @@ -4952,7 +4958,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 @@ -4969,7 +4975,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 @@ -4999,57 +5005,57 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>hname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dns</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "net" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ip" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>maschera</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 @@ -5120,12 +5126,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml index 289cf50a..7a5911dc 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> -<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en" xml:id="MCC"> +<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="ing" xml:id="MCC"> <info> <title>Centro Controllo Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml index 086cdd07..80817aaf 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs"> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="ing" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs"> <info> <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS</title> @@ -20,15 +20,16 @@ <section> <title>Introduzione</title> - <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>Questo strumento<footnote> <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root.</para> - </footnote> allows you to declare some -shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The -protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix -systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at -boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session -for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para> + </footnote> ti consente di +dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti +sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior +parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi +disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere +anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con +strumenti quali i file browser.</para> </section> <section> @@ -72,11 +73,11 @@ smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, -a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab -modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the -network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file -browser, for example in Dolphin.</para> + <para>Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, +un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando "Vuoi salvare le modifiche a +/etc/fstab". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio, +se la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo +file browser, per esempio Dolphin.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml index 5dc5eac0..8c1f0476 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--removable"> <info> - <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD burner</title> + <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Masterizzatore di CD/DVD</title> <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle> </info> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml index 90a7f1db..3be1d309 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ address.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Automatic IP</para> + <para>IP automatico</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ and password.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Automatic IP</para> + <para>IP automatico</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Account password</para> + <para>Password dell'account</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Account password</para> + <para>Password dell'account</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ IP manuale.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Automatic IP</para> + <para>IP automatico</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Account password</para> + <para>Password dell'account</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> @@ -699,11 +699,11 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>Nome della connessione</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis>Numero di telefono</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml index 32c15bdf..9f7221ff 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <!--marja 2012-09-02 changed title to visible title for this tool in MCC --> <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gestisci le partizioni del disco</title> - <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle> + <subtitle>drakdisk o diskdrake</subtitle> </info> <mediaobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml index c19c03ad..0a757488 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml @@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ above shows:</para> <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Opzioni:</emphasis></para> <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able to use the fonts.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Disinstalla:</emphasis></para> <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the documents that use them.</para> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Importa:</emphasis></para> <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml index 52a2845c..9753ba7b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard package (not installed by default).</para> <section> - <title>Presentation</title> + <title>Presentazione</title> <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml index c8d2c93f..9eb717b2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <para/> <section xml:id="drakgw-principles"> - <title>Principles</title> + <title>Principi</title> <para><mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ printers and to share them.</para> </section> <section xml:id="drakgw-configure"> - <title>Configure the client</title> + <title>Configura il client</title> <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml index 13470d4b..3f816c07 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para> specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name instead of the IP-address.</para> - <para><guibutton>Add</guibutton></para> + <para><guibutton>Aggiungi</guibutton></para> <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para> - <para><guibutton>Modify</guibutton></para> + <para><guibutton>Modifica</guibutton></para> <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the same window.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml index 48d922c7..bc8a7832 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para> <section> <title>The Configure button</title> - <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Per una rete cablata</emphasis></para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml index 4108abca..54161455 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <para/> <section> - <title>Prerequisites</title> + <title>Prerequisiti</title> <para>When the wizard<footnote> <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ first time, it may display the following message:</para> </section> <section> - <title>Main window</title> + <title>Finestra principale</title> <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ available.</para> </mediaobject> <section> - <title>NFS Directory</title> + <title>Directory NFS</title> <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The <guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ exports(5) man page for more details.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Menu entries</title> + <title>Voci del menù</title> <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml index 44bfb087..66cf3656 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para> </footnote></para> <section> - <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title> + <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Le colonne</title> <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead> @@ -110,18 +110,18 @@ corrections.</para> <section> <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Il bottone sulla destra</title> - <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para> + <para><guibutton>Rimuovi:</guibutton></para> <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para> - <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para> + <para><guibutton>Modifica:</guibutton></para> <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and proxy).</para> - <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para> + <para><guibutton>Aggiungi:</guibutton></para> <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para> <section> <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Il menu</title> - <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para> + <para><guibutton>File -> Aggiorna:</guibutton></para> <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para> @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para> <para><warning> <para>Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla sicurezza.</para> - </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para> + </warning><guimenu>Opzioni -> Proxy:</guimenu></para> <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml index 51f46da5..cc8e168a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ name can not be modified.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Menu entries</title> + <title>Voci del menù</title> <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml index 692e125d..76f4996c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml @@ -7,26 +7,36 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/> + <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para> - </footnote> is present in the Mageia + </footnote>is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks usually done by the administrator.</para> + <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down: + </para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a -drop down list gives the choice between:</para> +drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password.</para> + <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the +same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -34,10 +44,11 @@ drop down list gives the choice between:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching</para> + <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para> </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC -tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> + <listitem> + <para>Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml index 03c9f753..0538cd57 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="it"> <info> - <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle> + <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configura il server web</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle> </info> <mediaobject> @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help yo server. </para> <section> - <title>What is a web server?</title> + <title>Cos'è un server web?</title> <para> Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia) diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml index fd888c70..24a405a4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para> be installed before you can access to it.</para> <section> - <title>What is DHCP?</title> + <title>Cos'è DHCP?</title> <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ adding the new parameters:</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><code>mask</code></para> + <para><code>maschera</code></para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml index 83538a05..67641957 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en"> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="ing"> <info> <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Rete e internet</title> </info> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml index 96f47b7b..d026d81d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <section> - <title>Presentation</title> + <title>Presentazione</title> <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml index 84bd6c7e..488da728 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en" +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="ing" xml:id="software-management"> <info> <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestione software</title> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml index 099bd4f8..dd25ba1c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en"> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="ing"> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot index bee0583f..e4f3d74e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot +++ b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC.xml index 9c7d519f..82595c59 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Mageia Configuratiecentrum</title> <cover> - <para>De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po index 8418cb41..ad9a21ec 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 03:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-13 00:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" "mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -5148,9 +5148,8 @@ msgstr "draksec" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "draksec0.png" -msgstr "draksec.png" +msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 @@ -5163,13 +5162,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no " -"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Segurança</emphasis>" +"Esta ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 @@ -5183,7 +5182,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique na pequena seta antes do item que deseja suspensa:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 @@ -5192,7 +5191,6 @@ msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:31 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " @@ -5200,18 +5198,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são " "exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada " -"ferramenta, uma lista suspensa dá a escolha entre:" +"ferramenta, uma lista suspensa no lado direito para baixo dá a escolha entre:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." msgstr "" -"Os valores predefinidos dependem do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na " -"mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar sistema de segurança, permissões e " -"auditoria\"." +"Padrão: O modo de lançamento depende do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja " +"na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar a segurança do sistema, " +"permissões e auditoria \"." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 @@ -5222,11 +5219,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" msgstr "" -"Senha de root: a senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento ferramenta" +"Senha do administrador: A senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento da " +"ferramenta" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC.xml index a509e4cd..b18beb8d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Centro de Controle Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksec.xml index c1ba4222..606d3aa8 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksec.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksec.xml @@ -7,26 +7,38 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/> + <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote> + <para>Esta ferramenta<footnote> <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> como root.</para> - </footnote> está presente no -Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role="bold"> Segurança</emphasis></para> + </footnote>está presente no Centro +de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> <para>Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador.</para> + <para>Clique na pequena seta antes do item que deseja suspensa: + </para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para>A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada -ferramenta, uma lista suspensa dá a escolha entre:</para> +ferramenta, uma lista suspensa no lado direito para baixo dá a escolha +entre:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Nenhuma senha: A ferramenta é lançado sem pedir qualquer senha.</para> + <para>Padrão: O modo de lançamento depende do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja +na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta "Configurar a segurança do sistema, +permissões e auditoria ".</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -35,11 +47,12 @@ ferramenta.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Senha de root: a senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento ferramenta</para> + <para>Senha do administrador: A senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento da +ferramenta</para> </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>Os valores predefinidos dependem do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na -mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta "Configurar sistema de segurança, permissões e -auditoria".</para> + <listitem> + <para>Nenhuma senha: A ferramenta é lançado sem pedir qualquer senha.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po index 1f85fa41..83948286 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013 # Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>, 2013-2014 @@ -10,15 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-20 05:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"ro/)\n" +"Language: ro\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" +"2:1));\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 @@ -30,8 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -39,9 +40,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -49,7 +52,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul <guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul " +"<guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -69,7 +75,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul acestei unelte." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este " +"un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, " +"astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă " +"să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul " +"acestei unelte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -82,7 +93,10 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră." +msgstr "" +"Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și " +"butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă " +"intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -90,12 +104,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece <guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, puteți să-l corectați." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. " +"Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece " +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, " +"puteți să-l corectați." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -105,17 +123,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare." +msgstr "" +"Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de " +"alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -125,19 +145,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat accesul." +msgstr "" +"Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat " +"accesul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați directorul distant doar o singură dată." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</" +"guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi " +"listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi " +"întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</" +"emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie " +"disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați " +"directorul distant doar o singură dată." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -149,8 +177,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați partițiile discului" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -158,9 +185,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -169,14 +198,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, " +"ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare " +"din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au " +"calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, " +"intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -185,11 +220,19 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe <guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu." +msgstr "" +"Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să " +"partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe " +"<guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți " +"utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> " +"pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă " +"răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, " +"utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat " +"în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -200,7 +243,14 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi instalate dacă este nevoie." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care " +"veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau " +"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux " +"este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> " +"dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi " +"instalate dacă este nevoie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -210,24 +260,40 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe <guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul „fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">această pagină</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales " +"opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar " +"pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această " +"unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați " +"să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe " +"utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe " +"<guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul " +"„fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații " +"suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml" +"\">această pagină</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare." +msgstr "" +"Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați " +"și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această funcționalitate." +msgstr "" +"De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate " +"selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le " +"partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această " +"funcționalitate." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -245,8 +311,7 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -259,9 +324,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -270,9 +337,15 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite " +"directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este " +"disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele " +"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu " +"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -284,17 +357,21 @@ msgstr "Procedură" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista " +"serverelor care partajează directoare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa " +"lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l " +"accesați." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -302,12 +379,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va " +"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -318,16 +396,17 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți " +"verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. " +"După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -337,13 +416,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare redemaraj, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu." +msgstr "" +"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un " +"mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/" +"fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare redemaraj, " +"cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în " +"exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -358,8 +441,7 @@ msgstr "Inscriptoare CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -367,9 +449,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -377,12 +461,17 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în categoria „Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în " +"categoria „Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în " +"funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de " +"citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." -msgstr "Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat." +msgstr "" +"Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 @@ -391,7 +480,11 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și " +"opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru " +"a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe " +"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -402,7 +495,9 @@ msgstr "Punct de montare" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit este /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit " +"este /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -412,9 +507,11 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din " +"submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -427,7 +524,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta." +msgstr "" +"Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să " +"monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. " +"Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -442,9 +542,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -453,40 +555,54 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor " +"utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este " +"SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele " +"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu " +"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor " +"disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista " +"serverelor care partajează directoare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe > din dreptul numelui serverului " +"pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care " +"doriți să-l accesați." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va " +"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -497,7 +613,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de " +"montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu " +"butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -505,16 +624,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton." +msgstr "" +"În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot " +"conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu " +"același buton." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -525,12 +645,15 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa " +"întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea " +"va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca " +"rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de " +"fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -545,8 +668,7 @@ msgstr "Efecte de birou 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -554,9 +676,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -564,7 +688,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt dezactivate în mod implicit." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt " +"dezactivate în mod implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -577,30 +704,41 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se poată lansa." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. " +"Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se " +"poată lansa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> pentru a-l activa." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care " +"puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau " +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din " +"gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate " +"material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> " +"pentru a-l activa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de " +"Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete " +"trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe " +"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -611,14 +749,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în considerare." +msgstr "" +"Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în " +"meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă " +"deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în " +"considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." +msgstr "" +"După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura " +"Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -636,10 +780,13 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați " +"însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de " +"autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați " +"drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -649,9 +796,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar fi putut crea probleme la autentificare." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, " +"veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă " +"ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar " +"fi putut crea probleme la autentificare." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -663,8 +814,7 @@ msgstr "Autentificare" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -672,16 +822,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al calculatorului sau în rețea." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al " +"calculatorului sau în rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -689,7 +844,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință." +msgstr "" +"Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de " +"pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă " +"invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -701,8 +859,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați demarajul sistemului" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -710,9 +867,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -720,55 +879,79 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați opțiunile de demaraj (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"configurați opțiunile de demaraj (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, " +"definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Se găsește în categoria demaraj din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați demarajul sistemului”." +msgstr "" +"Se găsește în categoria demaraj din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat " +"„Configurați demarajul sistemului”." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să demareze data viitoare!" +msgstr "" +"Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. " +"Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să demareze data " +"viitoare!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, puteți alege între GRUB sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător de sistem utilizat</guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o chestiune de gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și <guibutton>Dispozitivul de demaraj</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul de demaraj și orice modificare poate împiedica demararea sistemului." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, puteți " +"alege între GRUB sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător de sistem utilizat</" +"guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o chestiune de " +"gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și " +"<guibutton>Dispozitivul de demaraj</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic " +"dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul " +"de demaraj și orice modificare poate împiedica demararea sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea demarării imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va demara pe cea implicită cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare." +msgstr "" +"În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți " +"defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea demarării " +"imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista " +"sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar " +"dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va demara pe cea implicită " +"cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, este posibil să definiți o parolă." +msgstr "" +"În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, " +"este posibil să definiți o parolă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare." +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 @@ -782,7 +965,11 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru " +"gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor " +"neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această " +"căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -794,21 +981,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activează SMP:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee." +msgstr "" +"SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru " +"procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual procesor și va activa SMP." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual " +"procesor și va activa SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -819,12 +1012,19 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul " +"APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. " +"Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele " +"periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. " +"Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au " +"probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a " +"perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În " +"acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -833,16 +1033,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la demaraj. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul GRUB. Trebuie să fiți familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste unelte." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la " +"demaraj. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor " +"în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul " +"selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau " +"<guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a " +"modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul GRUB. Trebuie să fiți " +"familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste unelte." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -853,35 +1059,46 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: Mageia 4." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți " +"să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: " +"Mageia 4." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde " +"comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află " +"nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni aplicate nucleului la demaraj." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni " +"aplicate nucleului la demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va demara această intrare în mod implicit." +msgstr "" +"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va demara " +"această intrare în mod implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -889,7 +1106,10 @@ msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege un <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și un <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> din lista derulantă." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege " +"un <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și " +"un <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> din lista derulantă." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -901,8 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați autentificarea automată" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -910,9 +1129,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -921,14 +1142,21 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur utilizator." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, " +"fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru " +"poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur " +"utilizator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Demaraj</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”." +msgstr "" +"Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Demaraj</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -938,23 +1166,35 @@ msgstr "Butoanele interfeței sînt destul de evidente:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea sistemului</guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat imediat după demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz interfața grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face tastînd în linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea sistemului</" +"guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat imediat după " +"demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz interfața " +"grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face tastînd în " +"linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți <guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau <guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați <guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți " +"<guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca " +"sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau " +"<guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</" +"guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați " +"<guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -969,32 +1209,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și " +"utilizată numai în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de " +"exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</" +"emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul " +"poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare " +"fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1171,12 +1421,20 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din " +"rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost " +"încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți " +"înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe " +"disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din " +"fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 " +"> journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1188,8 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitarul Mageia de raportat erori" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1197,29 +1454,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta " +"pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate " +"întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să " +"lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le " +"adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu " +"acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de " +"eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1227,7 +1493,11 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit eroarea." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de " +"eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați " +"un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit " +"eroarea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1239,8 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "Reglați data și ora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1248,18 +1517,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și ora”." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în " +"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați " +"data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și " +"cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și " +"ora”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1270,30 +1546,45 @@ msgstr "Este un utilitar foarte simplu." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul corespunzător." +msgstr "" +"În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</" +"emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) " +"septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. " +"Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a " +"lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul " +"corespunzător." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat." +msgstr "" +"În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de " +"timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin " +"sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în " +"rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. " +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este " +"necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, " +"minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile " +"săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, " +"consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1301,15 +1592,20 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă orașul cel mai apropiat." +msgstr "" +"Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe " +"butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă " +"orașul cel mai apropiat." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare." +msgstr "" +"Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, " +"acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1321,8 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "Înlăturați o conexiune" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1330,30 +1625,38 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o " +"înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu succes." +msgstr "" +"Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu " +"succes." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1365,8 +1668,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1374,9 +1676,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1384,14 +1688,20 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la " +"Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces " +"la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți." +msgstr "" +"Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de " +"componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1403,133 +1713,153 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune filară (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați una pentru a o configura." +msgstr "" +"Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați " +"una pentru a o configura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală sau automată a adresei IP." +msgstr "" +"În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală " +"sau automată a adresei IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automat" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă " +"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate " +"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți " +"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat " +"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul " +"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</" +"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și " +"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "Butonul avansat vă dă posibilitatea să specificați:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" -msgstr "Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)" +msgstr "" +"Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Clientul DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Durată de expirare DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS" +msgstr "" +"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Recuperează serverele NTPD din DHCP (sincronizarea ceasurilor)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP." +msgstr "" +"Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul " +"DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o " +"adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru " +"toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configurare manuală" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele " +"DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi " +"specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> în mod implicit." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS " +"sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</" +"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina " +"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash." +"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți " +"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele " +"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1550,11 +1880,14 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin satelit (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă " +"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim " +"anticipat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1566,59 +1899,74 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin cablu" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Trebuie să specificați o metodă de autentificare:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Neant" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați utilizatorul și parola." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați " +"utilizatorul și parola." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă " +"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate " +"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți " +"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat " +"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul " +"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</" +"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și " +"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS " +"care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat " +"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> în mod implicit." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</" +"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina " +"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash." +"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți " +"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele " +"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1633,47 +1981,48 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una pentru a o configura." +msgstr "" +"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una " +"pentru a o configura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de furnizorul de acces." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. " +"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea " +"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de " +"furnizorul de acces." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Selectați unul din protocoalele disponibile:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocol de configurare dinamică a gazdei (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configurare TCP/IP manuală" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP peste ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP peste Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)" @@ -1683,26 +2032,22 @@ msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Parametri de acces" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cont de conectare (numele utilizatorului)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Parola contului" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avansat) ID de cale virtuală (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avansat) ID de circuit virtual (VCI)" @@ -1722,14 +2067,12 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "Asistentul întreabă pe care dispozitiv să configureze:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Alegere manuală (placă internă ISDN)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Modem ISDN extern" @@ -1739,16 +2082,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN extern" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită." +msgstr "" +"O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și " +"fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolul pentru restul lumii, exceptînd Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)" @@ -1757,31 +2100,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. " +"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea " +"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a " +"comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Numele conexiunii" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Număr de telefon " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de autentificare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Metoda de autentificare" @@ -1791,43 +2134,49 @@ msgstr "Metoda de autentificare" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea." +msgstr "" +"După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat " +"sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod " +"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nume de domeniu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Serverul DNS primar și secundar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă." +msgstr "" +"Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această " +"opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți adresa IP." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod " +"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți " +"adresa IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1840,103 +2189,96 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de configurare nu au funcționat." +msgstr "" +"O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare " +"pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie " +"configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de " +"configurare nu au funcționat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care placa de rețea le-a detectat." +msgstr "" +"La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care " +"placa de rețea le-a detectat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Trebuiesc furnizați parametrii specifici plăcii de rețea fără fir:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Mod de operare:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Gestionat" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Pentru a accesa un punct de acces existent (cel mai frecvent)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Pentru a configura o conexiune directă între calculatoare." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Numele rețelei (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "Mod de criptare: depinde de cum a fost configurat punctul de acces." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația materială." +msgstr "" +"Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația " +"materială." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Unele componente mai vechi suportă doar această metodă de criptare." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Cheia de criptare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1944,10 +2286,11 @@ msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP automată sau manuală." +msgstr "" +"La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP " +"automată sau manuală." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1957,49 +2300,64 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. " - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS " +"sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum " +"se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. " +"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i " +"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. " +"Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea " +"<emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. " + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS" +msgstr "" +"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este " +"comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. " +"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i " +"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</" +"emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar " +"adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al " +"furnizorului de acces." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de punct." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</" +"emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de " +"punct." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2011,7 +2369,9 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin GPRS/Edge/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una pentru a o configura." +msgstr "" +"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una " +"pentru a o configura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2023,15 +2383,16 @@ msgstr "Este cerut codul PIN. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea " +"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Furnizați parametrii de acces" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Numele punctului de acces" @@ -2046,14 +2407,12 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin rețea comutată Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin Modem analogic (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Alegere manuală" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Componente detectate, dacă există." @@ -2068,73 +2427,69 @@ msgstr "O lisă de porturi este propusă. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. " +"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea " +"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de " +"furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Numele conexiunii</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Număr de telefon</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Identificator de conexiune</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Parolă</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Autentificare</emphasis>, alegeți dintre:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Bazat pe script" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Bazat pe terminal" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2168,7 +2523,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Activează contabilizarea traficului</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2176,7 +2533,10 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului." +msgstr "" +"În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează " +"conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat " +"între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2208,10 +2568,11 @@ msgstr "Activează tunelul IPv6 către IPv4" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu conexiunea." +msgstr "" +"Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu " +"conexiunea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2226,8 +2587,7 @@ msgstr "Deschideți o consolă ca administrator" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2235,17 +2595,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă trebuie mai multe informații despre asta." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o " +"consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă " +"trebuie mai multe informații despre asta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2257,8 +2622,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați partițiile" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk sau diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2266,10 +2630,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</" +"emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2277,19 +2644,26 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți să continuați." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte " +"puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la " +"pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului " +"disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. " +"Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți " +"să continuați." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să " +"lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2299,12 +2673,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de " +"propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea " +"partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, " +"formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. " +"Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> " +"de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane " +"devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2312,7 +2692,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați." +msgstr "" +"Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o " +"puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste " +"operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2326,15 +2709,18 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role=\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a discului." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie " +"să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role=" +"\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a " +"discului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Puteți alege un punct de montare care nu există, acesta va fi creat." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2345,10 +2731,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos." +msgstr "" +"Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> " +"vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după " +"cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2363,8 +2751,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați interfața grafică" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2372,17 +2759,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate numai cele disponibile în sistem." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de " +"ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate " +"numai cele disponibile în sistem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2390,7 +2782,11 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, KDM și GDM au mai multe funcționalități suplimentare," +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare " +"arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. " +"LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, KDM și GDM au mai multe " +"funcționalități suplimentare," #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2402,8 +2798,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați parafocul personal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2411,9 +2806,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2422,18 +2819,29 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al „Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"„Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al " +"„Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță - <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți nevoie." +msgstr "" +"Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind " +"din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de " +"deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune " +"venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță " +"- <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care " +"doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți " +"nevoie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2442,7 +2850,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare urmînd aceste exemple:" +msgstr "" +"Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți " +"clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. " +"În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare " +"urmînd aceste exemple:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2452,7 +2864,9 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : deschide portul 80 pentru protocolul tcp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru protocolul udp" +msgstr "" +"24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru " +"protocolul udp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2464,10 +2878,12 @@ msgstr "Porturile listate trebuiesc separate cu un spațiu." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate în jurnalele sistemului." +msgstr "" +"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în " +"jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate " +"în jurnalele sistemului." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2478,7 +2894,10 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare " +"de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este " +"chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2488,24 +2907,33 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această " +"funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune " +"dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul " +"interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă " +"sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe " +"calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-" +"ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două " +"astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat " +"de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul miniaplicației de rețea." +msgstr "" +"Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul " +"miniaplicației de rețea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2514,29 +2942,34 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare vor fi descărcate." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la " +"Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare " +"vor fi descărcate." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, " +"pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)" +msgstr "" +"Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2544,9 +2977,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2555,7 +2990,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:" +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control " +"Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. " +"Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2575,14 +3014,17 @@ msgstr "Butoane explicate mai jos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să aveți instalat Microsoft Windows." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să " +"aveți instalat Microsoft Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2592,9 +3034,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opțiuni:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în " +"general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2607,7 +3051,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează." +msgstr "" +"Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel " +"ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea " +"consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2619,18 +3066,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele suportate sînt: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în directorul /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele " +"suportate sînt: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți " +"selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în " +"directorul /usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările." +msgstr "" +"Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal " +"din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2642,8 +3098,7 @@ msgstr "Control parental" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2651,18 +3106,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"<guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să " +"instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2675,30 +3136,42 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe " +"calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. " +"Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall instalat în Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele " +"definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall " +"instalat în Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, " +"astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în " +"lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. " +"Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul " +"aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2712,19 +3185,31 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera să redemarați calculatorul." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă " +"va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. " +"ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o " +"funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului " +"individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat " +"direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o " +"poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, " +"Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera " +"să redemarați calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe blocate</guilabel> este posibil." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, " +"controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe " +"blocate</guilabel> este posibil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2732,7 +3217,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din lista neagră." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, " +"toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În " +"caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din " +"lista neagră." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2744,7 +3233,15 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. " +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în " +"partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care " +"le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul " +"restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un " +"utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> " +"pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un " +"utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> " +"pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2753,7 +3250,11 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în totalitate în afara acestor ore." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul " +"la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</" +"guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în " +"totalitate în afara acestor ore." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2765,7 +3266,9 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea listei albe/negre" msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe " +"butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2775,17 +3278,22 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea programelor blocate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul " +"restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea " +"către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați " +"în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2797,8 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați conexiunea la Internet cu alte mașini din rețeaua locală" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2808,8 +3315,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principii" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" @@ -2824,14 +3330,23 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util " +"cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai " +"este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca " +"pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) " +"și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să " +"aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, " +"conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este " +"configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2841,23 +3356,29 @@ msgstr "Asistent pasarelă" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive care sînt afișate mai jos:" +msgstr "" +"Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive " +"care sînt afișate mai jos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale." +msgstr "" +"Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să " +"opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2865,22 +3386,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați dacă cea propusă este corectă." +msgstr "" +"Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul " +"sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați " +"dacă cea propusă este corectă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul " +"propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca " +"de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt " +"compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2888,15 +3417,21 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS." +msgstr "" +"Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, " +"asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar " +"va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă " +"da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se " +"oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2905,14 +3440,21 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului (100 Mo)." +msgstr "" +"Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, " +"asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-" +"l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele " +"proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului " +"(100 Mo)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la imprimante pentru a le partaja." +msgstr "" +"Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la " +"imprimante pentru a le partaja." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 @@ -2931,9 +3473,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua " +"trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la " +"DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă " +"este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2941,7 +3487,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de pasarelă." +msgstr "" +"Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să " +"specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de " +"pasarelă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2952,9 +3501,11 @@ msgstr "Opriți partajarea conexiunii" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să reconfigurați conexiunea." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de " +"pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să " +"reconfigurați conexiunea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2966,8 +3517,7 @@ msgstr "Definiții de gazde" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2975,9 +3525,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -2986,7 +3538,11 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc de adresa IP." +msgstr "" +"Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această " +"unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un " +"nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc " +"de adresa IP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -2999,7 +3555,10 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care poate fi utilizat ca un nume." +msgstr "" +"Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în " +"care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care " +"poate fi utilizat ca un nume." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3011,7 +3570,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificați</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține aceeași fereastră." +msgstr "" +"Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține " +"aceeași fereastră." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3023,8 +3584,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare avansată pentru interfețele de rețea și parafoc" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3034,17 +3594,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă " +"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim " +"anticipat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3056,8 +3621,7 @@ msgstr "Centrul de rețea și Internet" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3065,9 +3629,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3075,40 +3641,47 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Centrul de rețea”." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"„Centrul de rețea”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți <guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate " +"rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, " +"fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei " +"sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați " +"rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă " +"nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți " +"<guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</" +"guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3118,36 +3691,56 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este conectată." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, " +"prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una " +"deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a " +"doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le " +"recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" " +"id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul " +"culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este " +"conectată." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și <guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele " +"detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea " +"semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și " +"<guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi " +"pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> " +"sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la " +"alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra " +"parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri " +"suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza ecranul." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza " +"ecranul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3157,8 +3750,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "Butonul de supraveghere" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3168,9 +3760,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către " +"calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest " +"ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet " +"din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3178,14 +3774,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii." +msgstr "" +"Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este " +"rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una " +"care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</" +"guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3197,8 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "Butonul de configurare" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Pentru o rețea filară</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3208,9 +3808,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării " +"rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare " +"automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar " +"dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3219,7 +3823,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu 192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar <guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." +msgstr "" +"Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu " +"192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar " +"<guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt " +"disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3228,22 +3836,28 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă reconectați la rețea." +msgstr "" +"Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, " +"aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau " +"lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” " +"detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă " +"reconectați la rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de " +"rețea:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Butonul avansat:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3256,10 +3870,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Pentru o rețea fără fir</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." -msgstr "Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate." +msgstr "" +"Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3277,12 +3891,19 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie să suporte acest mod." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un " +"punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</" +"emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la " +"punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de " +"rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie " +"să suporte acest mod." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3292,11 +3913,15 @@ msgstr "Trebuie să cunoașteți acești parametri dacă este o rețea privată. #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA " +"care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</" +"guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA " +"Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 @@ -3308,10 +3933,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis>:" msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea." +msgstr "" +"Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să " +"schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3321,8 +3947,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "Butonul de configurări avansate" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3337,8 +3962,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați profilele de rețea" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3346,9 +3970,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3360,8 +3986,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare via NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3374,21 +3999,24 @@ msgstr "Cerințe preliminare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru " +"prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Trebuie instalat pachetul nfs-utils. Doriți să-l instalați?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3408,7 +4036,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o unealtă de configurare." +msgstr "" +"Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă " +"lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o " +"unealtă de configurare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3421,10 +4052,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori sînt disponibili." +msgstr "" +"Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi " +"lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori " +"sînt disponibili." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3440,7 +4073,10 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul <guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere pentru a-l alege." +msgstr "" +"Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul " +"<guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere " +"pentru a-l alege." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3452,7 +4088,9 @@ msgstr "Acces client" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul partajat." +msgstr "" +"Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul " +"partajat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3464,12 +4102,17 @@ msgstr "Clienții NFS pot fi specificați în mai multe feluri:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele " +"abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet " +"calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi specificate cu @group." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi " +"specificate cu @group." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 @@ -3477,7 +4120,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu corespunde cu toate gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține " +"metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu corespunde cu toate " +"gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3485,7 +4131,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan " +"directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul " +"adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3497,32 +4146,47 @@ msgstr "Asociere ID utilizator" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază " +"cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul " +"root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe " +"server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc local." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu " +"se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este " +"folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc " +"local." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod implicit." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă " +"toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a " +"exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea " +"inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod " +"implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>: aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>: " +"aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3533,9 +4197,12 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni avansate" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca " +"cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED " +"(1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3544,7 +4211,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut explicit cu această opțiune." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai " +"în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate " +"cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut " +"explicit cu această opțiune." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3552,7 +4223,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze " +"protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de " +"aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3560,7 +4234,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai multe detalii." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea " +"subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar " +"poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai " +"multe detalii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3572,8 +4250,7 @@ msgstr "Intrări de meniu" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Pînă acum lista are cel puțin o intrare." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3607,9 +4284,9 @@ msgstr "Reîncărcare server NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3621,8 +4298,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3630,30 +4306,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi accesate fără proxy." +msgstr "" +"Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți " +"utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l " +"configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De " +"asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi " +"accesate fără proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea." +msgstr "" +"Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele " +"de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o " +"aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la " +"clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un " +"server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de " +"Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy " +"analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3665,8 +4355,7 @@ msgstr "Configurează mediile" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3674,11 +4363,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul „Adaugă” de mai jos)" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor " +"aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru " +"înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru " +"instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul " +"„Adaugă” de mai jos)" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3688,7 +4382,12 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau " +"CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă " +"pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți " +"acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l " +"dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3698,14 +4397,21 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți (numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64." +msgstr "" +"Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți " +"(numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt " +"independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. " +"Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se " +"găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3713,7 +4419,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de Control Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare " +"aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de " +"Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3730,7 +4439,10 @@ msgstr "Coloana „Activează”:" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul inutilizabil." +msgstr "" +"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent " +"cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul " +"inutilizabil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3744,7 +4456,13 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este " +"obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume " +"trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate " +"fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o " +"consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --" +"expert</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3756,28 +4474,36 @@ msgstr "Coloana „Mediu”:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile finale conțin cel puțin:" +msgstr "" +"Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile " +"finale conțin cel puțin:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor disponibile și suportate de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor " +"disponibile și suportate de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care nu sînt libere." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care " +"nu sînt libere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot " +"fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3789,7 +4515,9 @@ msgstr "Fiecare mediu are 4 secțiuni:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost " +"în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3797,22 +4525,32 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la Internet foarte lentă." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de " +"la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. " +"Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la " +"Internet foarte lentă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de dezvoltare)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu " +"versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de " +"dezvoltare)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar " +"pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa " +"de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3830,7 +4568,11 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul Core al versiunii." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este " +"recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de " +"exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul " +"Core al versiunii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3842,7 +4584,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editează:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și " +"proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3855,10 +4599,17 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a meniului „Fișier”." +msgstr "" +"Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin " +"numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se " +"va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă " +"asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de " +"dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o " +"alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a " +"meniului „Fișier”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3869,10 +4620,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Săgețile sus și jos:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în " +"ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de " +"versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați " +"depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3887,9 +4642,12 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Actualizează:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți " +"să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -3900,16 +4658,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii:</guimenu #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această fereastră:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre " +"exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci " +"puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți " +"clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți " +"clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, " +"optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, " +"alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați " +"contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această " +"fereastră:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3920,7 +4686,11 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau " +"una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile " +"disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3932,10 +4702,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă un mediu personalizat:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:" +msgstr "" +"Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) " +"care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3946,7 +4717,10 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți " +"un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau " +"calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3956,11 +4730,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Opțiuni globale:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)." +msgstr "" +"Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de " +"instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau " +"aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre " +"pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3970,17 +4748,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Gestionați cheile:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale " +"pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a " +"accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și " +"apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie " +"nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</" +"guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de securitate" +msgstr "" +"Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de " +"securitate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -3991,18 +4777,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, " +"îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</" +"guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de " +"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." -msgstr "Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">pagina pe Mageia Wiki</link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">pagina pe Mageia " +"Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4014,8 +4806,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare cu Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4028,7 +4819,12 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba." +msgstr "" +"Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a " +"partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă " +"vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul " +"SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele " +"cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4044,7 +4840,13 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul Samba." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să " +"aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de " +"exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care " +"identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. " +"Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul " +"Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4054,20 +4856,25 @@ msgstr "Asistent - Server autonom" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea serverului Samba." +msgstr "" +"La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor " +"dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea " +"serverului Samba." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4077,10 +4884,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja selectată." +msgstr "" +"În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja " +"selectată." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4088,19 +4896,22 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel " +"utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr "Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în rețea." +msgstr "" +"Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în " +"rețea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4115,24 +4926,29 @@ msgstr "Alegeți modul de securitate:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa resursa" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa " +"resursa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare partaj" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare " +"partaj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Puteți specifica gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze resursele, prin adresa IP sau numele de gazdă." +msgstr "" +"Puteți specifica gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze resursele, prin " +"adresa IP sau numele de gazdă." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4142,10 +4958,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi descris pe stațiile Windows." +msgstr "" +"Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi " +"descris pe stațiile Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4154,10 +4971,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi specificat la etapa următoare." +msgstr "" +"Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi " +"specificat la etapa următoare." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4166,12 +4984,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Asistentul va afișa o listă cu parametrii aleși înainte să acceptați configurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"Asistentul va afișa o listă cu parametrii aleși înainte să acceptați " +"configurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/" +"smb.conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4181,8 +5001,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Asistent - Controlor de domeniu principal" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4195,7 +5014,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea „Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege și un mod de securitate:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea " +"„Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă " +"trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori " +"sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege " +"și un mod de securitate:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4203,7 +5027,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere (de securitate)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor " +"utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și " +"partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere " +"(de securitate)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4215,8 +5043,7 @@ msgstr "Declarați un director pentru partajat" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Cu butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> obținem:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4224,14 +5051,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile, precum dacă un director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil, pot fi editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul " +"butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile, precum dacă un " +"director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil, pot fi " +"editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4239,7 +5069,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate." +msgstr "" +"Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -4276,8 +5107,7 @@ msgstr "Partajare imprimante" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba vă permite să partajați și imprimantele." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4295,8 +5125,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Utilizatori Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4307,7 +5136,11 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze " +"resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga " +"utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=" +"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4319,8 +5152,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați autentificarea pentru uneltele Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4328,31 +5160,37 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia " +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de " +"Control Mageia " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator." +msgstr "" +"Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a " +"efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "Apăsați pe săgetuța din fața elementului dacă vreți să-l derulați:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4363,25 +5201,36 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă în partea dreaptă vă oferă posibilitatea să alegeți între:" +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate " +"în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru " +"fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă în partea dreaptă vă oferă posibilitatea " +"să alegeți între:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Implicit: Modul de lansare depinde de nivelul de securitate ales. Vedeți în aceeași categorie din CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”" +msgstr "" +"Implicit: Modul de lansare depinde de nivelul de securitate ales. Vedeți în " +"aceeași categorie din CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, " +"permisiuni și audit”" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea uneltei." +msgstr "" +"Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea " +"uneltei." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Parolă administrator: Parola utilizatorului root este cerută înainte de lansarea uneltei" +msgstr "" +"Parolă administrator: Parola utilizatorului root este cerută înainte de " +"lansarea uneltei" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -4398,8 +5247,7 @@ msgstr "Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4407,17 +5255,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în " +"secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4425,44 +5278,66 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare vor fi instalate." +msgstr "" +"Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj " +"pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</" +"guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare " +"vor fi instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați <guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</" +"guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați " +"<guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg " +"sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role=\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți " +"<guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați " +"butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> " +"împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau " +"exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane " +"de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura " +"subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți " +"butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. " +"Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu (punct de restaurare)." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu " +"(punct de restaurare)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 @@ -4474,8 +5349,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați sunetul" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4483,16 +5357,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia.¶" +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia.¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4500,15 +5379,20 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet." +msgstr "" +"Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, " +"opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți " +"probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în calculator." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți " +"un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în " +"calculator." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4516,40 +5400,53 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA API. OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd este posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite." +msgstr "" +"De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA API. " +"OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd este " +"posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta " +"recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de " +"preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. " +"Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</" +"guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați activat." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați " +"activat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. " +"Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau trei butoane:" +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau " +"trei butoane:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4560,7 +5457,10 @@ msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." -msgstr "Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot pentru acest dispozitiv." +msgstr "" +"Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce " +"faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot pentru " +"acest dispozitiv." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -4568,7 +5468,10 @@ msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa înainte de a cere ajutor comunității." +msgstr "" +"Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea " +"problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa " +"înainte de a cere ajutor comunității." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4580,8 +5483,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați un UPS pentru supravegherea alimentării" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4589,9 +5491,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4603,8 +5507,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați conexiunea VPN pentru acces securizat la rețea" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4612,9 +5515,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4625,7 +5530,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între " +"calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea " +"de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja " +"operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, " +"ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4637,7 +5548,9 @@ msgstr "Configuration" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată." +msgstr "" +"Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de " +"protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4654,8 +5567,7 @@ msgstr "În ecranul următor, furnizați detaliile conexiunii VPN." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Pentru VPN Cisco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4665,10 +5577,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta este utilizată pentru prima dată." +msgstr "" +"Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta " +"este utilizată pentru prima dată." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4678,15 +5591,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-ați primit de la administratorul de rețea." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-" +"ați primit de la administratorul de rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parametri avansați:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4701,15 +5615,19 @@ msgstr "În ecranul următor se va cere adresa IP a pasarelei." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN." +msgstr "" +"Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să se conecteze mereu la acest VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o " +"conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să " +"se conecteze mereu la acest VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4721,8 +5639,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare server web" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4730,16 +5647,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server web." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un server web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4751,7 +5672,9 @@ msgstr "Ce este un server web?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate " +"fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4763,8 +5686,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server web cu drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului web." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4774,15 +5696,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4792,15 +5715,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru lucruri neplăcute." +msgstr "" +"Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru " +"lucruri neplăcute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Modulul utilizator al serverului" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4815,8 +5739,7 @@ msgstr "Autorizează utilizatorii să-și creeze propriile situri web." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Nemele directorului web al utilizatorului" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4826,15 +5749,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul îl va afișa." +msgstr "" +"Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul " +"îl va afișa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Directorul implicit al serverului web" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4842,7 +5766,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale serverului web." +msgstr "" +"Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale " +"serverului web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 @@ -4851,8 +5777,7 @@ msgstr "Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele impli msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sumar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4862,9 +5787,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4872,8 +5798,7 @@ msgstr "Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați p msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4894,8 +5819,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4903,9 +5827,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4917,8 +5843,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4928,22 +5853,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" -msgstr "Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire pentru interfețele de rețea." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire " +"pentru interfețele de rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard " +"care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -4957,7 +5889,11 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un " +"protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a " +"adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe " +"Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -4969,8 +5905,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server DHCP cu drakwizard dhcp" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului DHCP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -4980,8 +5915,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Selectarea interfeței de rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -4990,17 +5924,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care " +"serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Selectați plaja de adrese IP" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5012,10 +5948,13 @@ msgid "" "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care " +"doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă " +"conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar " +"apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5025,8 +5964,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Stați puțin..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5036,15 +5974,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo." +msgstr "" +"Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și " +"mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Cîteva ore mai tîrziu..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5064,78 +6003,71 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului dhcp-server dacă este necesar;" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii " +"parametrii:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5143,9 +6075,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/" +"dhcpd/config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -5162,8 +6096,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare dată și oră" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5171,18 +6104,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și drakwizard-base." +msgstr "" +"Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să " +"sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în " +"mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și " +"drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5195,28 +6134,28 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către serverele de timp disponibile." +msgstr "" +"După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere " +"să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două " +"ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către " +"serverele de timp disponibile." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5224,15 +6163,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:" +msgstr "" +"Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi " +"ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles " +"modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în " +"regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda " +"la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5240,7 +6183,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide unealta." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide " +"unealta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5255,31 +6200,40 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului <code>ntp</code> dacă este necesar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> în <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în <code>/etc/" +"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> în <code>/" +"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista serverelor;" +msgstr "" +"Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista " +"serverelor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui primului server;" +msgstr "" +"Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui " +"primului server;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și <code>ntpd</code>;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și " +"<code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 @@ -5297,8 +6251,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5306,16 +6259,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5328,7 +6285,11 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de " +"rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o " +"rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă: " +"Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5340,14 +6301,12 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server FTP cu drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul FTP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5357,15 +6316,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru lucruri neplăcute." +msgstr "" +"Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru " +"lucruri neplăcute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Informații despre server" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5375,15 +6335,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root." +msgstr "" +"Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească " +"mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Opțiuni server" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5391,18 +6352,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării " +"transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5417,8 +6378,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5426,9 +6386,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5436,7 +6398,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie " +"instalată înainte de a o accesa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5452,7 +6417,13 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care " +"acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută " +"resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un " +"serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă " +"resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea " +"pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5464,8 +6435,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server proxy cu drakwizard squid" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul de server proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5475,8 +6445,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Selectare port proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5486,15 +6455,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Definiți nivelul de utilizare al memoriei și al spațiului pe disc" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5503,15 +6473,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Selectați controlul accesului la rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5519,34 +6490,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "Utilizați serverul proxy de nivel superior?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5561,8 +6533,7 @@ msgstr "Cascadați prin alt server proxy? Dacă nu, omiteți această etapă." msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "Adresa URL și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5570,12 +6541,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5585,8 +6557,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Lansare la demaraj?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5596,10 +6567,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demaraj, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demaraj, apoi apăsați " +"pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5612,56 +6584,54 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului squid dacă este necesar;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>;" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în <code>/etc/squid/squid." +"conf.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la <code>squid.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "<code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de nivel" +msgstr "" +"<code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de nivel" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5681,8 +6651,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare demon OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5690,16 +6659,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5711,11 +6684,18 @@ msgstr "Ce este <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă, executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea " +"comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă, " +"executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea " +"securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal " +"securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd " +"programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client " +"programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5732,8 +6712,7 @@ msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul Open SSH." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Selectați tipul opțiunilor de configurare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5741,18 +6720,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau <guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau " +"<guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opțiuni generale" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5762,15 +6742,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard." +msgstr "" +"Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este " +"portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Metode de autentificare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5780,15 +6761,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot " +"utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Autentificare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5796,17 +6778,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5814,15 +6797,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare utilizator" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5831,15 +6815,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Compresie și redirecționare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5849,16 +6834,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5873,8 +6858,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistemului prin activarea și dezactivarea lor" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5882,9 +6866,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5896,8 +6882,7 @@ msgstr "Configurație materială" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5905,9 +6890,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5917,7 +6904,13 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere " +"de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, " +"unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor " +"materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face " +"referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul <code>ldetect-" +"lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5935,7 +6928,11 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe > pentru a desfășura conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această coloană." +msgstr "" +"Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele " +"sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe > pentru a desfășura " +"conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această " +"coloană." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5943,14 +6940,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. <guimenu>Ajutor -> Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor." +msgstr "" +"Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. " +"<guimenu>Ajutor -> Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite " +"informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt " +"disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5958,21 +6960,29 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat numai de experți." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite " +"parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat " +"numai de experți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată direct din CCM." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta " +"care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată " +"direct din CCM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe pentru a activa detectarea automată:" +msgstr "" +"Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe " +"pentru a activa detectarea automată:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -5995,7 +7005,10 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte." +msgstr "" +"Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. " +"Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va " +"funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -6007,8 +7020,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați dispunerea tastaturii" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6016,9 +7028,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6028,7 +7042,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”." +msgstr "" +"Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută " +"să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în " +"Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din " +"sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6038,10 +7057,13 @@ msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia pentru care tastatura corespunde." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. " +"Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia " +"pentru care tastatura corespunde." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6053,7 +7075,9 @@ msgstr "Tipul tastaturii" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit." +msgstr "" +"Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. " +"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6065,8 +7089,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați localizarea sistemului" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6074,9 +7097,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6086,14 +7111,20 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"„Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă " +"puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)." +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea " +"compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6101,7 +7132,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările nelistate." +msgstr "" +"A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. " +"Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările " +"nelistate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6120,14 +7154,21 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, coreene, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de " +"intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit " +"utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, " +"coreene, etc.)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze manual." +msgstr "" +"Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda de " +"intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze " +"manual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6135,7 +7176,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții " +"similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate " +"în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6147,8 +7192,7 @@ msgstr "Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6156,17 +7200,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"<guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6176,27 +7225,43 @@ msgstr "Pentru a efectua o căutare în jurnale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care <emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de alta a lunii și anului și bifați \"<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua selectată</guibutton>\". La final, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>caută</guibutton> pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvează</emphasis>." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care " +"<emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de " +"căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate " +"limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de alta a " +"lunii și anului și bifați \"<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua selectată</" +"guibutton>\". La final, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>caută</guibutton> " +"pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul " +"fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe " +"butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvează</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "<guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control Mageia. Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație este modificată." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele " +"uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control Mageia. " +"Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație este " +"modificată." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6209,17 +7274,25 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "<guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la adresele configurate." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile " +"și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la " +"adresele configurate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul <guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt afișate toate serviciile în execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul " +"<guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt " +"afișate toate serviciile în execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți " +"să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6266,8 +7339,7 @@ msgstr "Serviciul xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Rezolvator de nume de domeniu BIND" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6276,11 +7348,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe " +"care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri " +"al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o " +"solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub " +"control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea " +"solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6288,7 +7366,10 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de mesagerie</guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet)." +msgstr "" +"În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a " +"persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de mesagerie</" +"guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6303,25 +7384,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată " +"și utilizată numai în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă " +"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim " +"anticipat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6336,9 +7425,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6346,18 +7437,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe informații dacă este utilizată cu contul root." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată " +"și utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe " +"informații dacă este utilizată cu contul root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator (USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator " +"(USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele " +"ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6366,14 +7462,18 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al fabricantului." +msgstr "" +"Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al " +"fabricantului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a " +"găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6405,10 +7505,11 @@ msgstr "-i pentru a ignora sensibilitatea la majuscule." msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake și opțiunea -i pentru grep." +msgstr "" +"În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake " +"și opțiunea -i pentru grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6418,7 +7519,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele materiale, se numește <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)" +msgstr "" +"Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele " +"materiale, se numește <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6430,8 +7533,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizare pachete" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate sau drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6439,18 +7541,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6458,27 +7566,38 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate " +"cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz " +"contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în depozite. Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare și instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru a lansa procesul." +msgstr "" +"Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le " +"listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în depozite. " +"Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare și " +"instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru a " +"lansa procesul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula textul." +msgstr "" +"Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în " +"jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> " +"din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula " +"textul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6487,17 +7606,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare " +"sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți " +"parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Demaraj" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6507,7 +7629,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura etapele de demaraj. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura " +"etapele de demaraj. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai " +"multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6534,8 +7659,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Componente materiale" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6545,23 +7669,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura " +"componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai " +"multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Gestionați componentele materiale" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați componentele materiale</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați " +"componentele materiale</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6571,16 +7698,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurare sistem grafic" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6590,14 +7717,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurare maus și tastatură" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6607,16 +7732,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurare imprimantă și scaner" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați " +"imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6626,8 +7751,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Altele" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6644,43 +7768,51 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta." +msgstr "" +"Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări " +"sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul " +"drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă " +"oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC." +msgstr "" +"Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi " +"selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor uneltei." +msgstr "" +"Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor uneltei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga." +msgstr "" +"Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe " +"secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discuri locale" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6690,7 +7822,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau " +"partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla " +"mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6712,8 +7847,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servicii de rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6721,11 +7855,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai " +"dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege " +"dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe " +"legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pentru a afla " +"mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6757,8 +7896,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Partajare în rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6768,40 +7906,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri " +"și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurare partaje Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și " +"directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configurare partaje NFS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6811,8 +7949,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurare partaje WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6822,8 +7959,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Rețea și Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6831,29 +7967,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe " +"legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Gestionați interfețele de rețea" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6863,32 +7998,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizați și securizați rețeaua" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6898,8 +8028,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Securitate" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6909,14 +8038,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți " +"clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului, " +"permisiuni și audit</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6943,8 +8076,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Partajare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6953,10 +8085,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt " +"vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. " +"Puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. " +"Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices" +"\"/> pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6973,8 +8110,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6984,27 +8120,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de " +"administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7014,14 +8149,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localizare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7031,34 +8164,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Unelte de administrare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din " +"sistem</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7072,25 +8202,35 @@ msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la " +"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7102,8 +8242,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați frecvența actualizărilor" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7111,28 +8250,39 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</guimenu>." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta " +"pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din " +"zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</" +"guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după demaraj. Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă versiune de Mageia este disponibilă." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după " +"actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după demaraj. " +"Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă versiune " +"de Mageia este disponibilă." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7144,8 +8294,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați dispozitivele de indicare (maus, tușieră tactilă)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7153,23 +8302,30 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt maus." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja " +"instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt maus." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7178,7 +8334,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor „Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus recent. Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat." +msgstr "" +"Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți " +"mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor " +"„Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus recent. " +"Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7190,8 +8350,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Securitate și audit de sistem" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7199,40 +8358,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este o interfață grafică pentru MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două maniere:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este o interfață grafică " +"pentru MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două " +"maniere:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului pentru a-l face mai securizat." +msgstr "" +"Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului " +"pentru a-l face mai securizat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos." +msgstr "" +"Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne " +"putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să " +"configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate " +"pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă " +"vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7249,43 +8421,47 @@ msgstr "A se vedea în imaginea de mai sus" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:" +msgstr "" +"Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton " +"în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal" +msgstr "" +"Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați sistemul" +msgstr "" +"Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați " +"sistemul" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "Securitate, adică MSEC însuși în plus de cîteva informații:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "activat sau nu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "nivelul de securitate de bază actual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum." +msgstr "" +"Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport " +"detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7295,13 +8471,13 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea parametrilor de securitate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> din „Securitate” vă conduce la același ecran ca cel de mai jos." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</" +"guibutton> din „Securitate” vă conduce la același ecran ca cel de mai jos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7319,22 +8495,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Nivele de securitate:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>, această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată, nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:" +msgstr "" +"După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>, " +"această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de " +"securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată, " +"nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți, deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri." +msgstr "" +"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă " +"nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și " +"doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate " +"și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau " +"configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți, " +"deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7345,27 +8531,43 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor obișnuiți. Impune cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)" +msgstr "" +"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația " +"implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor obișnuiți. Impune " +"cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări " +"zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile " +"utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este " +"similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus, accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură " +"un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult " +"autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus, " +"accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu " +"nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor sarcini, precum nivele <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea sistemului în funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor " +"sarcini, precum nivele <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea sistemului în " +"funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7373,25 +8575,37 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "Ultimele două, intitulate <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>, nu sînt nivele de securitate propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare pentru verificările periodice." +msgstr "" +"Ultimele două, intitulate <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> și " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>, nu sînt nivele de " +"securitate propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare pentru verificările " +"periodice." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Aceste nivele sînt salvate în <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>level.<levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de un sistem personalizat sau mult mai securizat." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Aceste nivele sînt salvate în <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<" +"levelname></filename>. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate " +"personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>level." +"<levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/" +"msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor " +"avansați care au nevoie de un sistem personalizat sau mult mai securizat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Aveți în vedere că parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de configurațiile nivelelor implicite." +msgstr "" +"Aveți în vedere că parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de " +"configurațiile nivelelor implicite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7401,23 +8615,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alerte de securitate:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail la:</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise pe e-mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul învecinat. Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail completă (e-mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în consecință). Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul personal. Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail la:" +"</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise pe e-" +"mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul învecinat. " +"Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail completă (e-" +"mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în consecință). " +"Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul personal. " +"Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de securitate. Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic fișierele jurnal disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa " +"imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de securitate. " +"Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic fișierele jurnal " +"disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7428,12 +8653,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opțiuni de securitate:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația MSEC curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Acest fișier conține numele nivelului de securitate și lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra opțiunilor." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a " +"personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile " +"prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația " +"MSEC curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</" +"filename>. Acest fișier conține numele nivelului de securitate și lista " +"tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra opțiunilor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7444,12 +8675,14 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea securității sistemului" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana din stînga, o descriere în coloana din centru și valorile lor actuale în coloana din dreapta." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana " +"din stînga, o descriere în coloana din centru și valorile lor actuale în " +"coloana din dreapta." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7462,10 +8695,14 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și va apărea o fereastră nouă (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Sînt afișate numele opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valora actuală și cea implicită, cît și o listă derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și va apărea o fereastră " +"nouă (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Sînt afișate numele " +"opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valora actuală și cea implicită, cît și o " +"listă derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7477,10 +8714,12 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva." +msgstr "" +"Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd " +"meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut " +"modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7494,10 +8733,11 @@ msgstr "Securitate rețea" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca și secțiunea precedentă." +msgstr "" +"În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca " +"și secțiunea precedentă." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7512,7 +8752,10 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea verificărilor periodice" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care MSEC le consideră periculoase." +msgstr "" +"Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate " +"prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care " +"MSEC le consideră periculoase." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7520,10 +8763,13 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul precedent." +msgstr "" +"Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și " +"frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice " +"de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul " +"precedent." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7537,14 +8783,19 @@ msgstr "Categoria excepțiilor" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În acest caz alertele sînt inutile și reprezintă o pierdere de timp pentru administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru excepții." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În " +"acest caz alertele sînt inutile și reprezintă o pierdere de timp pentru " +"administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți " +"pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol " +"cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru " +"excepții." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7552,12 +8803,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă</guibutton>" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă</" +"guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7566,12 +8817,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți <guilabel>Excepția</guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei excepții nu este definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul <guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel> sau o puteți modifica printr-un dublu clic." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată " +"<guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți <guilabel>Excepția</" +"guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei excepții nu este " +"definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul <guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din " +"categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel> sau o puteți modifica printr-un " +"dublu clic." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7583,7 +8839,9 @@ msgstr "Permisiuni" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor fișierelor și directoarelor." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor " +"fișierelor și directoarelor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7595,13 +8853,23 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC (standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>perm.<levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de o configurație personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să utilizați această secțiune pentru a modifica orice permisiune după plac. Configurația curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Acest fișier conține lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra permisiunilor. " - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC " +"(standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate " +"ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, " +"salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>perm.<levelname></" +"filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. " +"Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au " +"nevoie de o configurație personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să " +"utilizați această secțiune pentru a modifica orice permisiune după plac. " +"Configurația curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</" +"filename>. Acest fișier conține lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra " +"permisiunilor. " + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7610,18 +8878,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă " +"pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de " +"regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de " +"regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic." +msgstr "" +"Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă " +"sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un " +"mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7629,25 +8904,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie." +msgstr "" +"Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va " +"ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie configurată corespunzător." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie configurată " +"corespunzător." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai jos. Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul <guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” înseamnă fără nicio modificare." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă " +"nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai jos. " +"Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul <guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” " +"înseamnă fără nicio modificare." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7659,26 +8942,39 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva." +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu " +"uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul " +"<guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut " +"modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd " +"fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Modificările din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis> (sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să fie luate în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o consolă cu drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p” pentru a vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Modificările din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis> " +"(sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima " +"verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să fie luate " +"în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o consolă cu " +"drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p” pentru a " +"vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7689,7 +8985,13 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o vreme, în funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un " +"gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</" +"guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</" +"emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o vreme, în " +"funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7700,9 +9002,12 @@ msgstr "Alte unelte Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe, sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de " +"Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe, " +"sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7739,8 +9044,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionare aplicații (instalați și dezinstalați aplicații)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7753,9 +9057,11 @@ msgstr "Introducere la rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7769,19 +9075,32 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, cunoscută și ca drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul dumneavoastră. Un sistem de filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: puteți afișa numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în pachete." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, cunoscută și ca " +"drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea " +"pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va " +"verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe " +"serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente " +"aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul dumneavoastră. Un " +"sistem de filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: " +"puteți afișa numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările " +"disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De " +"asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul " +"descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în " +"pachete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu " +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7790,28 +9109,37 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această fereastră pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă mesajul de mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită prea strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru " +"instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake " +"îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această " +"fereastră pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă mesajul " +"de mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită " +"prea strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l " +"înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media" +"\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate." +msgstr "" +"În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete " +"și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Părțile principale ale ecranului" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7827,25 +9155,37 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima " +"lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți " +"afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori " +"doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau " +"pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la " +"Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de " +"comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță " +"interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine " +"este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7853,7 +9193,10 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și neinstalate." +msgstr "" +"Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele " +"care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și " +"neinstalate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7866,7 +9209,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în pachete." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în " +"sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în " +"pachete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7879,7 +9225,11 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu, pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai " +"multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu, " +"pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți " +"'mplayer | xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7891,7 +9241,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge tot:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie introduse în căsuța „Caută”." +msgstr "" +"Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie " +"introduse în căsuța „Caută”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7901,9 +9253,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listă categorii:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii și subcategorii clar definite." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii " +"și subcategorii clar definite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7914,10 +9268,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panou descriere:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Acest panou afișează multe informații folositoare despre pachetul selecționat, precum numele, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. Aici se mai pot afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul pachetului." +msgstr "" +"Acest panou afișează multe informații folositoare despre pachetul " +"selecționat, precum numele, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. Aici se mai " +"pot afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în " +"pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul " +"pachetului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7932,78 +9291,73 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după nume/sumar/descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund criteriilor căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu indicatoarele corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui pachetului și apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă " +"interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după nume/sumar/" +"descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund criteriilor " +"căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu indicatoarele " +"corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... " +"Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui " +"pachetului și apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Pictogramă" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legendă" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Acest pachet este deja instalat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Acest pachet va fi instalat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Acest pachet nu poate fi modificat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Acest pachet este o actualizare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Acest pachet va fi dezinstalat" @@ -8024,7 +9378,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma " +"de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat " +"cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8032,15 +9389,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, vedeți starea), o pictogramă portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi instalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, vedeți starea), o pictogramă " +"portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi instalat cînd " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Dependențele" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8048,15 +9407,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz, rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă propunîndu-vă să acceptați dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai multe informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca mai multe pachete să furnizeze biblioteca necesară, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează lista cu alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații suplimentare și un altul pentru a alege care din pachete să fie instalate. " +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite " +"dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz, " +"rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă propunîndu-vă să acceptați " +"dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai multe " +"informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca mai multe pachete să " +"furnizeze biblioteca necesară, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează lista cu " +"alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații suplimentare și " +"un altul pentru a alege care din pachete să fie instalate. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8078,7 +9445,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8087,20 +9456,29 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să accesați scanere distante." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care " +"include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați " +"dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să " +"accesați scanere distante." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul mesaj:" +msgstr "" +"Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul " +"mesaj:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele SANE</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele SANE</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8112,10 +9490,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Doriți să instalați pachetele SANE?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala <code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja instalate." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala " +"<code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja " +"instalate." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8126,15 +9506,21 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în " +"fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea " +"<emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți afla mai multe în <xref " "linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea <emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți afla mai multe în <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8143,17 +9529,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați <emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar " +"verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare " +"pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați " +"<emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei " +"mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8161,59 +9552,73 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul este suportat și cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project." +"org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul " +"este suportat și cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia." +"org/en/\">forumuri</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Alegeți portul" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi disponibile</emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel caz, selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi disponibile</" +"emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel caz, " +"selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos." +msgstr "" +"După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți " +"vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8223,8 +9628,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Partajare scaner" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8232,11 +9636,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebuie să fie accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici puteți decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie accesibile pentru acest calculator." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebuie să " +"fie accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici " +"puteți decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie " +"accesibile pentru acest calculator." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8244,17 +9652,21 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele locale, de pe acest calculator." +msgstr "" +"Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi " +"adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele " +"locale, de pe acest calculator." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner distant." +msgstr "" +"Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi " +"adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner distant." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8264,8 +9676,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: puteți adăuga gazda." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8275,10 +9686,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante." +msgstr "" +"Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, " +"sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8288,8 +9700,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "„Toate mașinile distante” sînt lăsate să acceseze scanerul local." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8299,7 +9710,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se oferă să o facă." +msgstr "" +"Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se " +"oferă să o facă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8321,14 +9734,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta directiva „net”" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta " +"directiva „net”" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demaraj." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8345,9 +9762,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de " +"dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest " +"caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să " +"utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8357,14 +9778,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Este posibil ca pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un avertisment de conflict cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii au raportat că acest avertisment poate fi ignorat." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson." +"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, " +"trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, " +"apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Este posibil ca " +"pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un avertisment de conflict " +"cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii au raportat că acest " +"avertisment poate fi ignorat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8377,7 +9805,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai multe etape suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai " +"multe etape suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8387,37 +9818,50 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe partiția unui Windows instalat, sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau al fabricantului." +msgstr "" +"În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un " +"microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să " +"încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În " +"acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe partiția unui " +"Windows instalat, sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau " +"al fabricantului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, această operație poate dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un minut. Așa că aveți răbdare." +msgstr "" +"Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, această operație " +"poate dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un " +"minut. Așa că aveți răbdare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați <emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/\"numele_interfeței_SANE\".conf</emphasis>." +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați " +"<emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/\"numele_interfeței_SANE\".conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți " +"dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestionare aplicații" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8425,9 +9869,12 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe una din legăturile de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea " +"aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe una din legăturile de mai jos pentru a afla mai " +"multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8437,9 +9884,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8451,7 +9900,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile " +"sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8463,8 +9914,7 @@ msgstr "Instalați și configurați o imprimantă" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8478,30 +9928,45 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune de propria sa <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfață de configurare</link> care este accesibilă cu ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune propria sa unealtă pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată system-config-printer și care este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune " +"de propria sa <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://" +"localhost:631\">interfață de configurare</link> care este accesibilă cu " +"ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune propria sa unealtă " +"pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată system-config-printer și care " +"este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și " +"openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare, deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel." +msgstr "" +"Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare, " +"deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-" +"config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurare imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente " +"materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați " +"unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurare " +"imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8523,7 +9988,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe." +msgstr "" +"Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi " +"instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8533,7 +10000,13 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată pe un port paralel. În cazul în care se detectează o imprimantă, ca de exemplu una pe port USB, va fi afișată pe prima linie. În această fereastră se va încerca și configurarea unei imprimate de rețea." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca " +"să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de " +"ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată pe un port paralel. În cazul în care " +"se detectează o imprimantă, ca de exemplu una pe port USB, va fi afișată pe " +"prima linie. În această fereastră se va încerca și configurarea unei " +"imprimate de rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8544,20 +10017,26 @@ msgstr "Imprimantă detectată automat" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă nu există niciun pilot sau dacă există mai mulți piloți, o fereastră vă va cere să furnizați sau să selecționați unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. Continuați cu <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod " +"automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi " +"faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această " +"imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă nu există niciun " +"pilot sau dacă există mai mulți piloți, o fereastră vă va cere să furnizați " +"sau să selecționați unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. " +"Continuați cu <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Imprimantă nedetectată automat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8565,10 +10044,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele opțiuni." +msgstr "" +"Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o " +"fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele " +"opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8593,7 +10075,12 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care știți că funcționează." +msgstr "" +"Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune " +"mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă " +"sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar " +"dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care " +"știți că funcționează." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8609,7 +10096,13 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea în aplicații în lista cu imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care " +"vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie " +"conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea în aplicații în lista cu " +"imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o " +"pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și " +"apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8620,41 +10113,61 @@ msgstr "Imprimantă de rețea" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de un calculator care servește de server de tipărire." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea " +"filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de " +"un calculator care servește de server de tipărire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "În general este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una fixă." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"În general este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o " +"adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie " +"aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una " +"fixă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de tipărire. Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia, pentru a-i afla adresa MAC lansați comanda <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> ca root. Este secvența de cifre și numere de după „HWaddr”." +msgstr "" +"Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului " +"de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate " +"fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate " +"este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de tipărire. " +"Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia, pentru a-i " +"afla adresa MAC lansați comanda <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> " +"ca root. Este secvența de cifre și numere de după „HWaddr”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul <guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl " +"utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce " +"protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de rețea</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul " +"<guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în " +"căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8662,14 +10175,20 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de tipărire dacă nu se află în listă." +msgstr "" +"Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va " +"propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai " +"potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de " +"tipărire dacă nu se află în listă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a " +"afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8685,10 +10204,19 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/<numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub " +"numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată " +"direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care " +"imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în " +"unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În " +"acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device " +"manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o " +"legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/<numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În " +"acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8696,12 +10224,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați <guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie schimbat. După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca mai sus." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și " +"specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați " +"<guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie schimbat. " +"După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca mai sus." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8718,7 +10249,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care " +"poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o " +"imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi " +"utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8726,14 +10261,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP, însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat TLS. Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP, " +"însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat TLS. " +"Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu " +"IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8741,21 +10281,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind LPD." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate " +"fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă " +"conectată la un calculator folosind LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin Samba</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin Samba</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată " +"și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum se formează un URI:" +msgstr "" +"Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum " +"se formează un URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8795,10 +10342,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://utilizator@adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă/coadă</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>." +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8809,13 +10357,18 @@ msgstr "Proprietăți dispozitiv" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>." +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> " +"vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat " +"implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă " +"fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului " +"cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8827,29 +10380,44 @@ msgstr "Depanare" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd " +"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor " +"utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> și verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul dumneavoastră. Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia, iar în acest caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare pentru a configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în Bugzilla sau pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și furnizați informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează după instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați sau pentru dispozitive mai recente." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie " +"disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> și " +"verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul dumneavoastră. " +"Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia, iar în acest " +"caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare pentru a " +"configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în Bugzilla sau " +"pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și furnizați " +"informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează după " +"instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați sau " +"pentru dispozitive mai recente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8859,37 +10427,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Această pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe) și instalați-le." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">Această pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți " +"piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați " +"fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe) și instalați-le." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a lansa utilitarul de configurare." +msgstr "" +"Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a lansa utilitarul de " +"configurare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-Packard</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-" +"Packard</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aici</link>. Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configurație</link> pentru gestionarea imprimantei." +msgstr "" +"Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat " +"după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aici</" +"link>. Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul " +"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configurație</" +"link> pentru gestionarea imprimantei." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8901,7 +10482,15 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "Un dispozitiv HP multifuncțional trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar funcționalitatea de scaner va fi adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau pe o cheie USB inserată în dispozitiv. După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a imaginilor și încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în directorul /media." +msgstr "" +"Un dispozitiv HP multifuncțional trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar " +"funcționalitatea de scaner va fi adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața " +"Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu " +"poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva " +"imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau pe o cheie USB inserată în dispozitiv. " +"După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a imaginilor și " +"încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în directorul /" +"media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8911,10 +10500,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantă color Samsung</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8924,20 +10515,29 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și scanere Epson</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină de căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Pachetul <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi propus, iar în acest caz trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> în funcție de arhitectura instalată." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină de " +"căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai întîi " +"pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> " +"(în această ordine). Pachetul <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi " +"propus, iar în acest caz trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</" +"emphasis> în funcție de arhitectura instalată." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict " +"cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8949,7 +10549,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Canon</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponibil aici</link>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului " +"intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/" +"\">disponibil aici</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8961,8 +10564,7 @@ msgstr "Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8970,9 +10572,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -8980,31 +10584,44 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control " +"Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din " +"Windows(TM)</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii " +"utilizatorilor de pe un <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii utilizatorilor de pe un <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> instalat pe același calculator cu Mageia." +"instalat pe același calculator cu Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake " +"imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare." +msgstr "" +"După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu " +"cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -9012,19 +10629,25 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat." +msgstr "" +"Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să alegeți conturile din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> și Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de utilizator decît cel personal." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să " +"alegeți conturile din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> și " +"Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de " +"utilizator decît cel personal." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9033,38 +10656,49 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant (motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în nume riscă să nu fie afișate corect." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant " +"(motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în nume " +"riscă să nu fie afișate corect." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente." +msgstr "" +"Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Anumite aplicații <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (în general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Vă rugăm să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Anumite aplicații <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (în " +"general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De " +"exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. " +"Vă rugăm să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru alegerea unei metode de importat documente:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru " +"alegerea unei metode de importat documente:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9072,23 +10706,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Este posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul potrivit în această fereastră." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Este " +"posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul potrivit în această " +"fereastră." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru " +"alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9099,22 +10739,26 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet " +"Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "Pagina următoare vă permite să importați fundalul de ecran:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9122,19 +10766,20 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu " +"butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9149,8 +10794,7 @@ msgstr "Utilizatori și grupuri" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9158,9 +10802,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9168,23 +10814,33 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control " +"Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și grupurile. Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori și să modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și grupurile. " +"Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori și să " +"modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același fel." +msgstr "" +"Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt " +"listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile " +"în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același " +"fel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9196,8 +10852,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Adaugă un utilizator</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Acest buton deschide o fereastră nouă cu toate cîmpurile goale:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9208,29 +10863,40 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui " +"și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp obligatoriu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp " +"obligatoriu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Definirea unei <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de recomandată. În dreapta se află un scut mic. Dacă este roșu, parola este prea slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți utiliza cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul devine portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei." +msgstr "" +"Definirea unei <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de " +"recomandată. În dreapta se află un scut mic. Dacă este roșu, parola este " +"prea slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți " +"utiliza cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul " +"devine portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo pentru a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo " +"pentru a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9238,7 +10904,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă " +"derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de " +"utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9246,14 +10915,20 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "Dacă este bifat <emphasis role=\"bold\">Creează un grup privat pentru utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi modificat)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă este bifat <emphasis role=\"bold\">Creează un grup privat pentru " +"utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca " +"al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi " +"modificat)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat " +"imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9265,27 +10940,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Adaugă un grup</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar, ID-ul specific al grupului." +msgstr "" +"Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar, " +"ID-ul specific al grupului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu poate fi schimbat)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate " +"datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu " +"poate fi schimbat)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații cont</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9296,14 +10976,19 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a contului. Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru este util pentru conturile temporare." +msgstr "" +"Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a contului. " +"Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru este util " +"pentru conturile temporare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă atîta timp cît contul este blocat." +msgstr "" +"A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă " +"atîta timp cît contul este blocat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9316,10 +11001,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul să-și schimbe parola periodic." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să " +"definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul " +"să-și schimbe parola periodic." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9329,14 +11016,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din care va face parte utilizatorul." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din " +"care va face parte utilizatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi efective pînă la următoarea autentificare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi " +"efective pînă la următoarea autentificare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9348,14 +11039,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editează</emphasis> (cu un grup selecționat) msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați numele grupului." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați " +"numele grupului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți " +"selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9365,11 +11060,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Șterge</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va apărea o fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și căsuța sa poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup privat pentru utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va apărea o " +"fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și căsuța sa " +"poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup privat pentru " +"utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9384,9 +11084,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Împrospătează</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui Userdrake. Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui Userdrake. " +"Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9399,11 +11101,18 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină securitate. Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu se pot face modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt șterse la sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit, pentru a-l dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează contul invitat</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este " +"destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină securitate. " +"Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu se pot face " +"modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt șterse la " +"sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit, pentru a-l " +"dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează contul " +"invitat</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9415,8 +11124,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați serverul grafic" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9424,19 +11132,26 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</" +"emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați <emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente " +"materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați " +"<emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. " +"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 @@ -9454,7 +11169,10 @@ msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "Este afișată placa grafică detectată și și configurat serverul corespunzător. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar." +msgstr "" +"Este afișată placa grafică detectată și și configurat serverul " +"corespunzător. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de " +"exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 @@ -9463,7 +11181,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model, tot în ordine alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la " +"rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model, tot în ordine " +"alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 @@ -9471,7 +11193,10 @@ msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "În cazul în care întîlniți probleme, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul necesar să căutați pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care întîlniți probleme, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va " +"funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul necesar să " +"căutați pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 @@ -9479,15 +11204,20 @@ msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează " +"Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să utilizați în schimb un pilot proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte 3D de exemplu)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să " +"utilizați în schimb un pilot proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte " +"3D de exemplu)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -9498,10 +11228,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici." +msgstr "" +"În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe " +"buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista " +"<guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista <guilabel>Generic</" +"guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -9513,10 +11247,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rezoluție:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa ecranul următor:" +msgstr "" +"Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și " +"adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa ecranul următor:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -9526,31 +11261,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Imaginea ecranului din mijloc oferă o previzualizare cu configurația aleasă." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Imaginea ecranului din mijloc " +"oferă o previzualizare cu configurația aleasă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "Primul buton afișează rezoluția curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba. În listă sînt oferite toate posibilitățile de opțiuni în funcție de placa grafică și de ecran. Puteți apăsa pe <guilabel>Altele</guilabel> pentru a defini alte rezoluții, însă țineți cont că puteți strica ecranul dacă selectați parametrii nepotriviți." +msgstr "" +"Primul buton afișează rezoluția curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba. În " +"listă sînt oferite toate posibilitățile de opțiuni în funcție de placa " +"grafică și de ecran. Puteți apăsa pe <guilabel>Altele</guilabel> pentru a " +"defini alte rezoluții, însă țineți cont că puteți strica ecranul dacă " +"selectați parametrii nepotriviți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "Al doilea buton afișează adîncimea de culoare curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"Al doilea buton afișează adîncimea de culoare curentă, apăsați pentru a o " +"schimba." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "În funcție de rezoluția aleasă, s-ar putea să fie nevoie să vă deconectați și să reporniți mediul grafic pentru a activa modificările." +msgstr "" +"În funcție de rezoluția aleasă, s-ar putea să fie nevoie să vă deconectați " +"și să reporniți mediul grafic pentru a activa modificările." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -9563,15 +11309,21 @@ msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Odată configurarea terminată, este recomandat să faceți un test înainte de a apăsa pe OK, deoarece este mai ușor să modificați parametrii aici decît mai tîrziu dacă mediul grafic nu funcționează." +msgstr "" +"Odată configurarea terminată, este recomandat să faceți un test înainte de a " +"apăsa pe OK, deoarece este mai ușor să modificați parametrii aici decît mai " +"tîrziu dacă mediul grafic nu funcționează." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "În cazul în care mediul grafic nu funcționează, apăsați Alt+Ctrl+F2 pentru a deschide un mod text, și tastați ca root XFdrake (respectați majusculele) pentru a utiliza XFdrake în mod text." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care mediul grafic nu funcționează, apăsați Alt+Ctrl+F2 pentru a " +"deschide un mod text, și tastați ca root XFdrake (respectați majusculele) " +"pentru a utiliza XFdrake în mod text." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 @@ -9579,7 +11331,10 @@ msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Dacă testul eșuează, așteptați pînă la sfîrșit. Dacă funcționează dar nu mai doriți să faceți schimbarea, apăsați pe <guibutton>Nu</guibutton>. Dacă totul a mers bine, apăsați pe <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă testul eșuează, așteptați pînă la sfîrșit. Dacă funcționează dar nu mai " +"doriți să faceți schimbarea, apăsați pe <guibutton>Nu</guibutton>. Dacă " +"totul a mers bine, apăsați pe <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -9592,29 +11347,43 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "<guilabel>Opțiuni globale</guilabel>: Dacă este bifat <emphasis>Dezactivează Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, nu va mai fi posibil să reporniți serverul X utilizînd combinația de taste Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opțiuni globale</guilabel>: Dacă este bifat <emphasis>Dezactivează " +"Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, nu va mai fi posibil să reporniți serverul X " +"utilizînd combinația de taste Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Opțiunile plăcii grafice</guilabel>: Vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați trei funcționalități specifice în funcție de tipul plăcii grafice." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opțiunile plăcii grafice</guilabel>: Vă permite să activați sau să " +"dezactivați trei funcționalități specifice în funcție de tipul plăcii " +"grafice." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Interfața grafică la demaraj</guilabel>: În majoritatea cazurilor, <emphasis>Se lansează automat interfața grafică (Xorg) la demararea sistemului</emphasis> este bifată pentru a demara direct în mediul grafic. Poate fi debifată pentru un server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interfața grafică la demaraj</guilabel>: În majoritatea cazurilor, " +"<emphasis>Se lansează automat interfața grafică (Xorg) la demararea " +"sistemului</emphasis> este bifată pentru a demara direct în mediul grafic. " +"Poate fi debifată pentru un server." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "După un clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va cere o confirmare. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația precedentă, sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și reconectați pentru a activa noua configurație." +msgstr "" +"După un clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va cere o " +"confirmare. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația precedentă, " +"sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și reconectați " +"pentru a activa noua configurație." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml index 41de649a..66633c49 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Centrul de Control Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC.xml index df003221..6f782219 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Центр управления Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml index 6a1e8297..e9900a5c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Mageia Kontrollcentral</title> <cover> - <para>Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC.xml index 17189ab0..d81c80b0 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</title> <cover> - <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC.xml index 60885bc9..83e61d2b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <info> <title>Центр керування Mageia</title> <cover> - <para>Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю </para> |